Progressive Components Production Tooling Catalog (Version 13)

Page 1

solutions for better performing tools catalog version 13 recently added products:

More Pin and Sleeve Options Section A

Monitoring Remotely Section F

High Temp Tool Options Section F

Expanded CamActions Section G

Toolroom Items Section M New Bar Lock Sizes Section C

Customer Service 1-800-269-6653 | 1-847-487-1000 www.procomps.com


about progressive... Progressive Components offers advanced solutions for unmatched tooling performance, with product lines consisting of standard and proprietary mold components, mold monitoring devices and software, and innovations for improving mold maintenance. This Progressive Catalog version 13 includes the widest scope of offerings in our company’s history: • New components for cleanroom molding, stainless items, and new Black Nitride options. • Off-the-shelf Standard Components and an increased range of Mold-Ready Components. • Alignment Locks for large multi-plate tools, and small interlocks for mounting in cavity inserts. • Standard Lifters, CamActions, and Plate Sequencing devices to simplify mold building and maintenance. • Toolroom Supplies and Software that help to advance asset tracking and mold maintenance. Together, this collection of advantages delivers convenience for the mold builder and unmatched tooling performance for molders and OEMs, with availability through direct distribution and authorized dealers throughout the world.

Progressive Components Worldwide Locations Europe P: (44)-0-1928-240660 F: (44)-0-1928-750280 sales.eu@procomps.com

North & South America P: 800-269-6653 F: 800-462-6653 sales@procomps.com

Asia P: (65)-6753-3212 F: (65)-6753-4489 sales.asia@procomps.com

Illinois • California South Carolina

our commitment: The team at Progressive continuously strives to be the leading supplier to the tooling industry. With a foundation in the mold business, we feel a responsibility to provide continued excellence. Therefore, every customer should always expect the following: • Products that meet expectations for quality, value, and performance. • Prompt resolution of any order issue. • Prompt response to billing questions and account status. • Orders that are traced at no additional charge. • Knowledgeable and helpful Customer Service and Technical Support staff. If there is any way in which we can serve your needs better, we want to hear about it. Feel free to contact anyone on the Progressive Team using the contact information provided above. We appreciate your support and will work to further earn your business.

Glenn Starkey President glenn.starkey@procomps.com

Progressive Components Headquarters 235 Industrial Drive Wauconda, Illinois 60084

Customer Service 1-800-269-6653 | 1-847-487-1000 www.procomps.com

Don Starkey Chairman don.starkey@procomps.com


lifters undercut release FlexiCores Guides & Keys Lifter Blades Lifter Cores ModuLifters Spherical Bushings UniLifters Versa-Lifters

electrical components

rapid tooling inserts

toolroom innovations

mold monitoring

Cables Cavity Pressure Hot Sprue Bushings KO Switches Recessed Connectors Switches Thermocouples Wire Channels

Clamps Frames Inserts RTI Pins & Bushings RTI Support Pillars T-Handles

Mold Light Bar Nozzles Nozzle Caddie Rhino Foot Rhino Toes Status Tags Synthetic Mold Grease Toolroom Bench

Asset Tags & Plates CounterView CVe Live CVe Monitor CVe OnDemand Insulator Block Insulator Bracket MoldTrax ProFile System System Cooling System Cooling Test Rig

ejector pins core pins sleeves Blade Ejectors Core Pins & Retainers Ejector Pins Ejector Sleeves DIN Pins/Sleeves/Blades Return Pins Sleeve Extensions & Blanks Thin Wall Sleeves TI Pins UltraPins

alignment locks Bar Locks & Guides Cavity Interlocks Guide Locks Needle Bearing Locks Shuttle Mold Locks Side Locks Taper Locks Top Locks X-Series Locks

daters air valves Air Poppets Air Valves Date Stamps Date Plugs Recycle Inserts

collapsible cores expandable cavities

mold base components

plate sequence control

Extended Sprues Front Loading Pins Guided Ej Bushings Guided Ejector Pins Guided Support Pillars Leader Pins Locating Rings Mold Straps PKO Extensions Puller Pins & Bushings Springs Sprue Bushings Stop Pins Shoulder Bushings Straight Bushings Stripper Bolts & Bushings Support Columns Support Pillars Tubular Dowels

Friction Pullers Plate Locks Roller Pullers StacKit

DT Series C-Cores Expandable Cavities Grinding Rings MiniCores Retention Sleeves RT Series C-Cores

camactions slide components CamActions (100–400 Series) Angle Pins CamAction Accessories L-Gibs SRT Slide Retainers Urethane Retainers Wear Plates

cooling items Baffles (NPT/BSPT) Bubbler Base Cascades Clamps & Tape Connector Plugs Diverting Rods & Plugs Elbows Extension Plugs Hex & Piston Tubes Hose Hose Barbs Inlet Cascade Fittings Misc Brass Fittings O-Rings Safety Clips Threadless Plugs Tubes Water Blockers Water Jumpers

1


Product Description

Page

Adjustable Hex Nipples E-28 D-13 Air Valves & Poppets Angle Pins G-18 Asset Tags & Plates F-7 Baffles E-2 Bar Locks: Guides C-5 C-7 Bar Locks: Inserted Bar Locks: Z-Series C-4 Blade Ejectors: DIN A-11 Blade Ejectors: Inch A-10 Bubbler Base E-12 B-10 Bushings: Shoulder Bushings: Straight B-11 CamActions® G-2 Cascade: Hex Key, Compact E-10 Cascade: High Flow E-7 Cascade: Nipple Type E-6 Cascade: Quick Coupler E-11 Cascade: Rear Load Quick Coupler E-9 Cascade: Rear Loading Nipple E-8 Cavity Interlocks: Flat Series C-12 Cavity Interlocks: Round Series C-13 C-Cores: DT Series I-1 C-Cores: RT Series I-9 Combination Hose Inserts E-38 Connector Plugs E-24 Connector Plugs: Keyed E-26 Core Pin Retainers A-18 Core Pins A-12 CounterView: Attachment Block F-10 CounterView: R-Series F-9 CounterView: S-Series F-8 Cover Plugs, Clamps & Tape E-39 CVe Live® F-4 CVe Monitor® F-1 CVe OnDemand® F-3 Date Plugs: Replacements D-9 Date Stamps: 20 Series D-5 Date Stamps: CH Series D-6 Date Stamps: Compact Locking D-2 Date Stamps: D Series D-5 Date Stamps: FD Series D-7 Date Stamps: LG Series D-11 Date Stamps: Locking Series D-1 Date Stamps: MicroDaters D-10 D-8 Date Stamps: Multi-Daters Date Stamps: RF Series D-4 Date Stamps: Tapered Series D-3 Diverting Rods & Plugs E-33 Ejector Pins: DIN A-4 A-2 Ejector Pins: Inch Ejector Pins: JIS A-6 Ejector Sleeves: DIN A-15 Ejector Sleeves: Inch A-14 Ejector Sleeves: Thin Wall (Inch) A-16 Elbows: Hex Key E-29 Expandable Cavities I-12 Extended Sprue Bushings B-4 Extension Elbows E-36 Extension Plugs E-21 Extension Plugs: Keyed Connect E-23 H-16 FlexiCore® System J-7 Friction Pullers Front Load Pins & Bushings B-14

2

Product Description

Page

Front Loading LP/B Guide Blocks B-15 Grease: Synthetic M-8 Grinding Rings & Fixtures I-6 C-10 Guide Locks: Z-Series Guided Ejector Bushings B-12 Guided Ejector Pins B-9 Hex Elbows: Female & Male E-36 Hex Key Extension Pipes E-28 E-37 Hose Barbs & Splicers Hot Sprue Bushings K-8 Inlet Cascades E-13 Insulator Block: External Mount F-10 Insulator Block: Retrofit Bracket F-11 E-4 Jumper Baffles Jumper Plugs K-12 KO™ Switch: Dual Ejector K-2 KO™ Switch: Single Ejector K-2 Leader Pins: DIN B-7 Leader Pins: Inch B-6 Leader Pins: Shoulder Style B-8 L-Gibs G-20 Lifter Blades & Lifter Cores H-22 Lifter Guides H-8 Lifter Head Key H-9 Locating Rings B-2 H-2 MiniLifter® Series H-10 ModuLifter® System Mold Finish Guides M-7 M-8 Mold Light Bar Mold Straps B-27 MoldTrax F-16 Nozzle Caddie & Wrench M-3 Nozzles: Fin Tip M-2 E-18 O-Rings: Core Diameter Seal O-Rings: Core Face Seal E-19 O-Rings: Face Seal E-17 Patch Cables K-12 Pipe Check E-1 E-30 Pipe Nipples Pipe Plugs E-20 PKO Extensions B-1 J-1 Plate Locks: External Cam-Driven Plate Locks: Internal Ejection J-5 Pressure Transducers K-10 ProFile® Asset Management System F-6 Puller Pins & Bushings B-5 Push-Lok Hose E-30 Recessed Connectors K-13 Recycle Inserts D-12 E-41 Reducers & Couplings Remote Validation Kit F-4 Retainers: Urethane G-18 Return Pins A-19 Reverse Flow Baffles E-5 RhinoFoot™ M-1 RhinoToes™ M-1 Roller Pullers J-8 L-2 RTI® 08/09 Series L-5 RTI® 08/10 Series L-11 RTI® 10/14 Series L-8 RTI® 84/90 Series L-14 RTI® Complete RTI® Complete Cavity & Core Inserts L-15 L-22 RTI® Frame Clamps

Product Description

Page

L-21 RTI® Frame Sprue Bushings L-16 RTI® Frames L-20 RTI® Pins & Bushings L-1 RTI® Rapid Tooling Inserts RTI® Straps L-22 L-21 RTI® Support Pillars L-22 RTI® T-Handles Safety Clips E-27 Shuttle Mold Sets C-11 Side Locks: Graphite Plugged C-18 Side Locks: Needle Bearing C-15 Side Locks: Steel C-17 Side Locks: Z-Series C-8 Sleeve Extensions A-17 Sleeve Extensions: Blanks A-17 Socket Connectors E-25 Socket Connectors: Keyed Connect E-27 Spanner Wrench B-13 Spherical Bushings H-7 Springs B-21 Springs: Urethane B-20 B-3 Sprue Bushings SRT Bases & Bushings G-17 SRT Slide Retainers G-15 StacKit System J-9 Status Tags M-6 B-27 Stop Discs & Pins Stripper Bolt Bushings B-25 Stripper Bolts B-24 Support Columns B-18 Support Pillars: Counterbored B-16 B-19 Support Pillars: Guided Support Pillars: Stainless B-17 Support Pillars: Threaded B-16 Switch: CamAction® K-3 Switch: Extension Block Assembly K-6 Switch: External Mount K-5 Switch: KO™ K-1 Switch: Plate Position K-4 Switch: Side Action K-4 System Cooling™ F-12 F-15 System Cooling™ Test Rig Taper Locks & Plates C-14 Tees & Elbows E-40 Thermocouples K-7 Threadless Plugs E-32 A-13 TI™ Pins Toolroom Bench M-4 Top Lock: 20MM Square Z-Series C-14 Top Locks: Needle Bearing C-16 Top Locks: Z-Series C-9 Tubes: High Flow & Hex Series E-14 E-16 Tubes: Piston & Brass Tubular Dowels B-26 UltraPins A-8 H-1 UniLifter® System H-5 Versa-Lifter™ System Water Blocker™ E-31 Water Jumpers: Push-Lok® Series E-34 E-35 Water Jumpers: Swivel Type G-20 Wear Plates: Bronze Wear Plates: Z-Series G-19 Wire Channel Inserts K-13 X-Style Side Locks: Z-Series C-11


program contents

EJECTOR PINS CORE PINS SLEEVES

Ejector Pins: Straight Inch

Ejector Pins: Shoulder Inch

Ejector Pins: Straight DIN

Ejector Pins: Shoulder DIN

Catalog # Prefix

Prefix: EP

Prefix: EP

Prefix: EPD

Prefix: EPD

Catalog Page

Page: A-2

Page: A-3

Page: A-4

Page: A-5

Ejector Pins: Straight JIS

Ejector Pins: Shoulder JIS

UltraPins: Straight

UltraPins: Shoulder

Blade Ejectors: Inch

Prefix: EPJ

Prefix: EPJ

Prefix: EPL

Prefix: EPL

Prefix: BE

Page: A-6

Page: A-7

Page: A-8

Page: A-9

Page: A-10

Blade Ejectors: DIN

Core Pins

TI Pins

Ejector Sleeves: Inch

Ejector Sleeves: DIN

Prefix: BE

Prefix: CP

Prefix: TI

Prefix: ES

Prefix: ESD

Page: A-11

Page: A-12

Page: A-13

Page: A-14

Page: A-15

Thin Wall Sleeves

Sleeve Extensions

Core Pin Retainers

Return Pins

Prefix: ESTW

Prefix: SXT

Prefix: CPR

Prefix: RP

Page: A-16

Page: A-17

Page: A-18

Page: A-19

PKO Extensions

Locating Rings

Sprue Bushings

Extended Sprues

Prefix: PH, PKP

Prefix: LR

Prefix: SPR

Prefix: ESB, RX

Page: B-1

Page: B-2

Page: B-3

Page: B-4

Leader Pins: Inch

Leader Pins: DIN

Leader Pins: Shoulder

Guided Ejector Pins

Prefix: PP, PPB

Prefix: LP

Prefix: LPD

Prefix: SLP

Prefix: GEP, LP

Page: B-5

Page: B-6

Page: B-7

Page: B-8

Page: B-9

MOLD BASE COMPONENTS Catalog # Prefix Catalog Page

Puller Pins & Bushings

Bushings: Shoulder

Bushings: Straight

Guided Ejector Bushings

Guided Ej. Bushings: QC

Front Load Pins & Bushings

Prefix: SAB, SHB, SGP, STL

Prefix: STB. STGP

Prefix: GEB. GGP.

Prefix: GQC

Prefix: FLPB

Page: B-10

Page: B-11

Page: B-12

Page: B-13

Page: B-14

3


Guide Blocks

Support Pillars & Columns

Guided Support Pillars

Urethane Springs

Springs

Prefix: GBK

Prefix: SP, SPH

Page: B-15

Page: B-16

Prefix: GESP

Prefix: US

Prefix: MS, HS

Page: B-19

Page: B-20

Page: B-21

Stripper Bolts Prefix: SBLT

Stripper Bolt Bushings

Tubular Dowels

Stop Discs & Pins

Mold Straps

Prefix: SBB

Prefix: TD

Prefix: SD, STP

Prefix: MSTRP

Page: B-24

Page: B-25

Page: B-26

Page: B-27

Page: B-27

ALIGNMENT LOCKS Catalog # Prefix Catalog Page

Bar Locks

Inserted Bar Locks

Side Locks

Top Locks

Prefix: BLB & BLG

Prefix: BLN, BLG

Prefix: SL, SLM

Prefix: TL, TLM

Page: C-4

Page: C-7

Page: C-8

Page: C-9

Guide Locks

X-Style Side Locks

Shuttle Mold Sets

Cavity Interlocks: Flat

Cavity Interlocks: Round

Prefix: GL, GLM

Prefix: SLX

Suffix: -SF, -SM

Prefix: CF, CFM

Prefix: CRS, CRSM

Page: C-10

Page: C-11

Page: C-11

Page: C-12

Page: C-13

Taper Locks & Plates

Top Lock - 20MM Square

Needle Bearing Locks

Side Locks: Steel

Side Locks: Graphite

Prefix: MTL, FTL, TLP

Prefix: TLM

Prefix: SLR, SLRM, TLR

Prefix: SLS, SLMS

Prefix: SLPM

Page: C-14

Page: C-14

Page: C-15

Page: C-17

Page: C-18

Locking Series

Tapered Series

RF Series

20 Series

Prefix: DN, DTN

Prefix: DTPR

Prefix: DF

Prefix: DL

Page: D-1

Page: D-3

Page: D-4

Page: D-5

DATERS AIR VALVES Catalog # Prefix Catalog Page

4

D Series

CH Series

FD Series

Multi-Daters

Retro Plugs

Prefix: DC, Suffix: -D

Prefix: DC

Prefix: DFD

Prefix: DMD

Prefix: DP

Page: D-5

Page: D-6

Page: D-7

Page: D-8

Page: D-9

MicroDaters

LG Series

Recycle Inserts

Air Valves & Poppets

Prefix: MD

Prefix: DLB, DLS

Prefix: RI

Prefix: AV, APV

Page: D-10

Page: D-11

Page: D-12

Page: D-13


COOLING ITEMS Pipe Check

Baffles

Jumper Baffles

Reverse Flow Baffles

Catalog # Prefix

Prefix: PC

Prefix: SB, TB

Prefix: JBA

Prefix: RFB

Catalog Page

Page: E-1

Page: E-2

Page: E-4

Page: E-5

Cascade: Nipple Type

Cascade: High Flow

Cascade: Rear Load Nipple

Cascade: RL Quick Coupler

Cascade: Hex Key, Compact

Prefix: NC

Prefix: HFC

Prefix: RLN

Prefix: RLQC

Prefix: HKC, CC

Page: E-6

Page: E-7

Page: E-8

Page: E-9

Page: E-10

Cascade: Quick Coupler

Bubbler Base

Inlet Cascade

Metric Tubes: High Flow, Hex

Tubes: High Flow, Hex

Prefix: QC

Prefix: BBL

Prefix: CF

Prefix: HFTM, HEXM, EHEXM

Prefix: HFT, HEXT

Page: E-11

Page: E-12

Page: E-13

Page: E-14

Page: E-15

Tubes: Piston, Brass

O-Rings

Pipe Plugs

Extension Plugs

Connector Plugs

Prefix: PT, T

Prefix: OR

Prefix: BR, ST, SS

Prefix: Numeral

Prefix: Numeral

Page: E-16

Page: E-17

Page: E-20

Page: E-21

Page: E-24

Socket Connectors

Connector Plugs: Keyed

Socket Connectors: Keyed

Safety Clips

Adjustable Hex Nipples

Prefix: SC

Prefix: Numeral, Suffix: -K

Prefix: SC, Suffix: -K

Prefix: SC

Prefix: APN

Page: E-25

Page: E-26

Page: E-27

Page: E-27

Page: E-28

Hex Key Extension Pipes

Elbows: Hex Key

Pipe Nipples

Push-Lok Hose

Plugs: Water Blockers

Prefix: HKEPN

Prefix: HK, HKEE, HKL

Prefix: BPN, GPN

Prefix: WJH

Prefix: WB

Page: E-28

Page: E-29

Page: E-30

Page: E-30

Page: E-31

Plugs: Threadless

Diverting Rods & Plugs

Water Jumpers

Water Jumpers: Swivel

Elbows: Hex, Extension

Prefix: TWP, TAP, TDP

Prefix: D, DR

Prefix: WJ

Prefix: WJ

Prefix: HELS, HELB

Page: E-32

Page: E-33

Page: E-34

Page: E-35

Page: E-36

Hose Barbs & Splicers

Combination Hose Inserts

Cover Plugs, Clamps & Tape

Tees & Elbows

Reducers & Couplings

Prefix: MB, FB, HS

Prefix: Numeral

Prefix: CP, HC, TT

Prefix: T, MT, ELS, EL, ELA

Prefix: RB, MR, C, HN

Page: E-37

Page: E-38

Page: E-39

Page: E-40

Page: E-41

5


ProFile-System.com

AST000000123

TM ProFile-System.com

000001

TM

CVeMonitor.com

AST000000456

CVeMonitor.com

000001

000001

Custom Text 1

MOLD MONITORING

Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

AST123456789

CVe Monitor

3.6

Catalog # Prefix

CVe OnDemand

CVe Live

Remote Validation Kit

Custom Text 1 Page: F-3

Page: F-4

Page: F-4

Prefix: CVe 1.6

Catalog Page

Page: F-1

ProFile-System.com

AST000001234

Clearance for #10-32 / M4 Button Head Cap Screws Dashboard

Assets

Customers

Activity

Reports

Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

Administration Dashboard

Assets

Customers

Activity

Reports

Administration

Dashboard

Welcome to the ProFile Asset Management System Assets

AST123456789

Preven�ve Maintenance

TM

Press 2

Mold 3

Past Due 3

Equipment 2

ProFile-System.com

On Schedule 7

AST000000123

Die 3

CVeMonitor.com

AST00006789

TM

®

ProFile

Asset Tags & Plates

ProFile-System.com

000001

CounterView: S-Series

CounterView: R-Series

Insulator Blocks

Prefix: CVPL, CVIN, CVPLHT

Prefix: CVR-A, CVR-B

Prefix: CV, CVMM, CVRA

Page: F-8

Page: F-9

Page: F-10

TM

AST000000456

CVeMonitor.com

Prefix: AMTG, CVTG

Page: F-6

CVeMonitor.com

000001

000001

Page: F-7 Custom Text 1

Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

AST123456789

3.6

1.6

System Cooling Prefix: SCM

AST000001234 System Cooling Test Rig

ProFile-System.com

Clearance for #10-32 / M4 Button Head Cap Screws

Prefix: SCTR

Page: F-12

Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

Page: F-15 TM

CVeMonitor.com

MoldTrax

Custom Text 1

AST123456789

Page: F-16

AST00006789

CAM ACTIONS SLIDE COMPONENTS CamAction 100 Series

CamAction 200 Series

CamAction 250 Series

CamAction 300/350 Series

Prefix: CA, CAMM

Prefix: CA, CAMM

Prefix: CA

Prefix: CA, CAMM

Page: G-2

Page: G-3

Page: G-6

Page: G-8

CamAction 400 Series

Slide Retainers

SRT Bases & Bushings

Angle Pin

Slide Retainer: Urethane

Prefix: CA

Prefix: SRT, SRTM

Prefix: SRTBA, SRTBU

Prefix: AP

Prefix: RET

Page: G-13

Page: G-15

Page: G-17

Page: G-18

Page: G-18

UniLifter System

Versa-Lifter System

Spherical Bushings

Lifter Guides

Prefix: CB, UC, TG

Prefix: UGV, SGV, CBV

Prefix: LSB

Prefix: LG, LHK

Page: H-1

Page: H-5

Page: H-7

Page: H-8

Catalog # Prefix Catalog Page

Wear Plates

L- GIBS

Prefix: WP

Prefix: LGIB

Page: G-19

Page: G-20

LIFTERS UNDERCUT RELEASE Catalog # Prefix Catalog Page

6

ModuLifter System

FlexiCore System

Lifter Blades & Cores

Prefix: MLB, MLC, MLR, MLH

Prefix: FCA, FCR, FCDA

Prefix: LBA, LCA

Page: H-10

Page: H-16

Page: H-22


COLLAPSIBLE CORES EXPANDABLE CAVITIES C-Cores: DT Series

DT Core Grinding Fixtures

DT Core Sub-10mm Series

C-Cores: RT Series

Prefix: EXCAV

Prefix: DTG

Prefix: S10

Prefix: CC, CCM

Page: I-1

Page: I-6

Page: I-7

Page: I-9

External Plate Locks

Internal Plate Locks

Friction Pullers

Roller Pullers

Prefix: PLC, PLCM

Prefix: PLN

Prefix: FP

Prefix: RPL

Page: J-1

Page: J-5

Page: J-7

Page: J-8

KO Switches

CamAction Switches

Plate Position Switch

Side Action Switch

Prefix: SWKO

Prefix: SWCA

Prefix: SWPPS

Prefix: SWSA

Page: K-1

Page: K-3

Page: K-4

Page: K-4

External Mount Switches

Thermocouples

Hot Sprue Bushings

Pressure Transducers

Patch Cables

Prefix: SWXM

Prefix: TC

Prefix: BX

Prefix: CPT

Prefix: ECCA

Page: K-5

Page: K-7

Page: K-8

Page: K-10

Page: K-12

Jumper Plugs

Recessed Connectors

Wire Channel Inserts

Prefix: ECJP

Prefix: ECRC

Prefix: WC

Page: K-12

Page: K-13

Page: K-13

Catalog # Prefix Catalog Page

RT Core Grinding Rings

Expandable Cavities

Prefix: RTGR

Prefix: EXCAV

Page: I-11

Page: I-12

PLATE SEQUENCE CONTROL Catalog # Prefix Catalog Page

StacKit System Prefix: SK Page: J-9

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS Catalog # Prefix Catalog Page

7


RAPID TOOLING INSERTS Catalog # Prefix Catalog Page

Rapid Tooling Inserts

RTI: Complete

RTI Cavity & Core Inserts

RTI Frames

Prefix: RTS, RTL, RTT

Prefix: RTLP

Prefix: RCI, RCIA

Prefix: RTF

Page: L-1

Page: L-14

Page: L-15

Page: L-16

RTI Pins & Bushings

Frame Sprue Bushing

Support Pillars

Straps

Frame Clamps

Prefix: RLP, RSB. RGEB

Prefix: RFS

Prefix: RSP

Prefix: MS

Prefix: RFC

Page: L-20

Page: L-21

Page: L-21

Page: L-22

Page: L-22

Rhino Foot™

Rhino Toes™

Nozzles

Nozzle Caddie/Wrench

Prefix: RHF

Prefix: RHT

Prefix: NZFT

Prefix: NZLCAD, NZLWR

Page: M-1

Page: M-1

Page: M-2

Page: M-3

Toolroom Bench

Status Tags

Mold Finish Guides

Mold Light Bar

Synthetic Grease

Prefix: TRB

Prefix: ST

Prefix: LIT

Prefix: MLB, MLBTF

Prefix: SYN

Page: M-4

Page: M-6

Page: M-7

Page: M-8

Page: M-8

T-Handles Prefix: T Page: L-22

TOOLROOM INNOVATIONS Catalog # Prefix Catalog Page

8


A

ejector pins core pins, sleeves

EJECTOR PINS CORE PINS, SLEEVES

section a

Ejector Pins: Straight Inch

Ejector Pins: Shoulder Inch

Ejector Pins: Straight DIN

Ejector Pins: Shoulder DIN

Prefix: EP

Prefix: EP

Prefix: EPD

Prefix: EPD

Page: A-2

Page: A-3

Page: A-4

Page: A-5

Ejector Pins: Straight JIS

Ejector Pins: Shoulder JIS

UltraPins: Straight

UltraPins: Shoulder

Prefix: EPJ

Prefix: EPJ

Prefix: EPL

Prefix: EPL

Page: A-6

Page: A-7

Page: A-8

Page: A-9

Blade Ejectors: Inch

Blade Ejectors: DIN

Core Pins

TI Pins

Prefix: BE

Prefix: BE

Prefix: CP

Prefix: TI

Page: A-10

Page: A-11

Page: A-12

Page: A-13

Ejector Sleeves: Inch

Ejector Sleeves: DIN

Thin Wall Sleeves

Sleeve Extensions

Prefix: TI

Prefix: ESD

Prefix: ESTW

Prefix: SXT

Page: A-15

Page: A-15

Page: A-16

Page: A-17

Core Pin Retainers

Return Pins

Prefix: CPR

Prefix: RP

Page: A-18

Page: A-19



+.000

T -.002 R .03

4

mold-ready components 49 ±1 HRC

32 ±2 HRC

keyed pins, sleeves, & blade ejectors L1 +.0005 To order Pins, Sleeves, or Blades with the flat machined on the head tangent to the diameter, -.0000 designate -K on the end of the catalog number. Ex: EP437L10-K or ES562L5-K. L2 +.002 -.000

To order Pins, Sleeves, or Blades with the flat machined on the head at a specific distance from ØD1+.0000 -.0003 the center of the pin, specify the catalog number and the specific distance after the “K” designation for the flat as shown below.

ØD2 +.001 -.000 K Tangent +.000 -.002

Examples: • EP437L10-K.250 for a 7/16” diameter Ejector Pin with a flat 1/4˝ from center. • EPD10L200-K6 for a 10mm diameter DIN pin with a flat 6mm from center. • EPJ055L250-K4 for a 5.5mm diameter JIS pin with a flat 4mm from center. • CPH125L6-K.094 for a 1/8” diameter Core Pin with a flat ground 3/32” from center. +.0005 L1 -.0000 • ES562L5-K.375 for a 9/16” ID Sleeve with a flat ground 3/8” from center. L2 +.002 -.000 • ESTW375L8-K.375 for a 3/8” ID Thin Wall Sleeve with a flat ground .375” from center. +.0000 ØD1 -.0003 • BE125-046L6.5-K.094 for an Ejector Blade (.046” thickness) with the flat 3/32” from center.

+.00mm -.05mm

Flat Distance

ØD2

+.000 -.002

+.00mm -.05mm

-

K.080

+.001 -.000

cut-to-length pins, sleeves, & blade ejectors To order Pins, Sleeves, or Blades cut to your specified length, +.001/-.000 (+.025/-.000mm), with or without keyed heads, specify the length required Flat Distance after the standard catalog numbers. +.002 +.05mm -.000

EP

-

Pin

-.00mm

125

-

L6.752

Pin Diameter

Examples: Type • EP437L6.25-K.250 for a 7/16˝ diameter pin x 6.25˝ long with a flat 1/4˝ from center +.0005 L1 -.0000 • EPD10L225.5 for a 10mm diameter x 225.5mm long DIN pin L2 +.002 -.000 • ES562L5.75 for a 9/16” ID Sleeve cut to 5.75” long +.0005 L1 -.0000 • CPH125L5.25 for a 1/8” Core Pin cut to 5.25” long ØD1 +.0000 -.0003 L2 +.002 -.000 an Ejector Blade (.046” thickness) cut to 4.250” with a key • BE125-046L4.250-K for tangent toØD1 the +.0000 1/8” diameter. -.0003 ØD2 +.001 -.000 L1 +.0005

Key

Length

L +.001 -.000

+. 025mm -.000mm

ØD2 +.001 -.000

-.0000

Additional Services Provided:

+.002 -.000

L2 A° +.0000 ØD2 +.001 • Laser engraving of detail or model numbers can be provided on the heads. ØD1 -.0003 -.000 C +.003 -.000 • Ejector Pins and Sleeves can be ordered with Black Nitriding treatment for better performance. To order, specify -BN at the end of the catalog number, including any special modifications to lengths or keys as noted previously.

Contact Customer Service for a quotation.

L1 +.0005 -.0000 L2 +.002 -.000

L1 +.0005 -.0000

finished core pins L2 +.002 -.000

ØD1

+.0000 -.0003

ØD1 -.0003 +.0000

ØD2

L1 +.0005 -.0000

AC° L1 +.0005 -.0000

+.001 -.000

L2

L2 +.002 -.000 ØD1

+.0000 -.0003

ØD2 +.001 -.000

ØD1

ØD2 +.001 -.000

+.002 -.000

+.0000 -.0003

ØD2

+.001 -.000

C +.003 -.000 A°

L1

+.0005 -.0000

L2

+.002 -.000

L1 ØD1 +.0000 -.0003 L2

+.0005 -.0000

L1 ØD1+.0000 -.0003 ØD2 +.001 -.000

+.002 -.000

+.0000

ØD1 -.0003

ØD2

+.001 -.000

+.0000

L2 +.002 -.000 L2

ØD1

ØD2 +.001 -.000

L1 +.0005 -.0000 +.002 -.000

+.0000 -.0003

ØD1 -.0003

+.0005 -.0000

R

C +.003 -.000 A° Templates can be found in section X and online at www.procomps.com. A° Or, email your drawing to tech@procomps.com for competitive pricing and +.003 delivery. C -.000 L1 +.0005 -.0000 +.002 +.0005 L2 L1 -.000 -.0000

L2 +.0000

+.002 -.000

AC°

ØD2 +.001 -.000

L1 +.0005 -.0000 L2 +.002

ØD2 +.001 -.000

A-1


ejector pins, core pins, sleeves

ejector pins

through-hard pins: straight - inch standard L+.06 -.00 +.000

T -.002 R .03

D Tolerances Ø3/64 - Ø7/16

Ø15/32 and Up

H

-.0004 -.0007

4R a

+.00 -.01

D

-.0004

32 ± 2 HRC

-.0009

68 ± 2 HRC

49 ± 1 HRC

m H-13 h Core: 48-50 HRC, Surface: 66-70 HRC

d

h

t

Nominal Pin Diameter

l=6”

CAD insertion point

l=10”

D D Standard Standard

l=14”

D .005 Oversize

D Standard

l=18”

D .005 Oversize

D Standard

l=25”

D .005 Oversize

D Standard

D .005 Oversize

l=39” l=50” D D Standard Standard

1/32

.25

.125

EP031L6

3/64

.25

.125

EP047L6

1/16

.25

.125

EP062L6

EP062L10

5/64

.25

.125

EP078L6

EP078L10

3/32

.25

.125

EP094L6

EP094L10

7/64

.25

.125

EP109L6

EP109L10

1/8

.25

.125

EP125L6

EP125L10

EP130L10

EP125L14

EP130L14

EP125L18

EP125L25

9/64

.25

.125

EP141L10

EP141L14

EP146L14

5/32

.28

.156

EP156L6

EP156L10

EP161L10

EP156L14

EP161L14

EP156L18

EP156L25

11/64

.34

.187

EP172L10

EP172L14

EP177L14

3/16

.37

.187

EP187L6

EP187L10

EP192L10

EP187L14

EP192L14

EP187L18

EP187L25

EP187L39

EP187L50

13/64

.37

.187

EP203L10

EP203L14

EP208L14

7/32

.40

.187

EP219L6

EP219L10

EP224L10

EP219L14

EP224L14

EP219L25

15/64

.40

.187

EP234L10

EP234L14

EP239L14

1/4

.43

.187

EP250L6

EP250L10

EP255L10

EP250L14

EP255L14

EP250L18

EP255L18

EP250L25

EP250L39

EP250L50

17/64

.43

.250

EP266L10

EP266L14

EP271L14

EP266L25

9/32

.43

.250

EP281L6

EP281L10

EP286L10

EP281L14

EP286L14

EP281L18

EP286L18

EP281L25

19/64

.50

.250

EP297L10

EP297L14

EP302L14

5/16

.50

.250

EP312L6

EP312L10

EP317L10

EP312L14

EP317L14

EP312L18

EP317L18

EP312L25

EP317L25

EP312L39

EP312L50

21/64

.56

.250

EP328L10

EP328L14

EP333L14

EP328L25

11/32

.56

.250

EP344L6

EP344L10

EP349L10

EP344L14

EP349L14

EP344L25

23/64

.62

.250

EP359L10

EP359L14

EP364L14

3/8

.62

.250

EP375L6

EP375L10

EP380L10

EP375L14

EP380L14

EP375L18

EP380L18

EP375L25

EP380L25

EP375L39

EP375L50

25/64

.62

.250

EP390L14

EP395L14

EP390L18

EP395L25

EP406L18

EP406L25

13/32

.68

.250

EP406L6

EP406L10

EP411L10

EP406 L14

EP411L14

27/64

.68

.250

EP422L14

EP427L14

7/16

.68

.250

EP437L6

EP437L10

EP442L10

EP437L14

EP442L14

EP437L18

EP437L25

EP437L39

EP437L50

29/64

.68

.250

EP453L14

EP458L14

15/32

.75

.250

EP469L10

EP474L10

EP474L14

EP469L18

EP469L25

31/64

.75

.250

EP484L14

EP489L14

1/2

.75

.250

EP500L6

EP500L10

EP505L10

EP500L14

EP505L14

EP500 L18

EP500L25

EP505L25

17/32

.75

.250

EP531L14

EP536L14

EP531L25

9/16

.81

.250

EP562L6

EP562L10

EP562L14

EP562L18

EP562L25

EP562L39

EP562L50 EP625L50

EP500L39 EP500L50

5/8

.87

.250

EP625L6

EP625L10

EP625L14

EP625L18

EP625L25

EP625L39

11/16

.93

.250

EP687L10

EP687L18

EP687L25

3/4

1.00

.250

EP750L6

EP750L10

EP750L14

EP750L18

EP750L25

EP750L39

EP750L50

7/8

1.12

.250

EP875L10

EP875L14

EP875L18

EP875L25

EP875L39

EP875L50

1

1.25

.250

EP1000L14

EP1000L18

EP1000L25

EP1000L39 EP1000L50

EP1000L6 EP1000L10

To order pins with the keys tangent to the diameter, add “-K” to the end of the catalog number. For Ejector Pins cut-to-length, with non-tangent keys, or Black Nitride, refer to page A-1.

A-2


ejector pins

shoulder pins: inch standard

S R .25

32 ± 2 HRC .25

D -.0004 -.0007 4R a

+.00 -.01

68 ± 2 HRC

.125 +.000 -.001 49 ± 1 HRC R .03

.125 +.000 -.002

L +.06 -.00

m H-13 h Core: 48-50 HRC, Surface: 66-70 HRC

d

s

Nominal Pin Diameter

Shoulder Length

1/32

3/64

1/16

5/64

3/32

7/64

CAD insertion point

l=6”

l=10”

D Standard

D .005 Oversize

1/2

EP031L6-05

EP036L6-05

2

EP031L6-20

D Standard

l=14”

D .005 Oversize

D Standard

D .005 Oversize

EP031L10-20

EP036L10-20

3

EP031L6-30

4

EP031L6-40

1/2

EP047L6-05

EP047L10-05

EP052L10-05

2

EP047L6-20

EP047L10-20

EP052L10-20

EP047L14-20

3

EP047L10-30

4

EP047L10-40 EP052L10-40

EP047L14-40

EP052L14-40

1/2

EP062L6-05

EP062L10-05 EP067L10-05

2

EP062L6-20

EP062L10-20 EP067L10-20

EP062L14-20

3

EP062L10-30

4

EP062L10-40 EP067L10-40 EP062L14-40

1/2

EP078L6-05

EP078L10-05 EP083L10-05

2

EP078L6-20

EP078L10-20 EP083L10-20

EP078L14-20

EP067L14-40

3

EP078L10-30

4

EP078L10-40 EP083L10-40

1/2

EP094L6-05

EP094L10-05 EP099L10-05

2

EP094L6-20

EP094L10-20 EP099L10-20

EP094L14-20

3

EP094L10-30

EP078L14-40

EP083L14-40

4

EP094L10-40 EP099L10-40 EP094L14-40

1/2

EP109L6-05

EP109L10-05

EP114L10-05

EP099L14-40 —

2

EP109L6-20

EP109L10-20

EP114L10-20

EP109L14-20

3

EP109L10-30

4

EP109L10-40

EP114L10-40

EP109L14-40

EP114L14-40

To order pins with the keys tangent to the shoulder diameter, add “-K” to the end of the catalog number. For Ejector Pins cut-to-length, with non-tangent keys, or Black Nitride, refer to page A-1.

A-3


ejector pins, core pins, sleeves

ejector pins

straight pins: din standard

T

+0.00 -0.05

L+2.0 -0.0

R0.3 max

H

4R a

D g6

+0.0 -0.2

32 ± 2 HRC

49 ± 1 HRC

m 1.2344 (H-13) h Core: 48-50 HRC, Surface: 66-70 HRC

d

h

t

1.2 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 2 2.2 2.5 2.7 3 3.2 3.5 3.7 4 4.1 4.2 4.5 4.7 5 5.2 5.5 6 6.1 6.2 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.2 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.2 10.5 11 12 12.2 12.5 14 16 16.2 18 20 25 32

3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 22 22 22 24 26 32 40

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 10 10

Pin Diameter

l=125mm EPD012L125 EPD015L125 EPD016L125 EPD017L125 EPD018L125 EPD02L125 EPD022L125 EPD025L125 — EPD03L125 EPD032L125 EPD035L125 — EPD04L125 — EPD042L125 EPD045L125 EPD047L125 EPD05L125 EPD052L125 EPD055L125 EPD06L125 — EPD062L125 EPD065L125 EPD07L125 — EPD08L125 EPD082L125 EPD085L125 EPD09L125 — EPD10L125 EPD102L125 EPD105L125 EPD11L125 EPD12L125 EPD122L125 EPD125L125 EPD14L125 EPD16L125 — — — — —

l=160mm

68 ± 2 HRC

CAD insertion point

l=200mm

l=250mm

EPD012L160 — — EPD015L160 EPD015L200 EPD015L250 — EPD016L200 EPD016L250 — EPD017L200 EPD017L250 — EPD018L200 EPD018L250 EPD02L160 EPD02L200 EPD02L250 EPD022L160 EPD022L200 EPD022L250 +0.00 EPD025L160 EPD025L200 EPD025L250 T -0.05 EPD027L160 — EPD027L250 R0.3 max EPD03L160 EPD03L200 EPD03L250 EPD032L160H +0.0 EPD032L200 EPD032L250 -0.2 EPD035L160 EPD035L200 EPD035L250 32 ± 2 HRC EPD037L160 — EPD037L250 EPD04L160 EPD04L200 EPD04L250 EPD041L160 — EPD041L250 EPD042L160 EPD042L200 EPD042L250 EPD045L160 EPD045L200 EPD045L250 EPD047L160 EPD047L200 EPD047L250 EPD05L160 EPD05L200 EPD05L250 EPD052L160 EPD052L200 EPD052L250 EPD055L160 EPD055L200 EPD055L250 EPD06L160 EPD06L200 EPD06L250 EPD061L160 — EPD061L250 EPD062L160 EPD062L200 EPD062L250 EPD065L160 EPD065L200 EPD065L250 EPD07L160 EPD07L200 EPD07L250 EPD075L160 — EPD075L250 EPD08L160 EPD08L200 EPD08L250 EPD082L160 EPD082L200 EPD082L250 EPD085L160 EPD085L200 EPD085L250 EPD09L160 EPD09L200 EPD09L250 EPD095L160 — EPD095L250 EPD10L160 EPD10L200 EPD10L250 EPD102L160 EPD102L200 EPD102L250 EPD105L160 EPD105L200 EPD105L250 EPD11L160 EPD11L200 EPD11L250 EPD12L160 EPD12L200 EPD12L250 EPD122L160 EPD122L200 EPD122L250 EPD125L160 EPD125L200 EPD125L250 EPD14L160 EPD14L200 EPD14L250 EPD16L160 EPD16L200 EPD16L250 — — EPD162L250 EPD18L160 EPD18L200 EPD18L250 EPD20L160 EPD20L200 EPD20L250 EPD25L160 EPD25L200 EPD25L250 EPD32L160 EPD32L200 EPD32L250

l=400mm — — — — — EPD02L400 L+2.0 -0.0 EPD022L400 EPD025L400 EPD027L400 EPD03L400 EPD032L400 EPD035L400 42 ± 2 HRC EPD037L400 EPD04L400 EPD041L400 EPD042L400 EPD045L400 EPD047L400 EPD05L400 EPD052L400 EPD055L400 EPD06L400 EPD061L400 EPD062L400 EPD065L400 EPD07L400 EPD075L400 EPD08L400 EPD082L400 EPD085L400 EPD09L400 EPD095L400 EPD10L400 EPD102L400 EPD105L400 EPD11L400 EPD12L400 EPD122L400 EPD125L400 EPD14L400 EPD16L400 EPD162L400 EPD18L400 EPD20L400 EPD25L400 EPD32L400

l=630mm

l=1000mm

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Rz 4 EPD03L630 — — —D g6 — — —70 ± 2 HRC — EPD04L630 — — — — — — — Stiack version — — EPD05L630 EPD05L1000 EPD052L630 — — — EPD06L630 EPD06L1000 — — EPD062L630 — — — EPD07L630 EPD07L1000 — — EPD08L630 EPD08L1000 EPD082L630 — — — — — — — EPD10L630 EPD10L1000 — — — — — — EPD12L630 EPD12L1000 — — — — EPD14L630 — EPD16L630 — EPD162L630 — EPD18L630 — EPD20L630 EPD20L1000 EPD25L630 EPD25L1000 EPD32L630 EPD32L1000

To order pins with the keys tangent to the diameter, add “-K” to the end of the catalog number. For Ejector Pins cut-to-length, with non-tangent keys, or Black Nitride, refer to page A-1.

A-4


ejector pins

shoulder pins: din standard

S 32 ± 2 HRC R 0.3 max

B

R 10

+0.0 -0.1

Dg6

4R a

H +0.0 -0.2

68 ± 2 HRC 49 ± 1 HRC

T

+0.00 -0.05

L +2.0 -0.0

m 1.2344 (H-13) h Core: 48-50 HRC, Surface: 66-70 HRC

CAD insertion point

b

h

t

l=125mm

l=160mm

l=200mm

0.8

2

4

2

EPD008X2L125-50

EPD008X2L160-75

0.9

2

4

2

EPD009X2L125-50

EPD009X2L160-75

1

2

4

2

EPD01X2L125-50

EPD01X2L160-75

EPD01X2L200-75

d Nominal Diameter

s=50mm

s=75mm

s=75mm

1.1

2

4

2

EPD011X2L125-50

EPD011X2L160-75

1.2

2

4

2

EPD012X2L125-50

EPD012X2L160-75

1.3

2

4

2

EPD013X2L125-50

EPD013X2L160-75

EPD013X2L200-75

1.4

2

4

2

EPD014X2L125-50

EPD014X2L160-75

1.5

3

6

3

EPD015X3L125-50

EPD015X3L160-75

EPD015X3L200-75

1.6

3

6

3

EPD016X3L125-50

EPD016X3L160-75

EPD016X3L200-75

1.7

3

6

3

EPD017X3L160-75

EPD017X3L200-75

1.8

3

6

3

EPD018X3L125-50

EPD018X3L160-75

EPD018X3L200-75

2

3

6

3

EPD02X3L125-50

EPD02X3L160-75

EPD02X3L200-75

2.2

3

6

3

EPD022X3L160-75

EPD022X3L200-75

2.5

3

6

3

EPD025X3L125-50

EPD025X3L160-75

EPD025X3L200-75

To order pins with the keys tangent to the shoulder diameter, add “-K” to the end of the catalog number. For Ejector Pins cut-to-length, with non-tangent keys, or Black Nitride, refer to page A-1.

standard tolerances nominal diameter (mm) Over

shaft tolerance g6

To

0

3

-.002

-.008

3

6

-.004

-.012 -.014

6

10

-.005

10

18

-.006

-.017

18

30

-.007

-.020

30

50

-.009

-.025

A-5


ejector pins, core pins, sleeves

ejector pins

straight pins: jis standard

L+2.0 -0.0 T

+0.00 -0.05

R0.3 max

4R a

H +0.0 -0.1

D 32 ± 2 HRC

49 ± 1 HRC

-0.01 -0.02

68 ± 2 HRC

m SKD61 (H-13) h Core: 48-50 HRC, Surface: 66-70 HRC

d

h

t

1

4

4

EPJ01L100

EPJ01L150

1.5

4

4

EPJ015L100

EPJ015L150

Pin Diam.

l=100mm

l=150mm

l=200mm

CAD insertion point

l=250mm

l=300mm

l=400mm

l=500mm l=600mm l=650mm

EPJ01L200

EPJ015L200

EPJ015L250

2

5

4

EPJ02L100

EPJ02L150

EPJ02L200

EPJ02L250

2.5

6

4

EPJ025L100

EPJ025L150

EPJ025L200

EPJ025L250

3

6

4

EPJ03L100

EPJ03L150

EPJ03L200

EPJ03L250

3.5

7

4

EPJ035L100

EPJ035L150

EPJ035L200

EPJ035L250

4

8

6

EPJ04L200

EPJ04L250

EPJ04L300

EPJ04L400

4.5

8

6

EPJ045L200

EPJ045L250

EPJ045L300 EPJ045L400

5

9

6

EPJ05L200

EPJ05L250

EPJ05L300

EPJ05L400

5.5

10

6

EPJ055L200

EPJ055L250

EPJ055L300 EPJ055L400

6

10

6

EPJ06L200

EPJ06L250

EPJ06L300

EPJ06L400

EPJ06L500

7

11

6

EPJ07L250

EPJ07L300

EPJ07L400

EPJ07L500

8

13

8

EPJ08L400

EPJ08L500

EPJ08L600

10

15

8

EPJ10L400

EPJ10L500

EPJ10L600

12

17

8

EPJ12L500

EPJ12L600

EPJ12L650

14

19

8

EPJ14L500

15

19

8

EPJ15L500

16

21

8

EPJ16L500

18

23

8

EPJ18L500

20

25

8

EPJ20L500

To order pins with the keys tangent to the diameter, add “-K” to the end of the catalog number. For Ejector Pins cut-to-length, with non-tangent keys, or Black Nitride, refer to page A-1.

A-6


ejector pins

shoulder pins: jis standard

S

32 ± 2 HRC

R 0.3 max

B

-0.01

+0.00 - 0.02

D -0.02

4R a

H +0.0 -0.1 R 10

68 ± 2 HRC

49 ± 1 HRC

T

+0.00 -0.05

L +2.0 -0.0

m SKD61 (H-13) h Core: 48-50 HRC, Surface: 66-70 HRC

d

b

h

1.2

1.5

2 2.5 3

l=150mm

t

Nominal Diameter 1

CAD insertion point

l=200mm

s=50mm

s=70mm

s=70mm

s=100mm

2.5

5

4

EPJ01X25L150-50

EPJ01X25L200-100

3

6

4

EPJ01X3L150-50

EPJ01X3L200-70

EPJ01X3L200-100

2.5

5

4

EPJ012X25L150-50

EPJ012X25L200-100

3

6

4

EPJ012X3L150-50

EPJ012X3L200-70

EPJ012X3L200-100

2.5

5

4

EPJ015X25L150-50

EPJ015X25L200-100

3

6

4

EPJ015X3L150-50

EPJ015X3L200-70

EPJ015X3L200-100

4

8

6

EPJ015X4L150-50

EPJ015X4L200-100

3

6

4

EPJ02X3L150-50

EPJ02X3L200-70

EPJ02X3L200-100

4

8

6

EPJ02X4L150-70

EPJ02X4L200-100

3

6

4

EPJ025X3L150-50

EPJ025X3L200-70

EPJ025X3L200-100

4

8

6

EPJ025X4L150-70

EPJ025X4L200-100

4

8

6

EPJ03X4L150-70

EPJ03X4L200-100

5

9

6

EPJ03X5L200-100

To order pins with the keys tangent to the shoulder diameter, add “-K” to the end of the catalog number. For Ejector Pins cut-to-length, with non-tangent keys, or Black Nitride, refer to page A-1.

A-7


ejector pins, core pins, sleeves

ultrapins

®

treated straight pins

L+.06 -.00 +.000

T -.002 R .03

4R a

H +.00 -.01

D -.0003 -.0006 32 ± 2 HRC

49 ± 1 HRC

68 ± 2 HRC

m H-13 h Core: 48-50 HRC, Surface: 66-70 HRC m Chrome Plated: .00005-.00007” Thick

d

h

Nominal Diameter

Actual Diameter

1/16

.0622 .0619

.25

5/64

.0778 .0775

3/32

t

l=6”

l=10”

l=14”

CAD insertion point

d

Actual Oversized Pin Diam.

l=10”

D Standard

D Standard

D Standard

D .005 Oversize

.125

EPL062L10

.25

.125

EPL078L10

.0934 .0931

.25

.125

EPL094L10

1/8

.1247 .1244

.25

.125

EPL125L6

EPL125L10

EPL125L14

.1297 .1294

EPL130L10

5/32

.1560 .1557

.28

.156

EPL156L6

EPL156L10

.1610 .1607

EPL161L10

3/16

.1872 .1869

.37

.187

EPL187L6

EPL187L10

EPL187L14

.1922 .1919

EPL192L10

7/32

.2185 .2182

.40

.187

EPL219L6

EPL219L10

.2235 .2232

EPL224L10

1/4

.2497 .2494

.43

.187

EPL250L6

EPL250L10

EPL250 L14

.2547 .2544

EPL255L10

5/16

.3122 .3119

.50

.250

EPL312L6

EPL312L10

EPL312 L14

3/8

.3747 .3744

.62

.250

EPL375L6

EPL375L10

EPL375 L14

7/16

.4372 .4369

.69

.250

EPL437L6

EPL437L10

EPL437 L14

1/2

.4997 .4994

.75

.250

EPL500L10

EPL500 L14

To order pins with the keys tangent to the diameter, add “-K” to the end of the catalog number. For Ultra Pins cut-to-length or with non-tangent keys, refer to page A-1.

Application Guidelines: • Maximum operating temperature: 660˚ F (350˚ C). • Not recommended for Die Cast or PVC molding. • Contact Customer Service for availability on other diameters and lengths not shown.

A-8


ultrapins

®

treated shoulder pins

S R .25

32 ± 2 HRC .25

4R a

+.00 -.01

.125 +.000 -.001 49 ± 1 HRC R .03

.125 +.000 -.002

D -.0003 -.0006

68 ± 2 HRC

L +.06 -.00

m H-13 h Core: 48-50 HRC, Surface: 66-70 HRC m Chrome Plated: .00005-.00007” Thick

d

s

l=6”

l=10”

d

CAD insertion point

l=10”

Nominal Diameter

Actual Diameter

Shoulder Length

1/32

.0310 .0307

1/2

EPL031 L6-05

2

EPL031 L6-20

1/2

EPL047L6-05

EPL047L6-20

EPL047L10-20

.0516 .0513

EPL052L10-05

2 3

-

EPL047L10-30

-

-

-

-

3/64

1/16

5/64

3/32

7/64

.0466 .0463

.0622 .0619

.0778 .0775

.0934 .0931

.1091 .1088

D Standard

D Standard

Actual Oversized Pin Diameter

.005 Oversize

EPL052L10-20

4

-

EPL047L10-40

1/2

EPL062L6-05

2

EPL062L6-20

EPL062L10-20

.0672 .0669

EPL067L10-05

3

-

EPL062L10-30

-

-

4

-

EPL062L10-40

-

-

1/2

EPL078L6-05

EPL078L6-20

EPL078L10-20

.0828 .0825

EPL083L10-05

2 3

-

EPL078L10-30

-

-

-

-

EPL067L10-20

EPL083L10-20

4

-

EPL078L10-40

1/2

EPL094L6-05

2

EPL094L6-20

EPL094L10-20

.0985 .0982

EPL099L10-05

3

-

EPL094L10-30

-

-

4

-

EPL094L10-40

-

-

1/2

EPL109L6-05

EPL109L6-20

EPL109L10-20

.1141 .1138

EPL114L10-05

2

EPL099L10-20

EPL114L10-20

To order pins with the keys tangent to the shoulder diameter, add “-K” to the end of the catalog number. For Ultra Pins cut-to-length or with non-tangent keys refer to page A-1.

Application Guidelines: • Maximum operating temperature: 660˚ F (350˚ C). • Not recommended for Die Cast or PVC molding. • Contact Customer Service for availability of other diameters and lengths not shown.

A-9


ejector pins, core pins, sleeves

blade ejectors inch standard

L -.00 +.06

43 ±2 HRC

M +.06 +.02

R .03

Y +.0000 -.0003

4R a

H +.00 -.01 T +.000 -.002

59 ±1 HRC

D

X -.0003 +.0000

R 3.5

+.000 -.001

m O-1 h 58-60 HRC

CAD insertion point

x

y

d

h

t

l =6.5”

l =7.5”

l =10.5”

.0150

.0460

.062

.250

.125

BE062-015L6.5

BE062-015L7.5

.0150

.1000

.125

.250

.125

BE125-015L6.5

BE125-015L7.5

.0200

.0460

.062

.250

.125

BE062-020L6.5

BE062-020L7.5

.0200

.1000

.125

.250

.125

BE125-020L6.5

BE125-020L7.5

.0240

.1000

.125

.250

.125

BE125-024L6.5

BE125-024L7.5

.0240

.1400

.156

.281

.156

BE156-024L6.5

BE156-024L7.5

.0240

.1720

.187

.375

.187

BE187-024L6.5

BE187-024L7.5

.0320

.1000

.125

.250

.125

BE125-032L6.5

BE125-032L7.5

.0320

.1400

.156

.281

.156

BE156-032L6.5 Length

BE156-032L7.5

.0320

.1720

.187

.375

.187

BE187-032L6.5

BE187-032L7.5

.0320

.2340

.250

.437

.187

BE250-032L6.5

BE187-032L10.5 Flat Width BE250-032L10.5

.0320

.2960

.312

.500

.250

BE312-032L7.5

BE312-032L10.5

.0320

.3590

Head .375

Ø.625

.250

BE375-032L7.5

BE375-032L10.5

Flat Length

BE250-032L7.5

.0460

.1000

.125

.250

.125

BE125-046L6.5

BE125-046L7.5

.0460

.1400

.156

Blade Ø BE156-046L6.5

BE156-046L7.5

.0460

.1720

.156 Head .281

.187

BE187-046L6.5

BE187-046L7.5

BE187-046L10.5

.187 .375 Thickness

.0460

.2340

.250

.437

.187

BE250-046L6.5

BE250-046L7.5

BE250-046L10.5

.0460

.2960

.312

.500

.250

BE312-046L7.5

BE312-046L10.5

.0460

.3590

.375

.625

.250

BE375-046L7.5

BE375-046L10.5

.0620

.1720

.187

.375

.187

BE187-062L6.5

BE187-062L7.5

BE187-062L10.5

.0620

.2340

.250

.437

.187

BE250-062L6.5

BE250-062L7.5

BE250-062L10.5

.0620

.2960

.312

.500

.250

BE312-062L7.5

BE312-062L10.5

.0620

.3590

.375

.625

.250

BE375-062L7.5

BE375-062L10.5

.0780

.2960

.312

.500

.250

BE312-078L7.5

BE312-078L10.5

.0780

.3590

.375

.625

.250

BE375-078L7.5

BE375-078L10.5

.0780

.4840

.500

.750

.250

BE500-078L7.5

BE500-078L10.5

.0780

.5470

.562

.812

.250

BE562-078L7.5

BE562-078L10.5

.0780

.6090

.625

.875

.250

BE625-078L7.5

BE625-078L10.5

.0940

.4220

.437

.687

.250

BE437-094L7.5

BE437-094L10.5

.0940

.4840

.500

.750

.250

BE500-094L7.5

BE500-094L10.5

.0940

.5470

.562

.812

.250

BE562-094L7.5

BE562-094L10.5

.0940

.6090

.625

.875

.250

BE625-094L7.5

BE625-094L10.5

M = 5”

M = 5”

M = 6”

Blade Length M

To order Blade Ejectors with the keys tangent to the diameter, add “-K” to the end of the catalog number. For Blades cut-to-length or with non-tangent keys, refer to page A-1. Mold-ready Blade Ejectors can be quoted via the templates in section X.

A-10

Flat Thickness


blade ejectors

L

+1.0 -0.0

43 ±2 HRC

M

R H

din standard

+1.0 +2.0

Y +.000 -.015

4R a

+.0 -.2

T +.00 -.05

59 ±1 HRC

D

X -.015 +.000

R 10

+.00 -.02

m O-1 h 58-60 HRC

CAD insertion point

l=

x y d h t r 1.0

3.5

4

1.2

3.5

1.5

4.5

60 mm

l=

l=

80 mm

l=

100 mm

l=

125 mm

160 mm

l=

l=

l=

l=

200 mm

250 mm

315 mm

400 mm

8

3

0.3 BE4-1.0L60 BE4-1.0L80 BE4-1.0L100 BE4-1.0L125 BE4-1.0L160

4

8

3

0.3

BE4-1.2L80 BE4-1.2L100 BE4-1.2L125 BE4-1.2L160

5

10

3

0.3

BE5-1.5L80 BE5-1.5L100 BE5-1.5L125 BE5-1.5L160

1.2

5.5

6

12

5

0.5

BE6-1.2L80 BE6-1.2L100 BE6-1.2L125 BE6-1.2L160

BE6-1.2L200

1.5

5.5

6

12

5

0.5

BE6-1.5L80 BE6-1.5L100 BE6-1.5L125 BE6-1.5L160

BE6-1.5L200

2.0 5.5

6

12

5

0.5

BE6-2.0L80 BE6-2.0L100 BE6-2.0L125 BE6-2.0L160 BE6-2.0L200

1.2

7.5

8

14

5

0.5

BE8-1.2L100 BE8-1.2L125 BE8-1.2L160

BE8-1.2L200

BE8-1.2L250

1.5

7.5

8

14

5

0.5

BE8-1.5L100 BE8-1.5L125 BE8-1.5L160

BE8-1.5L200

BE8-1.5L250

2.0

7.5

8

14

5

0.5

BE8-2.0L100 BE8-2.0L125 BE8-2.0L160 BE8-2.0L200 BE8-2.0L250 BE8-2.0L315

1.5

9.5

10

16

5

0.5

2.0 9.5

10

16

5

0.5

2.0 11.5

12

20

7

0.8

2.5 11.5

12

20

7

0.8 Ø — Head +0.0

2.0 15.5 16

22

7

0.8

2.5 15.5 16

22

7

0.8

H

-0.2

Length

L

+1.0 -0.0

R —

— T +0.00 -0.05

Head M Thickness Blade Length M 30 mm

43 — ±2 HRC

D

+0.00 -0.02

M 40 mm

M

Rz 4

— Blade

R 10 Ø

M 50 mm

BE10-1.5L160 BE10-1.5L200 FlatBE10-1.5L250 FlatBE10-2.0L160 Length BE10-2.0L200 BE10-2.0L250 Width

+1.0 +2.0

Y +0.000

BE10-1.5L315

— —

BE10-2.0L315 BE10-2.0L400

-0.015 BE12-2.0L200 BE12-2.0L250 BE12-2.0L315 BE12-2.0L400

BE12-2.5L200 BE12-2.5L250 BE12-2.5L315 BE12-2.5L400

BE16-2.0L200 BE16-2.0L250 BE16-2.0L315 BE16-2.0L400

59 ±1 HRC —

M 60 mm

M 80 mm

+0.000 BE16-2.5L200 BE16-2.5L250 BE16-2.5L315 BE16-2.5L400 Flat X -0.015

M 100 mm

Thickness

M 125 mm

M 160 mm

M 200 mm

To order Blade Ejectors with the keys tangent to the diameter, add “-K” to the end of the catalog number. For Blades cut-to-length or with non-tangent keys, refer to page A-1. Mold-ready Blade Ejectors can be quoted via the templates in section X.

jis specification

material: o-1

Contact Customer Service for the availability of JIS Blade Ejectors by specifying the information shown below: Length Flat Length

Flat Width

Head Ø Head Thickness

Blade Ø

Flat Thickness

A-11


ejector pins, core pins, sleeves

core pins

L +.3 -.0 +.000

T -.002 R .03

4R a +.0005

H +.00 -.01

D +.0010 See below

m H-13 h 30-35 HRC

t

m H-13 h 50-55 HRC

d

h

3/32

.25

.125 CPS094L3 CPS094L6 CPS094L10

7/64

.25

.125 CPS109L3 CPS109L6 CPS109L10

Nominal Head Head Pin Dia. Dia. Thick.

l=3”

l=6”

l=10”

d

h

3/32

.25

.125 CPH094L3 CPH094L6 CPH094L10

7/64

.25

.125 CPH109L3 CPH109L6 CPH109L10

l=14”

t

CAD insertion point

Nominal Head Head Pin Dia. Dia. Thick.

l=3”

l=6”

l=10”

l=14”

1/8

.25

.125 CPS125L3 CPS125L6 CPS125L10

CPS125L14

1/8

.25

.125 CPH125L3 CPH125L6

CPH125L10

CPH125L14

9/64

.25

.125 CPS141L3 CPS141L6

CPS141L10

CPS141L14

9/64

.25

.125 CPH141L3 CPH141L6

CPH141L10

CPH141L14 CPH156L14

5/32

.28

.156 CPS156L3 CPS156L6 CPS156L10

CPS156L14

5/32

.28

.156 CPH156L3 CPH156L6 CPH156L10

11/64

.34

.187 CPS172L3 CPS172L6

CPS172L10

CPS172L14

11/64

.34

.187 CPH172L3 CPH172L6

CPH172L10

CPH172L14

3/16

.37

.187 CPS187L3 CPS187L6

CPS187L10

CPS187L14

3/16

.37

.187 CPH187L3 CPH187L6

CPH187L10

CPH187L14

13/64

.37

.187 CPS203L3 CPS203L6 CPS203L10 CPS203L14

7/32

.40

.187 CPS219L3 CPS219L6 CPS219L10

15/64

.40

.187

CPS234L6 CPS234L10

13/64

.37

.187 CPH203L3 CPH203L6 CPH203L10 CPH203L14

CPS219L14

7/32

.40

.187 CPH219L3 CPH219L6 CPH219L10 CPH219L14

15/64

.40

.187

1/4

.43

.187 CPS250L3 CPS250L6 CPS250L10 CPS250L14

9/32

.43

.250 CPS281L3 CPS281L6 CPS281L10

CPS281L14

CPH234L6 CPH234L10

1/4

.43

.187 CPH250L3 CPH250L6 CPH250L10 CPH250L14

9/32

.43

.250 CPH281L3 CPH281L6 CPH281L10

CPH281L14 CPH312L14

5/16

.50

.250 CPS312L3 CPS312L6 CPS312L10

CPS312L14

5/16

.50

.250 CPH312L3 CPH312L6 CPH312L10

11/32

.56

.250 CPS344L3 CPS344L6 CPS344L10 CPS344L14

11/32

.56

.250 CPH344L3 CPH344L6 CPH344L10 CPH344L14

3/8

.62

.250 CPS375L3 CPS375L6 CPS375L10 CPS375L14

3/8

.62

.250 CPH375L3 CPH375L6 CPH375L10 CPH375L14

13/32

.68

.250 CPS406L3 CPS406L6 CPS406L10 CPS406L14

13/32

.68

.250 CPH406L3 CPH406L6 CPH406L10 CPH406L14

7/16

.68

.250 CPS437L3 CPS437L6 CPS437L10 CPS437L14

7/16

.68

.250 CPH437L3 CPH437L6 CPH437L10 CPH437L14

15/32

.75

.250 CPS469L3 CPS469L6 CPS469L10 CPS469L14

15/32

.75

.250 CPH469L3 CPH469L6 CPH469L10 CPH469L14

1/2

.75

.250 CPH500L3 CPH500L6 CPH500L10 CPH500L14

17/32

.75

.250

CPH531L6 CPH531L10

1/2

.75

.250 CPS500L3 CPS500L6 CPS500L10 CPS500L14

17/32

.75

.250

CPS531L6 CPS531L10

9/16

.81

.250

CPS562L6 CPS562L10 CPS562L14

9/16

.81

.250

CPH562L6 CPH562L10 CPH562L14

5/8

.87

.250

CPS625L6 CPS625L10 CPS625L14

5/8

.87

.250

CPH625L6 CPH625L10 CPH625L14

11/16

.93

.250

CPS687L6 CPS687L10 CPS687L14

11/16

.93

.250

CPH687L6 CPH687L10 CPH687L14

3/4

1.00

.250

CPS750L6 CPS750L10 CPS750L14

3/4

1.00

.250

CPH750L6 CPH750L10 CPH750L14

13/16 1.125 .250

CPH812L6 CPH812L10

1.125 .250

CPH875L6 CPH875L10 CPH875L14

1.25

CPH1000L6 CPH1000L10 CPH1000L14

13/16 1.125 .250 7/8 1

CPS812L6 CPS812L10

CPS812L14

1.125 .250

CPS875L6 CPS875L10 CPS875L14

1.25

CPS1000L6 CPS1000L10 CPS1000L14

.250

7/8 1

.250

Note: Heads are annealed on 6”, 10” and 14” lengths

X

X

A-12

X

X

For mold-ready or keyed Core Pins, refer to page A-1 or the templates in section X.

CPH812L14


ti pins ™

thousandth increment pins

2.500 +.03 -.00

T

+.000 -.002

R .02 Max

10 R a

D

+.00

H -.01

+.0003 -.0000

62 ±2 HRC

m M-2 h 60-64 HRC

d

CAD insertion point

h

t

Decimal Pin Diameter

Head Diameter

Head Thickness

.060 - .062

.093

.125

.0625

.093

.125

.063 - .093

.156

.125

.0937

.156

.125

.094 - .124

.187

.125

.1250

.187

.125

.126 - .156

.218

.125

.1562

.218

.125

.157 - .187

.250

.125

.1875

.250

.125

.188 - .218

.281

.125

.2187

.281

.125

.219 - .249

.312

.125

.2500

.312

.125

.251 - .312

.437

.187

.3125

.437

.187

.313 - .320

.500

.187

X

To order: Specify the prefix TI- and the three place decimal of the pin required, followed by a “0” if not nominal: Ex: .090ø = TI-0900 or .252ø = TI-2520 If a nominal size, carry to a four place decimal as listed in the chart at left: Ex. 5/32ø nominal = TI-1562 or 3/32ø = TI-0937 Contact Customer Service for availability of additional diameters or lengths.

For mold-ready detail, refer to the templates in section X.

X

Features: • Use Xof TI Pins allow for wire EDM’ing of the hole to the finish diameter, with no step machining required for the core pin. • Unlike punches, TI Pin heads are precision ground to standard X mold tolerances. X

X

A-13 X


ejector pins, core pins, sleeves

ejector sleeves inch standard

L +.125 -.000 T

+.000 -.002

N

D+ 1/64

4R a

H +.00 -.01 32 ±2 HRC

B -.0004 -.0007 D +.0003 -.0000 42 ±2 HRC

R .03

70 ±5 HRC (ID & OD)

General Dimensions

m H-13 h Core: 40-44 HRC, Surface: 65-75 HRC

d

Nom. I.D. 3/32 1/8 5/32 3/16 7/32 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4

b

O.D.

h

Head Dia.

N=1-7/8” for ES094 & ES125 N=2-3/8” for ES156 and larger

T=.187” for ES094 thru ES156 T=.250” for ES187 and larger

l=3” l=4” l=5” l=6” l=7” l=8” l=9” l=10” l=11” l=12” l=13” l=14”

.1875 .37 ES094L3 ES094L4 ES094L5 ES094L6 ES094L7 ES094L8 ES094L9 ES094L10 ES094L11 — — — .2187 .40 ES125L3 ES125L4 ES125L5 ES125L6 ES125L7 ES125L8 ES125L9 ES125L10 ES125L11 — — — .2500 .43 — ES156L4 ES156L5 ES156L6 ES156L7 ES156L8 ES156L9 ES156L10 ES156L11 ES156L12 ES156L13 ES156L14 .3125 .50 — ES187L4 ES187L5 ES187L6 ES187L7 ES187L8 ES187L9 LengthES187L10 ES187L11 ES187L12 ES187L13 ES187L14 .3437 .56 — ES219L4 ES219L5 ES219L6 ES219L7 ES219L8 ES219L9 ES219L10 ES219L11 ES219L12 ES219L13 ES219L14 Head Thickness .3750 .62 — ES250L4 ES250L5 ES250L6 ES250L7 ES250L8 ES250L9 ES250L10OD ES250L11 ES250L12 ES250L13 ES250L14 .4375 .68 — ES312L4 ES312L5 ES312L6 ES312L7 ES312L8 ES312L9 ES312L10 ES312L11 ES312L12 ES312L13 ES312L14 .5000 .75 — ES375L4 ES375L5 ES375L6 ES375L7 ES375L8 ES375L9 ES375L10 ES375L11 ES375L12 ES375L13 Head Ø ID ES375L14 .6250 .87 — ES437L4 ES437L5 ES437L6 ES437L7 ES437L8 ES437L9 ES437L10 ES437L11 ES437L12 ES437L13 ES437L14 .6875 .93 — ES500L4 ES500L5 ES500L6 ES500L7 ES500L8 ES500L9 ES500L10 ES500L11 ES500L12 ES500L13 ES500L14 .7500 1.00 — ES562L4 ES562L5 ES562L6 ES562L7 ES562L8 ES562L9 ES562L10 ES562L11 ES562L12 ES562L13 ES562L14 .8750 1.12 — ES625L4 ES625L5 ES625L6 ES625L7 ES625L8 ES625L9 ES625L10 ES625L11 ES625L12 ES625L13 ES625L14 1.0000 1.25 — ES750L4 ES750L5 ES750L6 ES750L7 ES750L8 ES750L9 ES750L10 ES750L11 ES750L12 ES750L13 ES750L14

CAD insertion point

ejector sleeves

inch standard-extra length series d

Nom. I.D. 5/32 3/16 7/32 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4

b

O.D.

h

Head Dia.

l=15” l=16” l=17” l=18”

.2500 .43 ES156L15 ES156L16 .3125 .50 ES187L15 ES187L16 .3437 .56 ES219L15 ES219L16 .3750 .62 ES250L15 ES250L16 .4375 .68 ES312L15 ES312L16 .5000 .75 ES375L15 ES375L16 .6250 .87 ES437L15 ES437L16 .6875 .93 ES500L15 ES500L16 .7500 1.00 ES562L15 ES562L16 .8750 1.12 ES625L15 ES625L16 1.0000 1.25 ES750L15 ES750L16

ES156L17 ES187L17 ES219L17 ES250L17 ES312L17 ES375L17 ES437L17 ES500L17 ES562L17 ES625L17 ES750L17

Alternative configurations available:

ES156L18 ES187L18 ES219L18 ES250L18 ES312L18 ES375L18 ES437L18 ES500L18 ES562L18 ES625L18 ES750L18

General Dimensions (Extra Length Series) N=2-3/8” for ES156 N=2-3/4” for ES187 thru ES219 N=3-1/4” for ES250 and larger T=.187” for ES156 T=.250” for ES187 and larger X

X

For mold-ready Sleeves, refer to the templates in section X.

X

X

X

• For sleeves that are .005” oversized on the outer diameter (B), add a -OS to the end of the part number. Ex. ES250L12-OS. • Sleeves can be ordered with the Black Nitride treatment for better performance. To order, specify -BN at the end of the catalog number. Ex: ES437L7-BN. X • To achieve longer lengths, use Sleeve Extensions shown on page A-17. • For Sleeves cut to length or keyed on the heads, refer to page A-1. X

A-14

X


ejector sleeves

din standard

L +2.0 –0.0 T +.00 –.05

N

D +.5

4R a

H +.0 –.2

DH5 Bg6 42 ±2 HRC

R 0.8

70 ±5 HRC (ID & OD)

General Dimensions N=35mm for ESD015 thru ESD025 N=45mm for ESD027 thru ESD10 N=55mm for ESD102 and larger

L +2.0 –0.0 m H-13 h Core: +.00 40-44 HRC, Surface: 65-75 HRC T –.05 b h D +.5 catalog d number

H +.0 –.2

T=3mm for ESD015 thru ESD032 T=5mm for ESD035 thru ESD062 T=7mm for ESD08 thru ESD125 T=9mm for ESD14 and larger CAD insertion point

N 4R a

lengths (l)

75mm 100mm 125mm 150mm 175mm 200mm 225mm 250mm 275mm 300mm 325mm 350mm 400mm 450mm

ESD015

1.5

ESD016

1.6

ESD02

2

ESD022

2.2

4

8

ESD025

2.5

5

10

ESD027

2.7

5

10

3

6

3 6 R40.8 8

DH5 Bg6

• 42 ±2 HRC • • •

67 ±2 HRC •(ID & OD) • •

ESD03

3

5

10

ESD032

3.2

5

10

ESD035

3.5

6

12

ESD037

3.7

6

12

ESD04

4

6

12

ESD042

4.2

8

14

ESD05

5

8

14

ESD052

5.2

8

14

ESD055

5.5

8

14

ESD06

6

10

16

ESD062

6.2

10

16

ESD08

8

12

20

ESD082

8.2

12

20

ESD10

10

14

22

ESD102

10.2

14

22

ESD105

10.5

14

22

ESD12

12

16

22

ESD125

12.5

16

22

ESD14

14

18

24

ESD16 ESD18

16 18

20 22

26 28

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

To order: Specify prefix, inner diameter (D), and length. Ex. ESD035L175.

Alternative configurations available: • Sleeves can be ordered with the Black Nitride treatment for better performance. To order, specify -BN at the end of the catalog number. Ex: ESD08L250-BN. • To achieve longer lengths, use Sleeve Extensions on page A-17. • For Sleeves cut to length or keyed on the heads, refer to page A-1.

A-15


ejector pins, core pins, sleeves

ejector sleeves thin wall sleeves

L +.05 -.00 N

S ±.01 G +.000 -.001 H

+.00 -.01

B

4R a

-.0003 -.0007

D

D +.01

+.0003 -.0000

59 ±1 HRC

T

60° Transition Angle

+.000 -.002

m A-2 h 58-60 HRC m Electroless Nickel PTFE Coated

d

d

b

g

s

CAD insertion point

h

t

.500

.37

.187

.219

.500

.40

.187

1.75

ESTW125L4

ESTW125L6

ESTW125L8

.250

.500

.43

.187

2.50

ESTW156L4

ESTW156L6

ESTW156L8

ESTW156L10

.312

.625

.50

.250

2.50

ESTW187L4

ESTW187L6

ESTW187L8

ESTW187L10

.344

.625

.56

.250

2.50

ESTW219L4

ESTW219L6

ESTW219L8

ESTW219L10

.625

.62

.250

2.50

ESTW250L4

ESTW250L6

ESTW250L8

ESTW250L10

.75 S ±.01

.250

2.50

ESTW375L4 N

Nominal I.D.

Decimal I.D.

O.D.

Shoulder Diameter

Shoulder Length

3/32

.0937

.1563

.188

1/8

.1250

.1875

5/32

.1562

.2187

3/16

.1875

.2500

7/32

.2187

.2813

1/4

.2500

.3125

.375

5/16

.3125

.3750

.438

.625

3/8

.3750

.4375

.500

.625

Head Head Diameter Thickness

n

Bearing Length

1.75

Length

Shoulder Length .68 .250L +.05 -.00 2.50 Shoulder Ø

Head Ø Alternative configurations available:

G +.000 -.001

4R a

• To achieve longer lengths, use Sleeve Extensions on page A-17. D +.01 H +.00 -.01 • For Sleeves cut to length or keyed on the heads, refer to page A-1.

l=4”

l=6”

l=8”

l=10”

ESTW094L4

ESTW094L6

ESTW312L4

B

ESTW312L6

ESTW312L8

ESTW312L10

ESTW375L6

ESTW375L8

ESTW375L10

OD

ID

-.0003 -.0007

D

+.0003 -.0000

Head Thickness

59 ±1 HRC

X

T X

60° Transition Angle

+.000 -.002

For mold-ready Sleeves, refer to the templates in section X.

X

metric specification material: m-2 X

X

Contact Customer Service for pricing and delivery for metric Thin Wall Sleeves by specifying the information shown below: Length

X

Shoulder Length Shoulder Ø X

X

Head Ø

ID

Head Thickness

A-16

OD


sleeve extensions

L +.005 -.000

.50

H +.00 K ± .02 -.01

+.000 G +.005 -.000 D -.002

170 B

J

.250 +.000 -.002

+.002 -.000

m AISI 1215 h 170 Brinell m Black Oxide

d

Nominal Sleeve I.D.

O.D.

f

g

F +.002 -.000

CAD insertion point

h

j

k

l=2”

l=3”

l=4”

3/32

.625

.193

.385

.875

.188

.18

SXT094L2 SXT094L3

1/8

.625

.224

.416

.875

.188

.18

SXT125L2

SXT125L3

SXT125L4

5/32

.625

.255

.448

.875

.188

.18

SXT156L2

SXT156L3

SXT156L4

3/16

.875

.318

.520

1.125

.251

.21

SXT187L2

SXT187L3

SXT187L4

7/32

.875

.349

.570

1.125

.251

.25

SXT219L2

SXT219L3

SXT219L4 SXT250L4

1/4

.875

.380

.630

1.125

.251

.28

SXT250L2

SXT250L3

5/16

1.000

.443

.698

1.250

.251

.34

SXT312L2

SXT312L3

SXT312L4

3/8

1.000

.505

.760

1.250

.251

.41

SXT375L2

SXT375L3

SXT375L4

sleeve extensions: blanks For extending a Sleeve, begin with a Sleeve Extension Blank and lathe turn the “H” dimension to a standard Ejector Pin head size. 9.0 ±.02 [238mm ±.5]

.50

7.0 ±.02 [200mm ±.5]

H K

G D

F

J Inch Standard m AISI 1215 h 170 Brinell

d

catalog number

Nominal Sleeve I.D.

O.D.

SXT094-B

3/32

SXT125-B

1/8

SXT156-B SXT187-B SXT219-B

Metric Standard m AISI 1215 h 170 Brinell

f

g

h

j

k

Nominal Sleeve I.D.

d

+.002 - .000

+.005 - .000

+.00 - .01

+.002 - .000

± .02

catalog number

.625

.193

.385

.875

.188

.18

SXTD02-B

.625

.224

.416

.875

.188

.18

SXTD03-B

5/32

.625

.255

.448

.875

.188

.18

SXTD05-B

3.5 - 5.5

20

3/16

.875

.318

.520

1.125

.251

.21

SXTD06-B

6 - 6.2

22

7/32

.875

.349

.570

1.125

.251

.25

SXTD08-B

8 - 8.2

25

SXTD10-B

10 - 12.5

32

SXT250-B

1/4

.875

.380

.630

1.125

.251

.28

SXT312-B

5/16

1.000

.443

.698

1.250

.251

.34

SXT375-B

3/8

1.000

.505

.760

1.250

.251

.41

CAD insertion point

f

g

h +.0 - .2

+.05 - .00

± .2

4.15

8.3

22

3.03

4

5.15

10.3

22

3.03

4

8.15

14.3

26

5.03

6

10.15

16.3

28

5.03

7

12.15

20.3

32

7.03

9

16.15

22.3

40

7.03

13

O.D.

+.05 - .00

2 - 2.2

14

2.5 - 3.2

16

+.01 - .00

j

k

A-17


ejector pins, core pins, sleeves

core pin retainers A

(Ref)

C

D 165 B

T

H

B

Hex

CAD insertion point

Inch Standard m AISI 12L14

h 165 Brinell m Black Oxide

a

catalog number

b

c

+.001 - .000

h

d

+.000 - .002

t

+.00 - .01

Hex

Thread

CPR-50

.437

.312

.125

.750

.25

1/2-20

CPR-87

.437

.312

.125

1.060

.37

7/8-14

Metric Standard m AISI 12L14

h 165 Brinell m Black Oxide

a

catalog number

.594

11/64 - 1/4

.625

9/32

.688

Ø.76 .125

+.001 -.000

+.001 -.000

Ø.76

Thread

4

20

8

M16-1.5

26

10

11

7

Ø.453 Clearance for Ejector Pin Tap Drill Size

4Ø.453 Clearance for Ejector Pin Tap Drill Size .002 T Suggested Clearance .03 x 45˚

h

Core Pin Diameter

5/32

H

Hex

.002

.563

.03 x 45˚

+.0 -.2

CPRM-20

h

T

d

Suggested CPR-87 Clearance

3/32 - 9/64

.002 Suggested Clearance

c

7

5/16 - 1/2

.03 x 45˚

H

H 1.2 - 2.7mm

3 - 5.5mm .125

Ø.76

+.001 -.000

CPR-87

T

Ø14 Ø.812 Clearancefor for Clearance EjectorPin Pin Ejector Tap Drill Size Tap Drill Size

.002 Suggested Clearance

.002 .05 Suggested Suggested Clearance Clearance

+.001 -.000

Ø1.07 +.001+.025 .125 4-.000-.000

Ø.812 Clearance for Ejector Pin Tap Drill Size

.002 Suggested

.002 Suggested T

h H 13.02mm +.001 -.000

8 - 11mm Ø1.07

+.001 -.000

T .03 x 45˚

.05 TT Suggested Clearance 1.03 x 45˚ x 45˚

Ø20.2 Ø1.07

4

+.025 -.000

1 x 45˚

H Ø20.2

h H

Ø14 ance for

Ø14 Clearance for

Ø17.5 (Ø18 for EPD12)

Ø17.5 (Ø18 for EPD12)

+.001 -.000

18.02mm Ø1.07

+.001 -.000

Ø17.5 (Ø18 for EPD12) Clearance for Ejector Pin Tap/Drill size .05 Suggested Clearance

Ø17.5 (Ø18 for EPD12) Clearance for Ejector Pin Tap/Drill size .05 Suggested T Clearance 1 x 45˚

H +.025 -.000

+.025 -.000

4

+.025 -.000

Ø26.2

4

+.025 -.000

For CPRM-20

A-18

H

16.02mm

CPRM-20

T

+.001 +.025 -.000 HH-.000

+.001 -.000

.125

.03 x 45˚

+.001 -.000

12 - 12.5mm

14.02mm .125

T

CPRM-20 Clearance .03 x 45˚ Core Pin Diameter (DIN)

Ø14 Clearance for Ejector Pin Tap Drill Size

H

.125

Ø.812 M20-2.5 Clearance for Ejector Pin Tap Drill Size

CPRM-16

Ø.812 Clearance for Ejector Pin Tap Drill Size

+.001 -.000

T

t

CPRM-16.03 x 45˚ Clearance

+.001 -.000

Ø.76

+.001 -.000

h

Core Pin Diameter (DIN)

.688

.125

Ø.453 Clearance for Ejector Pin Tap Drill Size

d e

+.00 -.05

11

Machining Specifications: CPR-50

or n ze

b

CPRM-16

CPR-50 Core Pin Diameter

+.02 -.00

Ø26.2

For CPRM-20


return pins

L

+.015 -.000

.250 +.000 -.002 R .03

4R a

D -.0004 -.0007

H +.00 -.01 30 HRC (max)

60 ±2 HRC

m AISI 52100 h Core: 30 HRC max, Surface: 58-62 HRC

d=1/2 h=.75

CAD insertion point

d=5/8 h=.87

d=3/4 h=1.00

d=1 h=1.25

l

catalog number

l

catalog number

l

catalog number

l

catalog number

3-9/16

RP50L3.56

4-1/16

RP62L4.06

4-15/16

RP75L4.93

4-1/16

RP50L4.06

4-9/16

RP62L4.56

5-7/16

RP75L5.43

4-9/16

RP50L4.56

5-1/16

RP62L5.06

5-15/16

RP75L5.93

5-1/16

RP50L5.06

5-9/16

RP62L5.56

6-7/16

RP75L6.43

6

RP100L6

5-9/16

RP50L5.56

6-1/16

RP62L6.06

6-15/16

RP75L6.93

6-1/16

RP50L6.06

6-9/16

RP62L6.56

7-7/16

RP75L7.43

6-9/16

RP50L6.56

7-1/16

RP62L7.06

7-15/16

RP75L7.93

7-9/16

RP62L7.56

8-7/16

RP75L8.43

8-1/16

RP62L8.06

8-15/16

RP75L8.93

9-7/16

RP75L9.43

10

RP100L10

18

RP100L18

A-19


ejector pins, core pins, sleeves

pin comparison chart Pin Diameter D Inch Metric US Inch Fraction Decimal mm PRO Cat # .005 O.S. H 1/32

.0312 0.8 EP031 EP036 (.0354) 0.9 — — Pin Diameter D (.0394) Metric1.0 — Inch US—Inch (.0433) mm 1.1 PRO Cat—# .005 O.S. — Fraction Decimal 3/64 .0469 (1.2) EP047 EP052 1/32 EP036 .0312 0.8 EP031 (.0472) 1.2 — — 0.9 1.3 (.0354) (.0511) — — (.0394) (.0551) 1.0 1.4 — — (.0433) (.059) 1.1 1.5 — — 3/64 1/16 .0469 .0625 (1.2)(1.6) EP047 EP062 EP052 EP067 (.0472) (.063) 1.2 1.6 — — (.0511) (.0669) 1.3 1.7 — — (.0708) 1.8 — — (.0551) 1.4 5/64 (.0590) .0781 (1.9) EP078 EP083 1.5 (.0787) (1.6) 2.0 EP062— — 1/16 .0625 (.0855) 1.6 2.2 — — (.0630) 3/32 .0937 (2.4) EP094 EP099 (.0669) 1.7 (.0984) 2.5 — — (.0675) (1.7) 2.7 EP062— (.1063) — 1.8 (2.8) 7/64 (.0708) .1094 EP109 EP114 5/64 .0781 EP083— (.1181) (1.9) 3.0 EP078— (.0787) 2.0 3.2 1/8 .125 EP125 EP130 (.0866) (.1378) 2.2 3.5 — — .1406 (2.4)(3.6) EP094 EP141 EP099 EP146 3/32 9/64 .0937 (.1457) 2.5 3.7 — — (.0984) .1562 (2.8) 4.0 EP109 EP156 EP114 EP161 7/64 5/32 .1094 (.1614) 4.1 — — (.1181) 3.0 (.1653) (3.2) 4.2 EP125— EP130— .1250 1/8 11/64 .1719 (4.4) EP172 EP177 (.1378) 3.5 (.1771) 4.5 — — 9/64 .1406 (3.6) EP141 (.185) 4.7 — — 5/32 3/16 .1562 .1875 (4.0)(4.8) EP156 EP187 EP161 EP192 (.1575) (.1968) 4.0 5.0 — — 4.2 5.2 13/64 (.1653) .2031 EP203 EP208 11/64 .1719 (.2165) (4.4) 5.5 EP172— — 7/32 (.1771) .2187 EP219 EP224 4.5 (5.6) .2344 (4.8) 6.0 EP187 EP234 EP192 EP239 3/1615/64 .1875 (.2402) 5.0 6.1 — — (.1968) (.244) 6.2 — — 13/64 (5.2) EP203 .2031 1/4 .25 (6.4) EP250 EP255 5.2 (.2047) (.2559) 6.5 — — (.2165) 5.5 17/64 .2656 (6.7) EP266 EP271 7/32 (5.6) .2187 EP224 EP219 (.2756) 7.0 — — 15/649/32 .2344 .2812 (6.0)(7.1) EP234 EP281 EP286 6.0 7.5 19/64 (.2362) .2969 EP297 EP302 6.2 (7.9) 5/16 (.2440) .3125 EP312 EP317 1/4 .250(.315) (6.4) 8.0 EP250— EP255— (.3228) 6.5 8.2 — — (.2559) .3281 (6.7)(8.3) EP266 EP328 EP333 17/6421/64 .2656 (.3346) 7.0 8.5 — — (.2756) .3437 (7.1)(8.7) EP281 EP344 EP286 EP349 9/32 11/32 .2812 (.3543) 9.0 — — 19/64 (7.5) EP297 .2969 23/64 .3594 (9.1) EP359 EP364 5/16 .3125 (7.9) EP312 EP317 3/8 .375 9.5 EP375 EP380 (.3150) 8.0 25/64 .39 (9.9) EP390 EP395 (.3228) (.3937) 8.2 10.0 — — 21/64 .3281 (8.3) EP328 (.4015) 10.2 — — 8.5(10.3) 13/32 (.3346) .4062 EP406 EP411 (.4133) (8.7)10.5 EP344 11/32 EP349 .3437 27/64 (.3543) .4219 EP422 EP427 9.0(10.7) (.433) (9.1)11.0 EP359— — 23/64 .3594 .4375 (9.5)(11.1) EP375 EP437 EP380 EP442 3/8 7/16 .3750 .4531 (9.9)(11.5) EP390 EP453 EP458 25/6429/64 .3900 15/32 .4687 (11.9) EP469 EP474 (.3950) (10.0) EP395 (.4724) 12.0 — — 10.0 (.3937) (.4803) 12.2 — — 10.2 (.4015) 31/64 .4844 (12.3) EP484 EP489 13/32 .4062 EP411— (.4921) (10.3)12.5 EP406— (.4133) 10.5 1/2 .5 (12.7) EP500 EP505 27/6433/64 .4219 .5156 (10.7) (13.1) EP422 EP515 — 17/32 (.4269) .5312 (10.8) (13.5) EP427 EP531 EP536 (.5512) 11.0 14.0 — — (.4330) .5625 (11.1) (14.3) EP437 EP562 EP442— 7/16 9/16 .4375 (.5906) (11.5)15.0 EP453— — 29/64 .4531 5/8 (.4581) .625 (11.6) (15.9) EP458 EP625 — (.6299) 16.0 — EP474— 15/32 EP469 (11.9) .4687 (.6378) 16.2 — — (.4724) 12.0 11/16 .6875 (17.5) EP687 — 12.2 (.4803) (.7087) 18.0 — — 31/64 3/4 .4844.75 (12.3) (19.1) EP484 EP750 — (.4894) (.7874) (12.4)20.0 EP489— — 12.5(22.2) (.4921) 7/8 .875 EP875 — (.9842) (12.7)25.0 EP500— 1/2 EP505— .5000 1 1.0000 (25.4) EP1000 — (13.5) 17/32 .5312 EP531 (1.2598) (13.6)32.0 EP536— — (.5362)

9/16 A-5/8

20

11/16

(.5512) .5625 .6250 (.6299) .6875 (.7087)

14.0 (14.3) (15.9) 16.0 (17.5) 18.0

Standard Head Dimensions DIN Metric T PRO Cat # H T

JIS Metric PRO Cat # H

0.25 0.125 EPD008 4 2 — — — — EPD009 4 2 — — Standard Head Dimensions — — EPD01DIN Metric 4 2 EPJ01 JIS Metric 4/5/6 — # Cat # H — T — PRO EPD011 H 4 T 2 PRO Cat H— 0.25 0.125 — — — — — .25 .125 EPD008 4 2 — — EPD012 3/4 1.5/2 EPJ012 5/6 EPD009 4 4 2 2 — — EPD013 — — EPJ01 4/5/6 4 4 2 2 EPD01 — — EPD014 — — 4 3/6 21.5/3 — — EPD011 EPD015 EPJ015 4/5/6/8 .25 0.25 .1250.125 — — — — — 4 3/6 21.5/3 EPJ012 5/6— — — EPD012 EPD016 — — — EPD013 EPD017 — — 4 3/6 21.5/3 — — EPD014 EPD018 — — 4 3/6 21.5/3 0.25 0.125 EPD015 — — — — — 3 1.5 EPJ015 4/5/6/8 EPD02 4/6 2/3 EPJ02 5/6/8 .125 — .25 — — — EPD016 EPD022 — — 6 4/6 3 2/3 0.25 0.125 — — — — — EPD017 6 3 — — EPD025 5/6 2/3 EPJ025 6/8 .125 .25 — — EPD027 5 2 — — 3 — 6 — 0.25 0.125 EPD018 — — — .125 — .25 — EPD03 6 3 EPJ03 6/8/9 5/6/8 4 6 2 3 EPJ02 0.25 0.125 EPD02 EPD032 — — 2/3 3 — — EPD022 EPD035 4/6 7 EPJ035 7 — — — — — .25 0.25 .1250.125 — — EPD025 EPD037 — 6/8— 5 7 2 3 EPJ025 EPD04 8 3 EPJ04 8 .25 0.28 .1250.156 — — EPD041 8 3 — — EPD03 6 3 EPJ03 6/8/9 EPD042 — — .125 — EPD032 .25 — 6 8 3 3 0.34 0.187 — — — — — 7 EPJ035 EPD035 6 3 — — EPD045 8 3 EPJ045 8 .25 — .125 — EPD047 8 3 — — .28 0.37 .1560.187 — — — — — 3 3 8 10 EPJ04 8 9 EPD04 — — EPD05 EPJ05 8 10 3 3 0.37 0.187 EPD042 EPD052 — — .187 — .34 — EPD055 10 3 EPJ055 10 0.40 0.187 EPD045 — — EPJ045 8— 8 — 3 — EPD06 12 5 EPJ06 10 .37 0.4 .1870.187 — — EPD061 — 9— EPD05 10 12 3 5 EPJ05 — — EPD062 12 5 — — .37 .187 0.43 0.187 — — — 3 — EPD052 10 — — — EPD065 12 5 — — EPJ055 10 EPD055 10 3 0.43 0.250 — — — — — .40 — .187 — EPD07 12 5 EPJ07 11 .40 0.43 .187 0.250 — — — — — 12 12 5 5 10— EPJ06 0.5 0.25 EPD06 EPD075 — 12 — 5 — 0.50 0.250 EPD062 — — — .43 — .187 — EPD08 14 5 EPJ08 13 — — EPD065 EPD082 — — 12 14 5 5 — — — — — .43 0.56 .2500.25 — — EPD085 — 11— EPJ07 EPD07 14 14 5 5 — — — — — .43 0.56 .2500.25 — — EPD09 14 5 — — .250 .50 0.62 0.25 — — — — — .250 .50 0.62 0.250 EPD095 14 5 — — 14 — 5 — EPJ08 13— 0.62 0.25 EPD08 — — EPD082 14 5 — — EPD10 16 5 EPJ10 15 .250 — .56 — EPD102 16 5 — — 5 — 14 — 0.68 0.250 EPD085 — — — EPD105 16 5 — — .56 .250 0.68 0.250 EPD09— — — 14 — 5 — EPD11 16 5 — — .250 — .62 — 0.250 — — — — — .62 0.68 .250 — — — — — .62 0.68 .2500.25 0.250 — — — — — .62 0.75 .250 — — EPD12 18 7 EPJ12 17 EPJ10 EPD10 16 5 15 — — EPD122 18 7 — — 16 — 5 — 0.75 0.25 EPD102 — — — .250 — .68 — EPD125 18 7 — — 5 16 EPD105 0.75 0.25 — — — — — .68 0.75 .250 0.250 — — — — — .68 0.75 .2500.25 — — — — — — — EPD14 EPJ14 19 EPD11 18 22 7 7 — — — — — .68 0.81 .2500.25 — — — EPJ15 20 .250 — .68 — — — — — — .68 0.87 .2500.25 — — EPD16 22 7 EPJ16 21 .75 .250 — — EPD162 22 7 — — EPD12 17 18 — 7 — EPJ12 0.93 0.250 — — — 18 24 7 7 — — EPD122 EPD18 EPJ18 23 .75 1.00 .250 0.250 — — — — — .75 — .250 — EPD20 26 8 EPJ20 25 18 — 7— 1.12 0.250 EPD125 — — — EPD25 32 10 — — .75 — .250 — 1.25 0.250 — — — — — .75 .250 EPD32 40 10 — — .75 — .250 —

EP562 EP625

.81 .87

.250 .250

EP687

.93

.250

EPD14

22

7

EPD16

22

7

EPD18

24

7

T — — 4 T— — 4 — 4— 4/6 — 4— — — 4/6— 4/6 — — 4/6 — — 4/6 4/6— 4 — 4/6— 6 4/6— — — 4 6 — — 66 — 6 6— 6 6— — — — 6 — 6 — — — 8 — — 6— — — — — 8— 8 — — — — — — — — 8 8 — — — — — — 8 — 8 — 8 — 8— 8 — 8 — — — —

This chart references standard nominal Ejector Pins and their Progressive catalog prefix. Refer to each specific catalog page for available shoulder lengths and overall lengths.

D

T H


mold base components section b

B

Locating Rings

Sprue Bushings

Extended Sprues

Puller Pins & Bushings

Prefix: PH, PKP

Prefix: LR

Prefix: SPR

Prefix: ESB, RX

Prefix: PP, PPB

Page: B-1

Page: B-2

Page: B-3

Page: B-4

Page: B-5

Leader Pins: Straight

Leader Pins: DIN

Leader Pins: Shoulder

Guided Ejector Pins

Bushings: Shoulder

Prefix: LP

Prefix: LPD

Prefix: SLP

Prefix: GEP, LP

Prefix: SAB, SHB, SGP, STL

Page: B-6

Page: B-7

Page: B-8

Page: B-9

Page: B-10

Bushings: Straight

Guided Ejector Bushings

Guided Ej. Bushings: QC

Front Load Pins & Bushings

Guide Blocks

Prefix: STB. STGP

Prefix: GEB. GGP. GQC

Prefix: GQC

Prefix: FLPB

Prefix: GBK

Page: B-11

Page: B-12

Page: B-13

Page: B-14

Page: B-15

Support Pillars

Support Columns

Guided Support Pillars

Urethane Springs

Springs

Prefix: SP, SPH

Prefix: SPH

Prefix: GESP

Prefix: US

Prefix: MS, HS

Page: B-16

Page: B-18

Page: B-19

Page: B-20

Page: B-21

Stripper Bolts

Stripper Bolt Bushings

Tubular Dowels

Stop Discs & Pins

Mold Straps

Prefix: SBLT

Prefix: SBB

Prefix: TD

Prefix: SD, STP

Prefix: MSTRP

Page: B-24

Page: B-25

Page: B-26

Page: B-27

Page: B-27

MOLD BASE COMPONENTS

PKO Extensions



pko™ extensions hex series

7/8" Hex

L

Thread (Internal)

1"

PRESS PLATEN

PKO ROD

Thread (External)

30 ±2 HRC

Overall

m AISI 4140 Pre-Hard h 28-32 HRC

Ø1/ " 14

s Black Oxide

catalog number

Internal Thread

External Thread

PH37L10 X

3/8-16

3/8-16

PH50L10

1/2-13

1/2-13

PH62L10 X

5/8-11

5/8-11

PH62L10-50

1/2-13

5/8-11

PH75L10

3/4-10

3/4-10

PH75L10-NT

N/A

3/4-10

X

PH37L13

3/8-16

3/8-16

X PH50L13

1/2-13

1/2-13

PH62L13

5/8-11

5/8-11

X PH62L13-50

1/2-13

5/8-11

PH75L13

3/4-10

3/4-10

PH75L13-NT X

N/A

3/4-10

Overall

CAD insertion point

l

1.052

Internal Thread

External Thread

PH37L15

3/8-16

3/8-16

1/2-13

1/2-13

PH50L15-NT

N/A

1/2-13

PH62L15

5/8-11

5/8-11

1.922

PH75L15

3/4-10

3/4-10

PH75L15-NT

N/A

3/4-10

PH37L18

3/8-16

3/8-16

PH50L18

1/2-13

1/2-13

PH50L18-NT

N/A

1/2-13

PH62L18

5/8-11

5/8-11

PH75L18

3/4-10

3/4-10

PH75L18-NT

N/A

3/4-10

1.922 1.302

catalog number PH50L15

1.672

2.172

“L” DIMENSIONS: 1.052 = .875 (BCP) + .187 (Stop Pins) - .010 1.302 X= .875 (BCP) + .187 (Stop Pins) + .250 (Insulator Plate) - .010 X

BCP

Internal & External

Thread

PKP37L10

3/8-16

PKP50L10

1/2-13

PKP62L10

5/8-11

PKP75L10

3/4-10

PKPL10-NT

No Thread*

PKP37L13

3/8-16

PKP50L13

1/2-13

PKP62L13

5/8-11

PKP75L13

3/4-10

PKPL13-NT

No Thread*

PKP37L15

3/8-16

PKP50L15

1/2-13

PKP62L15

5/8-11

PKP75L15

3/4-10

PKPL15-NT

No Thread*

PKP37L18

3/8-16

PKP50L18

1/2-13

PKP62L18

5/8-11

PKP75L18

3/4-10

PKPL18-NT

No Thread*

l

l

2.172 1.552 2.422

2.422 1.802 2.672

“L” DIMENSIONS: 1.552 = 1.375 (BCP) + .187 (Stop Pins) - .010 1.802 = 1.375 (BCP) + .187 (Stop Pins) +.250 (Insulator Plate) - .010

For custom PKO Extensions, refer to templates in section X.

catalog number

Overall

pko™ extensions

m AISI 1018 s Black Oxide

puck series

1.375 (2)

L

1.052

1/4-20 SHCS(4) (included) Ø2.00

1.302

Thread 30 ±2 HRC CAD insertion point

1.552

PRESS PLATEN

BCP

Ø21/4"

PKO ROD

1.802

* Mold maker machines thread on “NT” style to suit non-standard applications.

B-1


Ø3.990 3.312 B.C.

Ø3.990 Ø3.990 3.312 B.C. 3.312 B.C. Ø2.00 Ø2.00

Ø1.75 mold base components

locating rings .531

.531 .531

.218

.218 Technical .218 Information:

Ø2.00

• Locating Rings are sized for nominal pockets. • 5/16-18 screws and 3/16ø x 2” long dowel pin included.

m AISI 12L14 h 170 Brinell Ø3.990 s Black Oxide 3.312 B.C. Ø3.990 Ø3.990 3.312 B.C. 3.312 B.C. Ø1.75 Ø1.75

Ø1.75 Ø3.990 3.312 B.C.

.968

Ø2.00

Ø5.500

.531 .531

4.625 B.C.

.531 .218 .218 .218

Ø2.00

Ø3.990 Ø1.75

.218

Ø2.00 Ø2.00

standard series LR501

clamp style LR504 .531

Ø3.990 Ø3.990 3.312 B.C. 3.312 B.C. Ø1.75 Ø1.75

Ø3.990 3.312 B.C. Ø3.990 Ø2.375 3.312 B.C.

.218

1.75ø

30

Ø2.00

Ø1.75 .968 .968

1.0 .531

.531 .218 .218

.218 .218

Ø2.00 Ø2.00

Ø2.00 Ø2.00

extra lead-in LR521

extra lead-in clamp style LR523 Ø5.500 Ø3.990 4.625 B.C. Ø3.990 3.312 B.C. Ø3.990 3.312 B.C.

Ø5.500 Ø3.990 4.625 B.C. 3.312 B.C. Ø1.75 Ø3.990 Ø1.75 1.0 1.0

1.75ø

.218

.531 .531 .218 .218

Ø2.00 Ø2.00

.218

1.0

.218

.968

.531

30 30

Ø2.375 Ø2.375

platen-backed clamp LR519

Ø3.25 Ø2.00 Ø2.00

extension nozzle style LR522 CAD insertion point

Ø3.990 Ø3.990 3.312 B.C. 3.312 B.C. Ø2.375 Ø2.00

30

1.0 .74

.531

.218 .218

Patented design by G.A.I.M. Engineering.

Ø5.500 4.625 B.C. Ø3.990

Material: 100% recycled reinforced Nylon Maximum temperature: 380˚F (190˚ C) Compatible with LR501. 5/16-18 screws included.

Ø2.00

nylon locating ring LR501P .218 1.0

B-2 Ø3.25


sprue bushings L

+.01 -.00

.220 7

/32 R on A & B Series /8 R on U Series

1

O .750

Ø2.000 +.000 -.007

D

+.0007 +.0002

44 ±1 HRC

2.5˚ Incl. Angle

R A

B ±.005 B Series

a

m AISI 6150 h 43-45 HRC

D=Ø1.000 B=.875

l

o=5/32 o=7/32 o=9/32 o=11/32 no hole r=1/2 r=3/4 r=1/2 r=3/4 r=1/2 r=3/4 r=1/2 r=3/4 r=1/2 r=3/4

29/32

1-25/32 SPRB1-512 SPRB1-534 SPRB1-712

1-13/32

2-9/32

SPRB1-134

SPRB2-512 SPRB2-534 SPRB2-712 SPRB2-734 SPRB2-912 SPRB2-934 SPRB2-112 SPRB2-134

1-29/32 2-25/32 SPRB3-512 SPRB3-534 SPRB3-712 SPRB3-734 SPRB3-912 SPRB3-934 SPRB3-112 SPRB3-134

2-13/32

3-9/32

SPRB1-734 SPRB1-912 SPRB1-934 SPRB1-112

SPRB4-512 SPRB4-534 SPRB4-712 SPRB4-734 SPRB4-912 SPRB4-934 SPRB4-112 SPRB4-134

2-29/32 3-25/32 SPRB5-512 SPRB5-534 SPRB5-712 SPRB5-734 SPRB5-912 SPRB5-934 SPRB5-112 SPRB5-134 SPRB5-N12 SPRB5-N34 3-13/32

4-9/32

SPRB6-512 SPRB6-534 SPRB6-712 SPRB6-734 SPRB6-912 SPRB6-934 SPRB6-112 SPRB6-134

3-29/32 4-25/32 SPRB7-512 SPRB7-534 SPRB7-712 SPRB7-734 SPRB7-912 SPRB7-934 SPRB7-112 4-13/32

5-9/32

SPRB7-134

SPRB8-512 SPRB8-534 SPRB8-712 SPRB8-734 SPRB8-912 SPRB8-934 SPRB8-112 SPRB8-134

4-29/32 5-25/32 SPRB9-512 SPRB9-534 SPRB9-712 SPRB9-734 SPRB9-912 SPRB9-934 SPRB9-112 SPRB9-134 SPRB9-N12 SPRB9-N34 5-29/32 6-25/32

SPRB10-712 SPRB10-734 SPRB10-912 SPRB10-934

6-29/32 7-25/32

SPRB11-712 SPRB11-734 SPRB11-912 SPRB11-934 SPRB11-112 SPRB11-134 SPRB11-N12 SPRB11-N34

CAD insertion point

A Series

D=Ø1.000 B=.625

o=5/32 o=7/32 o=9/32 o=11/32 no hole r=1/2 r=3/4 r=1/2 r=3/4 r=1/2 r=3/4 r=1/2 r=3/4 r=1/2 r=3/4

a

l

1-3/16

1-13/16

SPRA1-512 SPRA1-534 SPRA1-712 SPRA1-734 SPRA1-912 SPRA1-934 SPRA1-112

SPRA1-134

1-11-16

2-5/16

SPRA2-512 SPRA2-534 SPRA2-712 SPRA2-734 SPRA2-912 SPRA2-934 SPRA2-112 SPRA2-134

2-3/16

2-13/16 SPRA3-512 SPRA3-534 SPRA3-712 SPRA3-734 SPRA3-912 SPRA3-934 SPRA3-112 SPRA3-134 SPRA3-N12 SPRA3-N34

2-11/16

3-5/16

SPRA4-512 SPRA4-534 SPRA4-712 SPRA4-734 SPRA4-912 SPRA4-934 SPRA4-112 SPRA4-134

3-3/16

3-13/16 SPRA5-512 SPRA5-534 SPRA5-712 SPRA5-734 SPRA5-912 SPRA5-934 SPRA5-112 SPRA5-134

3-11/16

4-5/16

4-3/16

4-13/16 SPRA7-512 SPRA7-534 SPRA7-712 SPRA7-734 SPRA7-912 SPRA7-934 SPRA7-112

U Series

SPRA6-512 SPRA6-534 SPRA6-712 SPRA6-734 SPRA6-912 SPRA6-934 SPRA6-112 SPRA6-134

SPRA7-134 SPRA7-N12 SPRA7-N34

D=Ø.750 B=.875

a

l

29/32

1-25/32

1-13/32

o=5/32 r=3/4 r=1/2 SPRU1-512

SPRU1-534

o=7/32 r=1/2 r=3/4 SPRU1-712

SPRU1-734

o=9/32 r=1/2 r=3/4 SPRU1-912

SPRU1-934

no hole r=1/2 r=3/4 —

2-9/32

SPRU2-512

SPRU2-534

SPRU2-712

SPRU2-734

SPRU2-912

SPRU2-934

1-29/32 2-25/32

SPRU3-512

SPRU3-534

SPRU3-712

SPRU3-734

SPRU3-912

SPRU3-934

SPRU3-N12

SPRU3-N34

2-13/32

3-9/32

SPRU4-512

SPRU4-534

SPRU4-712

SPRU4-734

SPRU4-912

SPRU4-934

2-29/32 3-25/32

SPRU5-512

SPRU5-534

SPRU5-712

SPRU5-734

SPRU5-912

SPRU5-934

SPRU5-N12

SPRU5-N34

Notes: For Hot Sprue Bushings, refer to page K-8. For custom sized Sprues, refer to templates in section X.

B-3


mold base components

extended sprue bushings

A B

3.990

C

SHCS (2)

Screw reference for ESB-401 & ESB-402.

.375

B

H 30 ±2 HRC

R

45˚

E

5/32 +5˚/S

F

G REF

15˚

.31

1.246 +.000 -.001

D

m AISI 4140 Pre-Hard h 28-32 HRC catalog number

a

b

CAD insertion point

c

d

e

f

g

h

REF

r

shcs

ESB-401

4.490

3.562

2.37

3.12

1.37

1.87

2.256

.375

1/2

#10-32 x 7/8”

ESB-402

4.490

3.562

2.37

3.12

1.37

1.81

2.256

.375

3/4

#10-32 x 7/8”

ESB-551

5.490

4.625

3.25

3.93

1.87

2.37

2.756

.750

1/2

5/16-18 x 1”

ESB-552

5.490

4.625

3.25

3.93

1.87

2.31

2.756

.750

3/4

5/16-18 x 1”

ESB-551L

5.490

4.625

3.25

3.93

2.37

2.87

3.256

.750

1/2

5/16-18 x 1”

ESB-552L

5.490

4.625

3.25

3.93

2.37

2.81

3.256

.750

3/4

5/16-18 x 1”

Screws included.

runner stripper plate bushing

ø3.93

#10-32 SHCS (2)

3.25 B.C.

m AISI 4140 Pre-Hard s Salt Bath Nitride h Core: 28-32 HRC, Surface: 65 HRC catalog number

description

RX-40

Runner Stripper Plate Bushing

Screws included.

.380

45˚

.885 .25 65 HRC

15˚ 1.246 +.001 -.000

ø2.7500

B-4

+.0000 -.0004

30 ± 2 HRC


puller pins™

for 3-plate runners Pin Length Selection Chart

g

l

l

Plate Thickness

for 7/8” Plate

for 1-3/8” Plate

1-3/8

1.813

2.313

1-7/8

2.313

2.813

2-3/8

2.813

3.313

OAL

+.000

T -.002 R .03

H

Rz 4

+.00 -.01

D -.0004 -.0007 68 ±2 HRC

L

Note: Standard “L” provides .010 protrusion per graphic below.

.010

PL

±.003

± .003

m H-13 h Core: 40-44 HRC s Ion Nitride 65-70 HRC Nominal Diameter

d

h

t

+.000 -.002

5/32

.1562

.28 T

7/32

.2188

R .03 .187 .40

9/32 H

.2812

.43

+.00 -.01

X

.156

pl OAL

.125

.250

CAD insertion point

l=1.813 oal

l=2.313

cat. #

1.938

PP156L1.9

.187 R 42.000 z .250 2.063

PP219L2.0 PP281L2.0 D

-.0004 -.0007

OAL +.000 l=2.813

oal

cat. # +.00Length Overall -.01 H 2.438 = PlatePP156L2.4 -.025 2.500 PP219L2.5

Roal .03

oal

cat. #

3.438

D -.0004 -.0007 PP156L3.4

HRC .010 3.500 3.00068 ±2 PP219L3.0

2.563

±.003 3.063 L PP281L3.0

PP219L3.5

PL PP281L3.5 ±.003

PP281L2.5

.3748

3.563

.525ø

puller pin bushings

3/8" Hex± .003

52 ±2 HRC 5/8-18 Thread

X

Overall Length = Plate -.025

X

X

m 440C h 50-54 HRC Overall Length = Plate -.025

X

+.0000 -.0008

P X

PX

3/8" Hex

.38

.578ø

Full Thread

Tap drill for 5/8-18 (Clearance for bushing)

PL

p

1-3/8”Plate

5/32

PPB156L.87 from chart above PPB219L.87

PPB219L1.37

9/32

PPB281L.87

PPB281L1.37

Application

X

.525ø

+.0000 -.0008

7/8” 52 ±2 HRC Plate 5/8-18 Thread

PL 7/32

REF

Nominal Pin Dia. 52 ±2 HRC 5/8-18 Thread

.3748

p

Puller 3/8" Pin Hex Diameter

5/8-18 .3748 Thread.525ø

X

X

PP156L2.9

+.0000 -.0008

PL

±.003

cat. #Rz 4

2.938

68 refer ±2 HRC For custom Puller Pins, to templates .010 in section X.

L

l=3.313

T -.002

5/8-18 Thread

PL

R

PD

.375ø +.0005 -.0000

PPB156L1.37

CAD insertion point

10°

P

.010 protrusion PX

X

PL from chart above

REF

Nominal Pin Dia.

R PD

PX

.38

X

PL

.437

Nominal Pin Dia.

Tap drill for 5/8-18 (Clearance for bushing)

PL

PL

.010 protrusion

R PD 10°

.38

.375ø +.0005 -.0000

p

px

x

7/8

1/2

.375

Plate Thickness

REF

.578ø

Full Thread

Tap drill for 5/8-18 (Clearance for bushing)

PL

Plate (A)

.578ø

Full Thread

from chart above

REF

Core Pin Retainer CPR-50

+.0005 -.0000

10°

P

5/8-18 Thread

.375ø

PL

Plate (P)

.010 protrusion

TA

1-3/8

TR7/8

.500

pd

r

5/32

.145

.020

7/32

.200

.025

9/32

.265

.030

5/32

.145

.020

7/32

.200

.025

9/32

.265

.030

Nominal Pin Diameter

T.S.C.

B-5 U.S. Patent No. 8,186,994. Others pending.

TA

TR


mold base components

leader pins inch standard

m AISI 1117 h Surface: 58-62 HRC

d=3/4” Catalog a Number

d=7/8” Catalog a Number

a

1-3/4

7/8

LP75L1.75

7/8

LP87L1.75

7/8

LP100L1.75

2-1/4

7/8

LP75L2.25

7/8

LP87L2.25

7/8

LP100L2.25

2-3/4

7/8

LP75L2.75

7/8

LP87L2.75

7/8

LP100L2.75

7/8

LP125L2.75 LP125L3.25

l M T A

B

L +.00 -.03

60 ±2 HRC

K 15˚ Tapered Lead-In

D

Alternate Configurations Available: • For Leader Pins with a 7/8” press fit for guided ejection applications, please refer to page B-9. • For DIN standard Leader Pins, refer to page B-7. • Leader Pins are available with Black Nitride treatment. To order, specify -BN at the end of the catalog number. Ex: LP125L8.25-BN

General Dimensions Nominal Diameter

d

m

t

b

k

CAD insertion point

d=1” Catalog Number

d=1-1/4” Catalog a Number —

3-1/4

7/8

LP75L3.25

7/8

LP87L3.25

7/8

LP100L3.25

7/8

3-3/4

7/8

LP75L3.75

7/8

LP87L3.75

7/8

LP100L3.75

7/8

LP125L3.75

4-1/4

1-3/8

LP75L4.25

1-3/8

LP87L4.25

1-3/8

LP100L4.25

7/8

LP125L4.25

4-3/4

1-3/8

LP75L4.75

1-3/8

LP87L4.75

1-3/8

LP100L4.75

1-3/8

LP125L4.75

5-1/4

1-3/8

LP75L5.25

1-3/8

LP87L5.25

1-3/8

LP100L5.25

1-3/8

LP125L5.25

5-3/4

1-7/8

LP75L5.75

1-3/8

LP87L5.75

1-3/8

LP100L5.75

1-3/8

LP125L5.75

6-1/4

1-7/8

LP75L6.25

1-3/8

LP87L6.25

1-3/8

LP100L6.25

1-3/8

LP125L6.25

6-3/4

1-7/8

LP75L6.75

1-7/8

LP87L6.75

1-7/8

LP100L6.75

1-7/8

LP125L6.75

7-1/4

1-7/8

LP75L7.25

1-7/8

LP87L7.25

1-7/8

LP100L7.25

1-7/8

LP125L7.25

7-3/4

1-7/8

LP75L7.75

1-7/8

LP87L7.75

1-7/8

LP100L7.75

1-7/8

LP125L7.75

8-1/4

1-7/8

LP87L8.25

1-7/8

LP100L8.25

1-7/8

LP125L8.25

8-3/4

1-7/8

LP87L8.75

1-7/8

LP100L8.75

1-7/8

LP125L8.75

9-1/4

1-7/8

LP75L9.25

1-7/8

LP100L9.25

1-7/8

LP125L9.25

9-3/4

1-7/8

LP100L9.75

1-7/8

LP125L9.75

10-1/4

1-7/8

LP100L10.25

1-7/8

LP125L10.25

10-3/4

1-7/8

LP87L10.75

1-7/8

LP100L10.75

1-7/8

LP125L10.75

11-1/4

1-7/8

LP100L11.25

1-7/8

LP125L11.25

11-3/4

1-7/8

LP100L11.75

1-7/8

LP125L11.75

12-1/4

1-7/8

LP87L12.25

1-7/8

LP100L12.25

1-7/8

LP125L12.25

12-3/4

1-7/8

LP125L12.75

13-3/4

1-7/8

LP125L13.75

14-3/4

1-7/8

LP125L14.75

15-3/4

1-7/8

LP125L15.75

l

d=1-1/2” Catalog a Number

d=2” a

Catalog Number

d=2-1/2” Catalog a Number

d=3” a

Catalog Number

3-3/4

1-3/8

LP150L3.75

4-1/4

1-3/8

LP150L4.25

4-3/4

1-3/8

LP150L4.75

5-1/4

1-3/8

LP150L5.25

5-3/4

1-3/8

LP150L5.75

1-7/8

LP200L5.75

2-3/8

LP250L5.75

6-1/4

1-3/8

LP150L6.25

6-3/4

1-3/8

LP150L6.75

1-7/8

LP200L6.75

2-3/8

LP250L6.75

+.0000 -.0005

+.00 -.01

+.000 -.002

+.0005 -.0000

3/4

.749

.990

.187

.751

3/16

7-3/4

1-7/8

LP150L7.75

1-7/8

LP200L7.75

2-3/8

LP250L7.75

7/8

.874

1.115

.250

.876

3/16

8-3/4

1-7/8

LP150L8.75

1-7/8

LP200L8.75

2-3/8

LP250L8.75

2-7/8

LP300L8.75

1

.999

1.240

.250

1.001

3/16

9-3/4

1-7/8

LP150L9.75

1-7/8

LP200L9.75

2-3/8

LP250L9.75

10-3/4

1-7/8

LP150L10.75

1-7/8

LP200L10.75

2-3/8

LP250L10.75

2-7/8

LP300L10.75

11-3/4

1-7/8

LP150L11.75

1-7/8

LP200L11.75

2-3/8

LP250L11.75

— LP300L12.75

1-1/4

1.249

1.490

.312

1.251

1/4

1-1/2

1.499

1.740

.312

1.501

1/4

2X

1.999

2.240

.312

2.001

1/2

2-1/2

2.499

2.740

.312

2.501

1/2

3X

2.999

3.365

.500

3.001

1/2

X

B-6

X

X

For custom Leader Pins, refer to templates in section X.

12-3/4

1-7/8

LP150L12.75

1-7/8

LP200L12.75

2-3/8

LP250L12.75

2-7/8

13-3/4

1-7/8

LP150L13.75

1-7/8

LP200L13.75

2-3/8

LP250L13.75

14-3/4

1-7/8

LP150L14.75

1-7/8

LP200L14.75

2-3/8

LP250L14.75

2-7/8

LP300L14.75

15-3/4

1-7/8

LP150L15.75

1-7/8

LP200L15.75

2-3/8

LP250L15.75

16-3/4

2-3/8

LP200L16.75

2-3/8

LP250L16.75

2-7/8

LP300L16.75

18-3/4

2-3/8

LP200L18.75

2-3/8

LP250L18.75

2-7/8

LP300L18.75


leader pins

din standard

L +.0 -.2 P T M

D

B 60 ±2 HRC

15˚ Tapered Lead-In

General Dimensions

d

b

m

t

+.0 -.2

-.007 -.026

+.011 +.002

20

20

24

8

25

25

28

15

30

30

36

15

Rz 8

CAD insertion point

m AISI 1117 (1.7131) h Core: Approx. 25 HRC, Surface: 58-62 HRC

d=20mm Catalog p Number

d=25mm Catalog p Number

d=30mm Catalog p Number

100

28

LPD20L100

35

LPD25L100

45

LPD30L100

120

28

LPD20L120

35

LPD25L120

45

LPD30L120

140

28

LPD20L140

35

LPD25L140

45

LPD30L140

160

45

LPD30L160

l

Alternate Configurations Available: • Leader Pins are available with Black Nitride treatment. To order,

specify -BN at the end of the catalog number. Ex: LPD20L140-BN X X

X

For custom Leader Pins, refer to templates in section X.

X

X

X

B-7


mold base components

leader pins shoulder style

m AISI 1117 h Surface: 58-62 HRC

a

7/8

M T

A

B

+.00 -.03

1-3/8

.09 R +.00 -.03

L

1-7/8

C 60 ± 2 HRC

2-3/8

K D General Dimensions Nominal Diameter

+.0000 -.0005

d

+.0005 -.0000

b

+.000 -.010

m

+.000 -.002

t

k

1/2

.499

.751

.853

.187

3/16

3/4

.749

1.126

1.250

.312

3/16

2-7/8

c

l

d=1/2”

CAD insertion point

d=3/4”

d=1”

d=1-1/4”

7/8

1-3/4

SLP50X87L175

SLP75X87L175

1-3/8

2-1/4

SLP50X87L225

SLP75X87L225

1-7/8

2-3/4

SLP50X87L275

2-3/8

3-1/4

SLP50X87L325

SLP75X87L325

2-7/8

3-3/4

SLP75X87L375

SLP100X87L375

7/8

2-1/4

SLP50X137L225

SLP75X137L225

1-3/8

2-3/4

SLP50X137L275

SLP75X137L275

SLP100X137L275

1-7/8

3-1/4

SLP50X137L325

SLP75X137L325

SLP100X137L325

2-3/8

3-3/4

SLP75X137L375

2-7/8

4-1/4

SLP75X137L425

SLP100X137L425

3-3/8

4-3/4

SLP75X137L475

SLP125X137L475

7/8

2-3/4

SLP50X187L275

1-3/8

3-1/4

SLP50X187L325

SLP75X187L325

1-7/8

3-3/4

SLP50X187L375

SLP75X187L375

SLP100X187L375

2-3/8

4-1/4

SLP75X187L425

SLP100X187L425

SLP125X187L425 —

2-7/8

4-3/4

SLP75X187L475

SLP100X187L475

3-3/8

5-1/4

SLP75X187L525

3-7/8

5-3/4

SLP75X187L575

SLP125X187L575

7/8

3-1/4

SLP50X237L325

1-3/8

3-3/4

SLP75X237L375

1-7/8

4-1/4

SLP75X237L425

SLP100X237L425

2-3/8

4-3/4

SLP75X237L475

SLP100X237L475

2-7/8

5-1/4

SLP75X237L525

SLP125X237L525

3-3/8

5-3/4

SLP100X237L575

3-7/8

6-1/4

SLP125X237L625

1-3/8

4-1/4

SLP75X287L425

1-7/8

4-3/4

SLP75X287L475

SLP100X287L475

2-3/8

5-1/4

SLP75X287L525

SLP100X287L525

2-7/8

5-3/4

SLP75X287L575

SLP100X287L575

SLP125X287L575

3-3/8

6-1/4

SLP100X287L625

6-3/4

SLP75X287L675

1

.999

1.376

1.500

.312

3/16

3-7/8

1-1/4

1.249

1.626

1.750

.312

1/4

4-3/8

7-1/4

SLP125X287L725

2-3/8

5-3/4

SLP75X337L575

3-3/8

6-3/4

SLP75X337L675

4-3/8

7-3/4

SLP100X337L775

2-3/8

6-1/4

SLP75X387L625

SLP100X387L625

2-7/8

6-3/4

SLP75X387L675

SLP100X387L675

Alternate Configurations Available: • Shoulder Leader Pins are available X with Black Nitride treatment. To order, specify -BN at the end of the catalog number. Ex: SLP75X387L625-BN X

3-3/8

3-7/8

4-3/8 X

X

X

B-8 X

For custom Leader Pins, refer to templates in section X.

4-7/8 5-7/8

2-7/8

7-1/4

SLP100X437L725

3-3/8

7-3/4

SLP125X437L775

3-7/8

8-3/4

SLP100X487L875

SLP125X487L875

3-7/8

9-3/4

SLP100X587L975

5-7/8

11-3/4

SLP125X587L1175


guided ejector pins shoulder style

A T

M

+.00 -.03

C 3

/32 R

59 ±1 HRC

B

D

L

+.00 -.03

m AISI 8620 h Core: Approx. 25 HRC, Surface: 58-60 HRC

General Dimensions

d

Nominal Diameter 1/2 X

3/4 X

1

X

b

m

t

+.0000 -.0005

+.0005 -.0000

+.00 -.01

+.000 -.015

.499

.751

.853

.187

.749

1.126

1.250

.312

.999

1.376

1.500

.312

c

l

d=1/2”

d=3/4”

d=1”

2-7/8 3-3/8 3-7/8 4-3/8 4-7/8 3-7/8 4-3/8 4-7/8

3-3/4 4-1/4 4-3/4 5-1/4 5-3/4 5-1/4 5-3/4 6-1/4

GEP50X87L375 GEP50X87L425 GEP50X87L475 GEP50X87L525 — — — —

— GEP75X87L425 GEP75X87L475 GEP75X87L525 GEP75X87L575 — — —

— GEP100X87L425 GEP100X87L475 GEP100X87L525 GEP100X87L575 GEP100X137L525 GEP100X137L575 GEP100X137L625

a 7/8

1-3/8

CAD insertion point

For custom pins, refer to the templates in section X.

X

L

X

straight style

.875

T

X

X

M

D

B

X

60 ±2 HRC

m AISI 1117

General Dimensions: Inch

d

b

m

t

+.0000 -.0005

+.0005 -.0000

+.00 -.01

+.000 -.015

.749

.751

.990

.187

.874

.876

1.115

.250

.999

1.001

1.240

.250

l

+.00 -.03

15˚ Tapered Lead-In

h Core: Approx. 25 HRC, Surface: 58-62 HRC

d=3/4”

d=7/8”

d=1” LP100L4.25-P

4-1/4

LP75L4.25-P

LP87L4.25-P

4-3/4

LP75L4.75-P

LP87L4.75-P

LP100L4.75-P

5-1/4

LP75L5.25-P

LP87L5.25-P

LP100L5.25-P

5-3/4

LP75L5.75-P Rz 8 LP75L6.25-P

LP87L5.75-P

LP100L5.75-P

LP87L6.25-P

LP100L6.25-P

6-1/4

X

CAD insertion point

Alternate Configurations Available: X

• Leader Pins are available with Black Nitride treatment. To order, specify -BN at the end of the catalog number. Ex: LP100L6.25-P-BN X

For custom pins, refer to the templates in section X.

X

B-9 X


mold base components

bushings

shoulder style

General Dimensions Nominal Diameter

d

m

b

L +.000 -.060

t

+.0005 -.0000

+.0005 -.0000

+.00 -.01

+.00 -.01

1/2

.5005

.7505

.853

.187

3/4

.7505

1.1255

1.302

.187

7/8

.8755

1.2505

1.427

.187

1

1.0005

1.3755

1.552

.187

1-1/4

1.2505

1.6255

1.802

.187

1-1/2

1.5005

2.0005

2.177

.187

2

2.0005

2.5005

2.677

.187

2-1/2

2.5005

3.2505

3.427

.187

3

3.0005

3.7505

3.990

.500

Lubricating Strip (included)

Y

X

170 B

M

D

T

.187Ø Grease Hole (.125Ø on all 7/8" lengths)

m CA954 Solid Bronze h 170 Brinell

l

CAD insertion point

d=1/2” d=3/4” d=7/8”

7/8

SAB50L.87

B

d=1”

d=1-1/4” d=1-1/2”

d=2”

d=2-1/2”

d=3” —

SAB75L.87

SAB87L.87

SAB100L.87

SAB125L.87

SAB150L.87

1-3/8

SAB50L1.37 SAB75L1.37

SAB87L1.37

SAB100L1.37

SAB125L1.37

SAB150L1.37

SAB200L1.37

SAB250L1.37

1-7/8

SAB50L1.87 SAB75L1.87

SAB87L1.87

SAB100L1.87

SAB125L1.87

SAB150L1.87

SAB200L1.87

SAB250L1.87

2-3/8 SAB50L2.37 SAB75L2.37 SAB87L2.37 SAB100L2.37 SAB125L2.37

SAB150L2.37 SAB200L2.37 SAB250L2.37

2-7/8

SAB150L2.87 SAB200L2.87 SAB250L2.87

— —

SAB75L2.87 SAB87L2.87 SAB100L2.87 SAB125L2.87

3-3/8

SAB75L3.37 SAB87L3.37 SAB100L3.37 SAB125L3.37

SAB150L3.37

3-7/8

SAB75L3.87 SAB87L3.87 SAB100L3.87 SAB125L3.87

SAB150L3.87 SAB200L3.87 SAB250L3.87 SAB300L3.87

SAB200L3.37 SAB250L3.37

4-3/8

SAB75L4.37 SAB87L4.37 SAB100L4.37 SAB125L4.37 SAB150L4.37 SAB200L4.37 SAB250L4.37

4-7/8

SAB75L4.87 SAB87L4.87 SAB100L4.87 SAB125L4.87 SAB150L4.87 SAB200L4.87 SAB250L4.87 SAB300L4.87

5-7/8

SAB75L5.87 SAB87L5.87 SAB100L5.87 SAB125L5.87 SAB150L5.87 SAB200L5.87 SAB250L5.87 SAB300L5.87

7-7/8

SAB300L7.87

Grease Hole and Clearance Dimensions

l

d=1/2”- 7/8” x y

d=1” x

y

d=1-1/4” x y

d=1-1/2” x y

d=2” x

y

d=2-1/2”- 3 x y

7/8

.43

.43

.43

.43

1-3/8

.62

.62

.62

.62

.62

.62 .62

1-7/8

.62

.62

.62

.62

.62

2-3/8

.50

.81

.81

.81

.81

.81

.81

2-7/8

.50

.81

.50

.81

.81

.81

.81

.81

3-3/8

1.00

.81

.50

.81

.50

.81

.81

.81

.81

3-7/8

1.00

.81

.50

.81

.50

.81

.50

.81

.81

.81

4-3/8

1.50

.81

1.00

.81

1.00

.81

.50

.81

.81

.81 1.31

4-7/8

1.50

.81

1.00

.81

1.00

.81

1.00

.81

.50

1.31

5-7/8

2.00

.81

1.50

.81

1.50

.81

1.50

.81

1.00

1.31

.50

1.31

7-7/8

.50

1.31

Note: To order replacement lubricating strips, specify the prefix BSHSTRP with the inner diameter. Ex: BSHSTRP-125.

B-10


bushings

shoulder style bronze plated shoulder bushings m AISI 1026 h 22-28 HRC

s Bronze Plated: .004” Deep

To order: Specify “SHB” in the prefix to replace “SAB” in the chart at left. Example: SHB200L2.37 for 2” ID x 2.37 long bushings Bronze plated shoulder bushings have internal grease grooves. Notes: Grease entry hole to be machined by mold maker. The bearing of the inner diameter is through, where the clearance “X” on the previous page does not apply. Not available in 1/2” diameter.

graphite plugged shoulder bushings m CA954 with oil impregnated graphite plugs h 170 Brinell To order: Notes:

Specify “SGP” in the prefix to replace “SAB” in the chart at left. Example: SGP200L2.37 for 2” ID x 2.37 long bushings Graphite plugs are not compatible with grease. Use a light 20 weight oil at startup to begin lubrication. The bearing of the inner diameter is through, where the clearance “X” on the previous page does not apply. Not available in 1/2” diameter.

steel shoulder bushings m AISI 1117 h 58-62 HRC To order:

Specify “STL” in the prefix to replace “SAB” in the chart at left. Example: STL200L2.37 for 2” ID x 2.37 long bushings

Notes:

Steel (Hardened) shoulder bushings have internal grease grooves. Grease entry hole to be machined by mold maker.

The bearing of the inner diameter is 2 x the ID, where the clearance “X” on the previous page does not apply.

Steel Bushings are available with Black Nitride treatment. To order, specify -BN at the end of the catalog number. Ex: STL200L5.87-BN.

m Non-Plated Steel: AISI 1117 m Graphite Plugged: CA954 Nominal Diameter

d

m

h 58-62 HRC h 170 Brinell

l

catalog number standard steel

bushings

straight style

CAD insertion point catalog number graphite plugged

+.0005 -.0000

+.0005 -.0000

+.00 -.03

1/2

.5005

.7505

7/8 1-3/8

STB50L.87 STB50L1.37

— —

3/4

.7505

1.1255

7/8 1-3/8

STB75L.87 STB75L1.37

STGP75L.87 STGP75L1.37

7/8

.8755

1.2505

1-3/8 1-1/2

STB87L1.37 —

— STGP87L1.50

1

1.0005

1.3755

1-3/8

STB100L1.37

STGP100L1.37

1-1/4

1.2505

1.6255

1-3/8 1-7/8

STB125L1.37 STB125L1.87

STGP125L1.37 STGP125L1.87

1-1/2

1.5005

2.0005

1-3/8 1-7/8

STB150L1.37 STB150L1.87

STGP150L1.37 STGP150L1.87

2

2.0005

2.5005

3-7/8

STB200L3.87

STGP200L3.87

2-1/2

2.5005

3.2505

4-7/8

STB250L4.87

STGP250L4.87

D

+.0005 -.0000

L +.00 -.03

M

+.0005 -.0000

Using grease will inhibit the function of the graphite plugs. Instead, use a light 20 weight oil at startup to begin lubrication.

B-11


mold base components

guided ejector bushings solid bronze

170 B

K

L

HM

C D

.187 (5mm)

B

m CA954 Solid Bronze h 170 Brinell Inch Standard

CAD insertion point +.0005 -.0000

+.0005 -.0000

+.000 -.001

+.00 -.01

m

b

k

1/2

.5005

.7505

.7490

.853

1.00

.56

catalog number

Nominal Diameter

GEB50

d

h

c

l

+.00 -.03

1.50

GEB75

3/4

.7505

1.1255

1.1240

1.302

1.00

.56

1.50

GEB87

7/8

.8755

1.2505

1.2490

1.427

1.00

.56

1.50

GEB100

1

1.0005

1.3755

1.3740

1.552

1.12

.62

1.75

GEB125

1-1/4

1.2505

1.6255

1.6240

1.802

1.12

.62

1.75

GEB150

1-1/2

1.5005

2.0005

1.9990

2.177

1.12

.62

1.75

GEB200

2

2.0005

2.5005

2.4990

2.687

1.62

.80

2.25

Metric Standard catalog number GEBD20

+.013 +.026

+.01 -.00

-.01 -.03

+.00 -.13

m

b

k

20

26

26

28

25

15

d

h

c

l

+.0 -.8

37

GEBD25

25

32

32

35

29

16

45

GEBD30

30

38

38

41

29

16

45

graphite plugged m CA954 with oil impregnated graphite plugs h 170 Brinell

X

Using grease will inhibit the function of X the graphite plugs. Instead, use a light 20 weight oil at startup to begin lubrication.

catalog number

Nominal Diameter

+.0005 -.0000

+.0005 -.0000

+.000 -.001

+.00 -.01

m

b

GGP75

3/4

.751

1.1255

1.1240

1.302

1.00

1.50

GGP87

7/8

.876

1.2505

1.2490

1.427

1.00

1.50

GGP100

1

1.001

1.3755

1.3740

1.552

1.12

1.75

X

B-12 X

h

c

l

+.00 -.03

GGP125

1-1/4

1.251

1.6255

1.6240

1.802

1.12

1.75

GGP150

1-1/2

1.501

2.0005

1.9990

2.177

1.12

1.75

GGP200

2

2.001

2.5005

2.4990

2.687

1.62

2.25

X

X

d

For custom Bushings, refer to the templates in section X.


guided ejector bushings qctm bushings

L 170 B

C D

H M

.187

Liner: m CA954 Solid Bronze Body: m AISI 12L14

B

h 170 Brinell h 170 Brinell s Black Oxide +.0005 -.0000

+.0005 -.0000

+.000 -.001

+.00 -.01

m

b

1/2

.5005

.7505

.7490

.853

1.00

GQC75

3/4

.7505

1.1255

1.1240

1.302

1.00

1.50

GQC87

7/8

.8755

1.2505

1.2490

1.427

1.00

1.50

GQC100

1

1.0005

1.3755

1.3740

1.552

1.12

1.75

GQC125

1-1/4

1.2505

1.6255

1.6240

1.802

1.12

1.75

GQC150

1-1/2

1.5005

2.0005

1.9990

2.177

1.12

1.75

catalog number

Nominal Diameter

GQC50

d

h

CAD insertion point

c

l

+.000 -.015

1.50

• Bushings are sold in assembly. • Replacement liners are sold below. For additional sizes, contact Customer Service. • To order replacement lubricating strips, specify the prefix BSHSTRP with the inner diameter. Ex: BSHSTRP-125.

replacement liners

m CA954 Solid Bronze h 170 Brinell inner diameter

liner catalog number

fits bushings

1/2”

BL50L1.50

GQC50

BL75L.87

SQC75L.87

3/4” BL75L1.37

BL87L.87

7/8”

BL87L1.37

GQC75 SQC75L1.37 SQC75L1.87 SQC75L2.37 SQC75L2.87 SQC87L.87 GQC87 SQC87L1.37 SQC87L1.87 SQC87L2.37 SQC87L2.87

inner diameter

1”

liner catalog number

fits bushings

BL100L1.37

SQC100L1.37 GQC100 SQC100L1.87 SQC100L2.37 SQC100L2.87 SQC100L3.37 SQC125L1.37 GQC125 SQC125L1.87 SQC125L2.37 SQC125L2.87 SQC125L3.37 SQC125L3.87 GQC150 SQC150L1.87

BL100L1.75

BL125L1.37 BL125L1.75 1-1/4” BL125L2.37

1-1/2”

BL150L1.75

• To order replacement lubricating strips, specify the prefix BSHSTRP with the inner diameter. Ex: BSHSTRP-125. • References to “SQC” Shoulder Bushings are for legacy tools. For tools requiring Shoulder Bushings, please refer to pages B-10 & B-11.

spanner wrench m Hardened Steel catalog number

description

SW-100

Adjustable Spanner Wrench

B-13


mold base components

front loading pins and bushings

H +.000 -.002 D

+.000 -.001

H +.000 -.002 L

R .03

15˚

15˚

A

E

+.001 -.000

A

±.005

±.005

M

M

THD

THD

m H-13 h Core: 40-45 HRC, Surface: 65-70 HRC s Nitride catalog number

Nominal Diameter

d

Pin Diameter

CAD insertion point

e

thd

h

l

Bushing Diameter

UNF

a

FLPB31L.62

5/16

.3125

.3130

1/2-20

.609

.62

.670

.20

FLPB43L.57

7/16

.4375

.4380

5/8-18

.747

.57

.850

.25 .25

FLPB43L.75

7/16

.4375

.4380

5/8-18

.747

.75

.850

FLPB50L.58

1/2

.5000

.5005

11/16-16

.807

.58

.845

.25

FLPB75L.70

3/4

.7500

.7505

1-12

1.115

.70

1.255

.25

FLPB75L1.10

3/4

.7500

.7505

1-12

1.115

1.10

1.255

.25

FLPB75L1.75

3/4

.7500

.7505

1-12

1.115

1.75

1.255

.25

FLPB100L1.10

1

1.0000

1.0005

1 1/4-16

1.370

1.10

1.224

.25

Sold in sets of (1) pin and (1) bushing.

installation wrench m CRS h Case Hardened s Black Oxide

B-14

m

catalog number

description

WR-312

For 5/16” ID Bushing

WR-437

For 7/16” ID Bushing

WR-500

For 1/2” ID Bushing

WR-750

For 3/4” ID Bushing

WR-100

For 1” ID Bushing


guide blocks

front loading pins & bushings series

3/8ø Dowel Pins for alignment

.375 .750

.875 1.750

5/6-18 thread for removal

D #10-32 threads to accept the CounterView Attachment sold on page F-10

.250

D 15Ëš

THD

PL .625 1.000 1.375 2.125 2.500

1.125

3/8-16 SHCS (4)

1.500 3.000

m A-36 h Pre-Hard

s Black Oxide

d

thd

catalog number

Pin/Bushing Diameter

GBK-75

3/4

1-12

GBK-100

1

1 1/4-16

UNF

CAD insertion point Sold in sets of (2) identical blocks. Pins and bushings sold separately on page B-14.

B-15


mold base components

support pillars m AISI 1018 h 90 Brinell

CAD insertion point

threaded support pillars d Threaded Support Pillars L L

1

+.001 +.002

+.001 +.002

B

A B

D

D 1.25

D Socket Head Cap Screws are included with all Support Pillars. 1” long screws are used with the Threaded Pillars. Refer to the Optional chart forSet the Counterbored Pillar Screw screw size.maker to supply) (Mold 2.5" 4.5" 8"

Optional Set Screw (Mold maker to supply)

Counterbored Support Pillars L

1.5

2.5" 4.5" 8"

All 2.5”, 4.5” and 8” long Threaded Support Pillars are tapped for a set screw enabling a second pillar attached All 2.5”, 4.5” andto8”belong an extension. Threadedas Support Pillars are tapped for a set screw enabling a second pillar to be attached as an extension.

catalog number

2.5

SP100L2.5

3

SP100L3

3.5

SP100L3.5

4

A

D

l

2

2.5

+.001 +.002

3

D

4

L

+.001

a

.62

counterbored support pillars catalog number

shcs

SP100L2.5-CB

3/8-16 x 2.5"

b

3/8-16

SP100L4 +.002

SP100L3-CB

3/8-16 x 3"

SP100L3.5-CB

3/8-16 x 3.5"

SP100L4-CB

3/8-16 x 4"

4.5

SP100L4.5

SP100L4.5-CB

3/8-16 x 4.5"

2.5

L +.002 SP125L2.5

SP125L2.5-CB

3/8-16 x 2.5"

3

SP125L3

SP125L3-CB

3/8-16 x 3"

3.5

SP125L3.5

SP125L3.5-CB

3/8-16 x 3.5"

+.001

4

SP125L4

4.5

SP125L4.5

.62

3/8-16

SP125L4-CB

3/8-16 x 4"

SP125L4.5-CB

3/8-16 x 4.5"

5

SP125L5

SP125L5-CB

3/8-16 x 5"

6

SP125L6

SP125L6-CB

3/8-16 x 6"

2.5

SP150L2.5

SP150L2.5-CB

3/8-16 x 2.5"

3

SP150L3

SP150L3-CB

3/8-16 x 3"

3.5

SP150L3.5

SP150L3.5-CB

3/8-16 x 3.5"

4

SP150L4

4.5

SP150L4.5

.62

3/8-16

SP150L4-CB

3/8-16 x 4"

SP150L4.5-CB

3/8-16 x 4.5"

5

SP150L5

SP150L5-CB

3/8-16 x 5"

6

SP150L6

SP150L6-CB

3/8-16 x 6"

7

SP150L7

SP150L7-CB

3/8-16 x 7”

2.5

SP200L2.5

SP200L2.5-CB

3/8-16 x 2.5"

3

SP200L3

SP200L3-CB

3/8-16 x 3"

3.5

SP200L3.5

SP200L3.5-CB

3/8-16 x 3.5"

4

SP200L4

SP200L4-CB

3/8-16 x 4"

4.5

SP200L4.5

SP200L4.5-CB

3/8-16 x 4.5"

5

SP200L5

SP200L5-CB

3/8-16 x 5"

6

SP200L6

SP200L6-CB

3/8-16 x 6"

7

SP200L7

SP200L7-CB

3/8-16 x 7"

.62

3/8-16

8

SP200L8

SP200L8-CB

3/8-16 x 8"

9

SP200L9

SP200L9-CB

3/8-16 x 9"

5

SP250L5

SP250L5-CB

3/8-16 x 5"

6

SP250L6

SP250L6-CB

3/8-16 x 6"

7

SP250L7

SP250L7-CB

3/8-16 x 7"

8

SP250L8

SP250L8-CB

3/8-16 x 8"

5

SP300L5

SP300L5-CB

5/8-11 x 5.5”

6

SP300L6

SP300L6-CB

5/8-11 x 6.5"

7

SP300L7

SP300L7-CB

5/8-11 x 7.5"

8

SP300L8

SP300L8-CB

5/8-11 x 8.5"

.62

1.25

3/8-16

5/8-11

9

SP300L9

SP300L9-CB

5/8-11 x 9.5"

10

SP300L10

SP300L10-CB

5/8-11 x 10.5"

5

SP400L5

SP400L5-CB

5/8-11 x 5.5”

6

SP400L6

8

SP400L8

1.25

5/8-11

SP400L6-CB

5/8-11 x 6.5"

SP400L8-CB

5/8-11 x 8.5"

Smaller diameter Support Pillars available on page L-21. For custom Support Pillars, refer to section X.

B-16


support pillars

stainless steel

L

+.001 +.002

L

A

+.001 +.002

B D

D

m 410 Stainless Steel h 30-34 HRC Optional Set Screw (Mold maker to supply) catalog number

d 1

CAD insertion point

l

SP100L2.5-SS

2.5

SP100L3-SS

3

SP100L3.5-SS

3.5

SP100L4.5-SS

4.5

SP125L3-SS

3

2.5" 4.5"

a

b

.62

3/8-16

SP125L3.5-SS 3.5 1.25 All 2.5” and 4.5” long Threaded Support Pillars.62 are tapped3/8-16 for a SP125L4-SS 4 set screw enabling a second pillar to be attached as an extension. SP125L4.5-SS 4.5

1.5

SP150L3-SS

3

SP150L3.5-SS

3.5

SP150L4-SS

4

SP150L4.5-SS

4.5

SP200L3-SS SP200L3.5-SS L 2

D 3

.62

3/8-16

3 +.001 +.002

3.5

SP200L4-SS

4

SP200L4.5-SS

4.5

SP200L5-SS

5

SP200L6-SS

6

SP300L5-SS

5

SP300L6-SS

6

L

A .62

+.001 +.002

3/8-16

B D 1.25

5/8-11

1” Long Stainless Socket Head Cap Screw included. For custom Support Pillars refer to section X.

Optional Set Screw (Mold maker to supply) 2.5" 4.5"

All 2.5” and 4.5” long Threaded Support Pillars are tapped for a set screw enabling a second pillar to be attached as an extension.

B-17


mold base components

Support Column

support columns

Guided Ejector Bushing

for die cast dies

.250

L +.001 +.002

Pucks

D ±.001

.751

± .0005

C

Tubular Dowel clearance in SPH150 and SPH200 only

48 ± 2 HRC

Dowel

Support Column

Guided Ejector Bushing

Pucks

m AISI 4140 h 46-50 HRC Nominal Diameter

d

± .001

1.5

1.496

2

1.996

CAD insertion point

l

catalog number

c

+.001 +.002

SPH150L3 SPH150L3.5 SPH150L4 SPH150L4.5 SPH150L5 SPH200L3 SPH200L3.5 SPH200L4 SPH200L4.5 SPH200L5 SPH200L6

3 3.5 4 4.5 5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6

3/8-16

3/8-16

3

2.996

4

3.996

l

catalog number

± .001

c

+.001 +.002

SPH300L4 SPH300L4.5 SPH300L5 SPH300L6 SPH300L7 SPH300L8 SPH400L5 SPH400L6 SPH400L7 SPH400L8

4 4.5 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8

5/8-11

5/8-11

Guided Ejector Bushings sold separately on page B-12.

support column pucks

m AISI 1018 L

+.002 -.000

D ±.01

Counterbored for 3/8-16 SHCS except for SDB75L1 (1/4-20 SHCS)

B-18

d

Nominal Diameter

d

± .01

.750 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 3.000 4.000 5.000

CAD insertion point

l=.75

l=1.00

l=1.50

SDB100L1.5 SDB150L1.5 SDB200L1.5 SDB250L1.5 SDB300L1.5 SDB400L1.5 SDB500L1.5

SDB75L1* SDB100L1 SDB150L1 SDB200L1 SDB250L1 SDB300L1

SDB100L.75 SDB150L.75 — —

Sized for retaining pin plates in die cast dies. * L = 1.125 for SDB75L1

l=2.00 — —

SDB250L2 SDB300L2 SDB400L2 SDB500L2

Screws included.


guided support pillars Z

D1 +.000 –.001

–.005 –.010

D2 +.0000 –.0004

L

+.001 +.002

Guided Support Pillar

Guided Ejector Bushing

m AISI 4140 h 58-62 HRC Nominal Diameter

.75

1

1.25

1.5

d1

+.000 -.001

.7495

.9995

1.2495

1.4995

s Black Oxide

d2

+.0000 -.0004

.4685

.4998

.6873

.7498

z

-.005 -.010

.278

.309

.309

.372

CAD insertion point

l

catalog number

+.001 +.002

GESP75L2.5

2.5

1/4-20 x 2.75"

GESP75L3

3

1/4-20 x 3.25"

GESP75L3.5

3.5

1/4-20 x 3.75" 1/4-20 x 4.25"

shcs

GESP75L4

4

GESP100L2.5

2.5

5/16-18 x 3"

GESP100L3

3

5/16-18 x 3.5"

GESP100L3.5

3.5

5/16-18 x 4"

GESP100L4

4

5/16-18 x 4.5"

GESP100L4.5

4.5

5/16-18 x 5"

GESP125L3

3

5/16-18 x 3.5"

GESP125L3.5

3.5

5/16-18 x 4"

GESP125L4

4

5/16-18 x 4.5"

GESP125L4.5

4.5

5/16-18 x 5"

GESP125L5

5

5/16-18 x 5.5"

GESP150L3.5

3.5

3/8-16 x 4"

GESP150L4

4

3/8-16 x 4.5"

GESP150L4.5

4.5

3/8-16 x 5"

GESP150L5

5

3/8-16 x 5.5"

Notes: Includes (1) Socket Head Cap Screw as shown in the chart. Guided Ejector Bushings are sold separately on page B-12.

B-19


mold base components

springs

urethane springs

Separate parting lines in sequence

D

1.25

Shore Hardness = 90A

L

11

/16

.25ø +.01 -.00

.125

#10-24 Thread

Cushion parting lines

Specifications: • Maximum Mold Temperature: 150˚F (65˚ C) • Stripper bolt included.

m Solid Urethane

B-20

CAD insertion point

Deflection

d

l

Approximate Spring Pressure

1/8” 1/4”

1.06

1.12

520 lbs.

1.12

1.00

790 lbs.

catalog number

description

US-100

1” Urethane Spring with 1/4ø x 1/2” SBLT


inch, iso

&

springs

jis standards

m Raymond® Chrome-vanadium alloy To identify and order replacement springs: ROD DIA

HOLE DIA

FREE LENGTH

1. Choose the color below. 2. Determine the rod (ID) of the spring. 3. Determine the hole diameter (OD) of the spring. 4. Determine the length. 5. With all information, contact Customer Service for pricing and delivery or refer to the page specified.

Blue Inch Standard: Medium Duty,

Red Inch Standard: Medium-Heavy Duty,

Full specifications are on page B-22.

Full specifications are on page B-23.

ISO Standard: Medium Duty JIS Standard: Light Duty

ISO Standard: Heavy Duty JIS Standard: Medium Duty

Green Inch Standard: Extra Heavy Duty ISO Standard: Light Duty JIS Standard: Heavy Duty

Yellow ISO Standard: Extra Heavy Duty JIS Standard: Extra Light Duty

Gold Inch Standard: Heavy Duty

Brown JIS Standard: Extra Heavy Duty

B-21 Springs from Associated Spring Raymond®


mold base components

springs

medium duty: inch standard ROD DIA

HOLE DIA

Recommended Deflection: 25% = Long Life 35% = Average Life 40% = Maximum Operating Deflection

FREE LENGTH

Hole Diameter

3/8

Rod Diameter

3/16

WIRE .039 X .070

1/2

9/32

WIRE .052 X .093

5/8

11/32

WIRE .069 X .109

3/4

3/8

WIRE .075 X .165

1

1/2

Load at 25% Delfec. (lbs)

Load at 40% Delfec. (lbs)

6.0

15.0

24.0

3.00

5.4

16.9

27.0

3.50

MS37L1.5

4.0

15.0

24.0

4.00

1.75

MS37L1.75

3.4

14.9

23.8

2.00

MS37L2

2.8

14.0

22.4

catalog number

Approx. Load at 1/10” Delfec. (lbs)

1.00

MS37L1

1.25

MS37L1.25

1.50

Free Length

Hole Diameter

1

Rod Diameter

1/2

Approx. Load at 1/10” Delfec. (lbs)

Load at 25% Delfec. (lbs)

Load at 40% Delfec. (lbs)

MS100L3

16.5

123.8

198.0

MS100L3.5

15.0

131.3

210.0

MS100L4

12.0

120.0

192.0

4.50

MS100L4.5

10.4

117.0

187.2

5.00

MS100L5

9.6

120.0

192.0

Free Length

catalog number

2.50

MS37L2.5

2.4

15.0

24.0

5.50

MS100L5.5

8.8

121.0

193.6

3.00

MS37L3

2.1

15.8

25.2

6.00

MS100L6

8.0

120.0

192.0

12.00

MS37L12

.6

18.0

28.8

1.00

MS50L1

11.0

27.5

44.0

1.25

MS50L1.25

8.2

25.6

41.0

1.50

MS50L1.5

6.8

25.5

40.8

1.75

MS50L1.75

6.0

26.3

42.0

2.00

MS50L2

5.5

27.5

44.0

2.50

MS50L2.5

4.5

28.1

45.0

3.00

MS50L3

3.5

26.3

42.0

3.50

MS50L3.5

3.0

26.3

42.0

4.50

MS50L4.5

2.5

28.1

45.0

5.50

MS50L5.5

2.1

28.9

46.2

6.50

MS50L6.5

1.4

22.8

36.4

7.50

MS50L7.5

1.2

22.5

36.0

12.00

MS50L12

.7

21.0

33.6

1.00

MS62L1

16.4

41.0

65.6

1.25

MS62L1.25

12.8

40.0

64.0

1.50

MS62L1.5

10.8

40.5

64.8

1.75

MS62L1.75

9.6

42.0

67.2

WIRE .100 X .215

1-1/4

5/8

WIRE .115 X .285

7.00

MS100L7

7.2

126.0

201.6

8.00

MS100L8

6.0

120.0

192.0 192.0

12.00

MS100L12

4.0

120.0

1.50

MS125L1.5

49.6

186.0

297.6

1.75

MS125L1.75

42.4

185.5

296.8

2.00

MS125L2

35.2

176.0

281.6

2.50

MS125L2.5

28.8

180.0

288.0

3.00

MS125L3

24.0

180.0

288.0

3.50

MS125L3.5

20.0

175.0

280.0

4.00

MS125L4

17.6

176.0

281.6

4.50

MS125L4.5

16.0

180.0

288.0 272.0

5.00

MS125L5

13.6

170.0

5.50

MS125L5.5

12.8

176.0

281.6

6.00

MS125L6

12.0

180.0

288.0 291.2

7.00

MS125L7

10.4

182.0

8.00

MS125L8

8.8

176.0

281.6

10.00

MS125L10

7.2

180.0

288.0

12.00

MS125L12

6.0

180.0

288.0

2.00

MS150L2

53.0

265.0

424.0

MS150L2.5

45.0

281.3

450.0

2.00

MS62L2

8.8

44.0

70.4

2.50

MS62L2.5

6.0

37.5

60.0

3.00

MS62L3

5.6

42.0

67.2

2.50

3.50

MS62L3.5

4.8

42.0

67.2

3.00

MS150L3

36.0

270.0

432.0

4.00

MS62L4

4.4

44.0

70.4

3.50

MS150L3.5

30.0

262.5

420.0

12.00

MS62L12

1.6

48.0

76.8

432.0

1.00

MS75L1

31.2

78.0

124.8

1.25

MS75L1.25

25.6

80.0

128.0

1.50

MS75L1.5

20.0

75.0

1.75

MS75L1.75

17.6

77.0

4.00

MS150L4

27.0

270.0

4.50

MS150L4.5

23.0

258.8

414.0

5.00

MS150L5

21.0

262.5

420.0

120.0

5.50

MS150L5.5

18.5

254.4

407.0

123.2

6.00

MS150L6

17.0

255.0

408.0 406.0

1-1/2

3/4

2.00

MS75L2

14.4

72.0

115.2

7.00

MS150L7

14.5

253.8

2.50

MS75L2.5

12.0

75.0

120.0

8.00

MS150L8

12.8

256.0

409.6

3.00

MS75L3

9.6

72.0

115.2

10.00

MS150L10

10.0

250.0

400.0

WIRE .135 X .345

3.50

MS75L3.5

8.0

70.0

112.0

12.00

MS150L12

8.0

240.0

384.0

4.00

MS75L4

7.2

72.0

115.2

2.50

MS200L2.5

100.0

625.0

1000.0 996.0

4.50

MS75L4.5

6.4

72.0

115.2

3.00

MS200L3

83.0

622.5

5.00

MS75L5

6.0

75.0

120.0

3.50

MS200L3.5

64.8

567.0

907.2

5.50

MS75L5.5

5.5

75.6

121.0

4.00

MS200L4

60.0

600.0

960.0

4.50

MS200L4.5

53.0

596.3

954.0

5.00

MS200L5

47.0

587.5

940.0

5.50

MS200L5.5

39.2

539.0

862.4

6.00

MS200L6

39.0

585.0

936.0 873.6

6.00

MS75L6

5.0

75.0

120.0

6.50

MS75L6.5

4.5

73.1

117.0

7.50

MS75L7.5

3.8

71.3

114.0

12.00

MS75L12

2.4

72.0

115.2

1.00

MS100L1

55.0

137.5

220.0

1.25

MS100L1.25

45.0

140.6

225.0

1.50

MS100L1.5

35.0

131.3

210.0

1.75

MS100L1.75

30.0

131.3

210.0

2.00

MS100L2

26.0

130.0

208.0

2.50

MS100L2.5

20.0

125.0

200.0

2

1

WIRE .195 X .468

7.00

MS200L7

31.2

546.0

8.00

MS200L8

28.5

570.0

912.0

10.00

MS200L10

20.8

520.0

832.0

12.00

MS200L12

17.5

525.0

840.0

Note: All pressure ratings are approximate and are subject to +10% over amounts shown for deflection.

B-22 Springs from Associated Spring Raymond®


springs

medium-heavy duty: inch standard Recommended Deflection: 20% = Long Life 25% = Average Life 30% = Maximum Operating Deflection

ROD DIA

HOLE DIA

FREE LENGTH

Hole Diameter

3/8

Rod Diameter

3/16

WIRE .046 X .067

1/2

9/32

WIRE .061 X .093

catalog number

Approx. Load at 1/10” Delfec. (lbs)

Load at 20% Delfec. (lbs)

Load at 30% Delfec. (lbs)

1.00

HS37L1

9.0

18.0

27.0

1.25

HS37L1.25

7.3

18.3

27.4

1.50

HS37L1.5

6.7

20.1

30.2

Free Length

11/32

WIRE .081 X .117

3/4

3/8

WIRE .093 X .156

1

1/2

1

Rod Diameter

1/2

catalog number

Approx. Load at 1/10” Delfec. (lbs)

Load at 20% Delfec. (lbs)

Load at 30% Delfec. (lbs)

3.00

HS100L3

25.0

150.0

225.0

3.50

HS100L3.5

21.6

151.2

226.8

4.00

HS100L4

18.4

147.2

220.8

Free Length

1.75

HS37L1.75

5.8

20.3

30.5

4.50

HS100L4.5

17.0

153.0

229.5

2.00

HS37L2

5.0

20.0

30.0

5.00

HS100L5

14.4

144.0

216.0

2.50

HS37L2.5

4.2

21.0

31.5

5.50

HS100L5.5

12.8

140.8

211.2

3.00

HS37L3

3.0

18.0

27.0

6.00

HS100L6

12.0

144.0

216.0

12.00

HS37L12

.9

21.6

32.4

210.0

1.00

HS50L1

16.8

33.6

50.4

1.25

HS50L1.25

13.0

32.5

7.00

HS100L7

10.0

140.0

8.00

HS100L8

8.8

140.8

211.2

48.8

12.00

HS100L12

6.2

148.8

223.2

WIRE .115 X .218

1.50

HS50L1.5

9.5

28.5

42.8

1.50

HS125L1.5

114.4

343.2

514.8

1.75

HS50L1.75

8.5

29.8

44.6

1.75

HS125L1.75

100.8

352.8

529.2

2.00

HS125L2

86.4

345.6

518.4

2.50

HS125L2.5

62.4

312.0

468.0

2.00

HS50L2

7.5

30.0

45.0

2.50

HS50L2.5

6.0

30.0

45.0

3.00

HS50L3

5.7

34.2

51.3

3.50

HS50L3.5

4.0

28.0

42.0

12.00

HS50L12

1.2

28.8

43.2

1.00

HS62L1

30.0

60.0

90.0

1.25

HS62L1.25

21.5

53.8

80.6

1.50

5/8

Hole Diameter

HS62L1.5

19.0

57.0

1-1/4

5/8

85.5

1.75

HS62L1.75

16.8

58.8

88.2

2.00

HS62L2

14.8

59.2

88.8

2.50

HS62L2.5

11.5

57.5

86.3

3.00

HS62L3

10.0

60.0

90.0

3.50

HS62L3.5

8.5

59.5

89.3

4.00

HS62L4

7.6

60.8

91.2

12.00

HS62L12

2.7

64.8

97.2

1.00

HS75L1

50.0

100.0

150.0

1.25

HS75L1.25

38.0

95.0

142.5

1.50

HS75L1.5

32.0

96.0

144.0

1.75

HS75L1.75

28.8

100.8

151.2

2.00

HS75L2

24.8

99.2

148.8

2.50

HS75L2.5

19.2

96.0

144.0

3.00

HS75L3

14.4

86.4

129.6

3.50

HS75L3.5

12.8

89.6

134.4

4.00

HS75L4

12.0

96.0

144.0

4.50

HS75L4.5

11.2

100.8

151.2

5.00

HS75L5

9.0

90.0

5.50

HS75L5.5

8.0

6.00

HS75L6

7.5

WIRE .156 X .281

1-1/2

3/4

3.00

HS125L3

51.2

307.2

460.8

3.50

HS125L3.5

44.0

308.0

462.0

4.00

HS125L4

36.8

294.4

441.6

4.50

HS125L4.5

32.0

288.0

432.0

5.00

HS125L5

29.0

290.0

435.0

5.50

HS125L5.5

26.4

290.4

435.6

6.00

HS125L6

25.0

300.0

450.0 420.0

7.00

HS125L7

20.0

280.0

8.00

HS125L8

18.4

294.4

441.6

10.00

HS125L10

14.5

290.0

435.0

12.00

HS125L12

12.4

297.6

446.4

2.00

HS150L2

108.0

432.0

648.0 642.0

2.50

HS150L2.5

85.6

428.0

3.00

HS150L3

62.4

374.4

561.6

3.50

HS150L3.5

52.8

369.6

554.4

4.00

HS150L4

48.0

384.0

576.0

4.50

HS150L4.5

43.2

388.8

583.2

5.00

HS150L5

36.8

368.0

552.0

5.50

HS150L5.5

34.4

378.4

567.6

6.00

HS150L6

30.4

364.8

547.2

7.00

HS150L7

26.4

369.6

554.2

8.00

HS150L8

22.0

352.0

528.0

10.00

HS150L10

17.6

352.0

528.0

12.00

HS150L12

14.4

345.6

518.4

135.0

2.50

HS200L2.5

118.4

592.0

888.0

88.0

132.0

3.00

HS200L3

96.0

576.0

864.0

90.0

135.0

3.50

HS200L3.5

80.0

560.0

840.0 796.8

12.00

HS75L12

3.6

86.4

129.6

1.00

HS100L1

76.0

152.0

228.0

1.25

HS100L1.25

62.4

156.0

234.0

WIRE .187 X .312

2

1

4.00

HS200L4

66.4

531.2

4.50

HS200L4.5

60.0

540.0

810.0

5.00

HS200L5

56.0

560.0

840.0

1.50

HS100L1.5

49.6

148.8

223.2

5.50

HS200L5.5

50.4

554.4

831.6

1.75

HS100L1.75

44.0

154.0

231.0

6.00

HS200L6

47.2

566.4

849.6

2.00

HS100L2

40.0

160.0

240.0

7.00

HS200L7

40.0

560.0

840.0

2.50

HS100L2.5

31.0

155.0

232.5

8.00

HS200L8

35.2

563.2

844.8

10.00

HS200L10

26.0

520.0

780.0

12.00

HS200L12

22.4

537.6

806.4

Note: All pressure ratings are approximate and are subject to +10% over amounts shown for deflection.

WIRE .225 X .437

B-23 Springs from Associated Spring Raymond®


mold base components

stripper bolts H

L

A • Precise diameters exceeding industry standards. • Tighter length tolerance for uniform plate-stop positioning.

m SCM440 Ød

+.000 -.001

.249

.311

.374

.499

B-24

l

E

ØD

J

THREAD

h 42-48 HRC

± .001

catalog number

1 1.25 1.5 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 2.75 3 3.25 3.5 3.75 4 4.25 4.5 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 2.75 3 3.25 3.5 3.75 4 4.25 4.5 4.75 5 5.5 6 7

SBLT25L1 SBLT25L1.25 SBLT25L1.5 SBLT31L1 SBLT31L1.25 SBLT31L1.5 SBLT31L1.75 SBLT31L2 SBLT37L1 SBLT37L1.25 SBLT37L1.5 SBLT37L1.75 SBLT37L2 SBLT37L2.25 SBLT37L2.5 SBLT37L2.75 SBLT37L3 SBLT37L3.25 SBLT37L3.5 SBLT37L3.75 SBLT37L4 SBLT37L4.25 SBLT37L4.5 SBLT50L1 SBLT50L1.25 SBLT50L1.5 SBLT50L1.75 SBLT50L2 SBLT50L2.25 SBLT50L2.5 SBLT50L2.75 SBLT50L3 SBLT50L3.25 SBLT50L3.5 SBLT50L3.75 SBLT50L4 SBLT50L4.25 SBLT50L4.5 SBLT50L4.75 SBLT50L5 SBLT50L5.5 SBLT50L6 SBLT50L7

CAD insertion point

j

a

h

e

thread 3a

1/8

.37

.18

.37

#10-24

5/32

.43

.21

.43

1/4-20

Ød

+.000 -.001

.624

3/16

.56

.25

.50

5/16-18

.749

1/4

.75

.31

.62

3/8-16

l

± .001

catalog number

1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 2.75 3 3.25 3.5 3.75 4 4.25 4.5 4.75 5 5.5 6 7 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 2.75 3 3.25 3.5 3.75 4 4.25 4.5 4.75 5 5.5 6 7 8

SBLT62L1.25 SBLT62L1.5 SBLT62L1.75 SBLT62L2 SBLT62L2.25 SBLT62L2.5 SBLT62L2.75 SBLT62L3 SBLT62L3.25 SBLT62L3.5 SBLT62L3.75 SBLT62L4 SBLT62L4.25 SBLT62L4.5 SBLT62L4.75 SBLT62L5 SBLT62L5.5 SBLT62L6 SBLT62L7 SBLT75L1.5 SBLT75L1.75 SBLT75L2 SBLT75L2.25 SBLT75L2.5 SBLT75L2.75 SBLT75L3 SBLT75L3.25 SBLT75L3.5 SBLT75L3.75 SBLT75L4 SBLT75L4.25 SBLT75L4.5 SBLT75L4.75 SBLT75L5 SBLT75L5.5 SBLT75L6 SBLT75L7 SBLT75L8

j

a

h

e

thread 3a

5/16

.87

.37

.75

1/2-13

3/8

1.00

.50

.87

5/8-11

Stripper Bolt Bushings sold separately on page B-25.


stripper bolt bushings

L

OD ID

m SAE841 Bronze catalog number SBB25L.50

id

+ .000 - .001

GD .251CLR OD

od

l

L

+ .000 - .001

Âą.005

.439

.500

.627

.625

.627

.750

gd

gw

+ .005 - .000

od clr

+ .003 -.000

+ .005 - .000

GD

.530

.448

.665

.029 BD .039

.665

.039

.635

SBB31L.62

.312

SBB37L.75

.376

SBB50L1.00

.500

.752

1.000

.825

.046

.780

SBB63L1.50 GW

.625

.877

1.500

.046

.950

.750

1.002

1.500

1.000 GW 1.091

.046

1.040

SBB75L1.50

OD ID

.635

Note: Replacement Retaining Rings are available with pricing listed in the price list.

Retaining Ring (Included)

Retaining Ring Bushing

Bushing

GD

GD OD CLR

GW

Retaining Ring (Included)

B

BD

GW

Retaining Ring Bushing

Bushing B

B-25


mold base components

tubular dowels Progressive Tubular Dowels provide alignment between mold plates with screw and dowel in one location.

m Carbon Steel h 55 HRC

Inch Standard catalog number TD37L.37

L L

ODOD

CAD insertion point

Z Z

id

.3752

.260

+.01 -.00

z

Chamfer

.375

.04 x 20° .04 x 20°

TD62L.50

.500

.04 x 20°

TD62L1.37

1.375

.08 x 20°

1.875

.08 x 20°

TD62L1.87

.6252

.385

TD62L2.37

2.375

.08 x 20°

TD75L.37

.375

.04 x 20°

TD75L.50

.500

.04 x 20°

TD75L1.37

1.375

.08 x 20°

TD75L1.87

1.875

.08 x 20°

2.375

.08 x 20°

TD75L2.87

2.875

.08 x 20°

TD75L3.37

3.375

.08 x 20°

TD75L3.87

3.875

.08 x 20°

.500

.04 x 20°

TD75L2.37

.7502

.510

TD87L.50 TD87L2.37

.8752

.635

TD87L2.87

catalog number TDM10L20 TDM10L30

2.375

.08 x 20°

2.875

.08 x 20°

m Carbon Steel h 55 HRC

Metric Standard

od

id

10

6.2

±.003

+.25 -.00

l

z

+.00 -.50

Chamfer

20

1 x 20°

30

1 x 20°

30

1 x 20°

40

2 x 20°

50

2 x 20°

TDM14L60

60

2 x 20°

TDM14L70

70

2 x 20°

TDM18L40

40

1 x 20°

TDM18L60

60

1 x 20°

TDM14L30 TDM14L40 TDM14L50

TDM18L80

14

18

8.5

10.5

80

2 x 20°

TDM18L100

100

2 x 20°

TDM24L60

60

1 x 20°

80

2 x 20°

100

2 x 20°

TDM24L80 TDM24L100

B-26

l

+.00 -.02

.875

TD37L.87

ID ID

od

±.0001

24

13


stop pins .205 ± .005

Dowel Type m Pre-Hard Steel h Black Oxide

(Includes .020˝ grind stock)

catalog number

description

STP-1

Stop Pins

.312ø

.62ø

.62

CAD insertion point

Self-Tapping m AISI 4037 h 40-44 HRC

.205 ±.005 (Includes .020˝ grind stock)

s Black Oxide Drill 11/32ø

catalog number

description

STP-2

Self-Tapping Stop Pins

CAD insertion point

m 4140 h 40-44 HRC

d

.62

stop discs

s Black Oxide

t

catalog number

+.000 -.015

+.003 +.005

Flat Head Counterbore

SD68

.687

.188

#10-24

SD100

1.000

.188

1/4-20

SD118

1.187

.188

1/4-20

SD168

1.687

.251

5/16-18

1/2” long FHCS included.

.62ø

T

42 ± 2 HRC

D

CAD insertion point

H 1" (Alternate eyebolt hole location) All holes 3/4ø

9" Strap

L

E

mold straps

A

2.5" - 7.5" Range

12" Strap

2.5" - 10.5" Range

m 100% recycled reinforced Nylon catalog number

description

MSTRP-9

Plastic Mold Strap, 9” long

MSTRP-12

Plastic Mold Strap, 12” long

For use with shoulder-type eyebolts only (1/2”- 3/4”). Patented design by G.A.I.M. Engineering.

B-27


mold base components

online resources

When considering design options, numerous animations can be viewed at procomps.com/animations.

CAD geometry is available online as individual downloads or as part of the CADalog system. The seven formats include: IGES (.igs), ACIS (.sat), STEP (.step), Parasolid (.x_t), Solidworks (.sldasm), NX (.prt) (Re-Use and MoldWizard) and Visi (.wkf).

Industry-leading web store expedites the purchasing process. Go to shop.procomps.com for information and additional resources.

B-28


alignment locks section c

C

Inserted Bar Locks

Side Locks

Top Locks

Prefix: BLN, BLG

Prefix: SL, SLM

Prefix: TL, TLM

Page: C-4

Page: C-7

Page: C-8

Page: C-9

Guide Locks

X-Style Side Locks

Shuttle Mold Sets

Cavity Interlocks: Flat

Prefix: GL, GLM

Prefix: SLX

Suffix: -SF, -SM

Prefix: CF, CFM

Page: C-10

Page: C-11

Page: C-11

Page: C-12

Cavity Interlocks: Round

Taper Locks & Plates

Top Lock - 20MM Square

Needle Bearing Locks

Prefix: CRS, CRSM

Prefix: MTL, FTL, TLP

Prefix: TLM

Prefix: SLR, SLRM, TLR

Page: C-13

Page: C-14

Page: C-14

Page: C-15

Side Locks: Steel

Side Locks: Graphite

Prefix: SLS, SLMS

Prefix: SLPM

Page: C-17

Page: C-18

ALIGNMENT LOCKS

Bar Locks Prefix: BLB & BLG



alignment locks

performance testing

Progressive Components regularly tests products through independent testing facilities nationwide. Before launching of the Z-Series™ Alignment Locks, Progressive contracted Element Materials Technology to provide a thorough mold lock Performance Evaluation: “Element Materials Technology has conducted independent life cycle testing of mold interlocks since 1999. The processes with fixtures and cycling were established to simulate use in the molding environment, but more severe loads were used to accelerate the failures at 4400 lbs of pressure. The locks tested have been from Progressive as well as other standard lock distributors in the US and Asia, plus several additional material and treatment combinations were tested for comparison.” It was determined that the Progressive Components’ Z-Series Alignment Locks exceeded the 2-million cycle mark, and still displayed no measurable signs of wear of any type. “During the past year, over 21 different tests were performed with the purpose of cycling until failure occurred. At no time during our tests over the years have we seen cycle performance at the level of this new design, represented as PRO in the chart below.” With the industry’s widest selection of sizes in stock and competitively priced, specifying alignment locks from Progressive Components means your molds will have unmatched protection from damage and downtime.

online data alignment locks

top locks

R

C

Z

z-series s

D

S2

W

S1 CAD insertion point Female: m D-2 h Core: 58-62 HRC, Surface: 80 HRC

m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface: 70 HRC

Male:

+.000 -.002

+.0000 -.0004

+.000 -.002

+.000 -.002

b

c

.500

1.000

.500

.375

.30

Learn more at procomps.com/z-series.

Inch Standard

d

s1

s2 ±.01

Pocket Radius

Chamfer

.375

.25

.688

.188

.03

M: #6-32 x 1/2”

F: #6-32 x 5/8”

.0001/.0003 Clearance Per Side

.438

±.01

.312

r

z

shcs

1.250

.625

.500

.41

.875

.250

.03

M: #6-32 x 5/8”

F: #6-32 x 3/4”

.750

1.250

.625

.500

.38

.375

.875

.250

.04

M: #8-32 x 5/8”

F: #8-32 x 3/4”

TL87X150

.875

1.500

.875

.750

.57

.500

.437

1.000

.250

.04

M: #8-32 x 7/8”

1.000

1.500

.875

.375

.57

.500

.500

1.000

.250

.04

M: #10-32 x 1/2”

F: #10-32 x 1”

TL100X200

1.000

2.000

1.125

.750

.75

.750

.500

1.375

.375

.04

M: #10-32 x 7/8”

F: #10-32 x 1-1/8”

TL112X200

1.125

2.000

.875

.625

.50

.750

.563

1.375

.375

.04

M: 1/4-20 x 3/4”

F: 1/4-20 x 1”

TL112X300

1.125

3.000

1.500

.750

.87

1.125

.563

2.250

.500

.04

M: 1/4-20 x 7/8”

F: 1/4-20 x 1-5/8”

TL150X250

1.500

2.500

1.375

.625

.85

1.000

.750

1.750

.375

.04

M: 1/4-20 x 3/4”

F: 1/4-20 x 1-1/2”

TL175X300

1.750

3.000

1.250

.875

.75

1.125

.875

2.250

.500

.06

M: 5/16-18 x 1”

F: 5/16-18 x 1-1/4”

TL200X350

2.000

3.500

1.750

.750

1.07

.06

M: 3/8-16 x 7/8”

catalog number

+.00 -.05

+.00 -.01

+.00 -.05

+.00 -.05

TLM26X35

26

35

25

15

TLM30X45

30

25

15

17

TLM36X55

36

30

20

21.5

TLM36X75

36

75

35

20

26

30

18

TLM45X100

45

100

60

20

42

40

22.5

.438

1.500

1.000 2.500

.500

F: #8-32 x 1”

F: 3/8-16 x 2”

All catalog pages are online for forwarding to suppliers, customers, etc. Screws included.

X

US Patent No. 8,821,144 and others pending.

a

TL100X150

TL75X125

.625

w

s Salt Bath Nitride

catalog number TL50X100 TL62X125

t

s Titanium Nitride Coated

t

w

45 55

a

b

c 17

d

.002/.008 Clearance Per Side

11

15 20

z

Metric Standard

s2 ±.25

Pocket Radius

Chamfer

13

23

8

1

M: M5 x 16

F: M5 x 25

15

30

8

1

M: M6 x 18

F: M6 x 25

18

37.5

8

1

M: M8 x 22

F: M8 x 35

52

8

1.5

M: M10 x 25

F: M10 x 35

70

8

1.5

M: M10 x 25

F: M10 x 65

±.25

shcs

Screws included. Note: 500°F max operating temperature.

For custom Locks, refer to the templates in section X.

Additional Option: R (4)

Top Locks are also available with dual radii for mounting internally. To order, specify the catalog number followed by ”-R”. Ex. TL112X200-R.

r

s1

View the entire independent testing report online.

C-1


alignment locks

alignment locks z-series™

Progressive’s Alignment Locks have been advanced to outperform other styles. This is achieved through a combination of engagement geometry, particulate capturing rings, materials and treatments, and lubrication. Benefits of the Z-Series Alignment Locks include: • Longevity that far surpasses others, confirmed by extensive independent lab testing as well as monitoring performance in harsh, ‘real world’ conditions. • Exclusive features maintain clean and consistent lubrication. • Bar Lock, Guide Lock, Side Lock, X-Style Side Lock and Top Lock styles available.

C C

F

D

E A B

A

Engagement Ramp: A fine finish radial lead-in for smooth lifting upon engagement of the mold halves.

B

Particle Rings: Particle rings on the width of the male locks trap material and debris to avoid “picking up” or galling of the alignment surface.

C

Longer Engagement: Using the maximum allowable engagement area on all locks surpasses previously-established industry standards.

D

Arced Relief: Reduces the possibility of parts sticking to the lock at the bottom of the mold.

E

Rounded Edges: A larger radius for all protruding surfaces to eliminate operator “reach in” injury.

F

Pry Slot Lead-In: Expanded the entry of pry slots to ease removal.

G

Premium Materials: Males: H-13, 42-48 HRC, Surface: 70 HRC; Females: D-2, 58-62 HRC, Surface: 80 HRC.

Lubrication & Maintenance: • Non-drying, non-hardening food grade grease is applied to all areas, including the particle rings. • For production, install the locks and wipe down the outside of the locks only; maintain the grease on the mating surfaces and within the rings as provided.

C-2 US Patent No. 8,821,144 and others pending.


side/top/guide lock selection guide Refer to the chart below to match the correct alignment lock for the corresponding mold size and weight of B-Side and press platen, using four locks per mold. Clean and lubricate lock every 100,000 cycles, and prevent corrosion during mold storage. RECOMMENDED MAX MOLD SIZE (LXWXH)

SIDE LOCKS

METRIC SIDE LOCKS

GUIDE LOCKS

TOP LOCKS

TOTAL MAX WEIGHT B SIDE + PRESS PLATEN (LBS/KG)

RTI AND MOLDS 8 X 8 X 8 AND SMALLER

SL37X100, SL50X125 SL50X150, SL50X200 SLS62X150, SLS62X200 SLR50X125,SLR50X150

SLM16X50, SLPM16X20 SLPM16X40, SLPM20X25 SLPM20X50, SLMS13X38 SLMS16X50

GL100X150 GLM25X45

TL50X100, TL62X125 TL75X125, TLM26X35 TLR87X150

2,000 / 900

11 X 16 X 10

SL50X125, SL50X150 SL50X200,SLS62X150 SLS62x200, SLS75X300 SLS75X400, SLR50X150 SLR50X200

SLM16X50, SLMS19X75 SLPM25X32, SLPM25X63 SLPM32X40, SLPM32X80 SLPM40X50 SLPM40X100 SLMS19X100

GL100X150 GL150X250 GLM25X45

TL62X125, TL75X125 TLM26X35 TLR87X150 TLR112X200

5,000 / 2,300

16 X 24 X 16

SL50X150, SL50X200 SLM19X75, SLM19X100 SL75X300, SLS112X500 SLMS25X125 SLS75X300, SLS75X400 SLPM50X56, SLPM50X112 SLR75X300, SLR100X400 SLRM32X63, SLRM40X100

GL150X250 GLM40X65

TL75X125, TL87X150 TLM26X35, TLM30X45 TLR112X200 TLR150X250

7,000 / 3,200

28 X 34 X 24

SL75X300, SLS112X500

SLM19X75, SLM19X100

GL200X350 GL150X250 GLM40X65

TL100X150, TL100X200 TL112X200, TL112X300 TLM26X35, TLM30X45

10,000 / 4,500

32 X 40 X 28

SL100X400

SLM25X125

GL200X350 GLM40X65

TL112X200, TL112X300 TLM36X55, TLM36X75

15,000 / 6,800

42 X 48 X 34

SL125X500

GL250X450 GLM50X90

TL150X250, TL175X300 TLM36X55, TLM36X75

20,000 / 9,000

48 X 52 X 38

SL150X600

GL250X450

TL175X300, TL200X350 TLM45X100

26,000 / 11,800

bar lock selection guide BAR CATALOG NUMBER

GUIDE CATALOG NUMBER

BAR LOCK ENGAGEMENT

BLB100L4 BLB100L6

BLG100L1.3, BLG100L1.8 BLG100L2.3, BLG100L2.8

4.50

BLBM25L125

BLGM25L27, BLGM25L36

89 mm

BLB125L5

3.00

BLB125L9

BLG125L1.3, BLG125L1.8 BLG125L2.3, BLG125L2.8

BLBM32L160

BLGM32L36, BLGM32L46

114 mm

BLB137L11

BLG137L1.8, BLG137L2.3 BLG137L2.8, BLG137L3.3, BLG137L3.8

3.50 8.50

BLBM38L250

BLGM38L46, BLGM38L76

194 mm

BLB150L8

BLG150L1.8, BLG150L2.3 BLG150L2.8, BLG150L3.3, BLG150L3.8

12.50

BLB137L6

BLB150L16 BLN150L8

BLG150L1.8, BLG150L2.3 BLG150L2.8, BLG150L3.3, BLG150L3.8

2.50

7.00

4.50

TOTAL MAX WEIGHT SUPPORTED (LBS/KG) 15,000 / 6,800 15,000 / 6,800 20,000 / 9,000 20,000 / 9,000 23,000 / 10,400 26,000 / 11,800 26,000 / 11,800

3.75

25,000 / 11,340

BLN250L10

BLG250L4.3

5.00

50,000 / 22,500

BLN350L13

BLG350L4.8

6.00

75,000 / 34,000

C-3 US Patent No. 8,821,144 and others pending.


alignment locks

bar locks z-series

Progressive’s Bar Locks enable mold designers to select off-the-shelf components for alignment of large molds and molds with multiple moving plates. Long-term precision alignment of plates is achieved through Progressive’s Z-Series proprietary treatments, engagement ramp geometry and particle rings on the guiding surfaces.

L

W

S2 S1 T

P

male bar locks Inch Standard m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface 70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride catalog number

l

BLB100L4

3.88

BLB100L6

6.00

BLB125L5

4.88

BLB125L9

8.88

BLB137L6

5.88

BLB137L11

10.88

BLB150L8

7.88

BLB150L16

15.88

CAD insertion point

p

Minimum Pocket Length

s1

s2 ±.01

- .005

+.0000 - .0005

shcs

1.000

1.000

1.38

.38

.69

5/16-18 x 1.25

1.250

1.500

1.88

.50

1.00

3/8 - 16 x 1.50

t

+.000

w

±.01

1.375

2.000

2.38

.50

1.38

3/8 - 16 x 1.50

1.500

3.000

3.38

.63

2.00

1/2 - 13 x 1.75

Note: Sold individually. Each catalog number includes (1) Bar and (2) Screws. Guides are sold separately on page C-5.

Note: 500°F max operating temperature.

male bar locks X

Metric Standard X m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface 70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride catalog X number

l

t

+.0

- .1

w

+.00 - .01

p

Minimum Pocket Length

s1 ±.25

s2 ±.25

shcs M8-1.25 x 30

BLBM25L125

125

25

25

36

10

18

BLBM32L160

160

32

38

46

12.5

25

M10-1.5 x 35

BLBM38L250

250

38

50

56

15

30

M12-1.75 x 45

X

X

Note: Sold individually. Each catalog number includes (1) Bar and (2) Screws. Guides are sold separately on page C-5.

Note: 260°C max operating temperature. X

C-4

Bars can be cut to length and have radii machined and Guides can be provided with radii machined. Refer to page C-6 for details. Bars and Guides can also be made to customer specifications by referring to the template in section X.

X

X

US Patent No. 8,821,144 and others pending.


bar locks

L S2

guides

S1

PW Tolerances:

C

Standard Bars: +.0003/+.0006 (+.007/+.015mm)

PW

Inserted Bars: +.0010/+.0015 (+.025/+.038mm)

T

CAD insertion point

m D-2

h Core: 58-62 HRC, Surface 80 HRC s Titanium Nitride Coated Inch Standard

catalog number

t

+.000 - .005

l

+.000 - .005

c

+.0000 - .0003

s1 ±.01

s2

BLG100L1.3

1.310

.750

BLG100L1.8

1.810

1.125

BLG100L2.3

1.000

2.310

.500

.250

1.250

BLG100L2.8

2.810

1.625

BLG125L1.3

1.310

.750

BLG125L1.8 BLG125L2.3

1.250

1.810 2.310

.625

.312

1.125 1.250

BLG125L2.8

2.810

BLG137L1.8

1.810

1.125

BLG137L2.3

2.310

1.250

BLG137L2.8

1.375

2.810

.750

.375

1.625

3.310

2.250

BLG137L3.8

3.810

2.500

BLG150L1.8

1.810

1.000

BLG150L2.3

2.310 1.500

2.810

pw

use with

#10-32 x 1.25

2.000

BLB100L4 & BLB100L6

1/4-20 x 1.50

2.750

BLB125L5 & BLB125L9

5/16-18 x 1.50

3.500

BLB137L6 & BLB137L11

1.625

BLG137L3.3

BLG150L2.8

shcs

±.01

1.500 1.000

.500

1.625

BLG150L3.3

3.310

2.250

BLG150L3.8

3.810

2.500

5.000 3/8-16 x 1.75

(6.000 for BLN150)

BLN150L8, BLB150L8, & BLB150L16

BLG250L4.3

2.500

4.310

1.250

.625

3.00

1/2-13 x 2.75

7.500

BLN250L10

BLG350L4.8

3.500

4.810

1.750

.875

3.25

5/8-11 x 3.75

9.500

BLN350L13

Note: 500°F max operating temperature.

m D-2

h Core: 58-62 HRC, Surface 80 HRC Metric s Titanium Nitride Coated Standard

catalog X number BLGM25L27 X

BLGM25L36 BLGM32L36 X BLGM32L46

BLGM38L46 X BLGM38L76

t

+.0 - .1

25 32 38

l

+.0 - .1

27 36 36 46 46 76

c

s1

12

6

16

8

22

11

+.000 - .007

±.25

s2 ±.25

14 20 20 30 24 54

shcs

pw

use with

M4-0.7 x 25

49

BLBM25L125

M6-1.0 x 35

70

BLBM32L160

M10-1.5 x 40

94

BLBM38L250

Guides are sold in pairs. Each catalog number includes (2) Guides and (4) Screws. Note:X260°C max operating temperature. X

Bars can be cut to length and have radii machined and Guides can be provided with radii machined. Refer to page C-6 for details. Bars and Guides can also be made to customer specifications by referring to the template in section X.

X

US Patent No. 8,821,144 and others pending. X

C-5


alignment locks

bar locks applications

Stripper Plate Application

Stack Mold Application

Three Plate Application

The minimum pocket length (P) is shown below in different applications. Refer to the information below for mold-ready options.

R

PLATEN

P TCP

P

A PLATE

P

mold-ready specials

How to Order: • For Bars cut to length, specify the prefix of the Bar and the finished length. Ex. BLB100L4.56. (See max length in the chart below.) R • For Bars cut to length with pocket radii (sizes shown in the chart), specify the prefix of the Bar with the finished length and add -R to the end of the catalog number. Ex. BLB100L4.56-R. • For Bars with pocket radii in standard lengths, specify the full catalog number of the Bar and add -R to the end. Ex. BLB100L6-R. • For Guides with corner radii on both parts, add -R to the end of the catalog number. Ex. BLG150L2.8-R.

R CTL Max cut length specified by customer.

ENGAGEMENT SIDE

P R CTL R

bar catalog prefix

ctl

r

Max

Pocket Radius

guide catalog prefix

Pocket Radius

r

BLB100 BLB125 BLB137 BLB150 BLBM25 BLBM32 BLBM38

4.62 7.00 8.50 12.50 89 mm 114 mm 194 mm

.25 .31 .37 .50 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm

BLG100 BLG125 BLG137 BLG150 BLG250 BLG350 BLGM25 BLGM32 BLGM38

.18 .25 .31 .37 .37 .50 5 mm 6 mm 7 mm

R

Max cut length specified by customer.

Design Guidelines: SIDE on opposing sides • For Guides, the pocket radii areENGAGEMENT machined asPshown above. • Bar lengths are modified from standards and radii are Original: BLB100L6 R machined on the pocket side to maintain the integrity of the BLB100L4.56-R material and treatment on the engagement side.

R

R

Original: BLB100L6 BLB100L4.56-R

C-6 US Patent No. 8,821,144 and others pending.


R

S1

N

S2

T

bar locks

z-series-inserted Progressive’s Inserted Bar Locks are engineered for long-term alignment of very large molds: • Longevity that far surpasses others, confirmed by extensive independent lab testing as well as monitored performance in harsh, ‘real world’ conditions. • Designed to align large injection molds up to 75,000 pounds (B-Side and platen). • Inserts are also sold individually for new tooling or to retrofit onto existing molds. • Guides are available in several lengths and sold separately on page C-5.

L C

W1 S3

W2

R

S1

PW

.315 Insert Pocket

S2 Inserts

T NL

P

.375

+.0000 -.0005

S6 S7 NH

Bar:

m 4140 h Core: 36-40 HRC

male bar lock assemblies

s Black Oxide

Inserts: m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface 70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride

t

w1

w2

- .005

+.0000 - .0005

BLN150L8

1.500

4.000

+.000/.002

BLN250L10

2.500

5.000

+.000/.002

BLN350L13

3.500

6.000

+.000/.003

catalog number

+.000

4.000 5.000

6.000

1/4-20 SHCS BLS150 (2) On Center BLS250/350 (4)

c

s1

s2

s3 ±.01

Pocket Radius

Minimum Pocket Length

7.75

3.75

1.00

2.000

2.250

.75

4.00

1/2-13 x 1.75

10.38

5.00

1.25

3.250

3.250

1.00

5.38

5/8-11 x 2.75

12.88

6.00

1.50

4.000

3.500

1.00

6.88

.315 3/4-10 x 3.75 Insert Pocket

l

REF

±.01

±.01

r

CAD insertion point

p

shcs

Each catalog number includes (1) Bar and (2) Inserts with screws. Guides are sold separately on page C-5. Note: 500°F max operating temperature.

inserts Inserts: m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface 70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride catalog number BLS150 BLS250 BLS350

nh +.000 - .005

nl

+.000 - .002

s4

s5

1.440 2.440 3.375

2.999 3.999 4.999

1.750 2.250 3.000

--1.500 2.500

Inserts sold individually and include screws.

±.01

NL S4

.375

+.0000 -.0005

S5

±.01

NH

1/4-20 SHCS BLS150 (2) On Center BLS250/350 (4)

C-7 US Patent No. 8,821,144 and others pending.


alignment locks

side locks

W

z-series

T

R

D

Z

S3 B

H C A S2 SHCS

S1

Inch Standard Female: m D-2 h Core: 58-62 HRC, Surface: 80 HRC s Titanium Nitride Coated

m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface: 70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride

Male:

catalog number SL37X100

t

w

a

b

c

+.000 -.002

+.0000 -.0004

+.000 -.002

+.000 -.002

.375

1.000

1.125

.875

d

CAD insertion point

h

r

s1/s2/s3 ±.01

Chamfer

shcs

.250

.015

#10-32 x 1/2”

.0001/.0003 Clearance Per Side

+.000 -.004

Pocket Radius

.62

.500

2.000

.187

z

SL50X125

.490

1.250

1.125

.875

.68

.500

2.000

.187

.250

.03

#8-32 x 5/8”

SL50X150

.500

1.500

.875

.875

.56

.563

1.750

.187

.250

.03

#8-32 x 5/8”

SL50X200

.500

2.000

1.375

.875

.86

.750

2.250

.187

.312

.03

#10-32 x 5/8” 1/4-20 x 3/4”

SL75X300

.750

3.000

1.875

.875

1.18

1.250

2.750

.250

.375

.03

SL100X400

1.000

4.000

2.375

1.375

1.43

1.500

3.750

.500

.500

.03

3/8-16 x 1”

SL125X500

1.250

5.000

2.875

1.375

1.75

2.000

4.250

.500

.625

.03

1/2-13 x 1-1/4”

SL150X600

1.500

6.000

2.875

1.375

1.87

2.500

4.250

.500

.625

.03

1/2-13 x 1-1/2”

Screws included.

Inch Standard-Compatible catalog number

t

+.000 -.002

w

+.0000 -.0004

a

+.000 -.002

b

+.000 -.002

c

d

h

r

.0001/.0003 Clearance Per Side

+.000 -.004

Pocket Radius

s1 ±.01

s2 s3

z

±.01

±.01

Chamfer

shcs

SLC62X150

.620

1.500

.870

.870

.41

.500

1.74

.187

.281

.281

.437

.03

1/4-20 x 3/4"

SLC62X200

.620

2.000

.870

.870

.41

.680

1.74

.187

.375

.375

.437

.03

1/4-20 x 3/4"

SLC75X300

.745

3.000

1.370

1.360

.68

1.000

2.73

.187

.375

.688

.688

.03

X

Note: 500°F max operating temperature.

3/8-16 x 1"

Screws included.

Metric Standard X

catalog number

t

w

a

b

+.00 -.05

+.00 -.01

+.00 -.05

+.00 -.05

SLM16X50

16

50

21.5

21.5

SLM19X75

19

75

36

36

SLM19X100

19

100

45

45

SLM25X125

25

125

45

45

X

X

X

c

d

h

+ 0.0 - 0.1

Pocket Radius

13

17

43

5

22.5

25

72

5

30

35

90

5

28.7

35

90

5

Note: 260°C max operating temperature. X

r

.002/.008 Clearance Per Side

s1

s2/s3

z

shcs

±.25

Chamfer

8

11

.8

M6-1.0 x 18

12.5

18

.8

M10-1.5 x 20

15

22

.8

M10-1.5 x 20

20.5

22

.8

M10-1.5 x 25

±.25

Screws included.

For custom Locks, refer to the templates in section X.

Alternative Configurations: X

• To order Shuttle Mold sets or special male/female configurations, refer to page C-11. X

C-8 US Patent No. 8,821,144 and others pending.


top locks

z-series

R

C

Z

D

S2

W

S1 CAD insertion point Female: m D-2 h Core: 58-62 HRC, Surface: 80 HRC s Titanium Nitride Coated

m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface: 70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride Inch Standard

Male:

t

w

a

b

c

.500

.375

.625

.500

catalog number

+.000 -.002

+.0000 -.0004

+.000 -.002

TL50X100

.500

1.000

TL62X125

.625

1.250

+.000 -.002

d

s1

s2

.30

.375

.250

.688

.188

.03

M: #6-32 x 1/2”

F: #6-32 x 5/8”

.41

.438

.312

.875

.250

.03

M: #6-32 x 5/8”

F: #6-32 x 3/4”

.0001/.0003 Clearance Per Side

±.01

±.01

r

Pocket Radius

z

shcs

Chamfer

TL75X125

.750

1.250

.625

.500

.38

.438

.375

.875

.250

.04

M: #8-32 x 5/8”

F: #8-32 x 3/4”

TL87X150

.875

1.500

.875

.750

.57

.500

.437

1.000

.250

.04

M: #8-32 x 7/8”

F: #8-32 x 1”

TL100X150

1.000

1.500

.875

.375

.57

.500

.500

1.000

.250

.04

M: #10-32 x 1/2”

F: #10-32 x 1”

TL100X200

1.000

2.000

1.125

.750

.75

.750

.500

1.375

.375

.04

M: #10-32 x 7/8”

F: #10-32 x 1-1/8”

TL112X200

1.125

2.000

.875

.625

.50

.750

.563

1.375

.375

.04

M: 1/4-20 x 3/4”

F: 1/4-20 x 1” F: 1/4-20 x 1-5/8”

TL112X300

1.125

3.000

1.500

.750

.87

1.125

.563

2.250

.500

.04

M: 1/4-20 x 7/8”

TL150X250

1.500

2.500

1.375

.625

.85

1.000

.750

1.750

.375

.04

M: 1/4-20 x 3/4”

F: 1/4-20 x 1-1/2”

TL175X300

1.750

3.000

1.250

.875

.75

1.125

.875

2.250

.500

.06

M: 5/16-18 x 1”

F: 5/16-18 x 1-1/4”

TL200X350

2.000

3.500

1.750

.750

1.07

1.500

1.000 2.500

.500

.06

M: 3/8-16 x 7/8”

F: 3/8-16 x 2”

Screws included.

Note: 500°F max operating temperature. X

Metric Standard +.00 -.05

+.00 -.01

+.00 -.05

+.00 -.05

b

c

26

35

25

15

17

TLM30X45

30

45

25

15

17

15

TLM36X55

36

55

30

20

21.5

20

TLM36X75

36

75

35

20

26

30

TLM45X100

45

100

60

20

42

40

catalog X number TLM26X35 X

X

X

t

w

a

d

s1

s2 ±.25

Pocket Radius

Chamfer

11

13

23

8

1

M: M5 x 16

F: M5 x 25

15

30

8

1

M: M6 x 18

F: M6 x 25

18

37.5

8

1

M: M8 x 22

F: M8 x 35

18

52

8

1.5

M: M10 x 25

F: M10 x 35

22.5

70

8

1.5

M: M10 x 25

F: M10 x 65

.002/.008 Clearance Per Side

Note: 260°C max operating temperature. X

±.25

r

z

shcs

Screws included.

For custom Locks, refer to the templates in section X.

X

Alternative Configurations:

R (4)

• To order Shuttle Mold sets or special male/female X configurations, refer to page C-11. • For information on the 20mm square size Top Lock, refer to page C-14.

C-9 US Patent No. 8,821,144 and others pending.


alignment locks

guide locks z-series

L

L S S

M

S

F

S

T

W

R

H

C

1

/2 C

Z

R

Females (2): m D-2 h Core: 58-62 HRC, Surface: 80 HRC s Titanium Nitride Coated

m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface: 70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride

Male:

Inch Standard catalog number

CAD insertion point

l

+.000 -.010

w

c

f

+.0003 +.0006

+.0000 -.0003

+.000 -.005

t

+.0000 -.0003

m

h

s

+.00 -.01

±.01

r

Pocket Radius

z

shcs

Chamfer

GL100X150

1.000

1.500

.500

.500

.500

.375

.85

.25

.187

.03

M: #10-32 x 1”

F: #10-32 x 5/8”

GL150X250

1.500

2.500

.750

.750

1.000

.625

1.35

.31

.250

.06

M: 1/4-20 x 1-1/2”

F: 1/4-20 x 7/8”

GL200X350

2.000

3.500

1.000

1.000

1.500

.750

1.73

.44

.375

.06

M: 3/8-16 x 2”

F: 3/8-16 x 1-1/4”

GL250X450

2.500

4.500

1.250

1.250

2.000

.875

2.11

.56

.500

.09

M: 1/2-13 x 2-1/4”

F: 1/2-13 x 1-1/2”

X

Screws included.

Note: 500°F max operating temperature. X Metric Standard

catalog number X GLM25X45 X

+.00 -.25

+.008 +.015

+.00 -.01

+.00 -.12

+.00 -.01

t

m

h +.0 -.2

±.25

Pocket Radius

Chamfer

25

45

15

15

15

10

24

7

4

1

l

w

c

f

s

r

z

shcs M: M4 x 25

F: M4 x 14

GLM40X65

40

65

20

20

25

15

34

10

9

1.5

M: M5 x 35

F: M5 x 22

GLM50X90

50

90

25

25

40

20

44

10

9

1.5

M: M6 x 45

F: M6 x 30

X

Screws included.

Note: 260°C max operating temperature. X

For custom Locks, refer to the templates in section X.

Alternative Configurations: X

R (4)

R (2) Each

• To order Guide Locks with dual radii for mounting internally, specify the catalog number followed by “-R”. Ex. GL200X350-R. • To Xorder Shuttle Mold sets or special male/female configurations, refer to page C-11.

C-10 US Patent No. 8,821,144 and others pending.


x-style side locks

z-series

A

A

X

.03 x 45°

R

C

P

W

D

S SHCS

S

T

Females (2): m D-2 h Core: 58-62 HRC, Surface: 80 HRC s Titanium Nitride Coated Male:

m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface: 70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride

X

t

w

x

a

c

CAD insertion point

d

r

s

p

catalog number X

+.000 -.002

+.0000 -.0004

+.000 -.002

+.000 -.002

±.01

.0001/.0003 Clearance Per Side

Pocket Radius

±.01

+.001 -.000

shcs

SLX50X87

.500

2.000

.875

1.375

.87

.750

.187

.312

.250

#10-32 x 5/8”

SLX75X137

.750

3.000

1.375

1.875

1.18

1.250

.250

.375

.313

1/4-20 x 3/4”

SLX75X187 X

.750

3.000

1.875

1.875

1.18

1.250

.250

.375

.313

1/4-20 x 3/4”

SLX100X137

1.000

4.000

1.375

2.375

1.43

1.500

.500

.500

.375

3/8-16 x 1”

X

X

Screws included.

Note: 500°F max operating temperature. X

For custom Locks, refer to the templates in section X.

shuttle mold sets

X

X

Examples of Shuttle Mold configurations:

2 Female Inserts : 1 Male Insert To order, specify “-SF” after the catalog number of the lock. Examples: SL50X200-SF GL100X150-SF TL75X125-SF TL50X100-R-SF CF31X62-SF CRSM08-SF 2 Male Inserts : 1 Female Insert To order, specify “-SM” after the catalog number of the lock. Example: SL75X300-SM GL250X450-SM TL112X200-SM TL150X250-R-SM CF31X62-SM CRSM08-SM Individual males and females and special configurations (Ex. 4M:1F) are available. Contact Customer Service for pricing and availability.

C-11 US Patent No. 8,821,144 and others pending.


alignment locks

cavity interlocks flat series

Flat Cavity Interlocks are a space-saving design for mounting directly within a mold’s inserts. The overall lengths are sized for nominal plate thicknesses and can be modified for smaller insert heights.

L

L S1

.04”/ 1mm Chamfer

S2

D

W

C

SHCS H T

Inch Standard m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface: 70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride Male: Female: m DC53 h Core: 58-62 HRC, Surface: 80 HRC s Titanium Nitride Coated +.000 -.002

+.0000 -.0002

+.000 -.002

l

c

CF31X62

.312

.625

1.875

CF50X87

.500

.875

2.875

catalog number

t

w

CAD insertion point

.0001/.00025 Clearance Per Side

+.000 -.004

h

s1

s2 ±.01

shcs

.343

.312

3.750

.688

.688

#8-32 x 3/8”

.530

.438

5.750

1.000

1.000

1/4-20 x 5/8”

d

±.01

Screws included.

Note: 500°F max operating temperature.

Metric Standard m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface: 70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride Male: Female: m DC53 h Core: 58-62 HRC, Surface: 80 HRC s Titanium Nitride Coated catalog number

t

+.00 -.05

w

c

l

+.000 -.005

+.00 -.05

d

h

.003/.006 Clearance Per Side

+.0 -.1

s1 ±.25

s2 ±.25

shcs

CFM08X16

8

16

46

8.8

8

92

12.5

20

M4-0.7 x 10

CFM12X20

12

20

66

12.8

12

132

18.5

30

M6-1.0 x 14

Screws included.

Note: 260°C max operating temperature.

Alternative Configurations: • To order Shuttle Mold sets or special male/female configurations, refer to page C-11.

mold-ready interlocks Progressive can supply Flat Cavity Interlocks complete with screw hole locations and lengths modified to suit your application. To order, specify the item code that will be modified from the charts above, and provide the following to Customer Service: • ML=Male Length • MS=Male Screw Location (Will be on center.) • FL=Female Length • FS=Female Screw Location (Will be on center.) Optional • Pocket Radius: If required, add “-R” to the specification. Pocket Radius (Radius is designed to suit Interlock size.) To Suit (4)

ML MS

FL FS

SHCS (2)

Note: SHCS size will be the same as within the standards.

C-12 US Patent No. 8,821,144 and others pending.


Lead-In Radii

LF

LM

cavity interlocks

DM

DF

S1 SHCS

round series

Round Cavity Interlocks are offered in small diameters to enable mounting within a mold’s inserts. T the maximum amountHof straight alignment Z The design features Hex Thread engagement the minimum amount of pocket depth required. 30°for Chamfer • Can be mounted from parting line or bolted from the back of the inserts. • Vent hole and flat provided on female insert.

Z 30° Chamfer

LF

LM

DM

DF

Vent Hole

T

Z

H

Clearance for S1 SHCS

30° Chamfer

S2

Z

Hex

30° Chamfer

Female: m H-13

h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface: 70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride m DC53 h Core: 58-62 HRC, Surface: 80 HRC s Titanium Nitride Coated

Male:

catalog number

df

dm

lf

+.0000 -.0002

-.0001 -.0002

+.000 -.002

lm +.000 -.002

pm

e E.23

CRS250

.2500

.3750

.687

.812

.500

CRS375

.3750

.5000

1.000

1.062

.625

1.375

1.375

.750

S1

S1

SHCS .6250

SHCS.5000 CRS500

Inch Standard

s1

z

.04

.51

.04

Thread

PL

.03

.36

t

SHCS Size

PL

E#6-32 PMx 3/8”

#10-32 PM

#10-32 x 5/8”

1/4-20

s2

Set Screw Size

h

#6-32 x 1/2

1/8

#10-32 x 5/8

3/16

S2

S2

Set Set 1/4-20 x 7/8” 5/16-18 1/4-20 x 3/4 3/16 Screw Screw Socket Head Cap Screw & Set Screw included.

Note: 500°F max operating temperature. Female: m H-13

h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface: 70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride m DC53 h Core: 58-62 HRC, Surface: 80 HRC s Titanium Nitride Coated

Male:

-.002 -.006

+.000 -.005

df

lf

lm

6

8

16

CRSM08

8

12

CRSM10

10

14

CRSM12

12

16

catalog number

dm

CRSM06

Metric Standard

s1

z

SHCS Size

Thread

Set Screw Size

h

18

10

6

.3

M3-0.5 x 8

M4-0.7

M4-0.7 x 12

3

20

24

14

8

.3

M4-0.7 x 10

M5-0.8

M5-0.8 x 16

4

22

26

14

10

.3

M4-0.7 x 10

M5-0.8

M6-1.0 x 16

5

30

32

17

13

.5

M6-1.0 x 16

M8-1.25

M6-1.0 x 16

5

Socket Head Cap Screw & Set Screw included.

Front Mount

S1 SHCS

Back Mount PM

PL

E

S1 S2

SHCS Set Screw

Installation Guidelines: • • • •

s2

e

+.0 -.1

Note: 260°C max operating temperature.

E

t

pm

+.0 -.1

PL

PM

PL

S2 Set Screw

T Thread

T Thread

PL

S2

S2

Threa

Thread

CAD insertion point

Diameter (DF & DM) Machining Tolerances: Inch: +.0002” / Metric: +.005mm Maximum chamfer size should be .02”/.5mm on counterbore. Maximum clearance between female and male insert is .0006” / .015mm total. The fasteners provided are for parting line installation shown in the graphic above left. For bolting in back, the mold maker will select fasteners to accommodate insert thickness.

Alternative Configurations: • To order Shuttle Mold sets or special male/female configurations, refer to page C-11.

C-13


alignment locks

taper locks

Male m H-13 h 48-52 HRC o.d. i.d. +.0000 m

OD

CAD insertion point

-.0003

1/2

L

.312

l

Thread Size

.250

#10-24

M

.500

.281

1/4-20

10

10

ID

1

L

1-1/2

Taper Lock Plate

2

OD

.625

1.000

1.500

.343

1/4-20

.500

female

11/16

MTL50L.68

FTL50L.68

catalog number

7/8

MTL50L.87

FTL50L.87

MTL50L1.18

FTL50L1.18

1-3/8

MTL50L1.37

FTL50L1.37

11/16

MTL75L.68

FTL75L.68

7/8

MTL75L.87

FTL75L.87

1-3/16

MTL75L1.18

FTL75L1.18

1-3/8

MTL75L1.37

FTL75L1.37

11/16

MTL100L.68

FTL100L.68

7/8

MTL100L.87

FTL100L.87

1-3/16

MTL100L1.18

FTL100L1.18

1-3/8

MTL100L1.37

FTL100L1.37

1-1/8

MTL150L1.12

FTL150L1.12

5/16-18

.500

catalog number

1-3/16

ID

3/4

male

+.004 +.008

5/16-18

1-3/8

MTL150L1.37

FTL150L1.37

1-5/8

MTL150L1.62

FTL150L1.62

1-1/8

MTL200L1.12

FTL200L1.12

1-3/8

MTL200L1.37

FTL200L1.37

1-5/8

MTL200L1.62

FTL200L1.62

(Sold below)

taper lock plates Female

m AISI 52100 h 57-61 HRC s Black Oxide

T 59 ± 2 HRC

D

d

t

catalog number

Taper Lock OD

+.000 -.015

+.000 -.002

Flat Head Counterbore

TLP50

1/2

.687

.187

#10-24

TLP75

3/4

1.000

.187

1/4-20

TLP100

1

1.187

.187

1/4-20

TLP150

1-1/2

1.687

.250

5/16-18

TLP200

2

2.187

.250

5/16-18

1/2” long FHCS included.

top lock-20mm square

Z

z-series

R

C

D

W S1

M6 thread for lock removal

S2

A

B

T

Female: m D-2 h Core: 58-62 HRC, Surface: 80 HRC s Titanium Nitride Coated Male:

m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface: 70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride

t

w

a

b

catalog number

+.00 -.05

+.00 -.01

+.00 -.05

+.00 -.05

TLM20X20

20

20

14

14

c 7

d

.002/.008 Clearance Per Side

9

r

s1

s2 ±.25

Pocket Radius

Chamfer

Center

Center

5

1

±.25

z

shcs M: M4 x 25

80 HRC

C

C-14 65 HRC 42 ±2 HRC

59 ±1 HRC

R

F: M4 x 10


side locks

needle bearing

W D

R

T

S3

.02” (.5mm) Chamfer

S4

B E

57 ±1 HRC

C H

57 ±1 HRC

A

S2 S1

SHCS (4)

Inch Standard m O-2 h 56-58 HRC s Black Oxide

t

w

w

CAD insertion point

catalog number

+.000 -.005

±.0002

Pocket Width +.0005 -.0000

+.000 -.005

a

+.000 -.005

b

c

d

e

SLR50X125

.500

1.2495

1.250

1.375

.875

.66

.412

SLR50X150

.500

1.4995

1.500

.875

.875

.40

SLR50X150-L

.500

1.4995

1.500

1.375

.875

SLR50X200

.500

1.9995

2.000

1.375

SLR75X300

.750

2.9995

3.000

SLR100X400

1.000

3.9995

4.000

h

r

s1 s2 s3 s4 ±.01

±.01

±.01

±.01

shcs

.187

.171

.250

.171

.437

#8-32 x 5/8”

1.750

.187

.250

.250

.250

.250

#8-32 x 5/8”

.250

2.250

.187

.182

.376

.182

.500

#8-32 x 5/8”

.750

.325

2.250

.187

.312

.312

.312

.312

#10-32 x 5/8”

.95

1.188

.575

2.750

.250

.375

.375

.375

.375

1/4-20 x 3/4”

1.34

1.855

.450

3.750

.500

.500

.500

.500

.500

+.000 -.004

Pocket Radius

.210

2.250

.500

.210

.66

.550

.875

.66

1.875

.875

2.375

1.375

For technical information, refer to page C-16. Note: Cages are manufactured from resin or aluminium, depending on size.

Metric Standard

m O-2 h 56-58 HRC s Black Oxide

t

w

w

3/8-16 x 1-1/8”

Screws included.

catalog number

+.00 -.12

±.005

Pocket Width + .012 - .000

+.00 -.12

a

+.00 -.12

b

c

d

e

+0.0 -0.1

SLRM32X63

32

62.9

63

46

46

27

21

SLRM40X100

40

99.9

100

66

66

36

33

Pocket Radius

r

s1

s2

s3 ±.25

shcs

12.1

92

8

9

11

35

M8-1.25 x 35

19.5

132

10

13

18

48

M12-1.75 x 45

For technical information, refer to page C-16. Note: Cages are manufactured from resin or aluminium, depending on size.

h

±.25

±.25

Screws included.

C-15 US Patent No. 6,953,331


alignment locks

top locks

needle bearing 57 ±1 HRC .02 x 45° Chamfers

B E

C

D

A

S2 SHCS (4)

T

57 ±1 HRC

S1 R

W

Inch Standard m O-2 h 56-58 HRC s Black Oxide

t

w

w

CAD insertion point

catalog number

+.000 -.005

+.0002 -.0000

Pocket Width +.0005 -.0000

+.000 -.005

a

+.000 -.005

b

c

d

e

s1

s2 ±.01

Pocket Radius

TLR87X150

.875

1.4995

1.500

1.375

.750

.66

.550

.225

.438

1.143

.250

M: #8-32 x 7/8”

TLR112X200

1.125

1.9995

2.000

1.375

.625

.62

.660

.425

.563

1.375

.375

M: 1/4-20 x 3/4” F: 1/4-20 x 1-1/2”

TLR150X250

1.500

2.4995

2.500

1.375

.625

.62

.900

.400

.750

1.750

.375

M: 1/4-20 x 3/4” F: 1/4-20 x 1-1/2”

TLR150X250-L

1.500

2.4995

2.500

1.875

.875

1.02

1.015

.350

.750

1.875

.375

±.01

Note: Cages are manufactured from resin or aluminium, depending on size.

r

shcs

M: 1/4-20 x 1”

F: #8-32 x 1-1/2”

F: 1/4-20 x 2”

Screws included.

Technical Information: • • • • • •

Zero clearance between male and female (D) dimensions. Bearings: 64 HRC Maximum Mold Temperature: 300° F (150° C) Engagement occurs at E dimension shown. Locks are to be mounted in the mold base and not in the core or cavity inserts. For optimal performance, pockets are to be machined to nominal “W” pocket width dimensions in each table. If replacing locks in existing pockets, ensure .0004” clearance, and the lock may be modified to suit. • As with other mold mechanisms, clean and maintain locks at the mold’s scheduled PMs.

C-16 US Patent No. 6,953,331


side locks

D

X

50-55 HRC

S1

B

H C

A

S2 S3

55-60 HRC

SHCS

T W

Z

Female: m O-2 h 55-60 HRC Male:

Inch Standard

m O-2 h 50-55 HRC

catalog number

t

+.000 -.002

w

+.0000 -.0004

CAD insertion point

a

+.0000 -.0008

b

+.0000 -.0008

c

d

.0001/.0003 Clearance Per Side

h

+ .000 - .002

x

Corner Chamfer

z

s1

Chamfer

±.01

s2 ±.01

s3 ±.01

shcs

SLS62X150

.620

1.500

.870

.870

.33

.500

1.74

.19

.02

.437

.281

.281

1/4-20 x 3/4”

SLS62X200

.620

2.000

.870

.870

.33

.680

1.74

.19

.04

.437

.375

.375

1/4-20 x 3/4”

SLS75X300

.745

3.000

1.370

1.360

.57

1.000

2.73

.38

.04

.688

.688

.375

3/8-16 x 1”

SLS75X400

.745

4.000

1.870

1.870

.79

1.375

3.74

.50

.04

.875

.875

.625

3/8-16 x 1”

SLS112X500

1.120

5.000

1.870

1.870

.79

1.750

3.74

.50

.04

.875

.875

.750

1/2-13 x 1-1/4”

Screws included.

Metric Standard catalog number

t

w

a

b

+.00 -.05

+.00 -.01

+.00 -.02

+.00 -.02

SLMS13X38

13

38

22

22

SLMS16X50

16

50

21.5

SLMS19X75

19

75

SLMS19X100

19

SLMS25X125

25

c

d

h

x

z

s1/s2 s3 ±.25

±.2

shcs

.5

7

8

M5-.8 x 15

5

1

11

8

M6-1.0 x 18

72

8

1

18

12.5

M10-1.5 x 20

35

90

10

1

22

15

M10-1.5 x 20

45

90

10

1

22

20.5

M10-1.5 x 25

.002/.008 Clearance Per Side

+ .00 - .04

Corner Chamfer

Chamfer

8.5

12

44

5

21.5

9.5

17

43

36

36

15

25

100

45

45

21

125

45

45

21

Screws included.

C-17


alignment locks

side locks

graphite plugged

H -.5 -.7 S2

R

H -.5 -.7

L

S1

Dg5

S

Wg4

S2

S1

T +.0 -.1

T +.0 -.1 C Z

.5mm

Metric Standard m O-2 h 56-60 HRC catalog number

l

SLPM16X20

20

SLPM16X40

40

SLPM20X25

25

SLPM20X50

50

SLPM25X32

32

SLPM25X63

63

SLPM32X40

40

SLPM32X80

80

SLPM40X50

50

SLPM40X100

100

SLPM50X56

56

SLPM50X112

112

CAD insertion point

d

t

w

c

h

s1

s2

s

r

z

Screw Size

16

20

40

11

22

7

15

26

6

1

M6-1.0 x 25

20

22

45

13

27

7

19

31

6

1

M6-1.0 x 25

25

25

50

14

36

9

27

35

8

1

M6-1.0 x 30

32

32

63

19

46

11

35

45

8

1

M8-1.25 x 35

40

36

85

22

56

15

40

60

10

1.5

M10-1.5 x 40

50

40

100

24

66

18

48

74

10

1.5

M12-1.75 x 45

Using grease will inhibit the function of the graphite plugs. Instead, use a light 20 weight oil at startup to begin lubrication.

C-18

Screws included.


daters, air valves section d

Locking Series

Tapered Series

RF Series

Prefix: DN, DTN

Prefix: DTPR

Prefix: DF

20 Series Prefix: DL

Pages: D-1

Page: D-3

Page: D-4

Page: D-5

FD Series

Multi-Daters

Prefix: DC

Prefix: DFD

Prefix: DMD

Page: D-5

Page: D-6

Page: D-7

Page: D-8

Retro Plugs

MicroDaters

LG Series

Recycle Inserts

Prefix: DP

Prefix: MD

Prefix: DLB, DLS

Prefix: RI

Page: D-9

Page: D-10

Page: D-11

Page: D-12

DATERS AIR VALVES

CH Series

D

D Series Prefix: DC, Suffix: -D

Air Valves & Poppets Prefix: AV, APV Page: D-13



locking detent series L +.05 -.00 LP

C

M

1 2111

PROCOMPS.COM

A

D h6

5 7 9

Etched for replacement source

T

Hex is present for tightening the set screw thread from parting line when plug is not installed.

plugs

rings

m 420 Stainless (1.4034) h 54-58 HRC

c

catalog number

lp

p

10.5

M1.4 x 0.2

.30

2.8

13.0

M1.6 x 0.2

.40

DNP06-21

3.1

2.8

13.0

M1.6 x 0.2

.40

DNP08-21

4.6

4.0

14.0

M2.5 x 0.35

DNP10-21

4.6

4.0

14.0

DNP12-21

6.4

17.0

DNP16-21

8.4

2114.0

M2.5Date x56 0.35 ±Plug 2 HRC .40 M3 x 0.5 .60

1

9 01 8

5 7

23.0

D h6

L +.05 -.00 .40

M3.5 x 0.6 Date Ring

m

t

4

14

M2 x 0.4

3

DN05

5

17

M3 x 0.5

3

.20

DN06

6 No height 17 variationM3 x 0.5 during rotation 8 20 M4 x 0.7

3

.20

4

.20

DN10

10

20

M5 x 0.8

4

.20

DN12 M

12

25

M6 x 1.0

6

.25

DN16

16

33

M8 x 1.25

8

.25

DN04

2.3

3.1

5.0

l

catalog number

2.5

1

d

Engraving Depth (Arrow)

DNP05-21

43 2

P

a

DNP04-21

S.COM

D H7

TDN08 L

.60

Ring can be installed using the included set screw or retained with a screw from the back.

01

Installation Guidelines:

0 - 30 Cat #: DNT-Diam Ex.: DNT05 Blank Cat #: DN-Diam-B Ex.: DN05-B

E DC

Cat #: DNA-Diam Ex.: DNA05

Years Cat #: DNY-Diam-Starting Year* Ex.: DNY05-21

RST

24

CAD insertion point

M-X Cat #: DNZ-Diam Ex.: DNZ05

NM X

2 21

.10

3 22 2

0

20

FG H

Engraving Depth

WVU

C Cat #: DNP-Diam-C Ex.: DNP05-C

Cat #: DNN-Diam Ex.: DNN05

O QP

901

42 6

87

32

Cat #: DNP-Diam-AO Ex.: DNP05-AO

KJ I

Additional Plug and Ring Options: Specify catalog number as shown below for the different style plugs and rings. Etched for 9 replacement T M Styles: Recessed M Plug Styles: Recessed Lettering Ring (Max) Lettering source T (Optional (Set Screw) Hex is present for tightening the set screw thread Arrowfrom Only 0-9 A-L SHCS) parting line when plug is not installed. BAL 654

03

A

P

43 2

1 2

T

56 ± 2 HRC

9 01 8

LP

date stamps

No height variation during rotation

D H7

Date Plug

L *Where years are specified, any year can be ordered by changing the suffix. Example DNP05-22 or DNY05-23.

Date Ring

M

(Set Screw)

M (Optional SHCS)

T (Max)

To create Date Stamps for days, purchase both the 0-30 ring (DNT) and the 0-9 ring (DNN) and the desired plugs. Special configurations are available. Contact Customer Service for more information.

Maximum mold temperature: 450˚ F (230˚ C)

D-1 Patent No. DE 4415583


daters, air valves

date stamps

compact locking detent series L +.05 -.00

LP

A

43 2

9 01 8

1 2111

////PRO

C

1 2

P

5 7 9

Etched for replacement source

Dm6 56 ± 2 HRC

plugs

rings

D

m 420 Stainless (1.4034) h 54-58 HRC catalog number

c

a

No height variation during rotation

H7

lp

p

Engraving Depth (Arrow) Date Plug

catalog number

d

l

L ±.02

b

Max From Graphic Below

Engraving Depth

DTNP03-21

1.6

1.0

3.8

M1 x 0.25

3

4

1.6

2.5

1.2

4.8

M1.4 x 0.2

.20 Date Ring .30

DTN03

DTNP04-21

DTN04

4

5

2.2

.15

DTNP05-21

3.1

2.0

7.8

M1.6 x 0.2

.40

DTN05

3.2

.20

DTNP06-21

3.1

2.0

7.8

M1.6 x 0.2

.40

DTN06

3.2

.20

DTNP08-21

4.4

2.5

9.8

M2.3 x 0.25

.40

DTN08

8

10

4.2

.20

DTNP10-21

5.2

3.0

11.8

M2.5 x 0.35

.40

DTN10

10

12

5.2

.20

DTNP12-21

6.2

3.0

13.8

M3 x 0.35

.60

DTN12

12

14

6.2

.25

DTNP16-21

8.2

3.5

13.8

M4 x 0.35

.60

DTN16

16

14

8.2

.25

DTNP20-21

11.0

4.5

15.8

M4 x 0.35

.60

DTN20

20

16

10.2

.30

B

Clearance to 5 assembly8 drive out if required. 6 8

.10

CAD insertion point Additional Plug and Ring Options: Specify catalog+.05 number as shown below for the different style plugs and rings.

L -.00

Ring Styles: Recessed Lettering

56 ± 2 HRC

Cat #: DTNP-Diam-C Ex.: DTNP05-C

Installation Guidelines:

D

No height variation during rotation

H7

Date Plug

L ±.02

Date Ring

B

Clearance to drive out assembly if required.

0

20

Blank Cat #: DTN-Diam-B Ex.: DTN05-B

M-X Cat #: DTNZ-Diam Ex.: DTNZ05 Years Cat #: DTNY-Diam-Starting Year* Ex.: DTNY05-21

E DC

NM X

RST

2 21 24

A-L Cat #: DTNA-Diam Ex.: DTNA05

3 22 2

9

Etched for replacement C source

FG H

O QP

87

43 2

Dm6

BAL

WVU

0 - 30 Cat #: DTNT-Diam Ex.: DTNT05

654 901

KJ I

0-9 Cat #: DTNN-Diam Ex.: DTNN05

01

A

9 01 8

Arrow Only Cat #: DTNP-Diam-AO Ex.: DTNP05-AO 5 7

/PRO

32

1 2111

42 6

Plug Styles: P Recessed Lettering

03

LP

*Where years are specified, any year can be ordered by changing the suffix. Example DTNP05-22 or DTNY05-23. To create Date Stamps for days, purchase both the 0-30 ring (DTNT) and the 0-9 ring (DTNN) and the desired plugs. Special configurations are available. Contact Customer Service for more information.

Maximum mold temperature: 572˚ F (300˚ C) Maximum molding pressure: 20,000 psi/2,000 bar

D-2 Patent No. DE 4415583


date stamps tapered series

L +.05 -.00

Tapered seal for Nylon, LSR, etc.

LP

P

43 2

PROCOMPS.COM

Etched for replacement source

A

M

1 2111

9 01 8

C

12

T

56 ± 2 HRC

5 7 9

D h6 T

Hex is present for tightening the set screw thread from parting line when plug is not installed.

plugs

rings

m 420 Stainless (1.4034) h 54-58 HRC

c

catalog number

p

Engraving Depth (Arrow)

catalog number

d

l

m

t

14

2.5

2.3

10.5

M1.4 x 0.2

.30

DTPR04

4

M2 x 0.4

3

.15

3.1

2.8

13.0

M1.6 x 0.2

D.40

DTPR05

3

.20

DTPRP06-21

3.1

2.8

13.0

M1.6 x 0.2

H7

.40

DTPR06

variation M3 x 0.5 5No height17 during rotation 6 17 M3 x 0.5

3

.20

4.6

4.0

14.0

.60

DTPR08

8

20

M4 x 0.7

4

.30

4.6

4.0

14.0

DTPR10

10

20

M5 x 0.8

4

.30

DTPRP12-21 P

6.4

4.0

17.0

12

25

M6 x 1.0

6

.30

DTPRP16-21

8.4

DTPR12 M

DTPRP20-21

11

23.0

6.5

23.0

43 2

1 21115.0 5 7

D h6

M2.5 x 0.35+.05 L -.00 Date M2.5Plug x 0.35 56 ± 2 HRC M3 x 0.5 M3.5 x 0.6 Date Ring M3.5 x 0.6

T

.60 .60

L

.60

DTPR16

16

33

M8 x 1.25

8

.30

.60

DTPR20

20

33

M8 x 1.25

8

.30

Etched for Plug and Ring Options: Specify catalog number as shown T Additional style plugs and rings. Mbelow for the different 9 M

0-9 Cat #: DTPRN-Diam Ex.: DTPRN05

EDC

01

0 - 30 Cat #: DTPRT-Diam Ex.: DTPRT05

RQP

654 901

03

D

Blank Cat #: DTPR-Diam-B Ex.: DTPR05-B

N-Z Cat #: DTPRZ-Diam Ex.: DTPRZ05 Years Cat #: DTPRY-Diam-Starting Year* Ex.: DTPRY05-21

ON Z

ST V U

2 21 24

A-M Cat #: DTPRA-Diam Ex.: DTPRA05

3 22 2

Installation Guidelines: Ring can be installed using the included set screw or retained with a screw from the back.

20

FGH

YXW

0

BAM

LKJ I

C Cat #: DTPRP-Diam-C Ex.: DTPRP05-C

(Max)

32

Hex is present for tightening the set screw

Arrowthread Onlyfrom parting line when plug is not installed. Cat #: DTPRP-Diam-AO Ex.: DTPRP05-AO

(Optional

CAD insertion point

Ring Styles: Recessed Lettering TSHCS)

42 6

(Set Screw)

source Plug Styles: Recessed Lettering

87

replacement

A

Engraving Depth

DTPRP05-21

9 01 8

PROCOMPS.COM

lp

DTPRP04-21

DTPRP08-21 apered seal for Nylon, LSR, etc. DTPRP10-21

LP

a

No height variation during rotation

H7

Date Plug

L Date Ring

M

(Set Screw)

*Where years are specified, any year can be ordered by changing the suffix. Example DTPRP05-22 or DTPRY05-23.

M (Optional SHCS)

T (Max)

To create Date Stamps for days, purchase both the 0-30 ring (DTPRT) and the 0-9 ring (DTPRN) and the desired plugs. Special configurations are available. Contact Customer Service for more information.

Maximum mold temperature: 450˚ F (230˚ C)

D-3 Patent No. DE 4415583


daters, air valves

date stamps

rf series: remains flush LP

Raised Lettering Height 0.1 L1 +-.0.0

P

M

43 2

C

PROCOMPS.COM

5 7 9

Etched for replacement source

A

9 01 8

1 2111

1 2

RF ONLY

Dh6 56 ± 2 HRC

plugs

L2 ±.05

T1 Min

Hex is present for tightening the set screw thread from parting line when plug is not installed.

rings

m 420 Stainless (1.4034) h 54-58 HRC recessed catalog number

c

a

DFP03-21 DFP04-21 DFP05-21 8 1 C DFP06-21 DFP08-21 DFP10-21 DFP12-21 DFP16-21

1.6 2.5 3.1 3.1 4.6 4.6 6.4 8.4

L2

Recessed lp No height p variation

Engraving during P rotationDepth

2.0 9.0 M1 x 0.25 0.10 2.3 10.5 M1.4 x Date 0.2 Plug 0.10 2.8 13.0 M1.6 x 0.2 0.15 PROCOMPS.COM 2.8 13.0 M1.6 x 0.2 0.15 Etched forxDate 4.0 14.0 M2.5 0.35Ring 0.20 replacement 4.0 14.0 M2.5 x 0.35 0.20 source A 4.0 17.0 M3 x 0.5 0.25 M 5.0 23.0 M3.5 x 0.6 0.25 (Set Screw)

Engraving DDepth (Arrow) H7

Raised Slot Depth

D H7

recessed catalog number

d

DF03 DF04 DF05 L2 DF06 DF08 DF10 DF12 T2 DF16 (Max)

3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16

.30 N/A† .30 .25 .40 .30 .40 L1 .30 .40 .35 .40 .35 .60 .40 .60 M .40 (Optional SHCS)

l1

l2

m

t1

t2

14 14 17 17 20 20 25 33

N/A† 13.80 16.75 16.75 19.70 19.70 24.70 32.70

M2 x 0.4 M2 x 0.4 M3 x 0.5 M3 x 0.5 M4 x 0.7 M5 x 0.8 M6 x 1.0 M8 x 1.25

4 4 4 4 4 4 6 8

N/A† 3 3 3 4 4 6 8

Recessed Raised

† 3mm size not available with raised lettering. Raised Lettering Height is equal to L1-L2 at each available diameter.

0.1 L1 +-.0.0

CAD insertion point

T1

Additional Plug and Ring Options: Specify catalog numberMin as shown below for the different style plugs and rings.

C Cat #: DFRP-Diam-C Ex.: DFRP05-C

H7

ON Z

ST V U

654 901

M

EDC RQP

ON Z

ST V U

Date Ring

M (Optional SHCS)

Maximum mold temperature: 450˚ F (230˚ C)

T2 (Max)

Cat #: DFZ-Diam Ex.: DFZ05

2 21 24

Years Cat #: DFY-Diam-Starting Year* Ex.: DFY05-21

0-9 Cat #: DFRN-Diam Ex.: DFRN05

Days Cat #: DFRL-Diam Ex.: DFRL05

A-M Cat #: DFRA-Diam Ex.: DFRA05

Months Cat #: DFR-Diam Ex.: DFR05

N-Z Cat #: DFRZ-Diam Ex.: DFRZ05

2 21 24

3 22 2

L2

YXW

L1

(Set Screw)

LKJ I

BAM

FGH

Date Plug

DFA05

±.05 L2 N-Z

Ring Styles: Raised Lettering 87

D

Ex.:

32

D H7

EDC

DFRP05-AO

42 6

Ex.:

Ring can be installed using the included set screw or retained with a screw from the back. No height variation during rotation

Days Cat #: DFL-Diam Ex.: DFL05

42 6

Installation Guidelines:

A-M

3 22 2

A

AM

YXW

replacement source

Arrow Only

B Hex is present for tightening the set screw thread Cat #: DFRP-Diam-AO Cat #: DFA-Diam F Raised Lettering Height GH from parting line when plug is not installed.

LKJ I

8 1

RQP

43 2

9

C PROCOMPS.COM56 ± 2 C Cat #: DFP-Diam-CHRC Ex.: DFP05-C Etched for

Ring Styles: Recessed Lettering 0-9 Blank 654 Cat #: DFN-Diam Cat #: DF-Diam-B 901 Ex.: DFN05 Ex.: DF05-B 32

9 01 8

Plug Styles: Raised Lettering P Year 1 2 Cat #: DFRP-Diam-Year* Ex.: DFRP05-21

87

M

211

Plug Styles: Recessed 1 1 Lettering L2 Arrow Only Dh6 Cat #: DFP-Diam-AO 5 7 Ex.: DFP05-AO

Years Cat #: DFRY-Diam-Starting Year* Ex.: DFRY05-21

*Where years are specified, any year can be ordered by changing the suffix. Example DFP05-22 or DFY05-23. Special configurations are available. Contact Customer Service for more information.

D-4 Patent No. DE 4415583


L

date stamps

20 series: 20mm length D

L

L2

P

52 ±2 HRC

1 2

Engraving Depth: Numbers: .2mm (.007”) Arrows: .4mm (.015”)

C A

D

m6

Etched for replacement source

52 ±2 HRC

plugs

Installation Guidelines: D

Height variation during rotation .2-.3mm

////PRO

H7

m 420 Stainless (1.4034) h 50-54 HRC

Date Plug

L

Spring Date Ring Clearance to drive out assembly if required.

DLP06-21 3.1 DLP08-21 4.6 DLP10-21 4.6 DLP16-21 8.2 Date Plugpoint CAD insertion

±.02

catalog Clearance to number drive out DL06 assembly if required. DL08 DL10 DL16

Maximum mold temperature: 285˚ F (140˚ C) For other date plugs, modify catalog number for the year required. Example: DLP06-22. D Plugs include springs and Height variation H7 replacements are available.during rotation .2-.3mm

1 2

plugs m 420 Stainless (1.4034) h 50-54 HRC

DCP10D-21 DCP12D-21 DCP16D-21 DCP20D-21

5.2 6.2 8.2 11.0

3.0 3.0 3.5 4.5

////PRO

a

13 14 14 14

M1.6x0.20 M2.5x0.35 M2.5x0.35 M4x0.35

DLP06-AO DLP08-AO DLP10-AO DLP16-AO

rings

D - 2mm 20 (max)

d series: deep engraving L

Dm6

Etched for replacement source

c

3.0 4.0 4.0 3.5

l

Engraving Depth: Numbers: .5mm (.020”) Arrows: .4mm (.015”)

catalog number

arrow only

Clearance to drive out assembly if required. P

C A

p

L

6 8 10 16

L ±.02

B L2

l2

H7 or +.0004" - .0000"

d

Spring Date Ring

D

a

Spring Date Ring

D - 2mm (max)

Date Plug

c

catalog number

A Socket Head Cap Screw may be installed to secure lthe 2date stamp.p (Optional) 12 14 14 16

M2.5x0.35 M3x0.35 M4x0.35 M4x0.35

52 ±2 HRC

rings arrow only

L ±.001 DCP10-AO DCP12-AO DCP16-AO DCP20-AO

For other date plugs, modify catalog number for the year required. Example: DCP16D-22. +.0004 D - .0000 Maximum mold temperature: 285˚ F (140˚ C). Plugs include springs and replacements are available.

catalog d number Ring Diameter A Socket Head DC10-DCap Screw may 10 be DC12-Dinstalled to secure 12 DC16-Dthe date stamp. 16 DC20-D(Optional) 20

l 12 14 14 16

CAD insertion point

D-5


date stamps

ch series: compact height L

L2

1 2

C

////PRO

P

A

Engraving Depth: Numbers: .2mm (.007”) Arrows: .4mm (.015”)

Dm6

Etched for replacement source 52 ±2 HRC

plugs

rings L L

m 420 Stainless (1.4034) h 54-58 HRC catalog number DCP04-21

c

a

52 ±2 HRC 2.2

l2

p M1x0.25

±.001

d

l

DC04

4

8

DC05

5

8

2

catalog number

b

From Graphic Below 1.4

2.0

8

DCP05-21

3.1

2.0

8

M1.6x0.20D

DCP06-21

3.1

2.0

8

M1.6x0.20

DC06

6

8

2

DCP08-21

4.4

2.5

10

M2.3x0.25

DC08

8

10

3

+.0004 - .0000

DCP10-21

5.2

3.0

12

M2.5x0.35

DC10

10

12

3

DCP12-21

6.2

3.0

14

M3x0.35

DC12

12

14

4

14

M4x0.35

DC16

16

14

5

M4x0.35

DC20

20

16

5

DCP16-21

8.2

3.5

DCP20-21

11.0

4.5 16 Height variation during rotation .2-.3mm

D H7

CAD insertion point

Additional Plug and Ring Options: Specify catalog number as shown below for the different style plugs and rings.

654 901

D

Date Plug

ON Z

ST V U

N-Z Cat #: DCZ-Diam Ex.: DCZ05

Days Years 2 21 Cat #: DCL-Diam Cat #: DCY-Diam-Starting Year* 24 Ex.: DCL05 Ex.: DCY05-21 Note: The DCL04 and DCL05 does not have tick marks. 42 6

Height variation during rotation .2-.3mm

H7

FGH

A-M Cat #: DCA-Diam Ex.: DCA05

3 22 2

Installation Guidelines:

Blank Cat #: DC-Diam-B Ex.: DC05-B

BAM

YXW

Clearance to drive out assemblyCif required. Cat #: DCP-Diam-CD - 2mm Ex.: DCP05-C (max)

0-9 Cat #: DCN-Diam Ex.: DCN05

LKJ I

L

EDC

Ring Styles: Recessed Lettering ±.02

32

Arrow Only Spring Cat #: DCP-Diam-AO Date Ring Ex.: DCP05-AO

RQP

Plug Styles: Date Plug Recessed Lettering

87

D

daters, air valves

L ±.02

Spring

*Where years are specified, any year can be ordered by changing the suffix. Example DCP05-22 or DCY05-23.

Date Ring

B

Clearance to drive out assembly if required.

Special configurations are available. Contact Customer Service for more information. Plugs include springs and replacements are available.

Maximum mold temperature: 285˚ F (140˚ C)

D-6

A Socket Head Cap Screw may be installed to secure


date stamps

fd series: full diameter plug

K

L

Etched for replacement source

B

1 2

Dg6

PROCOMPS.COM

A L2

P

plugs

m6

T

M

shell 1 2

Dg6

PROCOMPS.COM

D m6

m 420 54-58 P Stainless (1.4034) h 56 ±2 HRC

A L2

D

56 ±2 HRC

L

Etched for replacement source

M

T

a

bHRC k

DFDPY03-21

.3

.3

2.0

9.0

M1x0.25

DFD03-S

3

3

14

M2 x 0.4

DFDPY04-21

.3

.3

2.3

10.5

M1.4x0.2

DFD04-S

4

3

14

M2 x 0.4

catalog number

l2

p

d

catalog number

t

l

m

No height D EDM CAD insertion point H7 Arrow variation Etched for L M Detail during rotation replacement To Order Plugs: Specify catalog number as shown below for the different plug style plugs. Plugs and shells are sold separately. source 1 2

DMonth g6 & Year*

M

COMPS.COM

1 2

A L2

P D m6 T

eight tion g rotation

Cat #: Ex.: 56 ±2 HRC

D m6

DFDPY-Diam–Starting Year* DFDPY03-21

T

L

Plug

Months Cat #:Shell DFDP-Diam Ex.: DFDP03

M

Installation Guidelines: D

EDM Arrow Detail

No height variation during rotation

H7

Plug

L

Shell

M

D

EDM Arrow Detail

H7

L

*Where years are specified, any year can be ordered by changing the suffix. Example DFDPY03-22 or DFDPY03-23. Special configurations are available. Contact Customer Service for more information.

No height variation during rotation Plug Shell

M

D-7


daters, air valves L ±.05 L ±.05

M date stamps M

L ±.05

multi-daters M

T T2

12

1

22 22

T

4 52 2 4 52 2

±2 ±2 RC RC ±2 RC

Etched Etched for for replacement replacement source source

CC

MM

12 22

PP

Etched for replacement source

D h6D h6

PROCOMPS.COM PROCOMPS.COM

23

4 52 2

23 23

L ±.05 L ±.05

HexHex for for removal removal

C

Hex for removal

PROCOMPS.COM

56 56 ±2 ±2 HRC HRC

T T

P

plugs

rings

m 420 Stainless (1.4034) h 54-58 HRC

c

catalog number

p

Slot Depth

Engraving Depth (Arrow)

catalog number

d

l

m

t

Engraving Depth

DMDP06-21

4.2

0.4

M1.6x0.2

0.10

DMD06

6

17

M3 x 0.5

3

0.10

DMDP08-21

5.8

0.4

M2.5x0.35

0.10

DMD08

8

20

M4 x 0.7

4

0.12

DMDP10-21

7.0

0.4

M2.5x0.35

0.10

DMD10

10

20

M5 x 0.8

4

0.13

DMDP12-21

8.5

0.6

M3.0x0.5

0.20

DMD12

12

25

M6 x­­­ 1.0

6

0.20

DMDP16-21

11.5

0.6

M3.0x0.6

0.25

DMD16

16

33

M8 x 1.25

8

0.25

CAD insertion point Years & Months plug style is featured in the table above.

1 22 1 12

Months ring style is featured in the table above.

Additional Plug and Ring Options: Specify catalog number as shown below for the different style plugs and rings.

3232

32

DD

Installation Guidelines: H7

Date Date Plug Plug

No height 12 2132 23 variation during rotation

Date Plug

Date Date Ring Ring

MM

7 7 71 712 2

52

D

be ordered by changing the suffix. Example DMDP10-22 or DMDP06-23.

Special configurations are available. Contact Customer Service for more L Linformation.

19 19

52

NoNo height height variation variation *Where years are specified, during anyduring year can rotation rotation H7 H7

71 71

02 02

Weeks Cat #: DMDW-Diam Ex.: DMDW06

12

27

Arrow & 11 Years Cat #: DMDP-Diam-Starting Year*-11 Ex.: DMDP06-2111

91 91

12

2173 27

92

25

13 13

9292

12 12 25 1225

Days Cat #: DMDL-Diam Ex.: DMDL06

81 81

23

Arrow & 5 Years Cat #: DMDP-Diam-Starting Year*-5 Ex.: DMDP06-215

91

22

23 12 23

Ring Styles: Recessed Lettering

91

2222

1

4 44 5252 2 252 2

122 Styles: Recessed Lettering Plug

L Date Ring

M

Maximum mold temperature: 450˚ F (230˚ C)

D-8 Patent No. DE 4415583


C

C

date stamps

C

C

replacement plugs

Locking Series Plugs

Tapered Series

Compact Locking Plugs

RF Series Plugs

To replace Progressive’s Locking Series plugs

To replace Progressive’s Tapered Series plugs

To replace Progressive’s Compact Locking Series plugs

To replace Progressive’s RF or H Series plugs.

C

C

C

C

C

C

CC

C

CC

CC

CC

////PRO

C

PROCOMPS.COM

PROCOMPS.COM

.67 (17mm)

c

2.5

DTPRP04-21

DTPR04

2.5

DTNP03-21

DTN03

1.6

DFP03-21

DF03

1.6

3.1

DTPRP05-21

DTPR05

3.1

DTNP04-21

DTN04

2.5

DFP04-21

DF04

2.5

DN06

3.1

DTPRP06-21

DTPR06

3.1

DTNP05-21

DTN05

3.1

DFP05-21

DF05

3.1

DN08

4.6

DTPRP08-21

DTPR08

4.6

DTNP06-21

DTN06

3.1

DFP06-21

DF06

3.1

DN10

4.6

DTPRP10-21

DTPR10

4.6

DTNP08-21

DTN08

4.4

DFP08-21

DF08

4.6 4.6

Catalog Number

catalog number

Date Ring Catalog Number

c

.67 (17mm)

CC ////PRO ////PRO

PROCOMPS.COM

////PRO

PROCOMPS.COM

PROCOMPS.COM

PROCOMPS.COM

PRO //////// PRO

C

Date Ring

catalog number

Date Ring Catalog Number

c

DNP12-21

DN12

6.4

DTPRP12-21

DTPR12

6.4

DTNP10-21

DTN10

5.2

DFP10-21

DF10

DNP16-21

DN16

8.4

DTPRP16-21

DTPR16

8.4

DTNP12-21

DTN12

6.2

DFP12-21

DF12

6.4

DTPRP20-21

DTPR20 C

11.0

DTNP16-21

DTN16

8.2

DFP16-21

DF16

8.4

DTNP20-21

DTN20

11.0

C

To replace Progressive’s CH or D Series plugs or DME front style plugs. Springs included.

To replace Progressive’s 20 Series plugs. Springs included.

C C

CC

C

C

CC C C

C C C C

////PRO

DLP06-21

DL06

3.1

DLP08-21

DL08

DC06

3.1

DLP10-21

DL10

DCP08-21

DC08

4.4

DLP16-21

DL16

DCP10-21

DC10

5.2

DCP12-21

DC12

6.2

DCP16-21

DC16

8.2

DCP20-21

DC20

11.0

CC

C

C

C

////PRO

.67 (17mm)

////PRO

.67 (17mm)

CC

catalog number

Date Ring

c

3.1

DMDP06-21

DMD06

4.6

DMDP08-21

DMD08

4.6

DMDP10-21

8.2

.67 (17mm)

CC

C

catalog number

Date Ring

c

4.2

DP32-21

DS06

3.2

5.8

DP47-21

DS08

4.7

DMD10

7.0

DP57-21

DS10

5.7

DMDP12-21

DMD12

8.5

DP67-21

DS12

6.7

DMDP16-21

DMD16

11.5

DP87-21

DS16

8.7

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

For Retro Plugs outside of North America, call for availability from local distributors. *Retro Date Rings are not available.

For D Series replacements, add “D” to the catalog number. Ex. DCP16D-21. CC

C

To replace plugs previously purchased for PCS/Cumsa style rings.

PROCOMPS.COM

2.2

Catalog Number

c

C

PROCOMPS.COM

DCP06-21

PROCOMPS.COM

DC05

Date Ring

CC ////PRO ////PRO

CC

C

catalog number

Catalog Number

.67 (17mm)

C

PROCOMPS.COM

DC04

DCP05-21

////PRO

DCP04-21

PROCOMPS.COM

c

C C

////PRO ////PRO

PROCOMPS.COM

Date Ring

PROCOMPS.COM

////PRO

PROCOMPS.COM PROCOMPS.COM

PROCOMPS.COM

////PRO

PROCOMPS.COM PROCOMPS.COM

PROCOMPS.COM

////PRO

catalog number

PROCOMPS.COM

C

C Retro Plugs

CC

To replace Progressive’s Multi-Dater Plugs.

PROCOMPS.COM

CC

CC Multi-Daters

CC

PROCOMPS.COM

C Series Plugs 20

PROCOMPS.COM

CH & D Series Plugs

////PRO

C

C C

catalog number

Catalog Number

C

C

////PRO

DNP10-21

PROCOMPS.COM PROCOMPS.COM

DNP08-21

CC

C C

////PRO

PROCOMPS.COM

DNP06-21

////PRO

DN05

PROCOMPS.COM

DN04

DNP05-21

PROCOMPS.COM

DNP04-21

////PRO

c

PROCOMPS.COM

Date Ring

C

C

PROCOMPS.COM

PROCOMPS.COM

catalog number

CC

CC

C

PROCOMPS.COM

PROCOMPS.COM

PROCOMPS.COM

PROCOMPS.COM

Refer to the catalog pages for the specific series required for plugs with alternate engraving such as “C”, “Arrow Only”, or raised versions. Contact Customer Service for availability of special plugs or for verification of the plugs required.

D-9


A

daters, air valves

date stamps microdaters®

L 45˚

C

50 12

.07mm - .12mm Deep

M D

S

52 ±2 HRC

A

m 420 Stainless (1.4034) h 50-54 HRC

d

catalog number

CAD insertion point

l

a

m

c

f

t

Width x Depth

s

blank cat. no. MD02-B

MD02

2

5

.45

M1.4x0.3

.50

1.14

1.4

.38 x .25

MD03

3

5

.76

M1.8x0.35

.75

1.52

1.8

.38 x .38

MD03-B

MD04

4

6

.89

M2.5x0.45

1.0

1.65

2.7

.38 x .38

MD04-B

Blank (-B) MicroDaters do not have numbers or the removal slot, ready for custom engraving by the mold maker.

Design Options:

Installation Guidelines: D

Microdaters can be installed directly into the plates or inserts or into a core pin or ejector pin with the material F +.25 - .00 hardness around 35-40 HRC to utilize conventional machining methods.

+.25 - .00

D

+.25 - .00

T F +.25 - .00

T 30 12

40 12

50 12

60 12

70 12

80 12

90 12

01 12

11 12

21 12

10 22

20 22

Drill, tap and counterbore the dater as shown at left and to the dimensions in the chart above.

To Order: • MicroDaters can be ordered individually or in 12-month sets. • For individual month daters, specify the 2-digit month and year at the end of the catalog number: Ex. MD04-03-21 for a 4mm screw for March 2021. • To order a 12-month set, specify a “Y” at the end of the catalog number, followed by the 2-digit month and year that begins the series: Ex. MD03-Y-03-21 would yield (12) 3mm screws starting with March 2021, ending with February 2022. Shown below at 2:1 scale.

30 12

D-10

40 12

50 12

60 12

70 12

80 12

90 12

01 12

11 12

21 12

10 22

20 22


61 7 81 1

19

0 12 2

19

0 12 2

7 81 1

61

date stamps

lg series: large mold, structural foam/blow molds D

D

C

C

H

5 ±0.1

5 ±0.1

C

5 ±0.1 10

Thread for removal (M+1mm)

M

+0.0 -0.1

.5mm Deep

10

10

val

D

+0.0 -0.1

+0.0 -0.1

.5mm Deep

Thread for removal (M+1mm)

M

Recessed Lettering

M

Raised Lettering Brass: m Ms 58 Steel: m O-1 (1.2510) h 52-56 HRC

d

Nominal

c

m

h

Raised Height

Ring Diameter 15

10

M3 x 0.5

0.5

20

13

M3 x 0.5

1.0

30

19

M4 x 0.7

1.0

40

25

M5 x 0.8

1.0

CAD insertion point To Order: Specify catalog number as shown below for the different style rings and plugs. Ring Styles: Recessed Lettering

Months Cat #: DLBR-Diam (Brass) DLSR-Diam (Steel) Ex.: DLBR40, DLSR40

Days Cat #: Ex.:

DLBL-Diam (Brass) DLSL-Diam (Steel) DLBL40, DLSL40

Days Cat #: Ex.:

DLBRL-Diam (Brass) DLSRL-Diam (Steel) DLBRL40, DLSRL40

Year Cat #: Ex.:

DLBY-Diam – Starting Year* (Brass) DLSY-Diam – Starting Year* (Steel) DLBY40-21, DLSY40-21

Year Cat #: Ex.:

DLBRY-Diam – Starting Year* (Brass) DLSRY-Diam – Starting Year* (Steel) DLBRY40-21, DLSRY40-21

Plug Styles: Recessed Lettering

1 2

22

12 32

32

Months Cat #: DLB-Diam (Brass) DLS-Diam (Steel) Ex.: DLB40, DLS40

24

5 62 2

24

5 62 2

22

12

Ring Styles: Raised Lettering

Plug Styles: Raised Lettering

Arrow Only Cat #: DLBP-Diam – AO (Brass) DLSP-Diam – AO (Steel) Ex.: DLBP40-AO, DLSP40-AO

Arrow Only Cat #: DLBRP-Diam – AO (Brass) DLSRP-Diam – AO (Steel) Ex.: DLBRP40-AO, DLSRP40-AO

Year Cat #: Ex.:

Year Cat #: Ex.:

DLBP-Diam – Year* (Brass) DLSP-Diam – Year* (Steel) DLBP40-21, DLSP40-21

1 2

DLBRP-Diam – Year* (Brass) DLSRP-Diam – Year* (Steel) DLBRP40-21, DLSRP40-21

*Where years are specified, any year can be ordered by changing the suffix. Example DLBP15-22 or DLSP15-23. Special configurations are available. Contact Customer Service for more information.

D-11


daters, air valves

recycle inserts spi standard

Installation Guidelines: To avoid damage to face, press insert into hole using a brass or plastic mallet.

L

Etching .3mm (.012") Deep

1/2 L

M

DH7 C

L ±0.02mm

Dm6

Clearance for SHCS or to drive out insert

0

1

D 50 ± 2 HRC

2

3

4

5

6

m 420 Stainless (1.4034) h 50-54 HRC catalog number

d

RI-10-0

CAD insertion point Material Code

Material

N/A

BLANK

RI-10-1

1

POLYETHYLENE TEREPHTHALATE

RI-10-2

2

HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE

RI-10-3

3

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE

4

LOW DENSITY POLYETHYLENE

RI-10-4

10 mm (.3937”)

RI-10-5

5

POLYPROPYLENE

RI-10-6

6

POLYSTYRENE

RI-10-7

7

OTHER

RI-16-0

N/A

BLANK

RI-16-1

1

POLYETHYLENE TEREPHTHALATE

RI-16-2

2

HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE

RI-16-3

3

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE

4

LOW DENSITY POLYETHYLENE

RI-16-5

5

POLYPROPYLENE

RI-16-6

6

POLYSTYRENE

RI-16-7

7

OTHER

RI-20-0

N/A

BLANK

RI-20-1

1

POLYETHYLENE TEREPHTHALATE

2

HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE

RI-16-4

16 mm (.6299”)

RI-20-2 RI-20-3

3

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE

4

LOW DENSITY POLYETHYLENE

RI-20-5

5

POLYPROPYLENE

RI-20-6

6

POLYSTYRENE

RI-20-7

7

OTHER

RI-20-4

20 mm (.7874”)

l

c

m

12 mm (.4724”)

6 mm (.2362”)

M5 x .08

14 mm (.5518”)

10 mm (.3937”)

M6 x 1.0

16 mm (.6299”)

12 mm (.4724”)

M6 x 1.0

Contact Customer Service for pricing and availability of other sizes or material engraving.

D-12

7


air valves L L B

B

+.001 -.000

+.001 -.000

.04

.04

D D

B D

C1

A C1

A 49 ±1 HRC

T

49 ±1 HRC

53 ±1 HRC

53 ±1 HRC

m 420 Stainless (1.4034) h LBody: 52-54 HRC, Plunger: 48-50 HRC

d

catalog number

mm

AV-08

8

Pocket +.002 -.000

a Inch

CAD insertion point

b

c1

l

mm

Inch

mm

Inch

mm

Inch

mm

Inch

.3149

+.0006 +.0002

6.5

.256

11

.433

6

.24

24

1.0

9.7

.382

18

.708

8

.32

34

1.4

14.8

.583

22

.866

12

.47

46

1.8

AV-12

12

.4724

+.0007 +.0003

AV-18

18

.7086

+.0007 +.0003

Suggested Machining Diameters:

C C +.005 -.000

catalog number

c

AV-08

.265

AV-12

.354

AV-18

.551

C +.005 -.000 B B +.000 -.001

+.000 -.001

Do not machine or polish the parting line surface of the valve

Do not machine or polish the parting line surface of the valve Specifications:

• Pressure Required: 29-140 psi • Maximum Mold Temperature: 265˚F (130˚ C)

air poppets L Pocket +.002 -.000

D

Pocket

Clearance

B

C to drive out

Specifications:

insert if needed.

T C1

C1

• Pressure Required: 80-100 psi • Maximum Mold Temperature: 285˚F (140˚ C) • Repair kit includes spring and pin.

+.03 +.08

+.03 +.08

m 420 Stainless (1.4034) h 40-44 HRC air poppet catalog number APV-25

B

+.000 -.001

d

b

c

.250

.215

B +.000 -.001

t

l

3/16

.06

.375

± .0002

repair kit catalog number APVR-25

APV-37

.375

.325

9/32

.07

.375

APVR-37

APV-50

.500

.437

3/8

.10

.500

APVR-50

APV-75

.750

.656

9/16

.15

.750

APVR-75

APV-100

1.000

.875

3/4

.20

1.000

APVR-100

APV-150

1.500

1.312

1

.30

1.500

APVR-150

D-13


daters, air valves

online resources

When considering design options, numerous animations can be viewed at procomps.com/animations.

CAD geometry is available online as individual downloads or as part of the CADalog system. The seven formats include: IGES (.igs), ACIS (.sat), STEP (.step), Parasolid (.x_t), Solidworks (.sldasm), NX (.prt) (Re-Use and MoldWizard) and Visi (.wkf).

Industry-leading web store expedites the purchasing process. Go to shop.procomps.com for information and additional resources.

D-14


cooling items section e

Pipe Check

Baffles

Jumper Baffles

Reverse Flow Baffles

Cascade: Nipple Type

Prefix: PC

Prefix: SB, TB

Prefix: JBA

Prefix: RFB

Prefix: NC

Page: E-1

Page: E-2

Page: E-4

Page: E-5

Page: E-6

Cascade: High Flow

Cascade: Rear Load Nipple

Cascade: RL Quick Coupler

Cascade: Hex Key, Compact

Cascade: Quick Coupler

Prefix: HFC

Prefix: RLN

Prefix: RLQC

Prefix: HKC, CC

Prefix: QC

Page: E-7

Page: E-8

Page: E-9

Page: E-10

Page: E-11

Bubbler Base

Inlet Cascade

Metric Tubes: High Flow, Hex

Tubes: High Flow, Hex

Tubes: Piston, Brass

Prefix: BBL

Prefix: CF

Prefix: HFTM, HEXM, EHEXM

Prefix: HFT, HEXT

Prefix: PT, T

Page: E-12

Page: E-13

Page: E-14

Page: E-15

Page: E-16

O-Rings

Pipe Plugs

Extension Plugs

Connector Plugs

Socket Connectors

Prefix: OR

Prefix: BR, ST, SS

Prefix: Numeral

Prefix: Numeral

Prefix: SC

Page: E-17

Page: E-20

Page: E-21

Page: E-24

Page: E-25

Connector Plugs: Keyed

Socket Connectors: Keyed

Safety Clips

Adjustable Hex Nipples

Hex Key Extension Pipes

Prefix: Numeral, Suffix: -K

Prefix: SC, Suffix: -K

Prefix: SC

Prefix: APN

Prefix: HKEPN

Page: E-26

Page: E-27

Page: E-27

Page: E-28

Page: E-28

Elbows: Hex Key

Pipe Nipples

Push-Lok Hose

Plugs: Water Blockers

Plugs: Threadless

Prefix: HK, HKEE, HKL

Prefix: BPN, GPN

Prefix: WJH

Prefix: WB

Prefix: TWP, TAP, TDP

Page: E-29

Page: E-30

Page: E-30

Page: E-31

Page: E-32

Diverting Rods & Plugs

Water Jumpers

Water Jumpers: Swivel

Elbows: Hex, Extension

Hose Barbs & Splicers

Prefix: D, DR

Prefix: WJ

Prefix: WJ

Prefix: HELS, HELB

Prefix: MB, FB, HS

Page: E-33

Page: E-34

Page: E-35

Page: E-36

Page: E-37

E

Cover Plugs, Clamps & Tape

Tees & Elbows

Reducers & Couplings

Prefix: Numeral

Prefix: CP, HC, TT

Prefix: T, MT, ELS, EL, ELA

Prefix: RB, MR, C, HN

Page: E-38

Page: E-39

Page: E-40

Page: E-41

COOLING ITEMS

Combination Hose Inserts



pipe thread data The table below lists standard pipe sizes along with the actual O.D. and I.D. for each size. The nominal size of any pipe does not in fact refer to either the outside diameter (O.D.) or the inside diameter (I.D.) of the pipe. Actual size drawings of pipes from 1/16” to 3/4” are shown below. Note: Nominal Pipe Size, Pipe Size, and Pipe Tap Size all refer to an NPT thread.

1/16 NPT

1/8 NPT

1/4 NPT

3/8 NPT

1/2 NPT

e

Pipe Size

Threads Per Inch

Outside Diameter of Pipe

Inside Diameter of Pipe

Tap Drill Size Without Ream

Tap Drill Size With Ream

Thread Engagement

1/16 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2

27 27 18 18 14 14 11-1/2 11-1/2 11-1/2 11-1/2

.312 .405 .540 .675 .840 1.050 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375

.209 .269 .364 .493 .622 .824 1.049 1.380 1.610 2.067

1/4 11/32 7/16 9/16 45/64 29/32 1-9/64 1-31/64 1-23/32 2-3/16

15/64 21/64 27/64 9/16 11/16 57/64 1-1/8 1-15/32 1-45/64 2-11/64

.250 .250 .300 .300 .420 .545 .661 .681 .681 .697

3/4 NPT

E

The Thread Engagement column (“E”) can be used to determine the length of the component required to properly assemble when fully tightened. The drawing above illustrates this measurement.

pipe check m Hard anodized aluminum catalog number

description

PC-100

Pipe Thread Check

special cooling products Progressive Components can provide special length items, such as Tubes, Extension Plugs, and Adjustable Pipe Nipples by contacting Customer Service with your product code and the length required. In addition, custom bubblers, tubes, or blades can be manufactured according to your specifications. Contact Engineering for an application review by sending your prints or design to tech@procomps.com. Templates for Extension Plugs and Tube configurations are located in section X.

E-1


cooling items

L

P

B

baffles npt series

Progressive Baffles feature patented XT Extra torque technology. A deeper socket and keyed design provide 3 times the torque over brazed baffles of the past.

L

L

P

B

P

B

S

Straight m Brass catalog number SB06L4 SB06L8 SB06L12 SB12L4 SB12L8 SB12L12 SB25L5 SB25L10 SB25L15 SB37L6 SB37L12 SB37L18 SB50L8 SB50L16 SB75L12 SB75L20 SB100L16 SB100L24 SB125L16 SB125L24

Turbo CAD insertion point m Brass

p

l

Plug Size (NPT)

Overall Length

1/16-27 1/16-27 1/16-27 1/8-27 1/8-27 1/8-27 1/4-18 1/4-18 1/4-18 3/8-18 3/8-18 3/8-18 1/2-14 1/2-14 3/4-14 3/4-14 1-11 1/2 1-11 1/2 1 1/4-11 1/2 1 1/4-11 1/2

4 8 12 4 8 12 5 10 15 6 12 18 8 16 12 20 16 24 16 24

b

L

B

Blade Width

Blade Thickness

-.005 -.010

.057 .057 .057 .057 .057 .057 S .085 .085 .085 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093

.250 .250 .250 .312 .312 .312 .437 .437 .437 .562 .562 .562 .687 .687 .937 .937 1.125 1.125 1.484 1.484

P

catalog number TB06L4 TB06L8 TB06L12 TB12L4 TB12L8 TB12L12 TB25L5 TB25L10 TB25L15 TB37L6 TB37L12 TB37L18 TB50L8 TB50L16 TB75L12 TB75L20 TB100L16 TB100L24 TB125L16 TB125L24

CAD insertion point Overall Length

Straight Length

b

Blade Width

Plug Size (NPT)

p

l

s

Blade Thickness

-.005 -.010

1/16-27 1/16-27 1/16-27 1/8-27 1/8-27 1/8-27 1/4-18 1/4-18 1/4-18 3/8-18 3/8-18 3/8-18 1/2-14 1/2-14 3/4-14 3/4-14 1-11 1/2 1-11 1/2 1 1/4-11 1/2 1 1/4-11 1/2

4 8 12 4 8 12 5 10 15 6 12 18 8 16 12 20 16 24 16 24

2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 6 3 5 4 6 5 8 5 8

.057 .057 .057 .057 .057 .057 .085 .085 .085 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093

.250 .250 .250 .312 .312 .312 .437 .437 .437 .562 .562 .562 .687 .687 .937 .937 1.125 1.125 1.484 1.484

blade material catalog number BM06 BM12 BM25 BM25-B BM37 BM50 BM75 BM75-B BM100 BM125

E-2

b

Blade Width

Blade Thickness

-.005 -.010

.057 .057 .085 .085 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093 .093

.250 .312 .437 .421 .562 .687 .937 .906 1.125 1.484

Alternative configurations and materials available: • Straight Baffle Blade Material: Order according to the chart at left. Material is sold in 36” lengths, and other lengths can be provided upon request. • For Baffles with brass blades and stainless steel pipe plugs, add an “-SS” to the end of the catalog number. Ex. SB25L5-SS or TB75L12-SS. Call for pricing on 1-1/4 baffles with stainless steel pipe plugs. • Baffles can be ordered cut to any length, in any quantity. To order, specify the prefix and plug size and the required length. For Turbo Baffles, the closest straight length (S) is used, but can be provided to a different length, upon request. Ex. SB25L6.25 or TB37L5.75-SS (with a 2” “S” dimension) • BSPT plug baffles are sold separately on page E-3.

US Pat. #7,159,837 CN Pat. #ZL200480020696.9


L P

B

baffles

bspt series Progressive Baffles feature patented XT Extra torque technology. A deeper socket and keyed design provide 3 times the torque over brazed baffles of the past. • End of baffle has a ring for identification.

L

L

P

P

B

B

S

Straight

Turbo

m Brass catalog number

CAD insertion point

p

Ll

b

Blade

Overall Length

SB12L4-BSP

1/8-28

4

.057

.312

SB12L8-BSP

1/8-28

8

.057

.312

SB12L12-BSP

1/8-28

12

.057

.312

SB25L5-BSP

1/4-19

SB25L10-BSP

1/4-19

SB25L15-BSP

1/4-19

15

SB37L6-BSP

3/8-19

6

SB37L12-BSP

3/8-19

12

SB37L18-BSP

3/8-19

SB50L8-BSP

1/2-14

SB50L16-BSP

1/2-14

B

Blade Thickness

P Width

Plug Size (BSPT)

-.005 -.010

m Brass catalog number

CAD insertion point

p

l

s

Straight Length

b

Blade Thickness

Blade Width

Plug Size (BSPT)

Overall Length

TB12L4-BSP

1/8-28

4

2

.057

.312

TB12L8-BSP

1/8-28

8

4

.057

.312

TB12L12-BSP

1/8-28

12

6

.057

.312

-.005 -.010

5

S .085

.421

TB25L5-BSP

1/4-19

5

2

.085

.421

10

.085

.421

TB25L10-BSP

1/4-19

10

4

.085

.421

.085

.421

TB25L15-BSP

1/4-19

15

6

.085

.421

.093

.562

TB37L6-BSP

3/8-19

6

2

.093

.562

.093

.562

TB37L12-BSP

3/8-19

12

4

.093

.562

18

.093

.562

TB37L18-BSP

3/8-19

18

6

.093

.562

8

.093

.687

TB50L8-BSP

1/2-14

8

3

.093

.687

16

.093

.687

TB50L16-BSP

1/2-14

16

5

.093

.687

SB75L12-BSP

3/4-14

12

.093

.906

TB75L12-BSP

3/4-14

12

4

.093

.906

SB75L20-BSP

3/4-14

20

.093

.906

TB75L20-BSP

3/4-14

20

6

.093

.906

SB100L16-BSP

1-11

16

.093

1.125

TB100L16-BSP

1-11

16

5

.093

1.125

SB100L24-BSP

1-11

24

.093

1.125

TB100L24-BSP

1-11

24

8

.093

1.125

Alternative configurations and materials available: • For Baffles with brass blades and stainless steel pipe plugs, add an “-SS” to the end of the catalog number and contact Customer Service for pricing. Ex. SB25L5-BSP-SS or TB75L12-BSP-SS • Baffles can be ordered cut to any length, in any quantity. To order, specify the prefix and plug size and the required length. For Turbo Baffles, the closest straight length (S) is used, but can be provided to a different length, upon request. Ex. SB25L6.25-BSP or TB37L5.75-BSP-SS (with a 2” “S” dimension) • Straight Baffle Material is available on page E-2.

US Pat. #7,159,837 CN Pat. #ZL200480020696.9

E-3


cooling items

jumper baffles Jumper Baffles enable water routing via interconnected baffles. • Allows for flow to turn corners and reach angles within a single circuit. • Simplifies design and machining of a complex circuit, reducing the number of feedlines required.

P

W

Standard Straight Baffle

C Jumper Baffle

OAL L OUT

S

IN

F

B IN

m Brass catalog number JBA12 JBA25 JBA37 JBA50 JBA75

OUT

CAD insertion point

p

b

1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4

.06 .06 .06 .06 .09

Pipe Plug Size (NPT)

w

l

oal

s

c

f

.312 .437 .562 .687 .937

.66 .90 .90 1.06 1.09

12.50 12.63 12.63 12.75 12.75

.50 .63 .63 .75 .75

.242 .352 .477 .602 .852

.25 .30 .43 .52 .70

-.005 -.010

Note: Each assembly includes a Jumper Blade, a Jumper Plug, two (2) Set Screws and a Pipe Plug.

Set Screw Size #4-40 x 3/32” #6-32 x 1/8” #10-32 x 1/8" #10-32 x 3/16" #10-32 x 3/16"

NPT Thread for Pipe Plug

Installation Guidelines: 1. Install the Jumper Blade so its shoulder rests against the intersection of the Straight Baffle and mark this location. 2. Calculate the distance from this marked location by adding the S dimension of the Jumper Plug to the distance that the plug will be recessed into the insert. Cut the Jumper Blade to this length. 3. Attach the Jumper Blade to the Jumper Plug using the two set screws. 4. Install the assembly into the waterline until it rests against the Straight Baffle. Then, insert the Pipe Plug until it is secured against the Jumper Plug.

Mark Location

S+ Plug Recess

Marked Location Plug Recess

Cut Location

S

For application assistance, contact tech@procomps.com.

Pipe Plug

E-4

Jumper Plug

Jumper Blade

Intersecting Straight Baffle


reverse flow baffles Reverse Flow Baffles enables the feed line to a baffle to be located opposite the plug end of the baffle to avoid interfering with bushing holes, return pin holes, etc. • Provides an alternative to circuits with long cross plate gun drilled lines and placement of in-line diverters, simplifying design, machining, and waterline cleaning.

OAL W

SW Set Screw

SL

S

C

P

B

E

m Brass catalog number RFB06L8 RFB12L8

CAD insertion point

p

oal

b

1/16 1/8

8.16 8.23

.057 .057

Pipe Plug Size (NPT)

(REF)

w

s

sl

sw

c

e

.250 .312

.44 .44

.18 .22

.13 .16

.38 .50

.16 .23

-.005 -.010

Set Screw Size (2) #4-40 x 3/32" #4-40 x 3/32"

RFB25L10

1/4

10.25

.085

.437

.62

.35

.19

.62

.25

#8-32 x 1/8"

RFB37L12

3/8

12.28

.093

.562

.62

.41

.28

.75

.28

#10-32 x 3/16"

RFB50L16

1/2

16.28

.093

.687

.75

.50

.31

.75

.28

1/4-20 x 3/16"

RFB75L20

3/4

20.38

.093

.937

.75

.77

.44

.87

.38

1/4-20 x 3/8"

RFB100L24 RFB125L24

1 1-1/4

24.38 24.50

.093 .093

1.125 1.484

.87 1.35

1.00 1.22

.50 .50

.87 1.00

.38 .50

1/4-20 x 3/8" 1/4-20 x 1/2"

Installation Guidelines: 1. Install the Reverse Flow Baffle into the waterline and measure the distance the Baffle extends out of the plate, “M” as shown below. 2. Remove the Reverse Flow Plug and cut the measured length from the end of the Baffle including any recess required. 3. Re-attach the Reverse Flow Plug to the Baffle using the two set screws. 4. Install the assembly into the water line, ensuring a tight seal and proper orientation. M

OUT

IN

Thru Slot Baffle

Reverse Flow Plug

M+

Baffle Recess

Cut Location

E-5


cooling items

cascades nipple type

L E

C

M

T H

P (3)

12" Long Brass Tube

A

X

m Head: Brass, Tube: Brass, 2” Long Pipe Nipple: Stainless Steel

m

p

h

e

c

.75

.21

.50

.28

.937

#10-32

T187L12

.90

.87

.32

.68

.28

1.343

#10-32

T187L12

1.06

NCH1818

.32

1.00

.28

1.656

#10-32

T187L12

1.18

NCH18181

Pipe NPT

In/Out NPT

NC1816

1/8

1/16

NC1818

1/8

1/8

NC18181

1/8

1/8

.87

catalog number

Hex Size

a

CAD insertion point

l

t

Brass Tube Catalog # (Included)

x

Tube End

head only catalog number NCH1816

NC1418

1/4

1/8

1.00

.32

.68

.21

1.343

1/4-28

T250L12

1.05

NCH1418

NC1414

1/4

1/4

1.00

.32

.68

.21

1.343

1/4-28

T250L12

1.80

NCH1414

NC14181

1/4

1/8

1.00

.32

1.00

.43

1.656

1/4-28

T250L12

1.44

NCH14181

NC14141

1/4

1/4

1.00

.32

1.00

.43

1.656

1/4-28

T250L12

1.44

NCH14141

NC3818

3/8

1/8

1.00

.34

1.00

.40

1.687

5/16-24

T312L12

1.44

NCH3818

NC3814

3/8

1/4

1.00

.34

1.00

.40

1.687

5/16-24

T312L12

1.44

NCH3814

NC1214

1/2

1/4

1.25

.40

1.00

.56

1.812

7/16-20

T437L12

1.80

NCH1214

NC3438

3/4

3/8

1.50

.50

1.25

.75

2.250

5/8-18

T625L12

2.20

NCH3438

Brass pipe plug included.

Alternative configurations and materials available: • Cascade Heads are available with thread sizes to accept High Flow Tubes. To order, specify -HFT at the end of the catalog number for Cascade assemblies or for Heads only. Ex. NC1818-HFT or NCH1818-HFT (Note: NC3438 is not available with the High Flow Tube option). • Cascade heads are available manufactured from steel. To order, add an “S” to the end of the catalog number for Cascade assemblies or for Heads only. Ex. NC1818S or NCH1818S • These Cascades can also be used with Adjustable Hex Nipples instead of Pipe Nipples. Refer to page E-28 for available sizes and lengths. • For complete Tube specifications, refer to page E-16.

E-6


cascades

high flow

High Flow Cascades provide 35-65% higher flow rates than standard Nipple Type Cascades. The offset design provides more sealing threads without pipe interference.

P X

M O H

12" Long High Flow Tube

C

T

E

L

m Head: Brass, Tube: Stainless Steel, 2” Long Pipe Nipple: Stainless Steel Pipe NPT

In/Out NPT

Hex Size

Offset

o

e

c

HFC1616

1/16

1/16

.62

.094

.25

.50

HFC1818

1/8

1/8

.75

.094

.31

.68

catalog number

m

p

h

CAD insertion point

l

t

Tube End

x

head only catalog number

HFT125L12

.88

HFH1616

HFT187L12

1.14

HFH1818

Tube Thread

High Flow Tube Catalog # (Included)

1.25

#10-32

1.62

1/4-28

HFC18181

1/8

1/8

.75

.094

.31

1.00

1.93

1/4-28

HFT187L12

1.15

HFH18181

HFC1414

1/4

1/4

1.00

.156

.34

.68

1.87

5/16-24

HFT250L12

1.30

HFH1414

HFC14141

1/4

1/4

1.00

.156

.34

1.00

2.18

5/16-24

HFT250L12

1.55

HFH14141

HFC3814

3/8

1/4

1.12

.125

.34

1.00

2.25

7/16-20

HFT375L12

1.64

HFH3814

HFC1214

1/2

1/4

1.37

.125

.37

1.00

2.37

1/2-20

HFT437L12

1.77

HFH1214

Alternative configurations and materials available: • For High Flow Cascade assemblies with a steel head, add an “S” to the end of the catalog number. Ex. HFC1616S or HFC3814S • For High Flow Cascade Heads manufactured out of steel, add an “S” to the end of the head catalog number. Ex. HFH1414S or HFH1616S • High Flow Cascades can also be used with Adjustable Hex Nipples instead of Stainless Nipples. Refer to page E-24 for available sizes and lengths. • For complete High Flow Tube specifications, refer to page E-15.

E-7


cooling items

cascades

rear loading nipple Progressive’s Rear Loading Nipple type cascade provides the following benefits: • Allows easy access to the High Flow Tube. • Positive adjustment of inner tube at assembly. • High flow design for maximum cooling rates.

L E

C M

Install tube from this end (M)

H

A

T

P (3)

12” Stainless High Flow Piston Tube

X

m Head: Brass, Tube & Pipe Nipple: Stainless Steel, 2” Long Pipe Nipple: Stainless Steel catalog number

Pipe NPT

m

In/Out NPT

p

Hex Size

h

e

c

a

l

RLNC1618

1/8

1/16

3/4

.500

5/8

9/32

RLNC1818

1/8

1/8

7/8

.609

11/16

RLNC18181

1/8

1/8

7/8

.609

1

CAD insertion point

Piston Tube Catalog # (Included)

Tube Thread

t

Tube End

x

head only catalog number

1.625

PT06-187L12

1/16

.93

RLCNH1618

9/32

1.960

PT06-187L12

1/16

1.08

RLCNH1818

9/32

2.218

PT06-187L12

1/16

1.39

RLCNH18181

RLNC1414

1/4

1/4

1

.781

1

7/16

2.562

PT12-250L12

1/8

1.44

RLCNH1414

RLNC1438

3/8

1/4

1

.781

1

7/16

2.562

PT25-312L12

1/4

1.50

RLCNH1438

Includes 12” long Piston Tube, 2” long Stainless Pipe Nipple.

Alternative configurations and materials available: • For Cascade assemblies with a steel head, add an “S” to the end of the catalog number. Ex. RLNC1618S or RLNC18181S • For Cascade Heads manufactured out of steel, add an “S” to the end of the head catalog number. Ex. RLCNH1618S or RLCNH18181S • For complete Piston Tube specifications and longer lengths, refer to page E-16.

E-8


cascades

rear load quick coupler Progressive’s Rear Load Quick Coupler type cascade provides the following benefits: • Allows access to the inner cooling tube without removing the cascade assembly. • Can be installed and removed without disconnecting cooling lines. • Easy adjustment of inner tube at assembly. • High flow design provides maximum cooling rates.

X Y

P (3)

H

12" Long High Flow Piston Tube

T

Install tube from this end (M)

D A

C

K

Connector (sold separately)

L

m Head: Brass, Tube: Stainless Steel, Seals: Viton

CAD insertion point

catalog number

Connector Series

Plug Size NPT

In/Out NPT

p

c

a

h

d

RLQC1814

200

1/8

1/8

11/16

31/32

13/16

7/8

RLQC1815

200

1/8

1/8

1

31/32

13/16

7/8

RLQC1418

300

1/8

1/4

1

1-5/32

1

1-1/8

RLQC1422

500

1/2

1/4

1-1/4

1-3/8

1-1/4

RLQC3822

500

1/2

3/8

1-1/4

1-3/8

1-1/4

m

l

Piston Tube Catalog # (Included)

Tube Thread

t

Tube End

x

Connector End

y

head only catalog number

2.187

PT06-187L12

1/16

1.45

.370

RLQCH1814

2.500

PT06-187L12

1/16

1.54

.370

RLQCH1815

2.937

PT12-250L12

1/8

1.89

.590

RLQCH1418

1-3/8

3.687

PT37-437L12

3/8

2.25

.730

RLQCH1422

1-3/8

3.687

PT37-437L12

3/8

2.25

.730

RLQCH3822

Includes 12” long Piston Tube.

k

catalog number

Connector

RLQC1814 RLQC1815

251

.32

252

.43

RLQC1418

RLQC1422 RLQC3822

Min.

253

.49

351*

.34

352

.42

353

.45

354

.57

553**

.55

554

.54

556

.57

Alternative configurations and materials available: • For Cascade assemblies with a steel head, add an “S” to the end of the catalog number. Ex. RLQC1814S or RLQC1418S • For Cascade Heads manufactured out of steel, add an “S” to the end of the head catalog number. Ex. RLQCH1814S or RLQCH1418S • For complete Piston Tube specifications and longer lengths, refer to page E-16.

* Uses High Flow Tube PT12-187 ** Uses High Flow Tube PT37-375

E-9


cooling items

cascades hex key

X

M

12" Long High Flow Tube

A

T

P

Hex Key Size

C L

OD

m Head: Brass, Tube: Stainless Steel, 2” Long Pipe Nipple: Stainless Steel. Note: HKC1616 includes a Brass Pipe Nipple

m

p

l

c

a

1/16

1/16

1.625

.56

.50

5/16

1/8

1/16

1.687

.56

.56

3/8

HKC1818

1/8

1/8

1.875

.68

.56

3/8

HKC18181

1/8

1/8

2.187

1.00

.56

HKC1418

1/4

1/8

2.187

.68

HKC14181

1/4

1/8

2.500

HKC1414

1/4

1/4

2.312

HKC14141

1/4

1/4

2.625

HKC3814

3/8

1/4

2.625

1.00

.87

1/2

.985

HFT312L12

HKC1214

1/2

1/4

2.812

1.00

1.00

1/2

1.235

HFT375L12

catalog number

Pipe NPT

HKC1616 HKC1816

In/Out NPT

od

t

Nominal Clearance Drill

x

High Flow Tube Catalog # (Included)

Tube Thread

.610

HFT125L12

#10-32

.735

HFT187L12

1/4-28

.860

HFT187L12

1/4-28

7/8

1.00

HKCH1818

3/8

.860

HFT187L12

1/4-28

7/8

1.20

HKCH18181

.81

1/2

.985

HFT250L12

5/16-24

1

1.32

HKCH1418

1.00

.81

1/2

.985

HFT250L12

5/16-24

1

1.38

HKCH14181

.68

.87

1/2

.985

HFT250L12

5/16-24

1

1.33

HKCH1414

1.00

.87

1/2

.985

HFT250L12

5/16-24

1

1.48

HKCH14141

3/8-24

1

1.56

HKCH3814

7/16-20

1-1/4

1.73

HKCH1214

Hex Key Size

Tube End

head only catalog number

5/8

.89

HKCH1616

3/4

.98

HKCH1816

CAD insertion point

compact

L X E

M

C P

H 12" Long High Flow Tube

T

A

B m Head: Brass, Tube: Stainless Steel, 2” Long Pipe Nipple: Stainless Steel catalog number

m

p

h

Pipe NPT

In/Out NPT

Hex Size

CC1816

1/8

1/16

.93

CC1418

1/4

1/8

1.25

a

b

c

e

l

.21

.437

.50

.625

1.00

.31

.625

.68

.750

1.25

High Flow Tube Catalog # (Included)

t

x

head only catalog number

Tube Thread

Tube End

HFT187L12

1/4-28

.60

CCH1816

HFT250L12

5/16-24

.82

CCH1418

CC1414

1/4

1/4

1.50

.37

.750

.75

.875

1.50

HFT250L12

5/16-24

.90

CCH1414

CC3814

3/8

1/4

1.50

.37

.750

.75

1.000

1.50

HFT312L12

3/8-24

.92

CCH3814

CC1214

1/2

1/4

1.75

.37

.750

1.0

1.187

1.75

HFT375L12

7/16-20

1.13

CCH1214

CC3438

3/4

3/8

2

.437

.875

1.125

1.375

1.875

HFT500L12

9/16-18

1.21

CCH3438

Alternative configurations and materials available:

CAD insertion point

• For Compact Cascade assemblies with a steel head, add an “S” to the end of the catalog number. Ex. CC3814S • For Compact Cascade Heads manufactured out of steel, add an “S” to the end of the head catalog number. Ex. CCH1418S • Both the Hex Key and Compact Cascades can also be used with Adjustable Hex Nipples instead of Stainless Nipples. Refer to page E-28 for available sizes and lengths. • For complete High Flow Tube specifications, refer to page E-15.

E-10


cascades

quick coupler

12" Long High Flow Tube

Connector (sold separately)

X

P (3)

T

H D A

C

K

L

m Cascade Head: Brass, Tube: Stainless Steel, Seals: Viton catalog number

Connector Series

p

Pipe Tap Size NPT

CAD insertion point

c

a

h

d

l

High Flow Tube Catalog # (Included)

t

Tube Thread

x

Tube End

head only catalog number

QC1819

200

1/8

.687

.968

.812

.875

1.937

HFT187L12

1/4-28

1.45

QCH1819

QC1822

200

1/8

1.000

.968

.812

.875

2.250

HFT187L12

1/4-28

1.54

QCH1822

QC1421

300

1/4

.687

1.156

1.000

1.125

2.187

HFT250L12

5/16-24

1.63

QCH1421

QC1425

300

1/4

1.000

1.156

1.000

1.125

2.500

HFT250L12

5/16-24

1.70

QCH1425

QC1431

500

1/4

1.250

1.375

1.250

1.375

3.125

HFT437L12

1/2-20

2.20

QCH1431

QC3831

500

3/8

1.250

1.375

1.250

1.375

3.125

HFT437L12

1/2-20

2.20

QCH3831

Longer High Flow Tubes and complete tube specifications can be found on page E-15.

k

catalog number

Connector

QC1819 QC1822

251

.32

252

.43

QC1421 QC1425

QC1431 QC3831

Min.

253

.49

351*

.34

352

.42

353

.45

354

.57

553**

.55

554

.54

556

.57

* Uses High Flow Tube HFTJ187. ** Uses High Flow Tube HFTJ375.

E-11


cooling items

bubbler base™ L H

P

S

D Drainage Slots (3)

C

m Brass with Viton O-Ring catalog number

d

l

c

k

s

h

K

t

Stop for High Flow Tube

T CAD insertion point

p

Tube Thread

Pipe Thread for Removal

Compatible High Flow Tube

Compatible Hex Series Tube

BBL05

.374

.750

.35

.19

.160

.45

#5-44

#10-32

HFT078 / HFT094

HEXT078 / HEXT094

BBL10

.436

1.000

.55

.23

.190

.61

#10-32

1/4-28

HFTJ078 / HFT125

HEXTJ094 / HEXT125

BBL25

.560

1.250

.72

.27

.255

.72

1/4-28

1/16-27 NPT

HFTJ125 / HFT187

HEXTJ125 / HEXT187

BBL31

.748

1.500

.98

.27

.285

.92

5/16-24

1/8-27 NPT

HFTJ187 / HFT250

HEXTJ187 / HEXT250

High Flow Tubes and Hex Series Tubes are sold separately on page E-15.

Features: • The Bubbler Base allows for positive positioning of cooling tubes over previous methods. • The compact design enables minimal center-to-center pin locations. • Each Bubbler Base includes the O-Ring, to ensure a positive seal within the core pin. • Compatible with either High Flow Tubes or Hex Series Tubes. • Maximum temperature: 400˚F (200˚ C) Standard High Flow or Hex Series High Flow Tube

Standard High Flow or Hex Series High Utilize the largest diameter tube possible, and match the Flow Tube

Application Guidelines: •

inlet diameter’s area. • Core pin diameter head should be large enough to incorporate a standard O-ring to seal around the tube. • Water line location can be anywhere within the relief channel. • To remove the Bubbler Base/Tube without damage, slip a pipe Break all nipple around the tube that matches the “P” thread size, and lead-in fasten into the base as shown. corners • Easy removal by hand, or by wrench on pipe nipple (P). for O-Ring • Quantity of Bubbler Bases and Tubes in line is dependent upon the mold design application and waterline calculations. .03 ForChamfer assistance in determining the optimal waterline circuit, please contact Engineering at tech@procomps.com. +.001 L -.000

P Break all lead-in corners for O-Ring

.03 Chamfer

L

+.001 -.000

Drain Channel

D IN

Drain Channel

+.002 -.000

D IN

Application

E-12

Feed (In)

+.002 -.000

Maintenance/Removal

Drain (Out)

US Patent No. 9,248,597


T

T

M

Inlet Cascade Fitting

High Flow Tube

inlet cascade™

cascade tube fitting

Connector Plug

B

Installation Guidelines:

688

.688

N

C P

M

H

BT

.03

F +.20 -.00

H Connector Plug

P M

.12

Inlet Cascade Fitting

High Flow Tube

D

D

.12

m 303 Stainless Steel h 18-22 HRC Cm

NPT

Tube Thread

t

n

CF25

1/4

1/8

5/16-24

CF37

3/8

1/4

3/8-24

CF50

1/2

3/8

7/16-20

Previous Method:

p

CAD insertion point

Waterline NPT

catalog number

.03

F +.20 -.00

h

d

f

Hex

Hex Clearance

Hex C’Bore

Compatible High Flow Tube

.33

.56

1.00

.430

.24

.68

1.12

.430

.24

.87

1.50

.330

Connector Plug

b

Diameter

Recommended Connector Plug

HFT250

7/16

5/16

251, 351

HFT312

9/16

7/16

352

HFT375

11/16

9/16

553

Inlet Cascade Method: High Flow Tube

Baffle

Connector Plug

c

Diameter

Inlet Cascade Fitting

Connector Plug

B

Baffle

C

Slide Application: High Flow Tube

The Inlet Cascade Fitting can be used when waterline space is limited, such as under a runner and between ejector pins or to provide a water circuit in a slide. The Inlet Cascade Fitting attaches to standard tubes and Extension or Connector Plugs, eliminating the machining required for an extra “in” line to achieve consistent cooling.

Extension High Flow Plug Tube Connector Plug

Baffle

Extension Plug

E-13


cooling items

high flow tubes

450mm

metric

S T

H

m Stainless Steel catalog number

Tubes can be ordered cut to a specific length or provided in longer lengths. To order, replace the length on any given catalog number with the desired length: HFTM79L200

CAD insertion point Tube O.D.

t

Tube I.D.

Thread

s

h

Shoulder Length

Thread Length

4

HFTM18L450

1.8

1.5

M4 x .7

5

HFTM23L450

2.3

1.9

M5 x .8

6

5

HFTM32L450

3.2

2.8

M6 x 1.0

7

6

HFTM48L450

4.8

4.2

M8 x 1.25

10

8

HFTM64L450

6.4

5.8

M10 x 1.5

12

10

HFTM79L450

7.9

7.3

M12 x 1.75

14

12

hex series tubes

450mm

metric

S D Wrench Size

T

H

m Stainless Steel catalog number

Metric Hex Series Tubes can be utilized in applications where installation is required from the back. Tubes can be ordered cut to a specific length or provided in longer lengths. To order, replace the length on any given catalog number with the desired length: HEXM79L200

CAD insertion point Tube O.D.

t

Tube I.D.

s

Thread

Shoulder Length

d

h

Diameter

Head Height

Wrench Size

HEXM18L450

1.8

1.5

M4 x .7

8

5

4

3

HEXM23L450

2.3

1.9

M5 x .8

10

6

5

4

HEXM32L450

3.2

2.8

M6 x 1.0

12

8

6

5

HEXM48L450

4.8

4.2

M8 x 1.25

16

10

8

6

HEXM64L450

6.4

5.8

M10 x 1.5

16

12

8

6

HEXM79L450

7.9

7.3

M12 x 1.75

16

14

8

8

external hex series tubes

450mm

metric

S T Hex Size

H

m Stainless Steel catalog number

Metric External Hex Tubes can be utilized in applications where connectivity to other cooling fittings is necessary. Tubes can be ordered cut to a specific length or provided in longer lengths. To order, replace the length on any given catalog number with the desired length: EHEXM79L200

E-14

CAD insertion point Tube O.D.

Tube I.D.

t

Thread

s

h

Shoulder Length

Thread Length

Hex Size 6

EHEXM18L450

1.8

1.5

M4 x .7

7

4

EHEXM23L450

2.3

1.9

M5 x .8

9

5

7

EHEXM32L450

3.2

2.8

M6 x 1.0

10

6

8

EHEXM48L450

4.8

4.2

M8 x 1.25

12

8

10

EHEXM64L450

6.4

5.8

M10 x 1.5

15

10

13

EHEXM79L450

7.9

7.3

M12 x 1.75

18

12

15


high flow tubes

Length

S

H

m Stainless Steel Tube O.D.X

Tube I.D.

.072

.060

X

.090

.076

.125

.109

.187

.167

.250X

.230

.312

.288

X

X

.365

.340

.427

.397

.500

.444

X

X

CAD insertion point

h

s

Thread Size

Thread Length

Shoulder Length

12” Length

18” Length

24” Length

36” Length

#5-44 #10-32 #5-44 #10-32 #10-32 1/4-28 1/4-28 5/16-24 5/16-24 3/8-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 7/16-20 1/2-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 9/16-18 5/8-18

.125 .156 .125 .156 .156 .203 .203 .235 .235 .296 .296 .359 .359 .421 .421 .421 .421 .421

.140 .203 .140 .203 .203 .255 .255 .290 .290 .359 .359 .437 .437 .500 .500 .500 .531 .531

HFT078L12 HFTJ078L12 HFT094L12 HFTJ094L12 HFT125L12 HFTJ125L12 HFT187L12 HFTJ187L12 HFT250L12 HFTJ250L12 HFT312L12 HFTJ312L12 HFT375L12 HFTJ375L12 HFT437L12 HFTJ437L12 HFT500L12 HFTJ500L12

HFT078L18 HFTJ078L18 HFT094L18 HFTJ094L18 HFT125L18 HFTJ125L18 HFT187L18 HFTJ187L18 HFT250L18 HFTJ250L18 HFT312L18 HFTJ312L18 HFT375L18 HFTJ375L18 HFT437L18 HFTJ437L18 HFT500L18 HFTJ500L18

HFT078L24 HFTJ078L24 HFT094L24 HFTJ094L24 HFT125L24 HFTJ125L24 HFT187L24 HFTJ187L24 HFT250L24 HFTJ250L24 HFT312L24 HFTJ312L24 HFT375L24 HFTJ375L24 HFT437L24 HFTJ437L24 HFT500L24 HFTJ500L24

HFT078L36 HFTJ078L36 HFT094L36 HFTJ094L36 HFT125L36 HFTJ125L36 HFT187L36 HFTJ187L36 HFT250L36 HFTJ250L36 HFT312L36 HFTJ312L36 HFT375L36 HFTJ375L36 HFT437L36 HFTJ437L36 HFT500L36 HFTJ500L36

High Flow tubes are for use with High Flow Cascade Heads, Compact Cascade Heads, Quick Coupling Cascade Heads and Hex Key Cascade Heads. Tubes can be ordered cut to a specific length or provided in longer lengths. To order, replace the length on any given catalog number with the desired length. Ex. HFT125L14.5

For special High Flow Tube configurations and design guidelines, refer to the templates in section X.

hex series tubes

X

Length

S D Wrench Size

m Stainless Steel Tube O.D.

Tube I.D.

.072

.060

.090

.076

.125

.109

.187

.167

.250

.230

.312

.288

T

H

CAD insertion point

t

Thread

Wrench Size

#5-44 #10-32 #5-44 #10-32 #10-32 1/4-28 1/4-28 5/16-24 5/16-24 3/8-24 3/8-24 1/2-20

1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 5/32 5/32 3/16 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16 3/8

s .312 .406 .312 .406 .406 .406 .500 .562 .562 .625 .625 .750

d

h

Diameter

Head Height

12” Length

18” Length

24” Length

36” Length

.182 .245 .182 .245 .245 .307 .307 .370 .370 .495 .495 .620

.156 .187 .156 .187 .187 .250 .250 .281 .281 .312 .312 .375

HEXT078L12 HEXTJ078L12 HEXT094L12 HEXTJ094L12 HEXT125L12 HEXTJ125L12 HEXT187L12 HEXTJ187L12 HEXT250L12 HEXTJ250L12 HEXT312L12 HEXTJ312L12

HEXT078L18 HEXTJ078L18 HEXT094L18 HEXTJ094L18 HEXT125L18 HEXTJ125L18 HEXT187L18 HEXTJ187L18 HEXT250L18 HEXTJ250L18 HEXT312L18 HEXTJ312L18

HEXT078L24 HEXTJ078L24 HEXT094L24 HEXTJ094L24 HEXT125L24 HEXTJ125L24 HEXT187L24 HEXTJ187L24 HEXT250L24 HEXTJ250L24 HEXT312L24 HEXTJ312L24

HEXT078L36 HEXTJ078L36 HEXT094L36 HEXTJ094L36 HEXT125L36 HEXTJ125L36 HEXT187L36 HEXTJ187L36 HEXT250L36 HEXTJ250L36 HEXT312L36 HEXTJ312L36

Hex Series Tubes can be utilized with the Bubbler Bases or in applications where installation in cores is required from the back as they are easily removed with the wrench hex. Tubes can be ordered cut to a specific length or provided in longer lengths. To order, replace the length on any given catalog number with the desired length. Ex. HEXT125L14.5

E-15


L

Modify to suit

cooling items

tubes

piston tubes

m Tube: High Flow Stainless Steel, Pipe Plug: Stainless Steel

p

(NPT)

1/16

1/8

1/4

3/8

1/2

3/4

Tube O.D.

Tube I.D.

12” Length

18” Length

CAD insertion point

24” Length

36” Length

48” Length

.072

.060

PT06-078L12 PT06-078L18 PT06-078L24 PT06-078L36 PT06-078L48

.090

.076

PT06-094L12 PT06-094L18 PT06-094L24 PT06-094L36 PT06-094L48

.109

.095

PT06-109L12

PT06-109L18 PT06-109L24 PT06-109L36 PT06-109L48

.125

.109

PT06-125L12

PT06-125L18

PT06-125L24

PT06-125L36 PT06-125L48

.187

.167

PT06-187L12

PT06-187L18

PT06-187L24

PT06-187L36

PT06-187L48

.125

.109

PT12-125L12

PT12-125L18

PT12-125L24

PT12-125L36

PT12-125L48

.187

.167

PT12-187L12

PT12-187L18

PT12-187L24

PT12-187L36

PT12-187L48

.250

.230

PT12-250L12

PT12-250L18

PT12-250L24

PT12-250L36

PT12-250L48

.187

.167

PT25-187L12

PT25-187L18

PT25-187L24

PT25-187L36

PT25-187L48

.250

.230

PT25-250L12

PT25-250L18 PT25-250L24 PT25-250L36 PT25-250L48

.312

.288

PT25-312L12

PT25-312L18

PT25-312L24

PT25-312L36

.312

.288

PT37-312L12

PT37-312L18

PT37-312L24

PT37-312L36

PT37-312L48

.365

.340

PT37-375L12

PT37-375L18

PT37-375L24

PT37-375L36

PT37-375L48

OUT

P IN

PT25-312L48

.427

.397

PT37-437L12

PT37-437L18

PT37-437L24 PT37-437L36 PT37-437L48

.365

.340

PT50-375L12

PT50-375L18

PT50-375L24 PT50-375L36 PT50-375L48

PT50-437L18 PT50-437L24 PT50-437L36 PT50-437L48

.427

.397

PT50-437L12

.500

.444

PT50-500L12 PT50-500L18 PT50-500L24 PT50-500L36 PT50-500L48 PT75-437L24

L

.427

.397

PT75-437L12

PT75-437L18

.500

.444

PT75-500L12

PT75-500L18 PT75-500L24 PT75-500L36 PT75-500L48

PT75-437L36 PT75-437L48

.625

.569

PT75-625L12

PT75-625L18

PT75-625L24 PT75-625L36 PT75-625L48

Stainless steel Piston Tubes available with Brass Pipe Plug. To order, specify “B” at the end of the catalog numbers. Ex. PT25-250L12B, PT50-437L12B. Also, longer lengths and Piston Tubes cut to length are available. Contact Customer Service for pricing and delivery.

brass tubes m Half-Hard Tempered Brass Tube O.D.

Tube I.D.

.125

.061

.187

.123

Thread Size

Thread Length

12” Length

18” Length

24” Length

36” Length

#5-44

.187

T125L12

T125L18

T125L24

T125L36

#10-32

.187

T187L12

T187L18

T187L24

T187L36 T250L36

.250

.170

1/4-28

.250

T250L12

T250L18

T250L24

.312

.210

5/16-24

.312

T312L12

T312L18

T312L24

T312L36

.375

.273

3/8-24

.375

T375L12

T375L18

T375L24

T375L36

.437

.307

7/16-20

.437

T437L12

T437L18

T437L24

T437L36

.625

.495

5/8-18

.625

T625L12

T625L18

T625L24

T625L36

Brass Tubes are for use with Nipple Type Cascade Heads. To order tubes with both ends threaded, add a “T” to the end of the catalog number. Ex. T125L12T Tubing is available in stainless steel and threaded both ends. To order, specify “-SST” in the catalog number above. Ex. T125L12-SST. (Note: Not available in 5/8 OD.) Longer length tubes or tubes cut to length can be ordered by contacting Customer Service.

E-16


o-rings

Face Seal Dimensions Dash Number

Cross Section

g

l

r

-013 through -025

1/16

.101 to .107

.050 to .054

.005 to .015

-112 through -125

3/32

.136 to .142

.074 to .080

.005 to .015

face seal

Technical Information: • Buna-N temperature range is -20° F to 225 °F (-28°C to 107°C) OD • Viton® temperature range is -0° F to 400°F (-17°C to 204°C)

L

G Drill Line: Face Sealing

Drill Line Diameter

L

G

NPT: Face Sealing

OD R

R L R

Drill Line Diameter drill line diameter Ø.25 (1/4)

Core Ø.312 (5/16) OD Ø.375 (3/8) Ø.421 (27/64)

L

Ø.437 (7/16)

G Ø.500 (7/16)

L

Ø.562R(9/16)

G Ø.687 (11/16) Ø.906 (29/32) Ø.937 (15/16)

Applications:

G

R

OD L catalog number buna-n

viton

OR-013 OR-013-V OR-112 OR-112-V OR-014 OR-014-V OR-113 OR-113-V OR-015 OR-015-V OR-114 OR-114-V OR-016 OR-016-V Core OR-114OD OR-114-V OR-017 OR-017-V OR-115 OR-115-V OR-018 OR-018-V OR-116 OR-116-V OR-019 OR-019-V OR-117 OR-117-V OR-021 OR-021-V OR-119 OR-119-V OR-024 OR-024-V R OR-123 OR-123-V OR-025 OR-025-V OR-124 OR-124-V

od .566 .693 .629 .755 .691 .818 .754 .818 .816 .880 L .879 .943 0.941 1.005 1.066 1.130 1.254 1.380 1.316 1.443

catalog number

npt 1/16

Core 1/8 OD 1/4 3/8 1/2

G

3/4

buna-n

vitonG

OR-015 OR-113 OR-016 OR-114 OR-018 OR-116 OR-020 Core OR-118 OD OR-023 OR-122 OR-026 OR-125

OR-015-V OR-113-V OR-016-V OR-114-V OR-018-V OR-116-V OR-020-V OR-118-V OR-023-V OR-122-V OR-026-V OR-125-V

od .691 OD .755 .754 .818 .879 .943 1.004 1.068 1.191 1.318 1.379 1.505

R L

G R

Shoulder Groove ID Head Groove OD (Inside Pressure)

Shoulder Groove ID Head Groove OD (Inside Pressure)

E-17


L

G

cooling items

o-rings

R

Drill Line Diameter

1/16 cross section nominal L core od core dash +.000 diameter number - .001

core diameter seal

Core OD

L G

R

Core Seal Dimensions Dash Number

Cross Section

g

l

r

-014 through -048

1/16

.093 to .098

.048 to .049

.005 to .015

-114 through -157

3/32

.140 to .145

.079 to .080

.005 to .015

-208 through -247

1/8

.187 to .192

.109 to .110

.005 to .015

Technical Information: • Buna-N temperature range is -20° F to 225 °F (-28°C to 107°C) • Viton® temperature range is -0° F to 400°F (-17°C to 204°C)

To Order: • Buna-N O-Rings: Specify the prefix “OR” before the dash number. Ex. OR-127 or OR-241. • Viton O-Rings: Specify the prefix “OR” before the dash number and “-V” as the suffix. Ex. OR-127-V or OR-241-V. • O-Rings are sold in quantities of 25.

E-18

5/8 11/16 3/4 13/16 7/8 15/16 1 1-1/16 1-1/8 1-3/16 1-1/4 1-5/16 1-3/8 1-7/16 1-1/2 1-9/16 1-5/8 L 1-11/16 1-3/4 1-13/16 1-7/8 1-15/16 2 2-1/16 2-1/8 2-3/16 2-1/4 2-5/16 2-3/8 2-7/16 2-1/2 2-9/16 2-5/8 2-11/16 2-3/4 2-13/16 2-7/8 2-15/16 3 3-1/16 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-7/16 3-5/8 3-11/16 3-3/4 3-7/8 3-15/16 4 4-1/8 4-3/16 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-7/16 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-11/16 4-3/4 4-7/8

-014 0.623 -015 0.685 -016 0.748 -017 0.81 -018 0.873 -019 0.935 -020 0.998 -021 1.06 -022 Core 1.123 -023 OD1.185 -024 1.248 -025 1.31 -026 1.373 -027 1.435 -028 1.498 -029 1.623 G-030 1.748 -031 R 1.873 -032 1.998 -033 2.123 -034 Shoulder 2.248 - Groove ID -035 2.373 HeadGroove OD -036 2.498 (Inside Pressure) -037 2.623 -038 2.748 -039 2.873 -040 2.998 -041 3.123 -042 3.373 -043 3.623 -044 3.873 -045 4.123 -046 4.373 -047 4.623 -048 4.873

3/32 cross

dash number

G-114 -115 -116 -117 -118 -119 -120 -121 -122 -123 -124 -125 -126 -127 -128 -129 -130 -131 -132 -133 -134 -135 -136 -137 -138 -139 -140 -141 -142 -143 -144 -145 -146 -147 -148 -149 -150 -151 -152 -153 -154 -155 -156 -157 -

section core od +.000 - .001

OD 0.81 0.873 0.935 0.998 1.06 1.123 1.185 1.248 1.31 1.373 1.435 1.498 1.56 1.623 1.685 1.748 1.81 1.873 1.935 1.998 2.06 2.123 2.185 2.248 2.31 2.373 2.435 2.498 2.56 2.623 2.685 2.748 2.81 2.873 2.935 2.998 3.06 3.185 3.435 3.685 3.935 4.185 4.435 4.685 -

R

cross section core od dash +.000 number - .001

1/8

-208 -209 -210 -211 -212 -213 -214 -215 -216 -217 -218 -219 -220 -221 -222 -223 -224 -225 -226 -227 -228 -229 -230 -231 -232 -233 -234 -235 -236 -237 -238 -239 -240 -241 -242 -243 -244 -245 -246 -247

-

0.872 0.934 0.997 1.059 1.122 1.184 1.247 1.309 1.372 1.434 1.497 1.559 1.622 1.684 1.747 1.872 1.997 2.122 2.247 2.372 2.497 2.622 2.747 2.872 2.997 3.122 3.247 3.372 3.497 3.622 3.747 3.872 3.997 4.122 4.247 4.372 4.497 4.622 4.747 4.872


OD

o-rings

core face seal

Core OD1 (Max)

Face Seal Dimensions Dash Number

L

Cross Section

Groove Width

g

l

r

.050 to .054

.005 to .015

Design Guidelines:

G

-025 through -046

1/16

.101 to .107

R

-123 through -157

3/32

.136 to .142

.074 to .080

.005 to .015

-217 through -245

1/8

.177 to .187

.101 to .107

.005 to .015

Shoulder Groove ID Core OD2 Head Groove OD

Technical Information: • Buna-N temperature range is -20° F to 225 °F (-28°C to 107°C) • Viton® temperature range is -0° F to 400°F (-17°C to 204°C)

• The Shoulder Groove ID is to be determined by the inner diameter (ID) of the O-Ring and groove width. • The corresponding Head Groove OD is to be determined by the outer diameter (OD) of the O-Ring and groove width.

To Order: • Buna-N O-Rings: Specify the prefix “OR” before the dash number. Ex. OR-127 or OR-241. • Viton O-Rings: Specify the prefix “OR” before the dash number and “-V” as the suffix. Ex. OR-127-V or OR-241-V. • O-Rings are sold in quantities of 25.

1/16 cross section 3/32 cross section 1/8 cross section shoulder head shoulder head shoulder head core core core dash groove od2 dash groove dash groove od2 dash groove dash groove od2 dash groove number id number od number id number od number id number od 1 -025 1.176 1-5/8 -033 2.129 -123 1.174 1-11/16 -136 2.193 -217 1.171 1-3/4 1-1/16 -026 1.239 1-11/16 -033 2.129 -124 1.237 1-3/4 -137 2.256 -218 1.234 1-13/16 -227 2.387 1-1/8 -027 1.301 1-3/4 -034 2.254 -125 1.299 1-13/16 -138 2.318 -219 1.296 1-7/8 1-3/16 -028 1.364 1-13/16 -034 2.254 -126 1.362 1-7/8 -139 2.381 -220 1.359 1-15/16 -228 2.512 1-1/4 1-7/8 -127 1.424 1-15/16 -140 2.443 -221 1.421 2 1-5/16 -029 1.489 1-15/16 -035 2.379 -128 1.487 2 -141 2.506 -222 1.484 2-1/16 -229 2.637 1-3/8 2 -129 1.549 2-1/16 -142 2.568 2-1/8 1-7/16 -030 1.614 2-1/16 -036 2.504 -130 1.612 2-1/8 -143 2.631 -223 1.609 2-3/16 -230 2.762 1-1/2 2-1/8 -131 1.674 2-3/16 -144 2.693 2-1/4 1-9/16 -031 1.739 2-3/16 -037 2.629 -132 1.737 2-1/4 -145 2.756 -224 1.734 2-5/16 -231 2.887 1-5/8 2-1/4 -133 1.799 2-5/16 -146 2.818 2-3/8 1-11/16 -032 1.864 2-5/16 -038 2.754 -134 1.862 2-3/8 -225 1.859 2-7/16 -232 3.012 1-3/4 2-3/8 -135 1.924 2-7/16 -148 2.943 2-1/2 1-13/16 -033 1.989 2-7/16 -039 2.879 -136 1.987 2-1/2 -149 3.006 -226 1.984 2-9/16 -233 3.137 1-7/8 2-1/2 -137 2.049 2-9/16 -150 3.068 2-5/8 1-15/16 -034 2.114 2-9/16 -040 3.004 -138 2.112 2-5/8 -227 2.109 2-11/16 -234 3.262 2 2-5/8 -139 2.174 2-11/16 -151 3.193 2-3/4 2-1/16 -035 2.239 2-11/16 -041 3.129 -140 2.237 2-3/4 -228 2.234 2-13/16 -235 3.387 2-1/8 2-3/4 -141 2.299 2-13/16 2-7/8 2-3/16 -036 2.364 2-13/16 -142 2.362 2-7/8 -229 2.359 2-15/16 -236 3.512 2-1/4 2-7/8 -143 2.424 2-15/16 -152 3.443 3 2-5/16 -037 2.489 2-15/16 -042 3.379 -144 2.487 3 -230 2.484 3-1/16 -237 3.637 3 -145 2.549 3-1/16 3-1/8 2-3/8 2-7/16 -038 2.614 3-1/16 -146 2.612 3-1/8 -153 3.693 -231 2.609 3-3/16 -238 3.762 2-1/2 3-1/8 -147 2.674 3-3/16 3-1/4 2-9/16 -039 2.739 3-3/16 -043 3.629 -148 2.737 3-1/4 -232 2.734 3-5/16 -239 3.887 2-5/8 3-1/4 -149 2.799 3-5/16 3-3/8 2-11/16 -040 2.864 3-5/16 -150 2.862 3-3/8 -233 2.859 3-7/16 -240 4.012 2-3/4 3-3/8 -151 2.924 3-7/16 -154 3.943 3-1/2 2-13/16 -041 2.989 3-7/16 -044 3.879 3-1/2 -234 2.984 3-9/16 -241 4.137 2-15/16 3-9/16 3-5/8 -235 3.109 3-11/16 -242 4.262 3 3-5/8 3-11/16 -155 4.193 3-3/4 3-1/16 -042 3.239 3-11/16 -045 4.129 -152 3.237 3-3/4 -156 4.443 -236 3.234 3-13/16 -243 4.387 3-3/16 3-13/16 3-7/8 -237 3.359 3-15/16 -244 4.512 3-5/16 -043 3.489 3-15/16 -046 4.379 -153 3.487 4 -157 4.693 -238 3.484 4-1/16 -245 4.637

core od1

E-19


cooling items

pipe plugs npt standard

m Brass, Alloy Steel, and Stainless Steel

Height

Standard Plugs are flush type, 7/8” taper per foot. Oversize Plugs available with 3/4” taper per foot. To order Oversize Pipe Plugs, add a “-O”  to the end of the catalog number. Ex. BR50-O

Pipe Thread NPT

Brass Catalog Number

Steel Catalog Number

Stainless Catalog Number

Flush Height

Oversize Height

1/16

BR06

ST06

SS06

.25

.31

1/8

BR12

ST12

SS12

.25

.31

1/4

BR25

ST25

SS25

.40

.43

3/8

BR37

ST37

SS37

.40

.50

1/2

BR50

ST50

SS50

.53

.56

3/4

BR75

ST75

SS75

.53

.62

1

BR100

ST100

SS100

.65

.75

1-1/4

BR125

ST125

SS125

.65

.81

1-1/2

BR150

ST150

SS150

.65

.81

2

BR200

ST200

SS200

.65

.87

npt standard-deep hex m Brass Height

The extra deep hex is stronger and will not strip out.

Pipe Thread NPT

catalog number

Height

1/16

BRHD06

.289

1/8

BRHD12

.312

1/4

BRHD25

.445

3/8

BRHD37

.513

1/2

BRHD50

.625

3/4

BRHD75

.625

bspt standard m Brass and Alloy Steel Height

• Fits BSPT and BSPP threads. • Identification ring present on bottom of plugs.

E-20

Pipe Thread

Brass Catalog Number

Steel Catalog Number

Stainless Catalog Number

1/16-28 BSPT

BR06-BSP

ST06-BSP

SS06-BSP

7

1/8-28 BSPT

BR12-BSP

ST12-BSP

SS12-BSP

8

1/4-19 BSPT

BR25-BSP

ST25-BSP

SS25-BSP

10

Height (in mm)

3/8-19 BSPT

BR37-BSP

ST37-BSP

SS37-BSP

10

1/2-14 BSPT

BR50-BSP

ST50-BSP

SS50-BSP

10

3/4-14 BSPT

BR75-BSP

ST75-BSP

SS75-BSP

13

1-11 BSPT

BR100-BSP

-

-

14

1 1/4-11 BSPT

BR125-BSP

-

-

16


extension plugs H

L

M

Standard 3/4" per foot taper

15⁄8

A

m Brass Overall Length

Length (Specify)

3/32 Max.

D

W Series

B

CAD insertion point

1/16

.75

1.00

1/4

1/8

.87

1.25

5/16

1/4

1.00

1.50

7/16 9/16

251 252

w

(Ref)

3/8

1.12

1.50

1/16

1.00

1.25

1/4

1/8

1.00

1.25

5/16

1/4

1.00

1.50

7/16

3/8

1.12

1.50

9/16

354

1/2

1.50

1.75

11/16

553

3/8

1.37

1.62

9/16

554

1/2

1.50

1.75

11/16

353

L

b

250

253

M

d

Pipe Thread

350 Standard 3/4" per foot taper D = Clearance 351 suggested with NDST-3 thread sealant applied M for socket connector 352 end wrench

Standard N.P.T.

m

Extension Series

Alternative configurations and materials available: • Stainless Steel Extension Plugs are also available. Specify “-SS” at the end of the catalog number. Ex.H252L5.5-SS or 353L4-SS L Standard 3/4" per foot taper • Extension Plugs can be obtained made to BSPT specs. The threads are BSPT, and all other dimensions M with ND-ST3 thread sealant applied S are inch nominal per the chart on page E-22. To order, specify “-BSP” at the end of the catalog number. Ex. 252L5.5-BSP • ND ST-3 Thread Sealant can be applied to any Extension Plug. To order, specify “-ST” at the end of the catalog number. Ex. 252L5.5-ST M Standard Plugs are shown on page E-23. • Note: Standard Series Extension Plugs are shown on page E-22. Keyed Connect Extension

15⁄8

A

3/4" per foot taper

cut-to-length extension plugs Length (Specify)

Standard 3/4" per foot taper with NDST-3 thread sealant applied

Series

M

Extension Plugs can be ordered cut to length, in any quantity. All Extension Plugs cut to length have sealant applied to the tapered end for convenience. To order, specify series and NPT prefix with required length. Ex. 352L6.53

L

E-21


cooling items

extension plugs

• Use with standard Socket Connectors shown on page E-25 only.

standard series

200 Series

300 Series

500 Series

1/4” Hole

3/8” Hole

1/2” Hole

l catalog number Length

NPT

m

Hex Size

h

a

catalog number

l

Length

m

NPT

h

Hex Size

a

catalog number

l

Length

m

NPT

h

a

Hex Size

1/16” PIPE EXTENSIONS 250L2.5

2.5

1/16

.37

.68

350L2.5

2.5

1/16

.56

.87

250L4

4.0

1/16

.37

.81

350L4

4.0

1/16

.56

1.00

250L5.5

5.5

1/16

.37

.81

350L5.5

5.5

1/16

.56

1.00

250L7

7.0

1/16

.37

.81

350L7

7.0

1/16

.56

1.00

available on request

1/8” PIPE EXTENSIONS 251L2.5

2.5

1/8

.43

.68

351L2.5

2.5

1/8

.56

.87

251L4

4.0

1/8

.43

1.00

351L4

4.0

1/8

.56

1.00

251L5.5

5.5

1/8

.43

1.00

351L5.5

5.5

1/8

.56

1.00

251L7

7.0

1/8

.43

1.00

351L7

7.0

1/8

.56

1.00

251L8.5

8.5

1/8

.43

1.00

351L8.5

8.5

1/8

.56

1.00

251L10

10.0

1/8

.43

1.00

351L10

10.0

1/8

.56

1.00

251L11.5

11.5

1/8

.43

1.00

351L11.5

11.5

1/8

.56

1.00

251L13

13.0

1/8

.43

1.00

351L13

13.0

1/8

.56

1.00

available on request

1/4” PIPE EXTENSIONS 252L2.5

2.5

1/4

.56

.87

352L2.5

2.5

1/4

.56

.87 1.25

252L4

4.0

1/4

.56

1.25

352L4

4.0

1/4

.56

252L5.5

5.5

1/4

.56

1.25

352L5.5

5.5

1/4

.56

1.25

252L7

7.0

1/4

.56

1.25

352L7

7.0

1/4

.56

1.25

252L8.5

8.5

1/4

.56

1.25

352L8.5

8.5

1/4

.56

1.25

252L10

10.0

1/4

.56

1.25

352L10

10.0

1/4

.56

1.25

252L11.5

11.5

1/4

.56

1.25

352L11.5

11.5

1/4

.56

1.25

252L13

13.0

1/4

.56

1.25

352L13

13.0

1/4

.56

1.25

available on request

3/8” PIPE EXTENSIONS 253L2.5

2.5

3/8

.68

1.00

353L2.5

2.5

3/8

.68

1.00

553L2.5

2.5

3/8

.81

1.12

253L4

4.0

3/8

.68

1.25

353L4

4.0

3/8

.68

1.25

553L4

4.0

3/8

.81

1.37

253L5.5

5.5

3/8

.68

1.25

353L5.5

5.5

3/8

.68

1.25

553L5.5

5.5

3/8

.81

1.37

253L7

7.0

3/8

.68

1.25

353L7

7.0

3/8

.68

1.25

553L7

7.0

3/8

.81

1.37

253L8.5

8.5

3/8

.68

1.25

353L8.5

8.5

3/8

.68

1.25

553L8.5

8.5

3/8

.81

1.37

253L10

10.0

3/8

.68

1.25

353L10

10.0

3/8

.68

1.25

553L10

10.0

3/8

.81

1.37

253L11.5

11.5

3/8

.68

1.25

353L11.5

11.5

3/8

.68

1.25

553L11.5

11.5

3/8

.81

1.37

253L13

13.0

3/8

.68

1.25

353L13

13.0

3/8

.68

1.25

553L13

13.0

3/8

.81

1.37

1/2” PIPE EXTENSIONS

available on request

E-22

354L2.5

2.5

1/2

.87

1.12

554L2.5

2.5

1/2

.87

1.12

354L4

4.0

1/2

.87

1.50

554L4

4.0

1/2

.87

1.50

354L5.5

5.5

1/2

.87

1.50

554L5.5

5.5

1/2

.87

1.50

354L7

7.0

1/2

.87

1.50

554L7

7.0

1/2

.87

1.50

354L8.5

8.5

1/2

.87

1.50

554L8.5

8.5

1/2

.87

1.50

354L10

10.0

1/2

.87

1.50

554L10

10.0

1/2

.87

1.50

354L11.5

11.5

1/2

.87

1.50

554L11.5

11.5

1/2

.87

1.50

354L13

13.0

1/2

.87

1.50

554L13

13.0

1/2

.87

1.50


extension plugs

• Eliminate in/out connection mistakes, using the keyed plugs for all inlets • Use with Keyed Socket Connectors shown on page E-27 only. • Perfect for die cast jet cooling applications

keyed connect series

200 Series

300 Series

500 Series

1/4” Hole

3/8” Hole

1/2” Hole

catalog number

Length

l

NPT

m

Hex Size

h

a

250L2.5-K

2.5

1/16

.37

.68

350L2.5-K

2.5

1/16

.56

.87

250L4-K

4.0

1/16

.37

.81

350L4-K

4.0

1/16

.56

1.00

250L5.5-K

5.5

1/16

.37

.81

350L5.5-K

5.5

1/16

.56

1.00

250L7-K

7.0

1/16

.37

.81

350L7-K

7.0

1/16

.56

1.00

catalog number

l

Length

m

NPT

h

Hex Size

a

catalog number

l

Length

m

NPT

h

Hex Size

a

1/16” PIPE EXTENSIONS (KEYED) available on request

1/8” PIPE EXTENSIONS (KEYED) 251L2.5-K

2.5

1/8

.43

.68

351L2.5-K

2.5

1/8

.56

.87

251L4-K

4.0

1/8

.43

1.00

351L4-K

4.0

1/8

.56

1.00

251L5.5-K

5.5

1/8

.43

1.00

351L5.5-K

5.5

1/8

.56

1.00

251L7-K

7.0

1/8

.43

1.00

351L7-K

7.0

1/8

.56

1.00

251L8.5-K

8.5

1/8

.43

1.00

351L8.5-K

8.5

1/8

.56

1.00

251L10-K

10.0

1/8

.43

1.00

351L10-K

10.0

1/8

.56

1.00

251L11.5-K

11.5

1/8

.43

1.00

351L11.5-K

11.5

1/8

.56

1.00

251L13-K

13.0

1/8

.43

1.00

351L13-K

13.0

1/8

.56

1.00

available on request

1/4” PIPE EXTENSIONS (KEYED) 252L2.5-K

2.5

1/4

.56

.87

352L2.5-K

2.5

1/4

.56

.87

252L4-K

4.0

1/4

.56

1.25

352L4-K

4.0

1/4

.56

1.25

252L5.5-K

5.5

1/4

.56

1.25

352L5.5-K

5.5

1/4

.56

1.25

252L7-K

7.0

1/4

.56

1.25

352L7-K

7.0

1/4

.56

1.25

252L8.5-K

8.5

1/4

.56

1.25

352L8.5-K

8.5

1/4

.56

1.25

252L10-K

10.0

1/4

.56

1.25

352L10-K

10.0

1/4

.56

1.25

252L11.5-K

11.5

1/4

.56

1.25

352L11.5-K

11.5

1/4

.56

1.25

252L13-K

13.0

1/4

.56

1.25

352L13-K

13.0

1/4

.56

1.25

available on request

3/8” PIPE EXTENSIONS (KEYED) 253L2.5-K

2.5

3/8

.68

1.00

353L2.5-K

2.5

3/8

.68

1.00

553L2.5-K

2.5

3/8

.81

1.12

253L4-K

4.0

3/8

.68

1.25

353L4-K

4.0

3/8

.68

1.25

553L4-K

4.0

3/8

.81

1.37

253L5.5-K

5.5

3/8

.68

1.25

353L5.5-K

5.5

3/8

.68

1.25

553L5.5-K

5.5

3/8

.81

1.37

253L7-K

7.0

3/8

.68

1.25

353L7-K

7.0

3/8

.68

1.25

553L7-K

7.0

3/8

.81

1.37

253L8.5-K

8.5

3/8

.68

1.25

353L8.5-K

8.5

3/8

.68

1.25

553L8.5-K

8.5

3/8

.81

1.37

253L10-K

10.0

3/8

.68

1.25

353L10-K

10.0

3/8

.68

1.25

553L10-K

10.0

3/8

.81

1.37

253L11.5-K

11.5

3/8

.68

1.25

353L11.5-K

11.5

3/8

.68

1.25

553L11.5-K

11.5

3/8

.81

1.37

253L13-K

13.0

3/8

.68

1.25

353L13-K

13.0

3/8

.68

1.25

553L13-K

13.0

3/8

.81

1.37

1/2” PIPE EXTENSIONS (KEYED)

available on request

354L2.5-K

2.5

1/2

.87

1.12

554L2.5-K

2.5

1/2

.87

1.12

354L4-K

4.0

1/2

.87

1.50

554L4-K

4.0

1/2

.87

1.50

354L5.5-K

5.5

1/2

.87

1.50

554L5.5-K

5.5

1/2

.87

1.50

354L7-K

7.0

1/2

.87

1.50

554L7-K

7.0

1/2

.87

1.50

354L8.5-K

8.5

1/2

.87

1.50

554L8.5-K

8.5

1/2

.87

1.50

354L10-K

10.0

1/2

.87

1.50

554L10-K

10.0

1/2

.87

1.50

354L11.5-K

11.5

1/2

.87

1.50

554L11.5-K

11.5

1/2

.87

1.50

354L13-K

13.0

1/2

.87

1.50

554L13-K

13.0

1/2

.87

1.50

E-23


cooling items

connector plugs standard series

L

L D

Inch Standard

M

B

m Brass

Pipe Nipple

m Brass

m

MALE TYPE: INCH

catalog number

NPT

Inner Diameter

250

1/16

3/16

FEMALE TYPE: INCH

d

b

l

catalog number

NPT

m

Inner Diameter

l

.75

.75

.94

250F

1/16

1/4

.75

200 SERIES

251

1/8

1/4

.87

.75

.94

251F

1/8

1/4

1.00

(1/4” Hole)

252

1/4

1/4

1.00

.94

1.13

252F

1/4

1/4

1.25

253

3/8

1/4

1.12

.94

1.19

253F

3/8

1/4

1.16

300 SERIES (3/8” Hole)

351

1/8

1/4

1.00

1.00

1.20

351F

1/8

11/32

1.00

352

1/4

3/8

1.00

1.09

1.34

352F

1/4

3/8

1.34 1.34

353

3/8

3/8

1.12

1.13

1.38

353F

3/8

3/8

354

1/2

3/8

1.50

1.25

1.59

354F

1/2

3/8

1.57

552

1/4

3/8

1.37

1.37

1.62

552F

1/4

7/16

1.25

500 SERIES

553

3/8

1/2

1.37

1.37

1.62

553F

3/8

9/16

1.37

(1/2” Hole)

554

1/2

5/8

1.50

1.50

1.75

554F

1/2

5/8

1.75

556

3/4

5/8

1.75

1.56

1.90

556F

3/4

5/8

1.75

Note: Use with Standard Series Socket Connectors sold on opposite page only.

International Standard m Brass

m Brass MALE TYPE: BSPT

catalog number

m

200 SERIES

251-BSPT

1/8

(6.35MM Hole)

252-BSPT

1/4

9

351-BSPT

1/8

13

352-BSPT

1/4

13

34

353-BSPT

3/8

13

35

500 SERIES

553-BSPT

3/8

20

41

(12.7MM Hole)

554-BSPT

1/2

20

43

24

300 SERIES (9.525MM Hole)

FEMALE TYPE: BSPT

d

l

n

s

t

f

catalog number

m

9

24

15

6

9

11

251F-BSPT

29

17

6

12

14

30

20

9

10

14

21

9

13

21

9

27

14 16

Inner Diameter

l

1/8

6

25

252F-BSPT

1/4

6

33

351F-BSPT

1/8

8

25

14

352F-BSPT

1/4

8

34

14

17

353F-BSPT

3/8

8

34

14

21

553F-BSPT

3/8

14

35

19

22

554F-BSPT

1/2

15

45

m Brass

L

MALE TYPE: METRIC

200 SERIES

T

catalog number

m

d

l

n

s

t

f

252-M10

M10

9

24

15

6

9

11

N

D S

M

F

Alternative configurations and materials available: • For Connector Plugs manufactured from stainless steel, add an “-SS” to the end of the catalog number. Ex. 250-SS or 351-SS or 251-FSS Note: 552F and 556F are available in brass only.

E-24


socket connectors

standard series

Largest Diameter

Hole

m Brass with Stainless Steel Bearings and Silicone Seals • Pressure to 200 psi • Max temp = 400º F • Use with standard Connector Plugs sold on opposite page or Extension Plugs sold on page E-22. S T R A I G H T 90˚

S T E M

45˚

S T E M

Socket Body Only

200 SERIES

CAD insertion point

300 SERIES

(1/4” Hole)

500 SERIES

(3/8” Hole)

(1/2” Hole)

catalog number

Hose ID

Largest Diam.

catalog number

Hose ID

Largest Diameter

catalog number

Hose ID

Largest Diameter

SC204

1/4

.71

SC306

3/8

.97

SC504

1/2

1.21

SC205

5/16

.71

SC308

1/2

.97

SC506

3/4

1.21

SC206

3/8

.71

-

-

-

-

-

-

SC214

1/4

.71

SC316

3/8

.97

SC514

1/2

1.21

SC215

5/16

.71

SC318

1/2

.97

SC516

3/4

1.21

SC216

3/8

.71

-

-

-

-

-

-

SC224

1/4

.71

SC326

3/8

.97

SC524

1/2

1.21

SC225

5/16

.71

SC328

1/2

.97

SC526

3/4

1.21

SC226

3/8

.71

-

-

-

-

-

-

catalog number

Thread

catalog number

Thread

catalog number

Thread

SC200B

1/8

SC300B

1/4

SC500B

1/2

SC200B-4

1/4

SC300B-4

3/8

-

-

Replacement Seals: Silicone (Red)

SC200S

SC300S

SC500S

Replacement Seals: Viton (Black)

SC200S-V

SC300S-V

SC500S-V

Alternative configurations and materials available: • To order valved style Socket Connectors or Bodies, add a “-V” to the end of the catalog number. Ex. SC316-V • To order Socket Connectors or Bodies with barbs for Push-Lok® hose, specify “-PL” at the end of the catalog number. Ex. SC326-PL or SC306-V-PL • Note: Valved versions (-V or -V-PL) are not available in the 500 series.

standard series: locking connectors This system provides a positive locking connection to Extension or Connector Plugs. Connect and twist to lock the sleeve into place. To order the locking version, specify -L as the suffix to the standard items in the chart above. Examples: • SC205-L (Standard Barbs) • SC300B-L (Body) • SC326-PL-L (Push-Lok Barbs) Note: Not available in the Valved versions.

E-25 Patent Pending.


cooling items

connector plugs keyed connect series

• Eliminate in/out connection mistakes, using the keyed plugs for all inlets • Enables faster changeover • Use with Keyed Socket Connectors as shown on opposite page only.

L D M

Keyed for identification

B

Male Type: Inch Standard m Brass

200 SERIES

300 SERIES

(1/4” Hole)

m

catalog number

NPT

Inner Diameter

250-K

1/16

3/16

500 SERIES

(3/8” Hole)

d b

m

(1/2” Hole)

l

catalog number

NPT

Inner Diameter

351-K

1/8

1/4

1.00 1.00 1.20

.75

.75

.94

.87

.75

d

b

l

m

catalog number

NPT

Inner Diameter

d

b

l

552-K

1/4

3/8

1.37

1.37

1.62

251-K

1/8

1/4

.94

352-K

1/4

3/8

1.00 1.09 1.34

553-K

3/8

1/2

1.37

1.37

1.62

252-K

1/4

1/4

1.00 .94 1.13

353-K

3/8

3/8

1.12

1.13

1.38

554-K

1/2

5/8

1.50

1.50

1.75

253-K

3/8

1/4

1.12 .94 1.19

354-K

1/2

3/8

1.50

1.25

1.59

556-K

3/4

5/8

1.75

1.56

1.90

• Eliminate in/out connection mistakes, using the keyed plugs for all inlets

L

• Enables faster changeover

Keyed for identification

Pipe Nipple

Female Type: Inch Standard m Brass

200 SERIES

300 SERIES

(1/4” Hole)

m

500 SERIES

(3/8” Hole)

catalog number

NPT

Inner Diameter

l

250F-K

1/16

1/4

1.00

251F-K

1/8

1/4

1.00

252F-K

1/4

1/4

1.25

253F-K

3/8

1/4

1.38

catalog number

m

(1/2” Hole)

l

catalog number

NPT

Inner Diameter

351F-K

1/8

11/32

1.00

552F-K

352F-K

1/4

3/8

1.00

553F-K

353F-K

3/8

3/8

1.62

554F-K

354F-K

1/2

3/8

1.75

556F-K

m

Inner Diameter

l

1/4

7/16

1.25

3/8

9/16

1.37

1/2

5/8

1.75

3/4

5/8

1.75

NPT

Alternative configurations and materials available: • For Connector Plugs manufactured from stainless steel, add an “-SS” to the end of the catalog number. Ex. 250-K-SS or 351F-K-SS Note: The 250F-K, 351F-K and all 500 Series Female Plugs are available in brass only. • Contact Customer Service for metric options. • Keyed connectors do not fit standard sockets.

E-26


socket connectors keyed connect series

Thread

• Eliminate in/out connection mistakes, using the keyed plugs for all inlets • Enables faster changeovers • Pressure to 200 psi • Max temp = 400º F • Includes Blue Safety Clip • Use with Keyed Connector Plugs sold on opposite page or Keyed Extension Plugs shown on page E-23.

S T R A I G H T 90˚

Largest Diameter

Hole

Inside is keyed to accept Keyed Connect Extension and Connector Plugs

m Brass with Stainless Steel Bearings and Silicone Seals

200 SERIES

CAD insertion point

300 SERIES

(1/4” Hole)

500 SERIES

(3/8” Hole)

(1/2” Hole)

catalog number

Hose ID

Largest Diameter

catalog number

Hose ID

Largest Diameter

catalog number

Hose ID

Largest Diameter

SC204-K

1/4

.71

SC306-K

3/8

.97

SC504-K

1/2

1.21

SC205-K

5/16

.71

SC308-K

1/2

.97

SC506-K

3/4

1.21

SC206-K

3/8

.71

-

-

-

-

-

-

SC214-K

1/4

.71

SC316-K

3/8

.97

SC514-K

1/2

1.21

SC318-K

1/2

.97

SC516-K

3/4

1.21

S T E M

SC215-K

5/16

.71

SC216-K

3/8

.71

45˚

SC224-K

1/4

.71

SC326-K

3/8

.97

SC524-K

1/2

1.21

SC225-K

5/16

.71

SC328-K

1/2

.97

SC526-K

3/4

1.21

SC226-K

3/8

.71

-

-

-

-

-

-

S T E M

Socket Body Only

catalog number

Thread

catalog number

Thread

catalog number

Thread

SC200B-K

1/8

SC300B-K

1/4

SC500B-K

1/2

SC200B-4-K

1/4

SC300B-4-K

3/8

Replacement Seals: Silicone (Red)

SC200S

SC300S

SC500S

Replacement Seals: Viton (Black)

SC200S-V

SC300S-V

SC500S-V

Note: 200 and 300 Series Straight Socket Connectors are manufactured from a single piece, not assembled as shown.

Alternative configurations and materials available: • To order Socket Connectors or Bodies with barbs for Push-Lok® hose, specify “-PL” before the -K within the catalog number. Ex. SC326-PL-K or SC306-PL-K

catalog number

Note: Clips are designed for the Keyed Connect Series of Socket Connectors. They can be used on the standard or locking Socket Connectors but will be for color designation only.

safety clips Color

SC200-BL SC300-BL

Series 200

Blue

300

SC500-BL

500

SC200-R

200

SC300-R SC500-R

Red

300 500

E-27


cooling items

adjustable hex nipples L A

H

M

M

m Brass catalog number

m

Pipe NPT

a

h

Available Overall Lengths (L)

Hex Size

2.5

4

5.5

7

8.5

10

11.5

13

APN06

1/16

.68

3/8

APN12

1/8

.75

7/16

APN25

1/4

.87

9/16

APN37

3/8

1.00

11/16

APN50

1/2

1.37

7/8

CAD insertion point

To Order: • Specify prefix and length. Ex APN50L11.5.

Alternative configurations and materials available: • For Hex Nipples manufactured from stainless steel, add an “-SS” to the end of the catalog number. Ex. APN25L7-SS or APN50L4-SS • Hex Nipples can be ordered cut to any length, in any quantity. Specify the catalog number (for brass or stainless steel) with required length. Ex. APN25L6.25 or APN37L5.75-SS

hex key extension pipes L A D

m Brass catalog number

m

a

d

1/8

.75

HKEPN25

1/4

HKEPN37

3/8

HKEPN50

1/2

HKEPN12

H

M Pipe NPT

h

M

Available Overall Lengths (L)

Hex Size

2.5

4

5.5

7

8.5

.50

1/4

1.00

.69

3/8

1.25

.81

1/2

1.50

1.00

9/16

To Order:

CAD insertion point

• Specify prefix and length. Ex. HKEPN12L2.5 M

Alternative configurations and materials available: • Hex Key Extension Pipes can be ordered cut to any length in any quantity. Specify the catalog prefix with required length. Ex. HKEPN25L6.25

E-28


hex key elbows

m Brass L E

Hex Key

D

CAD insertion point

m

p

catalog number

NPT

NPT

HK1616

1/16

1/16

HK1818

1/8

1/8

M

P

l

d

1/4

1.12

.552

.531

5/16

1.25

.615

.580

Hex Key

e

HK1814

1/8

1/4

3/8

1.375

.860

.593

HK1414

1/4

1/4

3/8

1.50

.860

.660

HK3838

3/8

3/8

1/2

1.75

.985

.780

HK1438

1/4

3/8

1/2

1.625

.985

.712

HK1212

1/2

1/2

1/2

2.12

1.235

.940

hex key extension elbows L E

P

Hex Key

M

m Brass

D

catalog number

To Order: • Specify Prefix and length. Ex. HKEE1818L2.5 or HKEE1414L11.5 • Hex Key Extension Elbows can be ordered in any length in any quantity. Specify the catalog prefix with the required length. Ex. HKEE1414L3.75

CAD insertion point

m

p

Hex Size

d

1/16

1/4

.552

1/8

5/16

.615

1/4

1/4

3/8

.860

HKEE3838

3/8

3/8

1/2

.985

HKEE1212

1/2

1/2

1/2

Pipe NPT

In/Out NPT

HKEE1616

1/16

HKEE1818

1/8

HKEE1414

e

Available Overall Lengths (L) 2.5

4

5.5

7

8.5

10

11.5

13

.531

.580

.660

.780

1.235 .940

hex key street elbows m Brass

L E

M

P

D

CAD insertion point

m

p

catalog number

NPT

NPT

HKL1616

1/16

HKL1618

1/16

HKL1818

Hex Size

l

d

e

1/16

1/4

1.156

.552

.531

1/8

5/16

1.218

.615

.531

1/8

1/8

5/16

1.312

.615

.580

HKL1814

1/8

1/4

3/8

1.500

.860

.593

HKL1414

1/4

1/4

3/8

1.625

.860

.660

HKL1438

1/4

3/8

1/2

1.625

.985

.712

HKL3838

3/8

3/8

1/2

1.750

.985

.780

HKL1212

1/2

1/2

1/2

2.250

1.235

.940

E-29


cooling items

pipe nipples

m Brass or Stainless Steel Available Overall Lengths (L)

Brass Catalog Number

Stainless Catalog Number

Pipe Size NPT

Close Overall Length

Close*

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

4

4.5

5

5.5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

BPN06

GPN06

1/16

5/8

BPN12

GPN12

1/8

3/4

BPN25

GPN25

1/4

7/8

BPN37

GPN37

3/8

1

BPN50

GPN50

1/2

1-1/8

*Close is the shortest available nipple length.

To Order: • Specify Prefix and length. Ex. BPN37CLOSE or BPN12L3.5 • Pipe Nipples can be ordered cut to any length, in any quantity. To order, specify the prefix (BPN##) and required length. Ex. BPN37L5.25 or GPN12L2.25

push-lok hose

m Synthetic Rubber Tube (Parker Series 801) Technical Specifications:

catalog number

Hose I.D.

Hose O.D.

Minimum Bend Radius (in)

Inches of Mercury

WJH25-

1/4

.50

2.5

28

WJH31-

5/16

.58

3

28

• • • •

WJH37-

3/8

.63

3

28

To Order:

WJH50-

1/2

.78

5

28

WJH62-

5/8

.91

6

15

WJH75-

3/4

1.03

7

15

Note: WJH31 is only available in Black (BA).

E-30

Sold in 24” lengths. Max temperature with water: 190˚ F (90˚C). Working pressure: 250 psi Burst pressure: 1000 psi

• Specify catalog number with the appropriate color suffix: Gray (GR), Black(BA), Blue (BL), Green (G), Yellow (Y), and Red (R). Ex. WJH50-Y • For a 50’ box, specify -B after the color. Ex. WJH37-Y-B • Reels also available. Contact Customer Service for pricing.


water blocker™ plugs

Wrench is available in two different lengths on most sizes.

Water Blocker Plugs are used to divert the flow of water, and can be removed and reinstalled for maintenance purposes.

m Brass with Stainless Steel Screw catalog number

Maximum Pressure: 175 PSI

d

b

l

±.005

Waterline Nominal

Waterline Diameter

WB250

.245

.36

.60

1/16 NPT

.250

WB344

.334

.41

.71

1/8 NPT

.344

WB375

.365

.41

.71

1/4 NPT

.375

WB437

.428

.43

.78

1/4 NPT

.437

WB562

.552

.57

.92

3/8 NPT

.562

WB688

.678

.64

1.06

1/2 NPT

.688

L

D

B

CAD insertion point

wrenches

IVE COMPO NE

®

6 ,0 NT TE

C WREN H U.S. PA

catalog number

ER

Slide Collar

ATER BLO CK S•W

76,797 • P

ESS GR

NT

RO

Installation and Removal Handle

Expansion Tool Handle

Water Blocker

Overall Length

WB25S24

WB250

24”

WBS12

WB344, WB375

12”

WBS24

WB344, WB375

24”

WBL12

WB437-WB688

12”

WBL24

WB437-WB688

24”

E-31 US Patent No. 6,076,797. Others Pending


cooling items

threadless plugs

B

push-in o-ring plugs

+.000 -.005

B +.005 -.000

A

D +.005 -.000

E C

m Brass with Buna O-Rings catalog number

Maximum temp: 250° F (120° C) O-Ring

Ream Size

d

e

.250

1/16

.281

#6-32

a

b

.273

c

.03 x 20° Break

TWP375

.366

.312

1/16

.375

#10-32

Threadless O-Ring Plugs are designed for inserts backed up by mold steel.

TWP500

.494

.312

1/16

.500

#10-32

Alternative configurations and materials available:

TWP625

.618

.437

3/32

.625

1/4-20

TWP750

.743

.500

3/32

.750

1/4-20

TWP1000

.990

.625

1/8

1.000

3/8-16

TWP1187

1.177

.625

1/8

1.187

3/8-16

• For plugs with Viton O-rings (maximum temperature 400˚ F, 200˚ C) specify “-V” at the end of the catalog number. Ex. TWP500-V • For stainless steel threadless plugs, specify “-SS” at the end of the catalog number. Ex. TWP500-SS or TWP281-SS-V for stainless plugs with Viton O-rings

TWP281

CAD insertion point

tap-in o-ring plugs

m Brass with Buna O-Rings

B

D

• Tap-In O-Ring Plugs do not require steel back up. • Pressure to 200 psi

±.002

E

catalog number

Nominal Pipe Size

Ream Diam.

d

Depth +.005 -.000

b

e

TAP281

1/16

.281

.312

#6-32 #10-32

TAP375

1/8

.375

.312

TAP500

1/4

.500

.375

1/4-20

TAP625

3/8

.625

.437

5/16-18

TAP750

1/2

.750

.500

5/16-18

Alternative configurations and material available: • For plugs with Viton O-rings (maximum temperature 400˚ F, 200˚ C) specify “-V” at the end of the catalog number. Ex. TAP375-V

threadless diverting plugs m Brass with Buna O-Rings

L

D H O-Ring

Alternative configurations and material available: • For plugs with Viton O-rings (maximum temperature 400˚ F, 200˚ C) specify “-V” at the end of the catalog number. Ex. TDP50-V or TDP50-OS-V

E-32

Maximum pressure: 70 psi

catalog number

Nominal Pipe Size

Drill Size

d

h

l

TDP12

1/8

11/32

5/64

.50

TDP12-OS

1/8

23/64

5/64

.50

TDP25

1/4

7/16

1/8

.56

TDP25-OS

1/4

29/64

1/8

.56

TDP37

3/8

9/16

1/8

.62

TDP37-OS

3/8

37/64

1/8

.62

TDP50

1/2

11/16

1/8

.62

TDP50-OS

1/2

45/64

1/8

.62


diverting rods & plugs Progressive Diverting Rods and Plugs allow for assembly to occur outside of the mold insert before installation.

Rod remains in center of channel for maximum cooling

Positive positioning of Plugs

rods L

D Plug (NPT)

m Brass with Stainless Steel Rod catalog number

Pipe Size NPT

l

d

DR125

1/8

12

3/32

D125

DR250

1/4

18

1/8

D250

Diverter Plugs Used

Alternative configurations and material available: Rod

DR375

3/8

18

1/8

D375

DR500

1/2 D

24

3/16

D500

• Rods areDiameter available with BSP threads. To order, specify -BSP to the end of the catalog number. Ex. DR250-BSP. • Longer lengths and Diverting Rods cut toDlength are available.

DR750

3/4

24

3/16

D750

Contact Customer Service for pricing and delivery on all options.

DR1000

1

36

3/16

D1000

CAD insertion point

B

plugs catalog number

Rod Diameter

D

B

For Pipe Size NPT

For Rod Diameter

d

+.000 -.005

b

D125

1/8

3/32

.340

3/8

D250

1/4

1/8

.432

7/16

D375

3/8

1/8

.557

1/2

D500

1/2

3/16

.682

3/4

D750

3/4

3/16

.932

3/4

D1000

1

3/16

1.115

3/4

Includes locking screw.

E-33


cooling items

water jumpers push-lok® series

Uses standard Push-Lok hose

Twist Lock Sleeve prevents accidental disconnect

A M Viton seals

CAD insertion point

m Brass and Stainless Steel

Maximum temp: 400° F (200° C)

catalog number

Fits Plug Series Number

Hose I.D.

l

c

m

a

WJ200-25

200

1/4

1

1-1/4

3/8

5/8

WJ200-37

200

3/8

1

1-1/4

3/8

5/8

WJ300-37

300

3/8

1-7/16

1-9/16

1/2

7/8

WJ300-50

300

1/2

1-7/16

1-9/16

1/2

7/8

WJ500-50

500

1/2

2-1/8

1-7/8

7/8

1-3/8

WJ500-75

500

3/4

2-1/8

2

7/8

1-3/8

Hose ID

C

L

E-34


water jumpers

swivel type

D

Hose ID

C M A L

m Brass with internal Viton seals

Maximum temp: 400° F (200° C) Hose IDKey Hex Size

catalog number

Pipe Size NPT

Hose I.D.

WJ125L1.1

1/8

5/16

WJ125L2.0

1/8

5/16

3/16

WJ125L3.5

3/16

3-1/2

WJ250L1.4

1/8Uses standard 5/16 hose 1/4Push-Lok 3/8

1/4

M 1-7/16

WJ250L2.3

1/4

3/8

1/4

2-3/8

WJ250L3.8

1/4

3/8

1/4

3-7/8

13/16

WJ375L1.6

3/8

1/2

5/16

1-5/8

1

3/16

l

a

1-3/16

C2

D

c

m

d

Min. Pocket Width

Min. Pocket Depth

11/16

1

5/8

.660

11/16

1

11/16

1

5/8

.660

11/16

1

11/16 Hex allows1maximum5/8 torque during installation 13/16 1-3/16 25/32 along with positive removal 13/16 1-3/16 25/32

.660

11/16

1

.840

7/8

1-3/16

.840

7/8

1-3/16

A1-3/16

25/32

.840

1-3/16

1-3/8L

15/16

.980

7/8 Minimum 1 Pocket Width 1

1-3/8

WJ375L2.6

3/8

1/2

5/16

2-5/8

1

1-3/8

15/16

.980

WJ375L4.1

3/8

1/2

5/16

4-1/8

1

1-3/8

15/16

.980

1

1-3/8

1-3/8

WJ500L2.0

1/2

3/4

3/8

2

1-1/8

1-1/2

1-1/8

1.235

1-1/4

1-9/16

WJ500L2.0-50

1/2

1/2

3/8

2

1-1/8

1-1/2

1-1/8

1.235

1-1/4

1-9/16

WJ500L3.0

1/2

3/4

3/8

3

1-1/8

1-1/2

1-1/8

1.235

1-9/16

WJ500L3.0-50

1/2

1/2

3/8

3

1-1/8

1-1/2

1-1/8

1.235

1-1/4 Minimum Pocket Depth 1-1/4

WJ500L4.5

1/2

3/4

3/8

4-1/2

1-1/8

1-1/2

1-1/8

1.235

1-1/4

1-9/16

WJ500L4.5-50

1/2

1/2

3/8

4-1/2

1-1/8

1-1/2

1-1/8

1.235

1-1/4

1-9/16

1-9/16

CAD insertion point Recessed installation protects hose and fittings. Uses standard Push-Lok hose

Hex allows maximum torque during installation along with positive removal Minimum Pocket Width

Minimum Pocket Depth

Recessed installation protects hose and fittings.

E-35


cooling items

hex elbows female

CAD insertion point

M

E

D

P

p

catalog number brass

NPT

NPT

Hex Size

HELS1616

HELB1616

1/16

1/16

HELS1818

HELB1818

1/8

1/8

alloy steel

L

m

catalog number

l

d

e

9/16

.81

1.00

.218

3/4

1.00

1.25

.281

HELS1414

HELB1414

1/4

1/4

7/8

1.37

1.37

.343

HELS3838

HELB3838

3/8

3/8

1

1.62

1.50

.500

HELS1212

HELB1212

1/2

1/2

1-1/4

1.87

1.87

.562

HELS3434

HELB3434

3/4

3/4

1-1/2

2.25

2.25

.625

hex elbows male

CAD insertion point

L

E

P

D

p

catalog number brass

NPT

NPT

Hex Size

HELS1616M

HELB1616M

1/16

1/16

HELS1818M

HELB1818M

1/8

1/8

HELS1814M

HELB1814M

1/8

HELS1414M

HELB1414M

alloy steel

M

m

catalog number

l

d

e

9/16

.81

1.00

.218

3/4

1.06

1.25

.281

1/4

3/4

1.06

1.25

.281

1/4

1/4

7/8

1.31

1.37

.343 .343

HELS1438M

HELB1438M

1/4

3/8

7/8

1.31

1.37

HELS3838M

HELB3838M

3/8

3/8

1

1.62

1.50

.437

HELS1212M

HELB1212M

1/2

1/2

1-1/4

2.00

1.87

.562

HELS7575M

HELB7575M

3/4

3/4

1-1/2

2.12

2.25

.625

extension elbows male

m Brass catalog number

M

L

E

P

E-36

D

CAD insertion point

m

Pipe NPT

p

In/Out NPT

Hex Size

d

e

Available Overall Lengths (L) 2.5

4

5.5

7

8.5

10 11.5 13

HELB1818

1/8

1/8

.75

1.25

.28

HELB1814

1/8

1/4

.75

1.25

.28

HELB1414

1/4

1/4

.87

1.37

.34

HELB1438

1/4

3/8

.875

1.37

.34

HELB3838

3/8

3/8

1.00

1.50

.50

HELB1212

1/2

1/2

1.25

1.75

.62

To Order: Specify Prefix and length. Ex. HELB1818L2.5 or HELB1414L11.5


fittings

male hose barbs

m Brass

m

catalog number

NPT

Hose I.D.

d

a

l

MB16-0 MB18-0 MB18-2 MB14-2 MB14-4 MB15-2 MB15-4 MB38-2 MB38-4 MB50-4 MB50-6 MB50-8 MB75-8 MB75-12

#10-32 UNF #10-32 UNF 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/8 1/4 1/8 1/4 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4

1/16 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4

.052 .090 .093 .187 .187 .250 .250 .281 .281 .375 .375 .375 .562 .562

.45 .56 .50 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97

.57 .81 1.03 1.54 1.64 1.54 1.64 1.54 1.64 1.64 1.76 1.86 1.86 1.97

L Hose I.D.

D M

A

Note: MB16 and MB18 include Buna O-rings and clamps.

male push-lok hose barbs

m Brass

m

catalog number

NPT

Hose I.D.

d

a

l

MB14-1-PL MB14-2-PL MB14-4-PL MB38-2-PL MB38-4-PL MB38-6-PL MB38-8-PL MB50-4-PL MB50-6-PL MB50-8-PL MB50-12-PL MB75-8-PL MB75-12-PL

1/16 1/8 1/4 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4

1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4

.187 .187 .187 .281 .281 .281 .281 .375 .375 .375 .375 .562 .562

.97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97

1.69 1.54 1.64 1.54 1.64 1.75 1.97 1.64 1.76 1.86 1.97 1.86 1.97

L Hose I.D.

D M

A

female hose barbs

m Brass

m

catalog number

NPT

Hose I.D.

d

a

l

FB14-2 FB14-4 FB15-4 FB38-2 FB38-4 FB50-6 FB50-8

1/8 1/4 1/4 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2

1/4 1/4 5/16 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2

.187 .187 .250 .281 .281 .375 .375

.97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97

1.47 1.58 1.58 1.47 1.58 1.63 1.73

L D Hose I.D.

A

M

hose splicers

m Brass catalog number

Hose I.D.

d

a

l

HS14 HS38 HS50

1/4 3/8 1/2

.187 .281 .375

.97 .97 .97

2.00 2.00 2.00

L Hose I.D.

D A

E-37


cooling items

combination hose inserts standard series

L M

D

m Brass

200 SERIES

300 SERIES

(1/4” Hole)

500 SERIES

(3/8” Hole)

(1/2” Hole)

catalog number

Hose I.D.

d

m

l

catalog number

Hose I.D.

d

m

l

catalog number

Hose I.D.

d

m

l

200-4

1/4

3/16

.875

1.37

300-4

1/4

3/16

.875

1.81

500-8

1/2

13/32

1.062

2.00

500-12

3/4

9/16

1.500

2.50

200-5

5/16

1/4

.875

1.37

300-5

5/16

1/4

.875

1.81

200-6

3/8

1/4

1.062

1.56

300-6

3/8

9/32

1.062

1.81

200-8

1/2

1/4

1.062

1.56

300-8

1/2

11/32

1.062

1.81

keyed connect series L M

D Keyed for identification

m Brass

200 SERIES

300 SERIES

(1/4” Hole)

catalog number

Hose I.D.

d

200-4-K

1/4

3/16

200-6-K

3/8

1/4

l

catalog number

Hose I.D.

.875

1.37

300-6-K

1.062

1.56

300-8-K

m

Note: Keyed connectors do not fit standard connectors.

E-38

500 SERIES

(3/8” Hole)

(1/2” Hole)

d

m

l

3/8

9/32

1.062

1.81

1/2

11/32

1.062

1.81

catalog number

Hose I.D.

d

m

l

500-8-K

1/2

500-12-K

3/4

13/32

1.062

2.00

9/16

1.500

2.50


cover plugs m Brass catalog number

Fits Socket Series No.

CP200

200 (1/4”)

CP300

300 (3/8”)

CP500

500 (1/2”)

clamps catalog number

Hose O.D.

HC58

5/8

HC78

7/8

HC118

1-1/8

sealant tape catalog number

description

TT250

1/4” x 520”

TT500

1/2” x 520”

E-39


cooling items

fittings tees

m Brass

B

catalog number

A D A

male tees

m

a

NPT

b

d

T18

1/8

.55

1.10

.328

T14

1/4

.78

1.56

.422

T38

3/8

.87

1.68

.562

T50

1/2

1.07

2.14

.687

m Brass L

B

C A M

catalog number

NPT

m

a

b

c

l

MT10

#10-32 UNF

.500

.18

.38

.38 1.06

MT18

1/8

.66

.53

.56

MT14

1/4

.91

.76

.71

1.52

MT38

3/8

.97

.84

.81

1.68

MT50

1/2

1.26

1.09

1.00

2.18

b

d

Note: M10 includes O-ring.

90˚

street elbows

m Brass B

A D

M

catalog number

NPT

m

a

ELS10

#10-32 UNF

.50

.18

.090

ELS18

1/8

.81

.56

.220

ELS14

1/4

.91

.45

.312

ELS38

3/8

.98

.54

.428

ELS50

1/2

1.25

1.03

.522

Note: ELS10 includes O-ring.

90˚

elbows m Brass

L

L M

45˚

NPT

m

l

EL18

1/8

.55

EL14

1/4

.78

EL38

3/8

.84

EL50

1/2

1.09

street elbows m Brass

B A

D M

E-40

catalog number

catalog number

NPT

m

a

b

d

ELA18

1/8

.50

.38

.220

ELA14

1/4

.70

.54

.314

ELA38

3/8

.78

.54

.440

ELA50

1/2

1.00

.73

.562


fittings reducing bushings

m Brass catalog number

NPT

m

NPT

p

l

d

RB18-0

1/8

#10-32 UNF

.56

.156

RB18-1

1/8

1/16

.56

.250

RB14-0

1/4

#10-32 UNF

.75

.156

RB14-2

1/4

1/8

.75

.328

RB38-4

3/8

1/4

.75

.422

RB50-6

1/2

3/8

1.00

.562

L

D P M

male reducers m Brass catalog number

m

p

NPT

NPT

l

d

MR18-1

1/8

1/16

1.19

.187

MR14-2

1/4

1/8

1.22

.220

MR38-4

3/8

1/4

1.41

.314

MR50-6

1/2

3/8

1.62

.440

L D P

M

couplings m Brass catalog number

m

NPT

l

d M

C18

1/8

.75

.328

C14

1/4

1.12

.422

C38

3/8

1.12

.562

C50

1/2

1.50

.688

L

D

hex nipples m Brass catalog number

m

NPT

Hex Size

l

HN18

1/8

7/16

.969

HN14

1/4

9/16

1.375

HN38

3/8

11/16

1.437

HN50

1/2

7/8

1.813

L

M

E-41


cooling items

online resources

When considering design options, numerous animations can be viewed at procomps.com/animations.

CAD geometry is available online as individual downloads or as part of the CADalog system. The seven formats include: IGES (.igs), ACIS (.sat), STEP (.step), Parasolid (.x_t), Solidworks (.sldasm), NX (.prt) (Re-Use and MoldWizard) and Visi (.wkf).

Industry-leading web store expedites the purchasing process. Go to shop.procomps.com for information and additional resources.

E-42


mold monitoring

F

section f

MOLD MONITORING

ProFile-System.com

AST000000123

TM ProFile-System.com

000001

TM

CVeMonitor.com

AST000000456

CVeMonitor.com

000001

000001

Custom Text 1

Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

CVe Monitor®

AST123456789

CVe OnDemand® 3.6

CVe Live®

Remote Validation Kit

Page: F-4

Page: F-4

Prefix: CVe 1.6

Page: F-1

Page: F-3

ProFile-System.com

Custom Text 1

AST000001234

Clearance for #10-32 / M4 Button Head Cap Screws Dashboard

Assets

Customers

Activity

Reports

Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

Administration Dashboard

Assets

Customers

Activity

Reports

Administration

Dashboard

AST123456789

Welcome to the ProFile Asset Management System Assets

Preven�ve Maintenance

TM Press 2

Mold 3

Equipment 2

Past Due 3

ProFile-System.com

AST000000123

On Schedule 7 Die 3

CVeMonitor.com

AST00006789

TM

ProFile®

Asset Tags & Plates

ProFile-System.com

000001

CounterView®: S-Series

CounterView®: R-Series

000001

Prefix: CVPL, CVIN, CVPLHT

Prefix: CVR-A, CVR-B

Page: F-8

Page: F-9

System Coolingâ„¢ Test Rig

MoldTrax

TM

CVeMonitor.com

AST000000456

Prefix: AMTG, CVTG

Page: F-6

Page: F-7 Custom Text 1

CVeMonitor.com

000001

Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

AST123456789

3.6

1.6

Insulator Blocks Prefix: CV, CVMM, CVRA

ProFile-System.com

System Coolingâ„¢ AST000001234

Custom Text 1

Prefix: SCM

Clearance for #10-32 / M4 Button Head Cap Screws

Page: F-10

Page: F-12 TM

CVeMonitor.com

AST00006789

Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

AST123456789

Prefix: SCTR Page: F-15

Page: F-16



cve monitor

®

Progressive’s CVe Monitor tracks tool activity, allowing users to view data on the display or from comprehensive reports using OnDemand or the new CVe Live System. Features include: • • • • •

7-digit LCD display with a push button to move through the display modes. 16GB flash drive for file storage. Replaceable battery. Water resistant with an ingress protection rating of IP58. Maximum temperature: 190° F (90° C). For heat protection, refer to the Insulators available on pages F-10 and F-11. • Recommended mounting is on the stationary half of the mold. • Dimensional compatibility with Progressive’s mechanical CounterViews. • Mini USB connectivity for data retrieval with cables sold separately.

mounting options 1.125 (28mm)

Modify actuator to extend above parting line .170 (4mm)

Extension Rod

1.000 (26mm)

.938 1.875 (24mm) (48mm)

.394 Actuator Center (10mm)

.141ø +.015 -.000 (3.6mm +.3 -.0 )

.50 (12.7mm)

1.125 (28mm)

Mounting Block Screws (2)

PL

PL .25 (6.35mm)

Screws (2) 1.500 (38mm)

R 5/16 (R 8mm)

catalog number

description

catalog number

description

CVE

CVe Monitor including #8-32 x 1” SHCS (2) and M4 x 25mm SHCS (2)

CVE-INT

Internal Extension Rod (8”/200mm)

CVE-EXT

External Mounting Block including #8-32 x 1” SHCS (2) and M4 x 25mm SHCS (2)

How to Order:

on-mold display modes

• For installation below parting line (ie. rails as shown in the center graphic above), order (1) CVE and (1) CVE-INT. • For installation outside of the mold (right graphic), order (1) CVE and (1) CVE-EXT.

Each device is provided at -25 cycles to allow for mold set up and initialization of the CVe Monitor. Once it reaches zero (0), all timers and data will reset on the monitor. During production, users can press the button on the front of the monitor and review the following information on the display:

Cycle Count

Efficiency Percentage

Total cycles for the life of the mold is presented on the main screen.

The percentage of time that the mold has been actively cycling vs being idle.

Cycle Time

Efficiency Percentage-Recent

Since the first production cycle, cycle time for the life of the mold.

The percentage of time the mold has been active in the past 500 cycles.

Cycle Time-Recent

Cycle Count Reset

Cycle time for the past 500 cycles is shown in seconds.

Press and hold button to reset separate counter to 0 for interim monitoring of cycles.

Mold Temperature

Flash Drive

View current temperature experienced by the monitor (°C) by pressing button twice.

US Patents: 8,899,955 & 8,883,054. European and Chinese patents applied for and issued.

Utilize the 16GB flash drive by connecting the CVe to a PC/Tablet with an industrystandard mini USB cable, sold on page F-2.

F-1


mold monitoring

cve monitor

ÂŽ

on demand alert modes Once data is initialized using the complimentary OnDemand software (from procomps.com/cve-ondemand) users can choose to be alerted to the following sets of conditions for the CVe Monitor.

Preventive Maintenance During initialization, Preventive Maintenance (PM) checkpoints are entered and saved onto the CVe Monitor. If a PM checkpoint is exceeded, the CVe Monitor enters the PM alert mode and displays both a wrench icon and PM Due as shown at right. When a PM is performed and entered via OnDemand or by the in-mold actuation/button push combination, the next checkpoint.for the PM will be written. If no PM is performed, the CVe Monitor will remain in PM alert mode until the user performs all PMs whose thresholds have been exceeded.

Cycle Time During initialization, the target cycle time can be written to the monitor using OnDemand. Any variation greater than 2% from the target will enter the alert mode and display the clock icon as shown at right. When the cycle time returns to within 2% of the target, the alert is removed.

Efficiency During initialization, the target efficiency can be written to the monitor using OnDemand. Any variation greater than 2% from the target will enter the alert mode and display the percentage (%) icon as shown at right. When the efficiency returns to within 2% of the target, the alert is removed.

Low Battery The CVe Monitor has a battery life of approximately 4 years in typical molding environments where temperatures are controlled. When the battery reaches a specified level, the display will show a battery icon as shown at right, and the replacement kit can be ordered separately below. This is the indication to replace the battery, which can be ordered by contacting Customer Service.

retrofitting Users can view additional data by double-clicking the button on the monitor:

Retrofit CVe for CounterView Tools During initialization, molders can start the cycle count with the tool’s actual cycle count from an existing CounterView or known cycles from maintenance records. Once entered, the user can see the total cycles for the tool, which includes the count of the cycles from the counter and those run with the CVe Monitor. In the graphic at right, the tool had 1,000,000 cycles on it originally, but ran 507,288 after the CVe Monitor was installed.

cables and connectivity Using a USB cable, users can connect the CVe Monitor to their computer or tablet and view data in OnDemand, outlining the reason for the report generation. Notes can be included and user information is recorded for historical reference. More details about OnDemand are on the following pages. OnDemand Ac vity Log [So ware Version 3.1.0/2.6.1/3.1.9] CVe Ini alize Date Device ID Tool ID Part ID Program Name Customer Target Efficiency % Target Cycle Time Ini al PM Point Target PM Interval Cycles Prior to CVe Installa on* OEM ID ASSET ID

November 23, 2017 MKX1234 8565B Blower Housing ABT57 Mocha Crimson Fan N/A N/A 50000 100000 1000000 N/A N/A

December 17, 2017 MKX1234 8565B Blower Housing ABT57 Mocha Crimson Fan 94% 7.5 50000 100000 1000000 ABT1 0356-5686

Conn. By

Company

Des na on

REV

PM

REV#

OD User

Blake Fitz

Injec on Tech

CrimsonQ@crmn.com

N

N

Y

N N/A Replaced damaged core pin in cavity 4

INJECTI1

Blake Fitz

Injec on Tech

CrimsonQ@crmn.com

N

N

N

Y

September 19, 2018

OK

491,274

INJECTI1

Blake Fitz

Injec on Tech

CrimsonQ@crmn.com

N

N

Y

September 15, 2018 June 28, 2018 May 31, 2018

OK OK

MOLDHOU1 MOLDHOU1

Chuck Louse Chuck Louse

Mold House Mold House

CrimsonQ@crmn.com CrimsonQ@crmn.com

N N

Y Y

N N

OK

482,567 364,001 314,856

N/A Data Pull Pulled from produc on for mold opera onal issues. It is being sent for N N/A evalua on and rework N N/A Full PM: Cavity #2 was shutoff N N/A Full PM

MOLDHOU1

Chuck Louse

Mold House

CrimsonQ@crmn.com

N

Y

N

N N/A Full PM

Ba ery OK

REP

Cycles 507,288 506,524

INJECTI1

OK

Date/Time October 4, 2018 October 4, 2018

F-2

GEN

Reason for connec ng CVe Monitor

Notes

April 28, 2018

OK

260,002

MOLDHOU1

Chuck Louse

Mold House

CrimsonQ@crmn.com

N

Y

N

N N/A Full PM: Cavity #2 was shutoff

April 4, 2018 March 22, 2018

OK

211,563 193,268

MOLDHOU1

Chuck Louse

Mold House

CrimsonQ@crmn.com

N

Y

N

N N/A Full PM

OK

INJECTI1

Blake Fitz

Injec on Tech

CrimsonQ@crmn.com

N

N

Y

N N/A 3 cavi es are shutdown. Pulled for evalua on and repair

February 7, 2018

OK

106,235

MOLDHOU1

Chuck Louse

Mold House

CrimsonQ@crmn.com

N

Y

N

N N/A Full PM

January 10, 2018

OK

58,725

MOLDHOU1

Chuck Louse

Mold House

CrimsonQ@crmn.com

N

Y

N

N N/A Full PM

December 17, 2017

OK

9,265

MOLDHOU1

Chuck Louse

Mold House

CrimsonQ@crmn.com

N

Y

N

N N/A

November 23, 2017

OK

0

MOLDHOU1

Chuck Louse

Mold House

CrimsonQ@crmn.com

N

N

N

Y

Ini al mold inspec on. There is no wear or damage to mold following ini al run. Targets are set. Mold is released for produc on

N/A Mold is completed and released for sampling

catalog number

description

CVEL-DATA9

USB 2.0 to Type B Mini 9 Foot Long, Right-Angle Cable

CVE-REPLKIT

Battery Replacement Kit for the CVe Monitor.


cve ondemand

®

Drive comprehensive reporting using data from the CVe Monitor when running OnDemand software, available at no charge from procomps.com/cve-ondemand. OnDemand software enables the user to generate Adobe Acrobat (.pdf), Excel (.xls), and encrypted (.enc) reports to share with customers and other colleagues with these metrics: A: When the CVe is initialized, users can identify their tool and align with the device serial number which is tracked on reports utilizing different field options. B: The target cycle times and efficiency percentages can be entered. OnDemand also supports ten languages: English, German, Mandarin, Spanish, French, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese and Thai. Reports, generated in the chosen language, compare actual values to targets, providing a quick view of any variances. C: Statistics are provided to show quantity of total cycles and inactivity for the life of the tool. D: Weekly sessions are presented graphically to show production efficiency levels. E: Weekly cycle time and maximum mold temperature tracking identifies tools with variances over the past year. F: The productivity portion of the report takes the target preventive maintenance (PM) points set by the molder and compares them to actual maintenance pulls. G: The Maintenance Tab has nine user-definable PM points. In addition, customers can perform maintenance without having their laptop or computer near the CVe Monitor. By holding down the button, cycling the monitor once, and releasing the button, an event will be recorded. This is then added to the OnDemand reports when run. Crimson Fan Performance Summary

Device ID: MKX1234 Tool ID: 8565B

Program: Green

94%

Target Efficiency (%)

7.5

Target Cycle Time

100%

Since Last Report Efficiency %

7.2

Since Last Report Cycle Time

OEM ID: ABT1 Legend

Last Full Week Efficiency %

7.4

Last Full Week Cycle Time

92%

Life-To-Date Efficiency %

8.5

Life-To-Date Cycle Time

Between

Life-To-Date Cycles

507,288 Cycles Prior to CVe Installation* 1,000,000 Hours Idle 111

2%

Within Target

94%

04 Oct 2018 Part ID: Blower Housing ABT57 Cycles since last

Asset ID: 354-1856

2%-5% 5%

Outside Target

PM

24,721

Repair

0

Hours in Sleep Mode

6,287

Part Revision

Hours in Ac ve Mode

1,197

General Query

764

Report

764

Efficiency

Never

Hours

200 150 100

Active Time is the accumulation of all time the monitor is cycling. Idle time begins after 200 seconds of inactivity. Once Idle Time counts to 6 hours the time is transferred to Sleep Time and continues to accumulate until monitor is cycled

Ac ve Time

0

4 days

30-Sep-18

23-Sep-18

2-Sep-18

9-Sep-18

16-Sep-18

19-Aug-18

26-Aug-18

19-Aug-18

19-Aug-18

5-Aug-18

12-Aug-18

29-Jul-18

Idle Time

19-Aug-18

8-Jul-18

22-Jul-18

1-Jul-18

15-Jul-18

24-Jun-18

3-Jun-18

17-Jun-18

10-Jun-18

27-May-18

6-May-18

20-May-18

29-Apr-18

13-May-18

8-Apr-18

22-Apr-18

1-Apr-18

15-Apr-18

25-Mar-18

4-Mar-18

18-Mar-18

11-Mar-18

4-Feb-18

11-Feb-18

18-Feb-18

25-Feb-18

7-Jan-18

21-Jan-18

28-Jan-18

14-Jan-18

31-Dec-17

24-Dec-17

17-Dec-17

10-Dec-17

50

Sleep Time

Cycle Time

70 60 50

Produc vity

10,000 Cycles-Target 9,265 Cycles-Actual

4 days

30-Sep-18

50000

Temperature

Target PM Interval Cycles until PM

23-Sep-18

9-Sep-18

16-Sep-18

2-Sep-18

26-Aug-18

19-Aug-18

19-Aug-18

19-Aug-18

19-Aug-18

5-Aug-18

29-Jul-18

Out of Range > 25%

12-Aug-18

22-Jul-18

15-Jul-18

8-Jul-18

1-Jul-18

24-Jun-18

17-Jun-18

3-Jun-18

10-Jun-18

27-May-18

20-May-18

6-May-18

29-Apr-18

13-May-18

Weekly

22-Apr-18

15-Apr-18

1-Apr-18

8-Apr-18

10000

25-Mar-18

4-Mar-18

18-Mar-18

25-Feb-18

Initial PM Point:

11-Mar-18

4-Feb-18

28-Jan-18

18-Feb-18

11-Feb-18

Life-To-Date

21-Jan-18

14-Jan-18

7-Jan-18

31-Dec-17

Deg C

17-Dec-17

10-Dec-17

30

24-Dec-17

40

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5

Seconds

Cycle Time= Active Time/ Total Cycles

50,000 25,279

Cycles

©Copyright 2018 AST Technology All rights reserved

4 days

30-Sep-18

23-Sep-18

16-Sep-18

9-Sep-18

2-Sep-18

19-Aug-18

Revision

26-Aug-18

19-Aug-18

19-Aug-18

5-Aug-18

19-Aug-18

Repair

12-Aug-18

29-Jul-18

22-Jul-18

8-Jul-18

1-Jul-18

15-Jul-18

24-Jun-18

3-Jun-18

10-Jun-18

17-Jun-18

27-May-18

6-May-18

29-Apr-18

13-May-18

PM Performed

18,000 16,000 14,000 12,000 10,000 8,000 6,000 4,000 2,000 0

Tool ID: 8565B

Total Cycles per Week

General Query

CVe OnDemand 3.1.0 Template v2.6.1

CVe Fimware v. 3.1.9

Crimson Fan In-Press Tool Maintenance Report

Device ID: MQM4767 Current Cycle Count 63,487

20-May-18

Maintenance Required

22-Apr-18

8-Apr-18

1-Apr-18

15-Apr-18

25-Mar-18

4-Mar-18

11-Mar-18

18-Mar-18

25-Feb-18

4-Feb-18

18-Feb-18

PM Target Exceeded

11-Feb-18

28-Jan-18

14-Jan-18

21-Jan-18

7-Jan-18

31-Dec-17

17-Dec-17

10-Dec-17

24-Dec-17

Next PM Due: Intermediate Preventive Maintenance

Program Name: Mocha

OEM ID: ABT1

Cycles until In-Press Maintenance 1,000

13-Sep-19 Part ID: Blower Housing ABT50

Asset ID: 354-1856

Date of last In-Press Maintenance 9/13/1019 9:44

Last In-Press Maintenance 63,487

Maintenance On-Time

9/13/2019 9:44 9/12/2019 12:08 9/11/2019 14:32 9/10/2019 16:56 9/9/2019 19:20 9/8/2019 21:44 9/8/2019 0:08 9/7/2019 2:32 9/6/2019 4:56 9/5/2019 7:20 9/4/2019 9:44 9/3/2019 12:08 9/2/2019 14:32 9/1/2019 16:56 8/31/2019 19:20 8/30/2019 21:44 8/30/2019 0:08 8/29/2019 2:32 8/28/2019 4:56 8/27/2019 7:20 8/26/2019 9:44 8/25/2019 12:08 8/24/2019 14:32 8/23/2019 16:56 8/22/2019 19:20 8/21/2019 21:44 8/21/2019 0:08 8/20/2019 2:32 8/19/2019 4:56 8/18/2019 7:20 8/17/2019 9:44 8/16/2019 12:08 8/15/2019 14:32 8/14/2019 16:56 8/13/2019 19:20 8/12/2019 21:44 8/12/2019 0:08 8/11/2019 2:32 8/10/2019 4:56 8/9/2019 7:20 8/8/2019 9:44 8/7/2019 12:08 8/6/2019 14:32 8/5/2019 16:56 8/4/2019 19:20 8/3/2019 21:44 8/3/2019 0:08 8/2/2019 2:32 8/1/2019 4:56 7/31/2019 7:20 7/30/2019 9:44 7/29/2019 12:08 7/28/2019 14:32 7/27/2019 16:56 7/26/2019 19:20 7/25/2019 21:44 7/25/2019 0:08 7/24/2019 2:32 7/23/2019 4:56 7/22/2019 7:20 7/21/2019 9:44 7/20/2019 12:08 7/19/2019 14:32 7/18/2019 16:56 7/17/2019 19:20 7/16/2019 21:44 7/16/2019 0:08 7/15/2019 2:32 7/14/2019 4:56 7/13/2019 7:20 7/12/2019 9:44 7/11/2019 12:08 7/10/2019 14:32 7/9/2019 16:56 7/8/2019 19:20 7/7/2019 21:44 7/7/2019 0:08 7/6/2019 2:32 7/5/2019 4:56 7/4/2019 7:20 7/3/2019 9:44 7/2/2019 12:08 7/1/2019 14:32 6/30/2019 16:56 6/29/2019 19:20 6/28/2019 21:44 6/28/2019 0:08 6/27/2019 2:32 6/26/2019 4:56 6/25/2019 7:20 6/24/2019 9:44 6/23/2019 12:08 6/22/2019 14:32 6/21/2019 16:56 6/20/2019 19:20 6/19/2019 21:44 6/19/2019 0:08 6/18/2019 2:32 6/17/2019 4:56 6/16/2019 7:20 6/15/2019 9:44

Previous 100 In-Press Maintenance Events 250 200 150 100 50 0 -50 -100 -150

Date and Time Of Maintenance

Historical In-Press Maintenance Summary Trailing 5 Weeks

Trailing 5 weeks Overdue Maintenance Date

On-Time PM

Overdue PM (<10%)

Overdue PM (>10%)

Life to Date Overdue Maintenance

Life To Date

Due

Performed

Overdue

Date

Due

Performed

Overdue

8/22/2019 3:36

51222

51416

194

6/18/2019 10:19

45987

47015

1028

8/12/2019 0:57

44689

44867

178

4/15/2019 15:07

32428

32950

522

9/11/2019 0:00

61357

61534

177

5/22/2019 12:43

33637

34095

458

8/8/2019 16:04

41233

41401

168

5/9/2018 12:57

20335

20748

413

9/8/2019 0:00

58157

58297

140

2/27/2019 15:07

27504

27831

327

9/4/2019 15:07

57017

57156

139

7/17/2019 5:02

47796

48052

256

8/28/2019 21:21

54734

54844

110

9/26/2018 1:26

24950

25188

238

7/26/2019 4:33

28952

29052

100

8/11/2018 6:43

22594

22813

219

7/22/2019 19:40

27496

27596

100

8/22/2019 3:36

51222

51416

194

8/1/2019 22:19

33637

33736

99

1/31/2019 17:31

26121

26310

189

8/15/2019 9:50

45987

46084

97

8/12/2019 0:57

44689

44867

178

7/19/2019 10:48

24950

25047

97

9/11/2019 0:00

61357

61534

177

8/18/2019 18:43

47796

47891

95

8/8/2019 16:04

41233

41401

168

7/29/2019 13:26

32428

32523

95

7/3/2018 12:28

21138

21295

157

9/1/2019 6:14

56829

56917

88

9/8/2019 0:00

58157

58297

140

8/5/2019 7:12

37135

37222

87

9/4/2019 15:07

57017

57156

139

9/13/2019 0:00 8/25/2019 12:28

63407 53600

63487 53678

80 78

8/28/2019 21:21 7/26/2019 4:33

54734 47897

54844 47997

110 100

Total

Percentage

1420

96.1%

Total

Percentage

On Time Maintenance

68

90.7%

Overdue Maintenance (<10%)

2

2.7%

Overdue Maintenance (<10%)

40

Overdue Maintenance (>10%)

5

6.7%

Overdue Maintenance (>10%)

18

1.2%

Total Maintenance

75

100.0%

1478

100.0%

On-Time PM

Overdue PM (<10%)

Overdue PM (>10%)

On Time Maintenance

Total Maintenance

2.7%

© Copyright AST Technology All Rights Reserved

F-3


mold monitoring

cve live

®

For real-time monitoring of tools, Progressive provides hardware and website access for OEMs and molders utilizing the CVe Monitors. Features: • Utilizes FCC and CE certified internal components. • Press Modules act as a node on a network, reducing the distance required in the plant for data submission to the Gateway. • Radio Frequency (RF) antennas are interference-free in typical molding environments. • Designated website for data collection, reporting, and file storage.

hardware

Press Module

Gateway

• • • •

• 1 per facility collects data from all press modules installed via RF transmissions • Accesses the internet via cellular technology • Sends data to the customer’s web portal every 15 minutes

1 per press connects to the CVe Monitor via cables Power supply (US/International) included Sends data to the Gateway continuously Serves as a node on the network for tools running with a CVe Monitor • Includes (1) CVEL-DATA9 Cable

remote validation Using the CVe Live website interface, the Remote Validation Kit eliminates the need to travel to mold trials and qualifications to gather information. Real-time data is available by connecting the portable system to the CVe Monitor on the mold. • Can be easily moved between sites as qualifications dictate. • Reduces or eliminates travel to mold qualifications. • Users can upload and share files or documents including mold validation data, part drawings, process sheets, and quality inspection reports with global access. • Monitor critical KPIs without being onsite. • Generate real-time graphs and reports. • Includes all hardware, antennas, and cables in a sturdy case. CVe Monitors and Tablets are sold separately. Contact Customer Service for a CVe Live or Remote Validation Kit quotation.

F-4


cve live

®

CVe Live Website Features: • Secure access for OEMs and molders. • The Tool Dashboard gives users information at either the enterprise or plant level and allows for drill down into specifics on each tool. • A Press Dashboard provides an overview of the status of every press and the tools that are running within them. • Users can mark favorites and also save searches for monitoring specific programs or suppliers. • Graphs include cycle times, efficiencies, cavitation, production loss, and preventive maintenance. • Plant exceptions screen shows any out-of-tolerance conditions. • PM Function allows for user-defined PM intervals. Users can create or customize PM forms and checklists for a specific maintenance program. • Work Order function allows users to create work orders for molds, machines, or other assets. • OEE is calculated for the both the press and the tool. This allows tooling and manufacturing operations to have separate OEE calculations to distinguish between equipment and tooling issues. • GPS tracking allows for users to view the location of all tools by scanning a QR code using a GPS-enabled device. This feature is ideal for managers that are tracking multiple facilities or global operations. (Asset Tags sold separately on page F-7.) • Administration and security levels are controlled by the user, and access can be customized for various roles. • The file cabinet system is designed to store reports, tool and part drawings, and set-up sheets and can be utilized by customers with the CVe Live access. • Automated Data Exporter allows users to schedule data exports. Data will automatically download to a specified location, in Excel or JSON format, where it can then be imported to other in use systems. • User-defined fields make customizing data simple for Tools, Presses, and Assets.

F-5


mold monitoring

profile

ÂŽ

asset management system The ProFile tracking system is a comprehensive solution for managing assets. The cloud-based system organizes assets and stores related documents and photos, while also logging GPS locations.

A

Several options of Asset Tags and Plates are offered on the following page. A Different asset types require different types of data.

Profile offers four asset classes (molds, dies, machines, equipment) with customizable asset types under each class. There are also several user defined fields to give users increased flexibility. B Each asset page includes a filing cabinet to store

critical documents associated with that asset. These documents can be easily accessed and shared by users with permissions. Users have 10GB of storage associated with their asset database.

B

C When logging in to ProFile via ProFile-System.com, the

dashboard shows a breakdown of assets in the system by asset class. Clicking on any of the asset classes on the chart will drill down to the detailed listing. Also, the dashboard shows Preventive Maintenance status of assets for easy access to overdue PMs. D See a complete list of all assets in one place or choose

the tab for the asset class to filter by. All fields on the tool listing are sortable using the header fields.

Dashboard

Dashboard

Assets

Customers

Activity

Reports

Dashboard

C

Welcome to the ProFile Asset Management System Assets

Preven�ve Maintenance

Press 2

Mold 3

Equipment 2

Past Due 3

On Schedule 7 Die 3

Mobile Functionality and GPS Scan the QR code on the Asset Tags or Plates on your mobile device to see a summary view of the assets. To see additional data, press the details button. Every time a QR code is scanned, the GPS location is pushed to the cloud and recorded on the asset page.

Preventive Maintenance and Work Orders Users can create checklists and assign them to assets to view how many cycles or date assets are from requiring maintenance. To schedule maintenance or other activities, Work orders can be utilized to track unscheduled maintenance and repairs for assets. For a demonstration or to set up an account for ProFile system access, contact Customer Service.

F-6

Administration

Assets

Customers

Activity

Reports

Administration

D


profile

ÂŽ

asset tags and plates

000000123 AST000000123 AST000000123

ProFile-System.com ProFile-System.com

specifications: standard tags

000000123 TM TM TM

000001

ProFile-System.com

AST000000123 CVeMonitor.com AST000000456 TM ProFile-System.com CVeMonitor.com AST000000123 AST000000456 ProFile-System.com

TM

TM

CVeMonitor.com

CVeMonitor.com

CVeMonitor.com

000001

ProFile-System.com

000001

Custom Text 1 Custom Text 1

ProFile-System.com

ProFile-System.com

TM

TM

000000456

Two sizes available for either ProFile or CVe Live database use. 8 mils thick aluminum, brushed finish. 3M 467 adhesive can 000001 be affixed to standard tool steel. Max temp 150°C (300°F) Serial number (AST prefix) is established by Progressive and aligns to 000001 customer-specific asset identification within ProFile-System.com. • Small versions fit on CounterViews. Refer to page F-8. 000001 order • Minimum quantity is 25 tags of any type and must be purchased in 000001 increments of 25. 000001 account required and established at time of purchase. • ProFile • • • •

ProFile-System.com

000001

TM

AST000000456 CVeMonitor.com

000001

TM

000000456 om Text 1

CVeMonitor.com

000001

AST123456789 CVeMonitor.com Custom Text AST000000456 2 Custom Text 3 AST123456789

Custom Text 4

Custom Text 1

Custom Text 1

om Text 1

size

description

AMTG-S24

4� x 2�

ProFile Asset Tag-Large

CVTG-S24 000001

4� x 2�

CVe Live Asset Tag-Large

ProFile-System.com TM

Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

000001

TM

CVeMonitor.com

000001

3.6

CVeMonitor.com

000001

catalog number 000001

000001

AMTG-S15

1.25� x .5�

ProFile Asset Tag-Small

CVTG-S15 000001

1.25� x .5�

CVe Live Asset Tag-Small

3.6

123456789

Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

specifications: standard plates

AST123456789

Custom Text 21.6 Custom Text 3 1.6 Custom Text 4

ProFile-System.com AST000000123 • Size: 4â€? x 2â€? AST123456789 Custom Text 1 • 20 mils thick aluminum. 3.6ProFile-System.com AST000001234 Custom Text 1 • Provides heat resistance for assets up to 315°C (600°F). 123456789ProFile-System.com AST000001234

• Bolts to mold base/asset with included button head cap screws. TM • Minimum order quantity is 25 plates and must be purchased in increments of 25. Custom Text 2 000001 AST123456789 • ProFileCustom account and established at time of purchase. Text 3required

Clearance for #10-32 / M4 3.6 Button Head Cap Screws Clearance for #10-32 / M4 Button Head Cap Screws

ProFile-System.com

Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

1.6

1.6

ProFile-System.com

AST000001234

TM

CVeMonitor.com

TM

Custom Text 4

AST123456789

catalog Custom Text 1 AST000000456 number

AMTG-P24 Custom Text 1 AST000001234 CVeMonitor.com CVTG-P24 AST00006789 Custom Text 2 Text Custom Custom Text 11 AST123456789 Clearance for #10-32 / M4 Custom Text 3 000001234CVeMonitor.com AST00006789 Button Head Cap Screws

tem.com

M4 ws

ProFile-System.com Clearance for #10-32 / M4 Button Head Cap Screws

AST000000123

ProFile-System.com

4� x 2�

000001

description ProFile Asset Plate

000001

CVe Live Asset Plate

AST000000123 TM

AST123456789 Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

Custom Text 2

Text 3 AST123456789 ordering information custom tag & plate Custom Custom Text Custom 4 Text 1 TM

Custom Text 2 CVeMonitor.com AST00006789 TM • Specifications are same as standard Tags and shown above. Custom Text 3 Plates, TM 000001 company’s logos. All custom Tags/Plates include Custom Text 4 • Layout is as shown in the options below, but the color can3.6be selected to match your CVeMonitor.com the QR code and AST00006789 unique serial number. Additional text is optional with the000001 locations shown below for the larger Tags and Plates. ProFile-System.com • Minimum order quantity = 50 for 4x2� Plates and Tags; 100 for the 1.25 x .5� tags. TM CVeMonitor.com 000001 • Contact Customer Service forAST000000456 full specifications Custom Text 2 and file format requirements. • Delivery for initial order is 3 weeks, including proof time. Custom Text 3

AST123456789

ProFile-System.com

TM

CVeMonitor.com

AST123456789 TM

AST000000456 T00006789

r.com

TM

1.6 Custom Text 4

Custom Text 1 ProFile-System.com

Custom Text 2

1.6

Custom Text 1

000001

Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

AST123456789

AST123456789

TM

3.6

CVeMonitor.com

AST123456789

000001

AST000001234

Clearance for #10-32 / M4 Button Head Cap Screws

Custom Custom Text 1 Text 3 Custom Text 4

000001

CVeMonitor.com

T00006789

Text 2 Text 3 Text 4

4� x 2�

TM

CVeMonitor.com

Custom Text 4

000001234

M4 ws

size

AST00006789

F-7


mold monitoring

counterview

®

Progressive’s CounterView positively monitors mold activity, validates process monitoring data, and assists mold maintenance procedures.

s-series

• Maximum operating temperatures: – 250˚F (120˚C) Standard CounterView – 375˚F (190˚C) High Temp CounterView • Counter: Non-resettable mechanical, 7-digit • Available for installation on the movable or stationary halves and with extensions. • For heat protection, refer to the Insulators available on pages F-10 and F-11.

m Glass-filled Nylon housing

.938 (24mm)

PL

Modify actuator to extend above parting line .170" (4mm)

.250 (6mm)

PL

.465 (12mm)

.500 (12mm)

#8-32 x 1" and M4-.7 x 25mm SHCS (2) Included

1.500 (38mm) *Pocket Tolerance: 1.875/48mm for .004" (.1mm) PL gap

.750 (19mm)

R 5/16 (R 8mm)

0 0 0 0 0 00

1.875* (48mm)

0 0 0 0 0 00

1.000 (26mm)

.375ø +.005 -.000 (10mm)

1.125 (28mm)

PL 0 0 0 0 0 00

1.125 (28mm)

mounting options Parting Line Mount

Parting line mount makes unit easily visible to operator.

Internal Extension Mount

Machinable 8” (200mm) included extension rod allows installation in support plate or rail. Available with Standard CounterViews only.

External Mount

No pocket machining necessary. Designed specifically for retrofit applications. Order the Parting Line Mount and the CVE-EXT Block as shown below.

Operator Side: Movable Half / B Side

catalog number CVPL-B CVIN-B CVPLHT-B

version & mounting style Standard: Parting Line Standard: Internal Extension High Temp: Parting Line

Operator Side: Stationary Half / A Side

catalog number CVPL-A CVIN-A CVPLHT-A

version & mounting style Standard: Parting Line Standard: Internal Extension High Temp: Parting Line

Screws included.

Screws included.

Note: CounterViews can be ordered pre-set to a specific cycle count. Contact Customer Service for more information.

accessories catalog number

description

CVE-EXT

External Mounting Block including #8-32 x 1” (2) and M4 x 25mm screws (2) ID Plate for CounterView

CVID

F-8


counterview

®

r-series

Progressive’s CounterView positively monitors mold activity, validates process monitoring data, and assists mold maintenance procedure • Maximum operating temperature is 250˚F (120˚C). For heat protection, refer to the Insulators available on pages F-10 and F-11. • Counter: Non-resettable mechanical, 7-digit

m Glass-filled Nylon housing

A Plate A Plate P L Right hand (actuated with parting line on the right) B Plate CounterView mounted in B Plate (CVR-B-18 shown)

e

P L

e Backup Plate or insert

B Plate

+.005

Cavity Plate 1.875" (47mm)

Left hand (actuated with parting line on the left) CounterView mounted in A Plate (CVR-A-23 shown)

PL

1.840 -.000 Cavity Plate 46.75mm +.12 [1.875" -.00 [ (56mm)

.160 ±.01 (4mm ±.25) Actuation required. (If actuator rod is to be modified, this dimension should be maintained.)

1.625 +.010 -.000

Backup PlateR .03 [.75mm] or max, typical insert

[41.25mm +.25 -.00 [

Installation

.750*

[

+.000 -.001

[

19.05*

The R-Series CounterView can be installed in the A or B plates with a minimum thickness of 1.875” (47mm). Larger plates utilize .195 Typical a threaded rod (included with each) that is pre-machined to the (5mm) appropriate length for standard plate thicknesses to provide consistent actuation. Backup Plate or insert

Cavity: Variable Thickness

Operator Side: Movable

Right hand CounterView mounted in B Plate (CVR-18 shown)

Inch Standard catalog number

Nominal Plate Thickness

Actuator length is provided in nominal increments, but longer lengths can be purchased and modified to suit the plate thickness and up Side insert or plate. Halfback /B

.875Ø

[

+.005 -.000

22.25Ømm +.12 -.00

.28Ø [7Ø mm]

.50 ± .005

[ 12.5mm [

THRU TO P/L

± .12

Backup*Light press fit Plate or Left hand CAD insertion point insert CounterView

Cavity: Variable Thickness

mounted in A Plate Operator Side: Stationary Half /shown) A Side (CVRL-23

Left hand CounterView mounted in A Plate Metric Standard(CVRL-23 shown) catalog number

[

Standard Plate Thickness

+.00 -.02

Nominal Plate Thickness

Inch Standard catalog number

Nominal Plate Thickness

Metric Standard catalog number

Nominal Plate Thickness

CVR-B-18

1.875

CVR-B-56

56

CVR-A-18

1.875

CVR-A-56

56

CVR-B-23

2.375

CVR-B-66

66

CVR-A-23

2.375

CVR-A-66

66

CVR-B-28

2.875

CVR-B-76

76

CVR-A-28

2.875

CVR-A-76

76

CVR-B-33

3.375

CVR-B-96

96

CVR-A-33

3.375

CVR-A-96

96

CVR-B-38

3.875

CVR-B-116

116

CVR-A-38

3.875

CVR-A-116

116

CVR-B-43

4.375

CVR-B-196

196

CVR-A-43

4.375

CVR-A-196

196

CVR-B-83

8.375

*Light press fit

CVR-A-83

8.375

Patent No. EP1567924 issued throughout Europe and South Africa. Chinese Patent No. ZL200380109407.8 issued.

41.25

+.25 -.00

Standard Plate Thickness

9999950

THRU TO P/L All except CVR-B-18 and CVR-A-18 Each R-Series CounterView includes the actuator. .75 R max. .75 R max. require attachment of the actuator rod to the threaded CounterView unit.

F-9


mold monitoring

insulator blocks external mount

S3

S4

W2

H2 T2 T1 H1

PL

S2

S1 W1

Application Guidelines: • Maximum temperature: 180°C/360°F. • Installation can be on the cavity or core half of the tool. For use with CVe Live, mount to the stationary half for optimum cable routing. • The Inch or Metric Insulator Block accepts the screws from the square CounterView sold on page F-8 or the CVe Monitor sold on page F-1.

m Durethan catalog number

description

hi

wi

ti

si

s2

h2

w2

t2

s3

s4

CV-BLK

Inch version with screws: (2) 1/4-20 x 1-1/8 (Actuator) (2) 1/4-20 x 1-1/2 (Block)

2.37

3.00

1.37

2.250

.500

.75

2.00

1.00

1.000

.375

CVMM-BLK

Metric version with screws: (2) M6-1.0 x 30 (Actuator) (2) M6-1.0 x 40 (Block)

58.5

78

35

58

13

20

47

25

23

10

insulator block

r-series counterview attachment block CounterView Block

Actuation Block 1.000

#10-32 Button Head Cap Screw retains CounterView

m A36 s Black Oxide catalog number

description

CVRA-100

CounterView Attachment Block Set

PL

#10-32 SHCS (2)

Slot for (2) #10-32 SHCS for height adjustment .250

.250 1.000

2.000 2.250

2.000

CAD insertion point The CV Attachment Block set includes both blocks and mounting screws. R-SeriesCounterViews are sold separately on page F-9.

1.000

1.750

.375

1.687*

.312

PL

Note: The width of the Actuation Block is smaller by 1/16” to allow for clearance if the CounterView Block is recessed into the mold.

F-10 SA Patent A2017/01117


insulator blocks

retrofit bracket

Progressive’s Insulator Bracket insulates the CVe Monitor or CounterView in high heat applications, installing within existing pockets without any modification to the mold’s cavity half or core half. • Maximum temperature: 210°C/410°F

1.000 (26mm)

1.625 (41mm)

1.875 (48mm)

PL 1.500 (38mm)

CVe Monitor or CounterView pocket

2.875 (78mm)

2.125 (54mm)

Bracket Installed CAD insertion point catalog number

description

CV-BRACKET

Inch version with screws: (2) #8-32 x 1.5

CVMM-BRACKET

Metric version with screws: (2) M4-.7 x 35mm

Application Guidelines: • The Inch or Metric Insulator Block assembly sits in the pocket as shown above, and utilizes the screws from the square CounterView sold on page F-8 or the CVe Monitor sold on page F-1. • The Bracket can be installed on the cavity or core half of the tool. For use with CVe Live, mount to the stationary half for optimal cable routing. • The CVe Monitor or Counterview are actuated via a Striker which is attached to the Insulator Bracket as a single unit. No preload adjustment is required.

F-11


mold monitoring

system cooling™ System Cooling is a suite of products that allows injection molders and mold makers to collect and view data on the cooling lines within a mold and the cooling parameters during production. Molders utilizing the process monitoring system can view and collect data related to coolant flow, temperature, and pressure with information recorded and time stamped for historical tracking. Mold makers and tool room managers can utilize the Test Rig, a testing station that analyzes the mold for flow capacity, leaks, and optimal process set points.

Validate

Benefits: • Allows for troubleshooting of quality inconsistencies. • Alarms when process deviations are detected, reducing scrap. • Reduces setup errors by the detection of flow constraints due to closed valves or dead-headed circuits. • Identifies flow deviations from long-term corrosion build up, blockages, or equipment faults. • Identifies temperature deviations and fluctuations from cycle time changes, unauthorized adjustments, or equipment faults. • Validations certify that molds are production-ready. • Aids in scheduling maintenance intervals base off past analysis and historical data, while also providing reporting capabilities.

Monitor

Process

system cooling™ process monitoring manifolds

The instrumented manifold takes the place of traditional distribution manifolds on molding machines. Its compact form and stainless steel construction grants versatility in a variety of applications from harsh environments to space-limited configurations and clean rooms. The flow sensors operate on the vortex flow principle without any moving parts. Manifolds can be mounted to the molding machine or a separate cart.

Manifolds monitor: • • • • •

Supply temperature Supply pressure Return temperature by zone Flow by zone Return pressure

Additional features include: • Main supply and return ports on both top and bottom of manifold provide flexibility. • No moving parts and large unrestricted flow path. • Color-coded ball valves and 300 series connectors installed.

Ordering Information zones

flow range .25-5.25 GPM / 1-20 LPM

4 .5-10.5 GPM / 2-40 LPM .25-5.25 GPM / 1-20 LPM 8 .5-10.5 GPM / 2-40 LPM .25-5.25 GPM / 1-20 LPM 12 .5-10.5 GPM / 2-40 LPM

F-12

max temperature

catalog number

200° F / 95° C 250° F / 120° C 200° F / 95° C 250° F / 120° C 200° F / 95° C 250° F / 120° C 200° F / 95° C 250° F / 120° C 200° F / 95° C 250° F / 120° C 200° F / 95° C 250° F / 120° C

SCM-4-1-SS SCM-4-1-SS-HT SCM-4-2-SS SCM-4-2-SS-HT SCM-8-1-SS SCM-8-1-SS-HT SCM-8-2-SS SCM-8-2-SS-HT SCM-12-1-SS SCM-12-1-SS-HT SCM-12-2-SS SCM-12-2-SS-HT

Flow and temperature are measured in each zone individually. Monitoring system consists of Manifolds and required electronics. Please contact Customer Service for system information and quotes.


system cooling™ software

The System Cooling software interface is easy to use with only five screens to navigate. The system provides real-time information, historical data, and profiles (mold ID, circuit names, and data thresholds) for mold management: A Information Display

• Temperature deltas between supply and return are calculated per zone. • Reynolds numbers are calculated per zone, and laminar, transitional, or turbulent status is displayed. • Alarms are activated per monitored parameter based on the profiles of the molds. B Historical Data

• Graphs present data for the most recent two hours of production. • Data can be exported via USB or by network connection for viewing in Excel or additional systems. C System Overview

• The status of the entire system, all zones of all manifolds, can be viewed at a glance. B A

C

mounting The System Cooling Monitoring System can either be permanently installed on a molding machine or mounted to a mobile cart as shown on the following page. When mounted to a machine, the System Cooling I/O module, included with every system, can communicate to external devices such as the molding machine, part diverters, stack lights, and data networks. • Alarm or warning state can switch molding machine to semi-auto or manual mode. • Part diverters can automatically separate nonconforming parts. • Illuminate stack lights for visibility to technicians. • Data markers from the molding machine, typically at the beginning of each cycle, can be accepted and overlaid on the data. • Machine idle state input signals the system to suppress alarm output during alarm state. The system is also VNC capable, eliminating the need for a touchscreen controller. The interface can be accessed via VNC from a smartphone, laptop, or the machine controller. Note: Molding presses must be verified for compatibility.

F-13


mold monitoring

system cooling™ portable cart

As an alternative to permanently dedicating System Cooling to a press, the system can be mounted to a mobile cart. Applications that can benefit from a mobile cart include: • Troubleshooting • Process development for new molds. • Ad-hoc projects and validation efforts. On the standard carts, one or two manifolds can be mounted utilizing the item numbers below. Custom configurations are also available by contacting Customer Service.

Ordering Information catalog number

type

SCP-CART8 SCP-CART12

Portable Cart for 8-zone Manifolds Portable Cart for 12-zone Manifolds

system specifications Contact tech@procomps.com for additional specifications or questions. manifold specifications Manifold Feed Ports Circuit Ports Regulation

1” BSPP 3/8 (-1) or 1/2 (-2) NPT Color-Coded Ball Valves

Connections

300 Series Quick Connectors

Maximum Pressure

Flow Sensor Type Accuracy-Flow Accuracy-Temperature Resolution-Temperature Response Time

145 PSI 200° F / 95° C (Std) 250° F / 120° C (High Temp) Vortex 1.5% fs +/- 1.5% fs 0.9ºF/0.5ºC <1s

Seals

EPDM

Maximum Temperature

software & electronics specifications Display

F-14

15.6” Touch Screen

Communication Ports

Ethernet / USB

Communication system

ASCII (USB)/HTML/SSH (optional)/VNC

Supported Protocols

USB Serial / TCP / IP

Machine Controller Integration

VNC

Maximum Supported Manifolds

8 Manifolds / 96 Zones

Display Units

°C, LPM ,Bar / °F, GPM, PSI

Alarm Units

User Defined

Warning Limits

10% of alarm limits (optional)

Alarm & Warning Output

N/C and N/O Dry Contacts

Marker Input

24 VDC Galvanically Isolated

Idle Input

24 VDC Galvanically Isolated

Power Supply

12-24 VDC


system cooling™ test rig The Test Rig analyzes molds to validate, maintain, and optimize processes. The Rig runs flow capacity and pressure leak tests, and the premium version also determines optimal cooling process parameters. Reports are generated from the results and can be sent, saved, or printed. The Test Rig is a standalone test station equipped with a water reservoir, pump, 8-zone manifold, and unique control system and offered with three different models for customer applications.

New Molds Mold makers are able to provide new tools to the customer complete with a report of operating parameters, including data relating to the cooling circuits in the mold. Traceable documentation of design validation for flow capacity under simulated production conditions and leak testing is provided by the Test Rig. These benchmarks are vital for any quality assurance process and establish a baseline for future comparisons.

Mold Maintenance Mold cooling circuits need to be maintained regularly to remove scale and rust to ensure maximum productivity. With the Test Rig, the cooling channels can be analyzed and tested easily. The pressure can be precisely controlled by the variable output pump through the user interface to simulate the production environment. Each report can be compared against the baseline values to determine required maintenance and establish maintenance intervals for future service. The test results certify that a mold has regained flow capacity values and is in ready to run condition before being sent back to production.

Process Optimization The cooling circuit flow capability at a given supply pressure is determined by the flow capacity test. The additional optimization executed by the extended flow test within the premium version determines the minimum required supply pressure to achieve maximum flow. This aids in defining process parameters to conserve central cooling supply capacity, potentially leading to reduced energy consumption.

Ordering Information catalog number

flow range

SCTR-1-*

8 Zone Test Rig - .25-4 GPM / 1/15 LPM

SCTR-2-*

8 Zone Test Rig - .5-10.5 GPM / 2-40 LPM

model type

Specify the Test Rig catalog number above followed by the model suffix shown at right. Ex: SCTR-2-M will be the Test Rig Premium Model with the higher flow range.

Test Rig (-B)

Test Rig Plus (-P)

Test Rig Premium (-M)

features • Flow capacity and leak tests • Plug and play, ready for testing • Ports for data export or networking Includes basic Test Rig features, plus: • Advanced software with extended flow optimization test. • Built-in WiFi router capable of sending reports directly to a printer Includes the same features as the Plus model and adds: • Automatic water change system

test rig specifications Zones

8

Regulation

Color Coded Ball Valves

Connections

300 Series Quick Connectors

Flow Sensor Type

Vortex

Accuracy - Flow

1.5% fs

Max Total Flow

32 GPM / 120 LPM

Max Pump Pressure

85 PSI

Max Rated Pressure

145 PSI

Seals

EPDM

Display Units

°C, LPM ,Bar / °F, GPM, PSI

Ports

Ethernet and USB

Power Requirements

480v 60Hz 5A

F-15


mold monitoring

moldtrax™

mold maintenance software MTWEB Features Include: • Now completely accessible from anywhere in the world as a mobile-friendly, secure, web-based system. • A Mold Performance “Dashboard” is now available from the main screen that shows the ongoing ratio of Scheduled vs. Unscheduled mold stops and also Top Mold Tooling costs and part quality defects • Tracking all costs associated with individual or grouped molds, products, or mold frame styles. • Comes preloaded with industry mold maintenance terms and explanations/descriptions in several important fields that can be edited/customized as the user requires. • Many standard reports, specifically created for mold and maintenance tracking and cost analysis by entering your date range and selecting a report. • Creates a baseline of data to set targets and goals and to measure continuous improvement. • Includes a new Maintenance Efficiency report for repair technician training. • Contact database allows for entries of customers, vendors, and employees for easy accessibility.

• MoldTrax New PM Alert report shows what molds are running and proximity to a PM based on cycle counts that may be entered manually or electronically from many other systems. • Link to images, video’s and other external documentation instantly. • All screens have been enlarged and many include Zoom windows with rich (customizable) text.

The Maintenance Tracking Section displays mold production run dates and times, press number and stop reasons, along with mold configuration changeovers.

An Inventory Monitoring feature has been added to allow the user to see how many components are left in stock,reorder amounts, and dates. Links can be added for quick ordering from your favorite component supplier. An Inventory Report may be run to monitor inventory and check the balance on hand of all components, in all molds.

System Requirements: • Only needs a Browser (Chrome, Microsoft Edge recommended)

The Tech Tips section allows for critical bench procedures, techniques and special tools required to be documented, organized and shared with toolroom employees to keep repairs consistent and safe.

F-16

MoldTrax Ordering Information: • To order a copy of MTWEB or the MTWEB Upgrade, please call MoldTrax LLC at 1-419-281-0790 or email Steve@MoldTrax.com.


cam actions slide components section g

G CAM ACTIONS SLIDE COMPONENTS

CamAction 100 Series

CamAction 200 Series

CamAction 250 Series

CamAction 300/350 Series

Prefix: CA, CAMM

Prefix: CA, CAMM

Prefix: CA

Prefix: CA, CAMM

Page: G-2

Page: G-3

Page: G-6

Page: G-8

CamAction 400 Series

Slide Retainers

SRT Bases & Bushings

Angle Pin

Prefix: CA

Prefix: SRT, SRTM

Prefix: SRTBA, SRTBU

Prefix: AP

Page: G-13

Page: G-15

Page: G-17

Page: G-18

Slide Retainer: Urethane

Wear Plates

Bronze Wear Plates

L- GIB

Prefix: RET

Prefix: WP

Prefix: WP

Prefix: LGIB

Page: G-18

Page: G-19

Page: G-20

Page: G-20



cam action assemblies ®

selection guide

Progressive’s CamActions provide easy installation for molding and releasing details. Several sizes and travel configurations are available. • Advanced materials and treatments for long-lasting production. • Inserts and pins available in all series. • For application assistance, please contact tech@procomps.com. Lock

Slide Insert

Guide

Inch Standard travel

overall assembly sizes

catalog number

cam action series

page number

100 Series

G-2

200 Series

G-3

250 Series

G-6

300 Series

G-8

.160"

1.00" X 1.25" X 1.00" H

CA-100

.230"

1.00" X 1.25" X 1.50" H

CA-200

.230"

1.00" X 1.25" X 4.12" H

CA-200L*

.150"

.50” X .75” X 1.25” H

CA-250-15

.310"

.80" X 1.38" X 1.75" H

CA-250-31

.500"

1.25” X 2.00” X 2.75” H

CA-250-50

.250"

1.50" X 2.25" X 2.25" H

CA-300

.250"

1.50" X 2.25" X 5.79" H

CA-300L*

.750"

1.50" X 2.63" X 2.63" H

CA-350

350 Series

G-10

1.000"

3.00" X 4.00" X 4.44" H

CA-400

400 Series

G-13

catalog number

cam action series

page number

100 Series

G-2

200 Series

G-3

250 Series

G-6

300 Series

G-9

350 Series

G-11

L= Longer Driver or Lock to extend below parting line.

Metric Standard travel

overall assembly sizes

4mm

26 X 32 X 25.4 H

CAMM-100

5.8mm

26 X 32 X 38.1 H

CAMM-200

5.8mm

26 X 32 X 103.2 H

CAMM-200L*

4mm

12 X 20 X 32 H

CAMM-250-4

8mm

20 X 34 X 47 H

CAMM-250-8

12mm

32 X 50 X 68 H

CAMM-250-12

6.35mm

40 X 60 X 57.7 H

CAMM-300

6.35mm

40 X 60 X 147.4 H

CAMM-300L*

18mm

40 X 64 X 66.5 H

CAMM-350

L= Longer Driver or Lock to extend below parting line.

G-1


cam actions, slide components

cam action

®

100 series

1.250

+.002 -.000

Inch Standard .6250

1.250

0

.25 R

+.002 -.000

.812 .6250

1.250

±.010

1.000

.6250 1.250

+.002 -.000

.6250

.25 R

1.1870* .812

1.000

±.010

1.1870*

+.002 -.000

1.1870*

+.002 -.000

+.002

1.000 -.000 .25 R

1.000

+.002 -.000

±.001

.828 ±.001

1.000 .828 Optional clearance for ±.001 loading core pin .100 #10-24 thd

ance er

32

20 ±.25

Allows .025 clearance below slide carrier

1.000

#10-24 thd

Shoulder Bolt

16.00

21.03 ±.025

21.03 ±.025

2.5

Allows for .675 clearance below slide

Optional clearance for loading core 21.03 pin ±.025

25.4 21.03 Optional clearance for ±.025 loading core pin 2.5thd M5x.8

Allows for .675 clearance below slide

25.4

Note: 21.03 dimension must be maintained to avoid improper 2.5 spring pre-load or damage to 2.5internal components.

Allows for .675 clearance below slide

Allows for .675 M5x.8 thd clearance below slide

Travel = .160” (4mm)

Housing Slide Carrier

catalog number

CAD insertion point description

CA-100

CamAction Unit

CAMM-100

Metric CamAction Unit

Note: Max operating temperature 300°F (150°C) Replacement parts are available. Refer to the price list for catalog numbers and pricing.

G-2

26 +.05 -.00 6R

26 +.05 -.00

30.15*

Driver

Spring

6R

Note: When the core pin is not shutting off on the inner core wall, the distance from the edge of the insert should be 29.00 for the slide carrier to shut off against the core insert.

Optional clearance 1.000for loading core pin

1.000

+.05 -.00

30.15*

+.05

Optional clearance for loading core pin

#10-24 thd

32

6R

26 -.00 20 ±.25

20 ±.25

+.05 -.00

16.00

26 +.05 -.00

±.25

30.15*

Note: .828 dimension must be maintained to avoid .100 improper spring pre-load or damage to internal components. Allows .025 clearance #10-24 thd below slide carrier

+.05 -.00

16.00 20

32

6R

30.15*

1.1870*

Optional clearance for loading core .828 pin ±.001

+.05 -.00

16.00

.25 R

Note: When the core pin is not shutting off on the inner core wall, the distance from the edge of the insert should be 1.142 for the slide carrier to shut off against the core insert. .828

32

Metric Standard

+.002 -.000

Optional clearan loading core

Optional clearanc 2 loading core p

M5x.8 thd

M5x.8 thd

25


cam action

®

200 series

1.250 .812

+.002 -.000

1.250

.6250.812

±.010

+.002 -.000

1.250

Inch Standard .812

.6250

±.010

1.250 .812 ±.010

32 +.05 -.00

R.25 .6250

±.010

1.250

+.002 -.000

20

+.002 -.000

.812 .6250 ±.010 R.25 1.000 +.002 -.000 1.1500* 1.1500*

.6250

16.00

26 +.05 -.00 29.21*

29.21*

.2855 +.002 R .187 .571 .7505 -.000 (2)

7.25 +.05 +.05 R 414.5 (2) 19.01 -.00 -.00

.2855 R .187+.002 (2) .7505 -.000

1.1500* R .125 +.002 .7505 (2)-.000

.7505

1.1500* R .125 (2)

±.001

R3 (2)

+.002 -.000

.828

.828

±.001

1/4-20 thd

±.001

.828

.828

±.001

±.001

1/4-20 thd .910

.910

21.03 ±.025

#10-24 thd

±.025

23.11

23.11

Travel = .230” (5.8mm) catalog number#10-24 thd CA-200

23.11

#10-24 thd

#10-24 thd CamAction Unit-Standard Driver

CAMM-200

Metric CamAction Unit-Standard Driver Metric CamAction Unit-Longer Driver

M6-1 thd 12.7 minus total insert 21.03 preload ±.025 M6-1 thd M6-1 thd 12.7 minus total insert 25.4 preload

12.7 m total ins preload

12.7 total prelo

12.7 total i 25.4 prelo

25.4 Optional clearance Optional 25.4 clear

for loading core pin for loading cor

M5-.8 thd

for loading core pin

M5-.8 thd

CAD insertion point

CAMM-200L

M6-1 thd 12.7 minus total insert preload

23.11 23.11 25.4 cle Optional 25.4 clearance Note: 21.03 dimension must be maintainedOptional to ensure proper shut-off.

M5-.8 thd

Replacement parts are available. Refer to the price list for catalog numbers and pricing.

for loading c

DriverM5-.8 thd Optional clearance for loading core pin

Optional clearance Optional clearance for loading core pin for loadingdescription core pin

CamAction Unit-Longer Driver

±.025

M5-.8 thd

for loading core pin

CA-200L

19.01 +-

29.21*

21.03

23.11

#10-24 thd

7.25 +. R 4+.05 (2 14.5 -. 19.01 -.00

±.025

M6-1 thd

for loading core pin for loading core pin

for loading core pin

29.21* R3 +.05 19.01(2) -.00

29.21* 21.03

±.025

21.03

R 4 (2) + 14.5 -

R 3View 29.21* Cavity Plan (2)

21.03

.910 dimension must be Note: .828 maintained to ensure proper 1.000 shut-off. 1.000clearance Optional Optional clearance #10-24 thd

29.21*

M6-1 thd

1/4-20 thd .500 minus .500 minus total insert total insert preload preload .5001/4-20 minus thd .500 minus total insert total insert preload preload 1/4-20 thd .500 minus .500 minus total insert total insert 1.000 1.000 preload preload

1.000Optional clearance Optional 1.000clearance

-.00

29.21* R3 (2)

Cavity Plan View

±.001

1/4-20 thd

26 +.05 -.00

7.25 R 4 (2 19.01

7.25 R3 R 4(2) (2) +.05 19.01

R3 (2)

1.1500* .828

1.1500* .828

R6 26 +.05 -.00

Note: When the core pin is not shutting off on the inner core wall, the 14.5 +.05 14.5 +.05 -.00 distance from the edge of the insert should be 29.02 for-.00 the slide carrier to shut off against the core insert. 7.25 7.25

.2855 +.002 R .187 (2) +.002 .571.7505 -.000 -.000 .2855 R .125 +.002 (2) R .187 (2) .7505 -.000

R6 26 +.05 -.00

29.21* Core Plan View

29.21*

R 4 (2) 14.5 +.05 -.00

1.1500* R .125 (2)

.910

20 ± .25R 6 26 +.05 -.00 29.21*

R .187+.002 (2) .571 -.000

1.1500*

10

16.00 32 +.05 -.00

R .187 (2) .571 +.002 -.000

R .125 (2)

.910

16.00 29.21*

Note: When the core pin is not shutting off on the inner core wall, the +.002 +.002 .571insert -.000 should .571 -.000 for the slide distance from the edge of the be 1.1425 carrier to shut .2855 off against the core insert. .2855

R .125 (2)

20 R 6 +.05 ± .25 26 -.00

+.05 -.00

20

R6

32 +.05 -.00

16.00

± .25

Core Plan View

R 6 16.00

+.05 -.00

32

1.000 +.002 -.000

1.1500*

1.1500*

20

± .25

R.25 1.000 +.002 -.000

1.000 +.002 -.000 1.1500*

1.1500*

32

Metric Standard

.812 .6250 R.25 +.002 R.25 ±.010 1.000 +.002 -.000 +.002 1.000 -.000 1.250 -.000

+.002 -.000

16.00±20 .25

± .25

R.25

32 +.05 -.00

Optional cle for loading c

M5-.8 thd Housing Slide Carrier

Notes: • Longer driver allows for extension below parting line up to 3” (76mm). • Max operating temperature 500°F (260°C)

G-3


cam actions, slide components

cam action accessories ®

100/200 series core pins

m M-2 h 60-62 HRC s Chrome Plated catalog number

d

h

y1

y2

CAP1-187

.1872 .1869

.37

.500

.750

CAP1-375

.3747 .3744

.37

.500

.688

CAPMM-5

4.984 mm 4.992 mm

9.5 mm

12.7 mm

19.05 mm

CAPMM-10

9.985 mm 9.992 mm

9.5 mm

12.7 mm

17.40 mm

3.00" (76mm)

H

.343 (9mm) max

Y2

1/4" (6mm) diameter with flats

61 ±1 HRC

D

Core Pin range shown. Pins are keyed to fit into slot on slide carrier.

Y1

For use with 100 and 200 Series CamActions. When using with the 100 Series, 2˚ draft per side (minimum) is required in the molding area.

200 series core pins m M-2 h 60-62 HRC s Chrome Plated catalog number

d

h

CAP2-500

.5001 .5003

.37

CAP2MM-13

13.002 mm 13.007 mm

9.5 mm

3.00" (76mm) 3.00" (76mm)

.343 (8.73 mm)

.343 (8.73 mm)

D D

For use with 200 Series CamActions only.

61 ±1 HRC

H

61 ±1 HRC

H

200 series inserts m P-20 Pre-Hard s Salt Bath Nitride catalog number

t

w

CSE2-62X75

.625

.750

T

[

15.98 mm

19 mm

[

9.5 mm

For use with 200 Series CamActions only.

G-4

[

+.001 +.025 mm -.000 -.000 mm

W

[

+.002 +.05 mm -.000 -.00 mm

[

3.00" (76mm) 3.00" (76mm)

[

.37

+.001 +.025 mm -.000 -.000 mm

CSE2MM-16X19

W

h

T

+.002 +.05 mm -.000 -.00 mm

[

[

H

H

66 ±2 HRC

.343 (8.73 mm) .343 (8.73 mm)


cam action accessories ®

“a”

extension

L D 30 ±2 HRC

C’Bore for SHCS

Thread for SHCS to suit

Cut to suit

m 4140 h 28-32 HRC s Black Oxide catalog number

“b”

d

l

shcs

CAE-100

.750

1.125

1/4-20

CAEMM-100

19 mm

28 mm

M6-1

.375" (9.5mm) pocket depth in A-Plate is recommended

riser

R

165 B

C

C’Bore for SHCS (2)

Cut to suit

A

3.0" (76mm)

B

m AISI 4140 PH h 28-32 HRC s Black Oxide catalog number

a

b

c

r

shcs

CBR-100

1.750

1.500

.375

.50

1/4-20

CBRMM-100

44 mm

38 mm

10 mm

12.7 mm

M6-1

Thread for SHCS to suit

.500" (12.7mm) pocket depth in B-Plate is recommended

G-5


cam actions, slide components

cam action

®

250 series

S2

S1

THD (2)

S2

S1

THD (2)

CAD insertion point

S3

THD

S3

THD

B

B B

B

R

R R

R A

A X A

X

A

X

Core Plan View

X

Cavity Plan View

Technical Information: R2 F*

• Machine pockets from the common location “X” to the dimensions shown. • Slide Retainers (SRT-10 or SRTM-04) are installed in the slides on the CA-250-50/CAMM-250-12. Ball Plungers retain the slide in the other sizes. • Max operating temperature 425°F (220°C). • Replacement parts are available. Refer to the price list for catalog numbers and pricing.

X R2

X

F*

Lock

Slide Insert

Insert Height

E D

Insert Height

E D C

X Guide with Retainer

*Minus pre-load.

C

X

Inch Standard

a

b

c

d

e

f

r

thd

catalog number

travel

Pocket

Pocket

Minimum Clearance

Minimum Clearance

Pocket

Pocket

s1

s2

s3

Pocket Radius

r2

CA-250-15

.15

.750

.500

.63

.60

.937

.313

.156

.594

.438

1/8

.03

#4-40 x 3/8

Socket Head Cap Screws

CA-250-31

.31

1.375

.800

1.03

1.03

1.375

.375

.313

1.063

.750

3/16

.03

#8-32 x 7/16

CA-250-50

.50

2.000

1.250

1.50

1.90

2.125

.625

.375

1.625

1.125

1/4

.04

1/4-20 x 5/8

Screws (3) included.

Metric Standard

a

b

c

catalog number

travel

Pocket

CAMM-250-4

4

20

12

CAMM-250-8

8

34

20

CAMM-250-12

12

50

32

39

Pocket

Minimum Clearance

d

e

f

Pocket

s1

24

8

38

9

53

15

Minimum Clearance

Pocket

17

16

27

27 38

s2

s3

4

16

7

27

10

40

thd

r

r2

10

3

.4

M3-.5 x 10

19

4

.4

M4-.7 x 12

27

5

1.0

Socket Head Cap Screws

M6-1 x 18

Screws (3) included.

G-6


cam action accessories ®

250 series inserts

W

L C

H

THD Inch Standard m DC53 / 1.2360 m H-13 / 1.2343

h 58-62 HRC h 48-52 HRC

w

h

assembly catalog number

dc53 / 1.2360 catalog number

h-13 / 1.2343 catalog number

+.000 - .001

+.000 - .001

CA-250-15

CSE25P-15L2

CSE25H-15L2

.500

CA-250-31

CSE25P-31L2.5

CSE25H-31L2.5

CA-250-50

CSE25P-50L4

CSE25H-50L4

thd

l

c

.374

2.250

3/8

#4-40 x 1/2

.800

.749

2.500

1/2

#8-32 x 7/8

1.250

1.249

4.000

3/4

1/4-20 x 1-1/4

socket head cap screw

Screw included.

Metric Standard m DC53 / 1.2360 m H-13 / 1.2343

h 58-62 HRC h 48-52 HRC

w

h

thd

assembly catalog number

dc53 / 1.2360 catalog number

h-13 / 1.2343 catalog number

+.00 - .03

+.00 - .03

l

c

CAMM-250-4

CSE25MMP-4L60

CSE25MMH-4L60

12

10

60

8

M3 -.5 x 12

CAMM-250-8

CSE25MMP-8L80

CSE25MMH-8L80

20

20

80

11

M4 -.7 x 22

CAMM-250-12

CSE25MMP-12L100

CSE25MMH-12L100

32

29

100

15

M5-.8 x 30

socket head cap screw

Screw included.

G-7


cam actions, slide components

cam action

®

300 series: inch standard

2.250

+.002 -.000

1/4-20 x 1/2" Deep

1.125

1.500

1.500

3/8-16 x 5/8" Deep

+.002 -.000

.750

+.002 -.000

1.500

+.002 -.000

.25 R .500

Core Plan View

.25 R

X

±.005

2.000

X + .500

±.005

+.001 -.000

Overall Length (4.90 max.) .437 Distance to SHCS center 1.625

.625*

+.001 -.000

X + .500

.289 Ref

+.001 -.000

Lock Depth

1.187 Ref

.025 Clearance

X

*Minus pre-load.

Pocket shown cleared

X

*Minus pre-load. Lock Slide (with Slide Retainer) Insert (Sold on page G-12)

Guide

G-8

Cavity Plan View

X + .500

.875 Insert

Pocket can be cleared in back of plate to allow for easy screw installation

±.005

Machine this surface to suit

R .03 .625*

.500

Travel = .250”

CAD insertion point

catalog number

description

CA-300

CamAction Unit-Standard Lock

CA-300L

CamAction Unit-Longer Lock

Notes: • Each assembly includes SRT-10 Slide Retainer and (3) mounting screws. Individual replacement parts are available. • Max operating temperature 425°F (220°C). • Replacement parts are available. Refer to the price list for catalog numbers and pricing.


cam action

®

300 series: metric standard

+.050 -.000

60

M6-1 x 12mm Deep

30

M10-1.5 x 20mm Deep

38 +.05 -.00 19

+.050

40 -.000

40 +.05 -.00

R 6.35 12

R 6.35

X

±.127

X + 14.12

52

Core Plan View

±.127

+.025 -.000

Overall Length (124mm max.) 11.11 Distance to SHCS center

Cavity Plan View

Machine this surface to suit

R .7 16*

12

± .12

16* +.025 -.000

X + 14.12

X + 14.12

22 Insert

7.3 Ref

41.6 +.025 -.000

Lock Depth

30.5 Ref Pocket can be cleared in back of plate to allow for easy screw installation

.6 Clearance

X

Pocket shown cleared

X

*Minus pre-load. Lock Slide (with Slide Retainer) Insert (Sold on page G-12)

Guide

Travel = 6.35 mm

CAD insertion point

catalog number

description

CAMM-300

Metric CamAction Unit-Standard Lock

CAMM-300L

Metric CamAction Unit-Longer Lock

Notes: • Each assembly includes SRT-10 Slide Retainer and (3) mounting screws. Individual replacement parts are available. • Max operating temperature 425°F (220°C). • Replacement parts are available. Refer to the price list for catalog numbers and pricing.

G-9


cam actions, slide components

cam action

®

350 series: inch standard

+.002 -.000

2.625

1.500

1/4-20 x 1/2" Deep

1.625

3/8-16 x 5/8" Deep

+.002 -.000

.812

+.002 -.000

1.500

.25 R

.25 R

X

.437 ±.005

X + .250

2.312 ±.005

Core Plan View

+.002 -.000

.500 ±.005

Cavity Plan View

Lock R .02 .750* +.001 -.000

64

+.05 -.00

M6-1 x 12 Deep

40 +.05 -.00

M10-1.5 x 20 Deep

R .5

20* +.02 -.00

20

Slide (with Slide Retainer) Insert (Sold on page G-12)

.437 Distance to SHCS center 40 +.05 -.00

1.875

11.4 Distance to SHCS center

X + .250

.875 Insert

+.001 -.000

46.5

Pocket can be cleared in back of plate to allow for easy screw installation

X

12 ±.1

54

±.1

.03 Clearance

Travel = .750”

X

catalog number CA-350

*Minus pre-load.

G-10

+.02 -.00

Guide

7R

X+6

22 +.05 Insert 40 -.00

7R

Pocket can be cleared ±.1 CAD insertion point 14of in back plate to 1mm allow for easy screw Clearance description installation CamAction Unit: 350 Series

Notes: • Each assembly includes SRT-10 Slide Retainer and (3) mounting screws. Individual replacement parts are available. • Max operating temperature 425°F (220°C). • Replacement parts are available. Refer to the price list for catalog numbers and pricing.

X


1.500

+.002 -.000

cam action 1.500

+.002 -.000

®

350 series: metric standard

.25 R

X

.437 ±.005

.25 R

2.312

X + .250

±.005

64

+.05 -.00

M6-1 x 12 Deep

M10-1.5 x 20 Deep

.500 ±.005

40 +.05 -.00 20

40 +.05 -.00

40 +.05 -.00

7R ±.1

54

7R

X

12

X+6

±.1

14 ±.1

Core Plan View

Cavity Plan View

Lock R .5 20* +.02 -.00

Slide (with Slide Retainer) Insert (Sold on page G-12) 11.4 Distance to SHCS center

46.5

X+6

22 Insert

+.02 -.00

Guide Pocket can be cleared in back of plate to allow for easy screw installation

*Minus pre-load.

Travel = 18mm 1mm Clearance

X

CAD insertion point

catalog number

description

CAMM-350

CamAction Unit: 350 Series (Metric)

Notes: • Each assembly includes SRT-10 Slide Retainer and (3) mounting screws. Individual replacement parts are available. • Max operating temperature 425°F (220°C). • Replacement parts are available. Refer to the price list for catalog numbers and pricing.

G-11


cam actions, slide components

cam action accessories ®

300 series core pins m M-2 h 58-62 HRC s Chrome Plated

L

thd

catalog number

d

c

CAP3-750

.7504 .7508

1/4-20 x 7/8

3/4

CAP3MM-19

19.009 mm 19.019 mm

M6-1 x 20

20 mm

Socket Head Cap Screw

+.010 -.000

6.00" (152mm)

THD

C

D Notched for orientation

Screw included.

300 series inserts m P-20 Pre-Hard s Salt Bath Nitride

thd

catalog number

h

w

l

CSE3-50

.875

1.500

.50

1/4-20 x 7/8

5/8

CSE3-200

.875

1.500

2.00

1/4-20 x 7/8

5/8

Socket Head Cap Screw

w

CSE3MM-12

22 mm

38 mm

12 mm

M6-1 x 20

15 mm

CSE3MM-50

22 mm

38 mm

50 mm

M6-1 x 20

15 mm

W

L

+.002 +.05 mm -.000 -.00 mm

[

+.010 +.25 mm -.000 -.00 mm

[

[

[

C H

+.002 +.05 mm -.000 -.00 mm

[

[

THD

Screw included.

300 series ul adapters A UL Adapter

+.000 +.00 -.002 -.05

B

THD

W

H

+.000 -.005 +.00 -.12

+.000 -.002 +.00 -.05

[

C

Add .0015 (.04mm) to Core Blade diameter or T & W dimensions for clearance

T

[

+.000 +.00 -.005 -.12

[

[

[

[

D U-Coupling

Core Blade

.30 (8mm)

m 4140 s Salt Bath Nitride catalog number

t

w

h

d

CTG-300

.875

.875

.563

.098

CTGMM-300

23 mm

23 mm

6 mm

2.5 mm

thd

a

b

c

compatible u-coupling

1/4-20 x 7/8

.75

.406

1.187

UCU87

M6-1 x 22

12 mm

10 mm

30.15 mm

UCMM22

Socket Head Cap Screw

Screw included. UniLifter Core Blades and U-Couplings are sold in section H.

G-12


cam action

®

400 series

3.500

+.002 -.000

1.750

1.500 .625 (2)

±.005

3.000

+.002 -.000

1/2-13 x 1" Deep

X + .500

.50 R

1.125

Application above parting line

1.437 Plus J Minus Preload

Cavity is cleared for insert

±.005

Cavity Plan View

3/8-16 x 5/8" Deep

4.000 +.002 -.000

Height above Parting Line (J)

2.000 Guide Pocket

Insert Clearance

+.002

Clearance

3.000 -.000

1.500

Insert Bearing

X

.437

.50 R

.005

3.437 .005

Can be used with Extension Plugs or Connector Plugs

Core Plan View

Front View

.02 Max Radius on Pocket

1.437 Minus Preload

.562 (4)

2.873 (Ref)

X + .500

2.00

(approx. clr.)

1/8-27 NPT (In and Out)

.875 (4)

Each assembly includes an installed SRT-30 Slide Retainer, Threadlesss Waterline Plugs (2), O-Rings (2), and (4) mounting screws.

Overall Stack Height of Assembly 1.500

Travel = 1.00” Pocket Depth (Nom=3")

X

CAD insertion point

catalog number

description

CA-400

CamAction Unit with 1” Travel

G-13


cam actions, slide components

cam action accessories ®

400 series inserts 6.000

+.03 -.00

3.000

+.002 -.000

.562 (4) 1.875

+.002 -.000

1/2-13 Thread 68 ±2 HRC

.25

1.0" Square Locating Pad

.875 (4)

CAD insertion point

6.000

+.03 -.00

3.000

+.002 -.000

.562 (4)

1.8 1/2-13 Thread 68 ± 2 HRC

30 ± 2 HRC

.25

.875 (4)

m P-20 Pre-Hard s Salt Bath Nitride (SBN) catalog number

description

CSE4-18X30

CA-400 Insert

1/2-13 x 1-3/4 socket head cap screw included.

2.500 +.001 -.000

Insert Length .500

Insert bearing area

.025 Clear. Bearing area should be at least 1.25" (1/4" over travel distance)

G-14

1.0" Squa Locating P


slide retainers Progressive’s SRT® Series Slide Retainers reliably hold from 2 to 80 pounds (1 to 36 kgs) each. This slide retention design now features color-coded springs to indicate force rating. This compact design allows for installation in a mold base or wear plates. Optional cleats may be selected or the V-Groove for roller retention may be machined in the bottom of the slide as shown on opposing page.

Inch Standard Roller: m M-2 h 60-62 HRC s Titanium Nitride Coated 80 HRC slide retainer catalog number

Max Weight Per Unit (lbs)

SRT-02 SRT-04 SRT-10 SRT-20 SRT-30 SRT-50 SRT-80 SRT-40 SRT-60 SRT-75

2 4 10 20 30 50 80 40 60 75

slide retainer l s t

Ød

e

+.005 -.000

±.001

±.002

Screws (2)

Minimum Thread Depth

.625

.160

.155

#4-48

.075

.750

.500

.150

#8-32

.190

.875

.750

.150

#8-32

.245

1.125

.856

.205

1/4-20

.480

Color

GRN BLU RED GRN BLU RED YEL BLU RED YEL

Max Weight Per Unit (kgs)

SRTM-01 SRTM-02 SRTM-04 SRTM-09 SRTM-13 SRTM-22 SRTM-36 SRTM-18 SRTM-28 SRTM-34

1 2 4 9 13 22 36 18 28 34

slide retainer l s t

Ød

±.001

SRTC-10

cleat c

e

+.1 -.0

±.025

±.05

Screws (2)

Minimum Thread Depth

15.9

4.06

3.95

M3 - .5

1.9

19.1

12.70

3.80

M4 - .7

4.8

22.3

19.05

3.80

M4 - .7

6.2

28.2

21.75

5.20

M6 - 1.0

12.0

Color

GRN BLU RED GRN BLU RED YEL BLU RED YEL

OPTIONAL CLEAT

H

ØD

Minimum Thread Depth

.250

.190

#6-32

.250

SRTC-30

. 250

.250

#6-32

.250

SRTC-80

. 250

.300

#6-32

.250

SRTC-75

.250

.400

#6-32

.250

g

cleat catalog number

±.025

SRTMC-04

SLIDE RETAINER

E

cleat c

h

Minimum Thread Depth

6.35

4.85

M3 - .5

6.35

SRTMC-13

6.35

6.35

M3 - .5

6.35

SRTMC-36

6.35

7.60

M3 - .5

6.35

SRTMC-34

6.35

10.50

M3 - .5

6.35

CAD insertion point

SLIDE 20 LBS.

SLID 60 LB

SRT-20

SLIDE 20 LBS.

SRT-20

Cleat

SRT-30

Select the single Slide Retainer to match the slide weight.

L

Do not chamfer screw threads

j

Screws (2)

.01 x 45˚ (2)

S C

US Patent Nos. 7,229,269 & 7,431,581, with other patents issued and pending.

CAD insertion point

±.05

G T

j

Screws (2)

Cleats sold separately.

J

h

±.002

Cleats sold separately.

Metric Standard Roller: m M-2 h 60-62 HRC s Titanium Nitride Coated 80 HRC slide retainer catalog number

g

cleat catalog number

SLIDE 60 LBS.

SRT-30

SRT-30

Or add the force of multiple Slide Retainers to match the slide weight.

G-15


cam actions, slide components

srt design guidelines Technical Information: • • • • •

Maximum operating temperature is 425° F (220° C). Match total Slide Retainers Spring force to slide weight; excess spring force could induce wear. Do not chamfer screw threads. Machine 10° lead-in on all slides to aid in assembly once the SRT is installed. Optional Bases and Bushings shown on the following page allow for installation in plates made from materials such as aluminum, copper, and bronze and contain the screw/thread installation.

A

K

90°

NO CHAMFER

A

10°

10°

T retainer catalog number

t

k

a

Thread (2)

Tap Class Required

V-Groove

10° Angle Lead - In

#4-48

2B GH2

.041"

.02"

#8-32

2B GH3

.078"

.04"

#8-32

2B GH3

.078”

.05”

1/4-20

2B GH3

.102”

.07”

M3 - .5

6H D3

1 mm

.50 mm

M4 - .7

6H D4

2 mm

1.00 mm

M4 - .7

6H D4

2 mm

1.27 mm

M6 - 1.0

6H D4

2.6 mm

1.85 mm

SRT-02 SRT-04 SRT-10 SRT-20 SRT-30 SRT-50 SRT-80 SRT-40 SRT-60 SRT-75 SRTM-01 SRTM-02 SRTM-04 SRTM-09 SRTM-13 SRTM-22 SRTM-36 SRTM-18 SRTM-28 SRTM-34

G-16

US Patent Nos. 7,229,269 & 7,431,581, with other patents issued and pending.


slide retainers

bases & bushings

For installation in aluminum or other materials, the SRT Bases and Bushings can expedite installation of the Slide Retainers.

srt bases

srt bushings

L

T

E

L

Screws

Screws

S1

ØD

S1

ØD

CENTERED

SRT Bases enable the Slide Retainer to be installed in a hardened plate when mold base steel is aluminum, for example. (SRTBA-10 shown in graphics.)

CENTERED

SRT Bushings accept the standard Slide Retainer to allow for installation in soft materials (aluminum, copper bronze, etc.) Also, the SRT Bushing can provide hardened guidance against wear rather than bearing on a bronze wear plate. (SRTBU-30 shown in graphics.)

Inch Standard Base: m D-2 h 58-60 HRC catalog number

E

T

+.005 -.000

±.001

±.005

s1

t

.625

.375

.375

.215

Ød

l

Bushing: m D-2 h 58-60 HRC

e

Screws (2)

.220

#4-40 x .31

REF

use with

+.001 -.000

+.002 -.000

±.005

s1

t

SRTBU-10

.875

.375

.375

SRTBU-30

1.000

.750

SRTBU-80

1.125

SRTBU-75

catalog number

e

Screws (2)

.215

.220

#4-40 x .31

.440

.250

.280

#6-32 x .37

1.000

.500

.250

.280

#6-32 x .37

1.500 1.300

.625

.443

.380

#10-32 x 50

Ød

l

REF

SRT-02 SRTBA-10

SRT-04 SRT-10

SRTBA-30

.750

.750

.440

.250

.280

#6-32 x .37

SRTBA-80

.875

1.000

.500

.250

.280

#6-32 x .37

SRTBA-75

1.125

1.300

.625

.443

.380

#10-32 x 50

SRT-20 SRT-30 SRT-50 SRT-80 SRT-40 SRT-60 SRT-75

Metric Standard Base: m D-2 h 58-60 HRC catalog number

Bushing: m D-2 h 58-60 HRC

+.1 -.0

±.03

l

s1

t

15.9

9.56

8.0

5.50

Ød

±.1

e

Screws (2)

5.30

M2.5-.45 x 8

REF

use with

+.03 -.00

+.05 -.00

l

s1

t

SRTMBU-04

22.3

9.50

8.0

SRTMBU-13

25.4

19.10

SRTMBU-36

28.5

SRTMBU-34

37.0

catalog number

Ød

e

Screws (2)

5.44

5.35

M2.5-.45 x 8

11.0

6.35

4.95

M3-.5 x 8

25.40

13.0

6.35

4.95

M3-.5 x 8

33.00

16.0

11.25

9.90

M5-.8 x 12

±.1

REF

SRTM-01 SRTMBA-04

SRTM-02 SRTM-04

SRTMBA-13

19.1

19.05

11.0

6.35

4.95

M3-.5 x 8

SRTMBA-36

22.3

25.40

13.0

6.35

4.95

M3-.5 x 8

SRTMBA-34

28.2

33.00

16.0

11.25

9.90

M5-.8 x 12

SRTM-09 SRTM-13 SRTM-22 SRTM-36 SRTM-18 SRTM-28 SRTM-34

CAD insertion point

G-17


cam actions, slide components

angle pins

H

+ .03 + .02

L

ANGLE

P Rz 5

H

Y

B

R

D 52 ± 2 HRC

.248 +.000 - .004

m 8620 h Surface: 50-54 HRC catalog number

Nominal Diameter

CAD insertion point

d

+.0000 -.0005

AP375L6 3/8

l

+.125 -.000

.374

.500

.87 .625

.500

10

AP625L6

1.37

6 .624

AP625L10

.87 .626

.750

.625

10

AP750L10

1.37

10 .749

AP750L14

.751

.875

.750

1.37

14

Alternative configurations available:

Depth

.258 .265 .276 .291 .260 .270 .284 .304 .262 .274 .292 .316 .264 .278 .300 .329

10˚ 15˚ 20˚ 25˚ 10˚ 15˚ 20˚ 25˚ 10˚ 15˚ 20˚ 25˚ 10˚ 15˚ 20˚ 25˚

1.37

.501

y

Angle

.375

6

AP500L10

p

Press Fit Length

.87 .376

.499

3/4

r

Head Radius

10

AP500L6

5/8

h

+.000 -.010

6

AP375L10

1/2

b

+.0005 -.0000

Angle Pins Special Order

• Full radius option can be ordered by specifying the APR prefix as outlined at right. Example: APR500L6.500 (no dashes/spaces) is an Angle Pin with a 1/2” diameter machined to 6.5” long with a full radius. P will be 1.37” per table above.

Full Radius

APR Prefix

L

-

625

-

Pin Diameter

±.005

L7.244 Length Specified to 3 decimals

urethane retainers .41

1.33

Clearance for dowel pin travel

Technical Details

1.00 .31 R

• Maximum slide weight for retainer weight: 25 lbs. • Maximum operating temperature is 150˚ F (65˚ C).

.98

11/16

m Urethane

.32 Do not countersink tapped hole

G-18

.06 Approx.

.250

#10-24 x .50 Deep

CAD insertion point

catalog number

description

RET-1

Retainer, 1/4 x 3/4” Shoulder Bolt, 1//4ø x 1-1/4” Dowel Pin


wear plates Progressive’s Wear Plates enable moldmakers to select off-the-shelf standard sizes versus manufacturing in-house. Wear Plates leverage the long lasting Z-Series proprietary treatments and particle rings for lubrication retention. • Standardized “plug and play” design ready to install. • Place multiple sizes in a series as needed. • Low Head Cap Screws included.

R

L

L

R

.04 x 45°

W

.04 x 45°

W S1

.250±.0005

.250±.0005

m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface:70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride

w

l

r

catalog number

+.000 - .005

+.000 - .005

Pocket Radius

WP050X050

.500

.500

.125

m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface:70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride

lhcs (1)

catalog number

#8-32 x .38

WP050X250

CAD insertion point

WP050X350

w

.500

WP075X400 WP075X600

l

.750

s1

+.000 - .005

±.005

2.500

.875

3.500

1.375

+.000 - .005

4.000

1.500

6.000

2.500

r

lhcs (3)

Pocket Radius

.094

#8-32 x .38

.125

#10-32 x .38

CAD insertion point

R

L

L

.04 x 45°

.04 x 45°

R

S2

W

W S1

S1 .250±.0005

.250±.0005

m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface:70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride

w

catalog number

+.000 - .005

WP050X150

.500

WP075X200

.750

l

+.000 - .005

s1

r

m H-13 h Core: 42-48 HRC, Surface:70 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride

lhcs (2)

catalog number

.094

#8-32 x .38

.125

#10-32 x .38

±.005

Pocket Radius

1.500

.375

2.000

.500

CAD insertion point

w

+.000 - .005

l

+.000 - .005

s1

s2

±.005

±.005

WP125X300

1.250 3.000 1.00

.375

WP125X500

1.250 5.000 2.00

.375

WP125X800

1.250 8.000 3.50

.375

WP200X600 2.000 6.000 2.50

.625

WP200X800 2.000 8.000 3.50

.625

WP250X600 2.500 WP300X600 3.000

6.000 2.50

r

Pocket Radius

.187

lhcs (6)

#10-32 x .38

.750

CAD insertion point

Wear Plates can be cut as long as the edges have radii.

US Patent No. 8,821,144 and others pending.

G-19


cam actions, slide components

bronze wear plates L +1/8 - 0

T ±.001

W ±.01

m CA954 Solide Bronze h 170 Brinell

t

1/4

3/8

w

l=4”

l=5”

l=6”

l=8”

l=10”

l=12”

1.000

WP25X1X4

WP25X1X5

WP25X1X6

WP25X1X8

WP25X1X10

WP25X1X12

1.500

WP25X1.5X4

WP25X1.5X5

WP25X1.5X6

WP25X1.5X8

WP25X1.5X10

WP25X1.5X12

2.000

WP25X2X4

WP25X2X5

WP25X2X6

WP25X2X8

WP25X2X10

WP25X2X12

2.500

WP25X2.5X4

WP25X2.5X5

WP25X2.5X6

WP25X2.5X8

WP25X2.5X10

WP25X2.5X12

3.000

WP25X3X4

WP25X3X5

WP25X3X6

WP25X3X8

WP25X3X10

WP25X3X12

4.000

WP25X4X4

WP25X4X5

WP25X4X6

WP25X4X8

WP25X4X10

WP25X4X12

1.000

WP37X1X4

WP37X1X5

WP37X1X6

WP37X1X8

WP37X1X10

WP37X1X12

1.500

WP37X1.5X4

WP37X1.5X5

WP37X1.5X6

WP37X1.5X8

WP37X1.5X10

WP37X1.5X12

2.000

WP37X2X4

WP37X2X5

WP37X2X6

WP37X2X8

WP37X2X10

WP37X2X12

2.500

WP37X2.5X4

WP37X2.5X5

WP37X2.5X6

WP37X2.5X8

WP37X2.5X10

WP37X2.5X12

3.000

WP37X3X4

WP37X3X5

WP37X3X6

WP37X3X8

WP37X3X10

WP37X3X12

4.000

WP37X4X4

WP37X4X5

WP37X4X6

WP37X4X8

WP37X4X10

WP37X4X12

Other materials and graphite plug configurations available upon request. Call Customer Service for pricing and delivery.

l-gibs

L S3 S2 W

S1 D

H

A B

SHCS

m CA954 Solide Bronze h 170 Brinell catalog number

w

l

CAD insertion point

h

a

+.002 -.000

# Screw Holes

shcs

s1

s2

s3

d

+.125 -.000

LGIB75L5.25

.750

5.25

.750

.312

.563

3

1/4

1.625

.281

LGIB75L8.75

.750

8.75

.750

.312

.563

4

1/4

1.000

3.375

.281 .375

±.005

+.002 -.000

b

+.002 -.000

LGIB100L6

1.000

6.00

.750

.375

.750

4

5/16

.750

2.250

LGIB100L10

1.000

10.00

.750

.375

.750

4

5/16

1.250

3.750

.375

LGIB125L6

1.250

6.00

.875

.500

.875

4

3/8

.750

2.250

.438

LGIB125L10

1.250

10.00

.875

.500

.875

4

3/8

1.250

3.750

.438

LGIB150L9

1.500

9.00

1.250

.750

1.000

4

3/8

1.125

3.375

.500

LGIB150L15

1.500

15.00

1.250

.750

1.000

6

3/8

1.250

3.750

6.250

.500

Available with or without screw counterbores. To order undrilled L-Gibs, specify “N” at the end of the catalog number. Example: LGIB150L9N.

G-20


lifters undercut release section h

H LIFTERS UNDERCUT RELEASE

UniLifter System

Versa-Lifter System

Spherical Bushings

Prefix: CB, UC, TG

Prefix: UGV, SGV, CBV

Prefix: LSB

Page: H-1

Page: H-5

Page: H-7

Lifter Guides

ModuLifter System

FlexiCore System

Prefix: LG, LHK

Prefix: MLB, MLC, MLR, MLH

Prefix: FCA, FCR, FCDA

Page: H-8

Page: H-10

Page: H-16

Lifter Blades & Cores Prefix: LBA, LCA Page: H-22



unilifter

®

undercut release system Core Blades are available in a wide range of standard sizes, with specials also available.

U-Coupling permits core blade to seat at any angle.

T-Gibs are available in several sizes to accommodate various travels required. The UniLifter undercut release system incorporates a three piece set: Core Blade, U-Coupling, and T-Gib.

UniLifter Travel = Ejector Plate Travel x tan ( ANGLE)

ANGLE

CLEARANCE through support plate

ANGLE is established in core insert by the mold builder

U-Coupling seats the core blade to the correct angle while traveling along the T-Gib

Ejector Plate Travel

Mold Closed

Mold Open

Application Guidelines: • Typical angle is 5-10˚, though users report success at greater angles with guides installed. Contact Engineering for application review. • Guided Ejection is recommended, and if there is less than half of the Core Blade bearing in the insert, lifter guide plates should be added. • Recommended clearance is .001”-.0015” (.025-.038 mm) where permissible. • Core insert material should be at least 10 HRC higher in hardness than the Core Blade, and for maximum longevity consider coatings or treatments for increased lubricity or hardness. • Locking angles can be designed to accept molding pressure, and non-standard sizes or pre-roughed Core Blades can be provided by accessing www.procomps.com.

H-1


lifters, undercut release Metric Mini

minilifter series ®

m H-13 h 38-42 HRC

Flat Core Blades - Inch Standard

t

w

l

mt

.260

8

.25

.260

8

.31

8

.31

mw

r

ht

catalog number CBS37X25L8

.385

.250

.250

.156

CBS50X25L8

.510

CBS75X37L8

.760

.385

+.000 -.001

+.000 -.001

+.06 -.00

W

MIN. THK.

m H-13 h 48-50 HRC m DC53 h 58-60 HRC

Flat Core Blades - Metric Standard

mw

r

6

12

4

t

w

l

h-13 material catalog number

dc53 material catalog number

-.005 -.015

-.005 -.015

CBMMH6X6L200

CBMMP6X6L200

6.00

6.00

CBMMH6X10L200

CBMMP6X10L200

6.00

10.00

CBMMH8X6L200

CBMMP8X6L200

8.00

6.00

CBMMH8X8L200

CBMMP8X8L200

8.00

8.00

CBMMH10X8L200

CBMMP10X8L200

10.00

8.00

ht

d

mw

r

ht

catalog number

.250

.250

.156

CBS43DL8

+.000 -.001

+.06 -.00

l

mt

200

.437

8

.31

W

d

l

+2 -0

6

12

4

CBMMH8DL200

CBMMP8DL200

8.00

200

cw

cl

ch

.250

.125

UCM50

.50

.44

.62

12

2

UCMM16

X +.010

-.000

-.000

.500

.500

.344

cw

cl

ch

16

14

21

.093

shcs

(included)

#10-32x1

X

+.00 -.05

16

X

th td* tr +.25 +.25 -.00

-.00

13

6

L

catalog number

ts

TR

CW

MT

MW

CL

tl

+.000 -.010

travel allowed

-

.750

.312

TGM100

.500

1.50

1.000

shcs

(included)

SHCS(2)

2.5

M4-.7x20

catalog number TGM100 TGMM16

ts 10

tl +.00 -.10

33

MW

UL-Existing D

W

T

SHCS(1)

UL-Existing

TD* TGM31

TH

TS

CH TR

TL TW

RC

travel (CENTER OF R) allowed 18

L SHCS(2)

40 ±2 HRC

40 ±2 HRC

CW CL TGM100, TGMM16

*TD Includes fitting stock for final adjustments. X

MT

R Metric Mini

R

TGM31

TS

Inch Mini

RC (CENTER OF R)

m H-13 h 28-32 s Salt Bath Nitride

T-Gib - Metric Standard

tw

L

HT

*TD Includes fitting stock for final adjustments. X

6

m H-13 h 28-32 s Salt Bath Nitride

th td* tr +.010

+.000 -.001

MIN. THK.

CH

m H-13 h Salt Bath Nitride

T-Gibs - Inch Standard

tw

mt

Metric Mini

m H-13 h Salt Bath Nitride

catalog number

T

m H-13 h 48-50 HRC m DC53 h 58-60 HRC -.005 -.014

rc

HT

UL-Existing

For core blades in different materials or mold-ready sizes refer to templates in section X.

H-2 X

Inch

D

D W

T

dc53 material catalog number

r

MW

CAD insertion point

h-13 material catalog number

rc

MT R

ht

r

6

Metric Mini

r

catalog number

MIN. THK.

HT

mw

U-Coupling - Metric Standard

mt

+2 +1

MIN. THK.

Round Core Blades - Metric Standard

U-Couplings - Inch Standard

L

m H-13 h 38-42 HRC

Round Core Blades - Inch Standard

D

T

MT

MW TD*

XL


MT

MW

R

unilifter series ®

Metric Mini

D

W

T

Inch Mini m H-13 h 38-42 HRC

mw

r

Flat Core Blades - Inch Standard

ht

catalog number

.187

CBS50X50L8 CBS50X50L14 CBS50X100L8 CBS50X100L14 CBS50X150L14 CBS75X50L14 CBS75X150L8 CBS75X150L14 CBS100X50L8 CBS100X50L14 CBS150X50L8 CBS150X50L14 CBS150X75L8 CBS150X75L14

D

T W

L

.500

.406

HT L

MT

HT

m H-13 h 38-42 HRC

MW

R

mw

CAD insertion point

r

R

10

10

T

catalog number

5

CBMM10X10L250 CBMM10X20L250 CBMM15X15L250 CBMM15X30L400 CBMM20X10L250 CBMM20X20L400 CBMM30X15L400

TS

mw

r

10 TGM100, 10 TGMM16

HT

RC

R

.49 .49 .49 .49 .49 .62 .62 .62 .62 .62 .62 .62 .62 .62

l

mt

-.025

+2 -0

10.25 10.25 15.25 15.25 20.25 20.25 30.25

10.25 20.25 15.25 30.25 10.25 20.25 15.25

250 250 250 400 250 400 400

10.0 10.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0

X

w

d

+.000 -.001

+.06 -.00

l

mt

.750 .750 .750

8 14 18

.62 .62 .62

d

ht

catalog number

X

5

CBMM10DL250 CBMM15DL250

rc .187

UCU87

rc

XL6

+2 -0

l

mt

10.00 15.00

250 250

10.0 10.0

-.001

TD*

TS

TH

X

TL

TR TGU50, TGU100, TGU150 X TGMM 10, TGMM30

TW

*TD Includes fitting stock for final adjustments. For core blades in different materials or mold-ready sizes refer to templates TS in section X. SHCS(2)

-.000

cw

cl

ch

.87

.75

.87

U-Couplings - Metric Standard

catalog number

cw

cl

ch

UCMM22

22

18

25

(included)

-.000

.875 .468 .219 TGMM10, TGMM30

.187

1/4-20x3/4

T-Gibs - Inch Standard catalog number TGU25 TGU50 TGU100 TGU150

m H-13 h 28-32 s Salt Bath Nitride

tw th td* tr shcs +.000 +.25 +.25 -.025

-.00

-.00

22

13

6

(included)

5

MIN. THK.

U-Couplings - Inch Standard

r

tw thTS td* tr shcs SHCS(2) +.000 +.010 +.010

TGU25

MIN. THK.

+.000 -.025

m H-13 h 28-32 s Salt Bath Nitride

UL-Existing

MIN. THK.

Round Core Blades - Metric Standard

.406

10

SHCS(1)

MIN. THK.

+.000 -.025

catalog number

r

CW

CL

X

8 14 8 14 14 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 8 14

m H-13 h Salt Bath Nitride

(CENTER OF R)

MW

SHCS(2)

.510 .510 1.010 1.010 1.510 .510 1.510 1.510 .510 .510 .510 .510 .760 .760

m H-13 h Salt Bath Nitride CH

MT

.510 .510 .510 .510 .510 .760 .760 .760 1.010 1.010 1.510 1.510 1.510 1.510

CBS75DL8 CBS75DL14 CBS75DL18

TS

TGM100

mt

.406 .187 TGM31

SHCS(2)

SHCS(2)

w

Round Core Blades - Inch Standard

m H-13 h 38-42 HRC

TR

l

catalog number

r

.500

L

+.06 -.00

ht

mw

SHCS(1)

TR

+.000 -.001

t XL +.000

ht

m H-13 h 38-42 HRC

D

W

+.000 -.001

Flat Core Blades - Metric Standard

UL-Existing

The UniLifter Series (MW=.500) is also MW available in aluminum bronze in 14” and 18” lengths only. To order, replace “CBS” with “CBA” in the catalog number as shown: CBA50X50L14.

MT

t

M5-0.8 x 20

ts .375 .625 .750

tl

+.000 -.010

1.00 1.25 1.75 2.25

travel allowed .250 .500 1.000 1.500

T-Gibs - Metric Standard catalog number TGMM10 TGMM30

ts

tl

10 15

33 52

+.00 -.25

travel allowed 15 34

H-3 X

TR


lifters, undercut release

unilifter xl series ®

Flat Core Blades - Inch Standard

mw

r

1.000

+.000 -.001

.875

t

+.000 -.001

+.06 -.00

l

mt

CBS100X100L10

1.010

1.010

10

1.00

CBS100X100L18

1.010

1.010

18

1.00

catalog number

ht

.375

w

CBS100X150L10

1.010

1.510

CBS100X150L18

1.010

CBS150X100L10 CBS150X100L18

D

W

m H-13 h 38-42 HRC

T

MIN. THK.

L

CAD insertion point

10

1.00

1.510

18

1.00

1.510

1.010

10

1.00

1.510

1.010

18

1.00

HT

MT

CAD insertion point

MW

SHCS(1

R D

W

Round Core Blades - Inch Standard

mw

r

1.000

.875

m H-13 h 38-42 HRC

d

catalog number

ht .375

T

l

TR

mt

+.000 -.001

+.06 -.00

CBS125DL10

1.250

10

1.00

CBS125DL18

1.250

18

1.00

MIN. THK.

TR TS

SHCS(2)

TGM100

TG

L

HT

MT

U-Couplings - Inch Standard

m H-13 h Salt Bath Nitride

r

rc

catalog number

cw

cl

ch

.875

.125

UCX175

1.75

1.50

1.65

CH

SHCS(1)

MW

R

SHCS(2) TGU25 RC

SHCS(2)

(CENTER OF R)

TS

TGMM

CW CL TR TGU50, TGU100, TGU150 TGMM10, TGMM30

T-Gibs - Inch Standard

m H-13 h 28-32 s Salt Bath Nitride

X

tw th td* tr +.000 +.010 +.010 -.001

-.000

-.000

shcs

(included)

X

1.750

.615 X

.250

.312

3/8-16x1-1/4

catalog number

ts

tl

+.000 -.010

travel allowed

TGX50

.625

2.00

.500

TGX100

.875

2.50

1.000

TGX250

1.375

4.00

2.500

TD*

SHCS(2) TH TL

*TD Includes fitting stock for final adjustments. X

X

H-4

X

TS

For core blades in different materials or mold-ready sizes refer to templates in section X.

TW

TR TGX50, TGX100, TGX250


versa-lifter

undercut release system Gib Coupling retains the Core Blade and supports vertical movement.

Core Blades are manufactured from A-10 material, ready for molding detail

Lifter Support Guides are available for when support plate alignment is required.

Design Guidelines:

Versa-Lifter Travel = Tan (Angle) x Ej Plt Travel Versa-Lifter Travel = Tan (Angle) x Ej Plt Travel

Clearance in support plate and in core

Clearance in support plate and in core

Clearance for assembly

Ejector Plate Travel

Ejector Plate Travel

Clearance for assembly

Mold Closed

• Typical angles are 5-15˚, but users have reported success at larger angles for unique applications with greater bearing, such as cavity side core pulls. Contact Engineering for an application review. • Guided Ejection is required, and the Lifter Support Guides are recommended in all applications. • Recommended total clearance is .001”-.0015” (.025-.038mm) where permissible. • Core material should be at least 10 HRC different than the Core Blade material. • Locking angles can be designed to counter molding pressure. • Non-standard sizes or mold-ready Core Blades can be provided by sending a request to tech@procomps.com.

Mold Open

Design Options: • For positive return, a locking angle can be designed into the Core Blade as shown at right. • In addition, if space is limited at parting line, the Core Blade can be stepped.

H-5


.1872 55 ±1 HRC

W

T

+.0005 -.0000

±.001

+.0000 -.0003

.124 (2)

lifters, undercut release

versa-lifter B

.19 R (4)

CH

lifter support guides

gib couplings

8.00 +.06 -.00

8.00 .8750

A

Full .093 Radius

8.09

.500

.188

±.001

.755*

W .344

.1872 55 ±1 HRC

S

.500*

.124 (2)

3/16ø Pin

m S-7 h 54-56 HRC

B

MW

.281 R

+.0005 -.0000

.19 R (4)

3/16ø Dowel +.000 -.001

m S-7 h 54-56 HRC s Salt Bath Nitride

a

b

Compatible Core Blade Widths (W)

catalog number

w

s

catalog number

SGV43

.436

On Center

UGV68

.6860 Dowel

.190

Full .093 Radius .1875 & .4375

SGV62

.624

On Center

UGV87

.8735

.377

.6250 .188

UGV112

1.1235

W .627

.8750

UGV137

1.3735

.877

1.1250

SGV87 SGV112

3/16ø Dowel

MW

.281 R

.874

.187

1.124

CH

.312

Central

3/16ø

.344

+.001 -.000

* .005” stock is included on the bottom for fitting.

Notes:  • *Includes .005” fit stock on flat side. • The Lifter Support Guides are sold in pairs. • Four (4) #6-32 LHCS are included.

S

.500*

.8750

A

W

versa-lifter .755*

T

.500

±.001

core blades

+.0005 m .1872 Bohler-.0000 K340 h 58-60 HRC

t (2) .124

55 ±1 HRC

+.0000 -.0003

catalog number CBV50X18L8

B

.19 R (4)

.5000

w

mw

.1875

.188

+.0000 -.0003

+.000 -.001

CBV50X43L8

.4375

.188

CBV50X62L8

.6250

.375

CBV50X87L8

.8750

.625

CBV50X112L8

1.1250

8.00

+.06 .110 +.01 -.00 .875to retain Gib Coupling

Pre-engineered pin is included. Gib Coupling

Dowel Insert dowel and pull coupling into pocket

%

W .344

.500*

Full .093 Radius .188 Assembly Guidelines: • Assembly length cap screw (#10-32 x 4”) is included with each lifter. • Install the assembly screw in the Gib Coupling as shown. • Connect the lifter pin and pull unit into pocket S in ejector plate, removing the screw afterwards.

3/16ø Pin .281 R

H-6

MW


lifter accessories

spherical bushings

L S

SHCS W

R Max 20º

T Design Notes:

D

• Machine pocket with clearance on length and width. • Tighten bolts after inserting lifter rod.

m

CAD insertion point

Housing: 1045 18-22 HRC, Bushing: C86300 Bronze

d

catalog number

l

w

+.001 -.000

+.000 -.002

+.000 -.002

LSB050

.5005

2.000

1.250

LSB063

.6255

2.250

1.500

t

s

r

±.005

Pocket Radius

shcs

.875

1.500

.250

1/4-20 x 1.00”

1.125

1.750

.250

1/4-20 x 1.25”

+.000 -.002

LSB075

.7505

2.625

1.750

1.375

2.125

.375

5/16-18 x 1.50”

LSB100

1.0005

2.875

2.125

1.500

2.375

.375

5/16-18 x 1.75”

LSB125

1.2505

4.000

2.750

2.000

3.250

.500

3/8-16 x 2.25”

LSB150

1.5005

4.250

3.000

2.375

3.500

.500

3/8-16 x 2.75”

Spherical Bushing Size

Lifter T x W (MAX)

UniLifter Size Chart

LSB050

1/2 X 1/2

CBS37X25, CBS50X25, CBS50X50, CBS43D, CBV50X18, CBV50X43, CBMM10D, CBMM10X10

LSB063

5/8 X 5/8

CBV50X62, CBMM15D, CBMM15X15

LSB075

3/4 X 3/4

CBS75X37, CBMM20X10, CBMM20X20

LSB100

1X1

CBS100X50, CBS100X100, CBS75D, CBV50X87

LSB125

1-1/4 X 1-1/4

CBS125D, CBV50X112, CBMM30X15

LSB150

1-1/2 X 1-1/2

CBS150X150, CBS150X75, CBS150X100

Screws included.

Pilot Hole

Blank Spherical Bushings To order: Add a “-B” to the end of the part number. Ex: LSB100-B Sizes 075-B and smaller have a .23 Pilot Hole. Sizes 100-B and larger have a .47 Pilot Hole.

T

W

Use the blank bushing to cut alternative core blade sizes. See chart for recommended sizing.

H-7


lifters, undercut release

lifter accessories lifter guides

S2 S1

S1 W

S3 R

SHCS L1

T Z

S2 LG150

m O-1 h 58-60 HRC s Black Oxide

w

+.000 -.001

CAD insertion point

catalog number

a=10°

a=5°

a=15°

.375

LG37-5

LG37-10

LG37-15

.500

LG50-5

LG50-10

LG50-15

.750

LG75-5

LG75-10

LG75-15

1.000

LG100-5

LG100-10

LG100-15

1.500

LG150-5

LG150-10

LG150-15

t

l1

.375

.500

± .015

.750 .500 .875

s1

± .005

.188

.188

.250 .375 .500 .375

Lifter Guides are sold in sets with Socket Head Cap Screws included. LG150 items have 4 screws as shown in the locations below.

H-8

s2

± .005

Size of Guide

Can Be Used with UniLifter Core Blade Size

Max Blade Width (For Other Systems)

LG37

37X25 50X25 75X37

.385

LG50

50X50 75X50 100X50 150X50

.510

LG75

150X75

.760

LG100

100x100 150x100

1.010

LG150

50X150 75X150 100X150

1.510

.250 .312

s3

± .005

---

r

Pocket Radius

.125

--

.187

--

.250

.750

.250

z

Chamfer

shcs

.02

#6-32 x 1/2" #10-32 x 3/4"

.03 1/4-20 x 3/4"


lifter accessories

lifter head key

W

L

S

F 25°

T SHCS

m 4140 h 28-32 HRC

CAD insertion point

nominal rod diameter Ø

catalog number

+.00 -.01

t

+.000 -.005

f

s

±.005

1/2

LHK050

1.370

.500

.375

.19

.875

#6-32 x 1/2

5/8

LHK063

1.495

.500

.375

.19

1.000

#6-32 x 1/2

3/4

LHK075

1.620

.500

.500

.19

1.125

#8-32 x 1/2

1

LHK100

1.870

.500

.500

.19

1.375

#8-32 x 1/2

1-1/4

LHK125

2.620

.750

.625

.25

2.000

1/4-20 x 7/8

1/1/2

LHK150

2.870

.750

.625

.25

2.250

1/4-20 x 7/8

w

l

shcs

Screws included.

H-9


lifters, undercut release

modulifter

®

undercut release system A standardized modular lifter assembly simplifies undercut release: • Specialized design for accelerated and decelerated applications. • Additional lifter cooling options and components available.

H-10

Straight Travel

Accelerated/ Decelerated Options

Cooled: Single Rod In/Out

Cooled: Dual Rod In/Out


modulifter

D F

L

®

base assembly/lifter rod

.125 +.001 -.000

H H/2

Rod (sold separately)

W

Base Assembly includes: • Rod Coupling Assembly • Gibs (2) • Mounting Screws (4) • Dowels installed

SL

D F

SHCS

D

.125 +.001 -.000

F H .125 +.001 -.000 H/2

H

G SL

SL Gibs/Coupling: m 1045 h 28-32 HRC s Nitride

l

catalog number

nominal rod diameter Ø

a=0°

a=5°

Slides: m C86300 (Graphite Plugs if specified)

a=10°

+ .000 - .015

w

h

+ .000 - .002

+ .000 - .001

d

+ .0003 - .0000

f

base assembly sl

shcs

+ .0015 - .0000

travel (l-sl)

1/2

MLBA050 MLBA050-5 MLBA050-10

L 2.250

2.250

1.375

.5003

.4505

1/4-20 x 1-1/2

1.38

.87

5/8

MLBA063 MLBA063-5 MLBA063-10

2.625

2.500

1.375

.6253

.5905

1/4-20 x 1-1/2

1.57

1.06

3/4

MLBA075 MLBA075-5 MLBA075-10

2.750

3.000

1.750

.7503

.6905

5/16-18 x 2

1.57

1.18

1

MLBA100 MLBA100-5 MLBA100-10

3.125

3.250

1.750

1.0003

.8755

5/16-18 x 2

1.77

1.35

1-1/4

MLBA125

MLBA125-5 MLBA125-10

3.875

4.000

2.250

1.2503

1.1605

3/8-16 x 2-1/2

2.76

1.12

1-1/2

MLBA150

MLBA150-5 MLBA150-10

4.750

4.250

2.500

1.5003

1.4005

3/8-16 x 2-3/4

3.15

1.60

W

Notes: • Includes (4) SHCS and (4) Dowels. For ModuLifter Base Assemblies with different Gib angles, contact tech@procomps.com. • To order with Graphite Plugged Base, add GP to the part number as shown, Ex: MLBAGPxxx.

CAD insertionGpoint

F

lifter rod

SHCS

m 1045 h Core: 28-32 HRC, Surface: 56-58 HRC

d

l

+ .0000 - .0003

catalog number

+ .13 - .00

.500

MLR050L14

.625

MLR063L14

f

g

shcs

+ .000 - .0 0 1

+ .03 - .00

14

.450

.50

1/4-20 x 5/8

14

.590

.56

5/16-18 x 3/4

.750

MLR075L16

16

.690

.68

3/8-16 x 7/8

1.000

MLR100L16

16

.875

.75

1/2-13 x 1

1.250

MLR125L18

18

1.160

.94

5/8-11 x 1-1/2

1.500

MLR150L18

18

1.400

1.00

5/8-11 x 1-1/2

Notes: • Includes (1) screw for installation. • For additional Lifter Rod lengths, contact tech@procomps.com.

G D

F Thread for SHCS

L CAD insertion point

H-11


lifters, undercut release

modulifter

®

cooled base assembly/lifter rod The ModuLifter Cooling Base Assemblies have three (3) options for varying water connections.

L

Rod (sold separately) Base Assembly includes: • Rod Coupling Assembly • Gibs (2) • Mounting Screws (4) • Dowels installed

Additional accessories are shown below.

W

Face Seal O-Ring Page E-17 Lifter Head Key Page H-9

SHCS

D F

.125 +.001 -.000

Cascade (sold separately)

H Aº

cooled base assembly

SL

Gibs/Coupling: m 1045 h 28-32 HRC s Nitride

Slides: m C86300 (Graphite Plugs if specified)

l

catalog number

nominal rod diameter

a=0°

a=5°

w

+ .000 - .015

a=10°

+ .000 - .002

h

d

f

CAD insertion point

+ .000 - .001

+ .0003 - .0000

+ .0015 - .0000

shcs

sl

travel (l-sl)

5/8

MLCBA063 MLCBA063-5 MLCBA063-10 2.625

2.500

1.375

.6253

.5905

1/4-20 x 1-1/2

1.57

3/4

MLCBA075 MLCBA075-5 MLCBA075-10 2.750

3.000

1.750

.7503

.6905

5/16-18 x 2

1.57

1.18

1

MLCBA100 MLCBA100-5 MLCBA100-10 3.125

3.250

1.750

1.0003

.8755

5/16-18 x 2

1.77

1.35

1-1/4

MLCBA125 MLCBA125-5 MLCBA125-10 3.875

4.000

2.250

1.2503

1.1605

3/8-16 x 2-1/2

2.76

1.12

1-1/2

MLCBA150 MLCBA150-5 MLCBA150-10 4.750

4.250

2.500

1.5003

1.4005

3/8-16 x 2-3/4

3.15

1.60

1.06

Notes: • Includes (4) SHCS and (4) Dowels. For ModuLifter Base Assemblies with different Gib angles, contact tech@procomps.com. • To order with Graphite Plugged Base, add GP to the part number as shown, Ex. MLCBAGPxxx.

cooled lifter rod

OAL

T2 NUT

ROD

G

OD m 1045 h Core: 28-32 HRC, Surface: 56-58 HRC

od

id oal l

+ .0000 - .0003

catalog number

.625

MLCR063L14

.250

14.75

14

.750

MLCR075L16

.250

16.88

16

1.000 MLCR100L16

.375

17.00

16

MLCR125L18

.375

19.25

1.500 MLCR150L18

.375

19.38

1.250

H-12

+. 1 3 - .00

t1

t2

g

f

External Thread

+ .03 - .00

+ .000 - .001

5/16-24

1/2-20

.56

.590

5/16-24

1/2-20

.68

.690

1/2-20

3/4-20

.75

.875

18

1/2-20

7/8-20

.94

1.160

18

1/2-20

7/8-20

1.00 1.400

Internal Thread

T1

ID

F L CAD insertion point

Notes: • Includes (1) Installation Nut. Replacement nuts are available; refer to the price list. • For additional Cooled Lifter Rod lengths, contact tech@procomps.com.


OD OD OD ID ID ID

OD ID OD OD OD ID ID ID

OD ID

OD ID

OD ID

OD ID

OD ID

modulifter

®

cooling cascades

OD ID

25 25

25

In

In

Out In

In

1.0 1.0 1.0

THD IDTHD ID ID For

m C86300 and Stainless Steel. Fittings: Nickel Plated Brass. Parallel (In & Out)

id

27.38

27.38 27.38THD THD THD 27.38 27.38 27.38 25

25

ID

1.0

Series (In & Out)

od

catalog number

id

1.75THD For Ø1/4” Hose 1.0

1.25

Swivel Type

Single (In Only)

id

catalog number

ID

ID THD

For For For For For 27.38 Ø1/4” Ø1/4” Ø1/4” 27.38 THD THDTHD Ø1/4” Ø1/4” Ø1/4” Ø1/4” For For For For For For THD THD Hose Hose Hose Hose Hose Hose Ø1/4” Ø1/4”Ø1/4”Out Hose Ø1/4” Ø1/4”Ø1/4” Out OutHoseHoseHose Out HoseHoseHose Out 1.75 1.75 For For In In Out Out Out Ø1/4” Ø1/4” 1.751.75 1.75 In In In Hose InHose In In 1.0 1.25 Out Out 1.0 1.25 1.0 1.25 1.0 In In 1.251.25 1.25 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0

od

25

25

THDTHD For THD

For Ø1/4” Hose

For For For Ø1/4” Ø1/4”Ø1/4” HoseHoseHose Out Out Out

25

25 25 25 27.38

27.38 27.38 THD

THD THD 27.38 27.38 27.38 THD THDTHD For Ø1/4” Hose

25

25

25

OD ID

catalog number

thd

max torque

nominal rod diameter Ø

.157

.12

MLCP16L25

.157

.12

MLCS16L25

.12

MLC12

5/16-24

75 in-lbs

5/8, 3/4

.236

.20

MLCP23L25

.236

.20

MLCS23L25

.20

MLC20

1/2-20

20 ft-lbs

1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2

Note: Straight Fittings included with Cooling Cascades.

push-to-connect hose fittings HEX2 HEX2 HEX2

HEX1 HEX1 HEX1 HEX1 HEX1 OAL HEX2 HEX2 OAL OAL HEX2 HEX2 HEX2 A A A OAL OALOAL

fitting type

catalog number

hose od

thd (npt)

Straight

MLFS25

1/4

1/8

HEX1 HEX2 OAL HEX2 A OAL OALHEX1 A A A OAL OAL OALHEX1 HEX1 A HEX1 HEX1 HEX1 A AHEX1 A HEX1 HEX1 HEX1 HEX1 HEX1 HEX1 OAL HEX2 A OAL A HEX1 m Nickel Plated Brass with Sealant a oal hex1 hex2

A

1/2

5/32

MLFE25

1/4

1/8

1/2

.83

Banjo

MLFB25

1/4

1/8

9/16

1/8

.81

1.22

B

Note: Maximum Operating Temperature 160° F.

.87

Elbow

B B

B L B L B L B L L L B B B push-to-connect spiral B

m Polyurethane catalog number

hose od

hose id

MLH25-5

1/4

5/32

turns

oal

l

b

d

5

10.5 in

2.5

OAL OAL 13.0 inOAL 5.0

4 OAL

1.5 OAL

MLH25-10

1/4

5/32

10

MLH25-25

1/4

5/32

Straight

25.0 ft

Note: Maximum Operating Temperature 160° F.

HEX2

HEX2 HEX2

4

1.5

D D

D

B

D

B

and straight hoses D

L

OAL

D

B D

OAL

H-13


B D

lifters, undercut release

Dia.

ia.

modulifter

®

lifter rod bushing L GD BD

B D

GD BD

ng

shing Dia.

Bushings: m C95400

GW Retaining Ring: m Steel s Black Oxide

d

catalog number

+ .001 - .000

MLBSH50L1.37 MLBSH63L1.37 MLBSH75L3.37 MLBSH100L4.37 MLBSH125L4.87 MLBSH150L5.87

.5005 .6255 .7505 1.0005 1.2505 1.5005

b

l

+ .0005 - .0000

gd

+ .00 - .01

Retaining .750 Ring .875 (Included) Groove Dia.

1.125 Bore Dia. 1.375 1.625 2.000

GW

gw

+ .005 - .000

1.375 1.375 Bushing 3.375 D 4.375 4.875 5.875

+ .005 -.000

.862 1.000 1.262 1.528 1.792 2.186

.046 .046 .056 .056 .068 .086

bd ±.002

.813 .934 1.188 1.438 1.688 2.063

Retaining Ring Bushing

B

Note: Includes (1) Retaining Ring. Replacement rings are available with pricing listed in the price list. Groove Width

rod coupling assembly plate machining option Coupling: m 1045 h 28-32 HRC s Nitride Retaining Ring Bushing

W A(2)

Slides:

m C86300 (Graphite Plugs if specified)

catalog number nominal rod dia. Ø Non-Cooled Cooled

Bushing Dia.

L H A

1/2 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2

RC050 RC063 RC075 RC100 RC125 RC150

— RCC063 RCC075 RCC100 RCC125 RCC150

w

h

a

+ .002 - .000

±.001

+ .010 - .000

1.187 1.310 1.500 1.781 2.375 2.656

.788 .788 .946 1.024 1.340 1.498

.66 .78 .97 1.21 1.64 1.84

Note: To order slides with Graphite Plugs, add GP to the part number as shown, Ex: RCGP050 or RCCGP125.

F

lifterH rod spacer m D-2

+.001 .125 -.000 h 58-60 HRC

catalog number MLRS050 MLRS063 MLRS075 MLRS100 MLRS125 MLRS150

H-14

od

D1

id

+ .00 - .01

+ .000 - .005

.500 .625 .750 1.000 1.250 1.500

.30 .53 .53 .80 .93 W .93

t

+ .000 - .001

OD

T

W A(2)

L .063

D

H A

ID

Spacer


P2

Dowel

R P1

Dowel

G2

S1

modulifter

®

P1

G2 installation guidelines S1 for base assemblies G1

Dowel

P1

Dowel

G2

S1

S2

D1

P2

D2

R

Dowel

Z1

G1 Z2 P1

Dowel

S1 G1

G2

D1 D2 D1

G1

Z1

D2 Z2 nominal rod diameter Ø

s1 ±.005

Installation Dimensions D1

D2 s2 ±.005

p1

Accel./Decel. Keying Dowel

p2

Dowel

Dowel

±.0005

±.0005

Z1

1/2

Z2 1.750

1.750

1.750

.750

Z25/8

2.000

2.000

2.000

1.000

3/4

2.250

2.250

2.250

1.250

1

2.500

2.500

2.500

1.500

1-1/4

3.250

3.250

3.250

1.750

1-1/2

3.500

4.000

3.500

2.500

r

Pocket Max

d1

+.0005 -.0000

z1

+.03 -.00

g1Z1 g2 ±.005

.75 .19

.25

.2500

.3750

.28

.41

±.005

d2

z2

Drill Ø

Drill Depth

.125

.19

.188

.23

+.03/-.00

1.00

.75

1.25

.75

1.50

1.00

1.75

1.25

2.25

1.50

2.50

installation methods

L

Bottom Mount

Top Mount

L

H-15


lifters, undercut release

flexicore

undercut release system

Flats prevent twisting and ensure proper alignment.

Heel Plate is included to retain FlexiCore.

Improved materials used to increase the life of the FlexiCore during production.

Bronze Guide is used for positional alignment and guidance during ejection. Two options available: Bottom (as shown) and Round for easy bore machining.

FlexiCore Assembly includes: FlexiCore, Bronze Guide (Bottom or Round), Heel Plate, and Flat Head Cap Screw.

Mold Closed

Application Guidelines: • The FlexiCore diameter (D) must be within the Guide prior to ejection as shown above. • Only surface treatments applied at low temperatures such as Electroless Nickel-based or chromium deposition treatments are permitted. • Maximum temperature is 250° F (125° C). • Please contact tech@procomps.com to review any designs if questions arise or if your application differs from the examples shown.

H-16

Mold Open

1/2 T Max

.375" (9.5mm) Min.

.003 (.07mm) to .005 (.12mm)


flexicore

bottom guide assembly OAL L G

C

E

FLATS (2)

T D .61 [16mm]

1.000 [25mm]

.188 [4mm]

SHCS

.625 [16mm]

J

.500 (Inch Std.) 12mm (Metric Std.)

??? 65 HR

Bottom Guide

.75 [19mm]

S

35 ±3 HRC

Nitrided .01" (.25mm) Deep

170 B

Heel Plate

W

.625 [16mm]

E

Design Guidelines: • The FlexiCore can be cut down and re-tapped to accommodate specific applications.

“E”= maximum travel at the top of the FlexiCore. Expected travel is reduced by the tangent of 6˚ along the “C” dimension.

Inch Standard m FlexiCore: AISI 4340 with thin, dense Chromium treatment, Guide: CA954 Solid Bronze, Heel Plate: AISI 1018 +.002 -.000

+.002 -.000

+.010 -.000

l

oal REF

+.000 -.001

± .015

c

e

FCA35X24L6

.354

.244

6.400

6.588

.234

.875

.137

catalog number

t

w

d

g

j

3.49

.957

+.01 -.00

CAD insertion point

s

shcs

#8-32 x 3/8

1/4-20

(Included)

FCA35X32L6

.354

.322

6.400

6.588

.250

.875

.137

3.48

.957

#8-32 x 3/8

1/4-20

FCA45X40L7

.453

.401

7.875

8.062

.312

1.000

.177

4.38

1.025

#10-24 x 1/2

1/4-20

FCA45X48L7

.453

.480

7.875

8.062

.312

1.000

.177

4.38

1.025

#10-24 x 1/2

1/4-20

g

j

s

shcs

Metric Standard +.05 -.00

+.05 -.00

+.25 -.00

l

oal REF

+.000 -.025

± .35

c

e

FCA9X6L160

9

6.2

162.5

166.5

5.94

22

3.5

88.6

24.3

M4-0.7 x 12

M6-1

FCA9X8L160

9

8.2

162.5

166.5

6.35

22

3.5

88.4

24.3

M4-0.7 x 12

M6-1

FCA11X10L200

11.5

10.2

200.0

204.0

7.92

26

4.5

111.2

26.0

M5-0.8 x 14

M6-1

FCA11X12L200

11.5

12.2

200.0

204.0

7.92

26

4.5

111.2

26.0

M5-0.8 x 14

M6-1

FCA12X14L200

12.5

14.2

200.0

204.0

7.92

30

4.5

107.2

28.5

M5-0.8 x 14

M6-1

FCA12X16L200

12.5

16.2

200.0

204.0

7.92

30

4.5

107.2

28.5

M5-0.8 x 14

M6-1

catalog number

t

w

d

+.25 -.00

(Included)

Assemblies include: FlexiCore, Bottom Guide, Heel Plate, and Flat Head Cap Screw. Assembly components also sold individually on page H-21.

H-17


lifters, undercut release

flexicore

round guide assembly

OAL L G

C E

FLATS (2)

T .188 [4mm]

D

Round Guide

B

.61 [16mm]

J

A 1.000 [25mm]

.75 [19mm]

W

35 ±3 HRC 170 B

S

Nitrided .01" (.25mm) Deep

.187 [5mm]

Heel Plate

E

Design Guidelines: • The FlexiCore can be cut down and re-tapped to accommodate specific applications.

“E”= maximum travel at the top of the FlexiCore. Expected travel is reduced by the tangent of 6˚ along the “C” dimension.

Inch Standard m FlexiCore: AISI 4340 with thin, dense Chromium treatment, Guide: CA954 Solid Bronze, Heel Plate: AISI 1018 catalog number

t

w

l

+.010 -.000

oal REF

d

+.000 -.001

c

± .015

e

g

+.01 -.00

j

s

(Included)

a

b5

+.002 -.000

+.002 -.000

FCR35X24L6

.354

.244

6.400

6.588

.234

.875

.137

3.49

.957

#8-32 x 3/8

.625

.500

FCR35X32L6

.354

.322

6.400

6.588

.250

.875

.137

3.48

.957

#8-32 x 3/8

.625

.500

FCR45X40L7

.453

.401

7.875

8.062

.312

1.000

.177

4.38

1.025

#10-24 x 1/2

.750

.625

FCR45X48L7

.453

.480

7.875

8.062

.312

1.000

.177

4.38

1.025

#10-24 x 1/2

.750

.625

CAD insertion point

Metric Standard +.05 -.00

+.05 -.00

+.25 -.00

l

oal REF

+.000 -.025

± .35

c

e

FCR9X6L160

9

6.2

162.5

166.5

5.94

22

FCR9X8L160

9

8.2

162.5

166.5

6.35

22

FCR11X10L200

11.5

10.2

200.0

204.0

7.92

FCR11X12L200

11.5

12.2

200.0

204.0

7.92

FCR12X14L200

12.5

14.2

200.0

204.0

FCR12X16L200

12.5

16.2

200.0

204.0

catalog number

t

w

d

g

j

s

a

b5

3.5

88.6

3.5

88.4

24.3

M4-0.7 x 12

16

12

24.3

M4-0.7 x 12

16

12

26

4.5

26

4.5

111.2

26.0

M5-0.8 x 14

20

16

111.2

26.0

M5-0.8 x 14

20

7.92

30

16

4.5

107.2

28.5

M5-0.8 x 14

20

16

7.92

30

4.5

107.2

28.5

M5-0.8 x 14

20

16

+.25 -.00

(Included)

Assemblies include: FlexiCore, Round Guide, Heel plate, and Flat head Cap Screw. Assembly components also sold individually. Refer to page H-21 for information.

H-18


flexicore

double actuation The double action bottom guide allows for the FlexiCore System to be used to release boss details with undercuts. FlexiCore Double Assembly (FCDA) includes: two FlexiCores, one Bottom Guide, one Heel Plate, and two Low Head Cap Screws.

OAL L G

C

FLATS (2)

E 6˚

T Bottom Guide

J

19mm

S

35 ±3 HRC

Nitrided .01" (.25mm) Deep

170 B

Heel Plate

E

Design Guidelines: • The FlexiCore can be cut down and re-tapped to accommodate specific applications.

W “E”= maximum travel at the top of the FlexiCore. Expected travel is reduced by the tangent of 6˚ along the “C” dimension.

Inch Standard m FlexiCore: AISI 4340 with thin, dense Chromium treatment, Guide: CA954 Solid Bronze, Heel Plate: AISI 1018 catalog number

t

+.002 -.000

w

l

+.002 -.000

+.010 -.000

oal

d

REF

+.000 -.001

c

e

g

±.015

.015

+.01 -.00

j

+.01 -.00

s

(Included-2)

FCDA35X24L6

.354

.244

6.400

6.588

.234

.875

.137

3.49

.957

#8-32 x 3/8

FCDA45X48L7

.453

.480

7.875

8.062

.312

1.000

.177

4.38

1.025

#10-24 x 1/2

Metric Standard catalog number FCDA9X6L160

+.05 -.00

t

+.05 -.00

w

+.25 -.00

l

oal REF

+.000 -.025

d

±.035

c

.015

e

+.25 -.00

g

+.01 -.00

j

(Included-2)

9

6.2

162.5

166.5

5.94

22

3.5

88.6

24.3

M4-0.7 x 12

s

FCDA11X12L200

11.5

12.2

200.0

204.0

7.92

26

4.5

111.2

26.0

M5-0.8 x 14

FCDA12X14L200

12.5

14.2

200.0

204.0

7.92

30

4.5

107.2

28.5

M5-0.8 x 14

FCDA12X16L200

12.5

16.2

200.0

204.0

7.92

30

4.5

107.2

28.5

M5-0.8 x 14

CAD insertion point

H-19


lifters, undercut release

flexicore accessories ™

wear blocks

Inch Standard m P-20 Pre-Hard h Nitrided .005” Deep +.002 -.000

w

± .01

+.001 -.000

+.001 -.000

c

h

k

FCWB-24

.244

.250

.626

.533

1.000

.115

#10-24

catalog number

d

b

t

Thread

FCWB-32

.322

.250

.626

.533

1.000

.115

1/4-20

FCWB-40

.401

.250

.567

.474

1.000

.115

1/4-20

FCWB-48

.480

.250

.567

.474

1.000

.115

1/4-20

D W 30 ±2 HRC

Note: FCWB-24 is designed for use with a 1/4ø shoulder bolt.

C

Metric Standard

w

catalog number

d

b

c

h

k

t

+.05 -.00

±.25

+.025 -.000

+.025 -.000

FCWBM-6

6.2

7.2

15.9

13.55

25.4

2.9

M5-0.8

FCWBM-8

8.2

7.2

15.9

13.55

25.4

2.9

M6-1

FCWBM-10

10.2

7.2

14.4

12.05

25.4

2.9

M6-1

FCWBM-12

12.2

7.2

14.4

12.05

25.4

2.9

M6-1

FCWBM-14

14.2

8.0

15.2

12.11

33.2

3.5

M6-1

FCWBM-16

16.2

8.0

15.2

12.11

33.2

3.5

M6-1

68 ±2 HRC

Thread

Inch = .500 Metric =12 mm

H

K

The Wear Block installs from parting line, utilizing the same screw hole location as the bottom guide.

T

B

CAD insertion point

flexicore accessories ™

extensions

L 1/2

L

30 ±2 HRC

D A

Inch Standard m 4140 Pre-Hard

d

b

.37 [9mm] wide Wrench Flats

B

x .75 [19mm] Deep

Metric Standard

a

+.000 -.005

l

d

+.01 -.00

+.00 - .12

2”

b

a

l +.25 -.00

4”

50mm

100mm

.232

#8-32

.187

FCX8L2

FCX8L4

6

M4-.7

4.8

FCXM4L50

FCXM4L100

.310

#10-24

.250

FCX10L2

FCX10L4

8

M5-.8

6.3

FCXM5L50

FCXM5L100

Includes threaded stud for attachment to FlexiCore.

H-20

CAD insertion point


flexicore accessories ™

replacement guides

3/16 [5mm] Pocket Radius

F

.125 R [3mm]

B G

A

H

T

G

G F

H

B Inch/Metric Standard m CA954 Solid Bronze

X

C

Inch/Metric Standard m CA954 Solid Bronze

catalog number

a

b

h

f

g

t

catalog number

b

c

h

FCBG-24

1.000

.625

FCBG-32

1.000

.625

FCBG-40

1.000

FCBG-6

25

FCBG-8 FCBG-10

f

.625

.190

.250

1/4-20

FCRG-24

.5000

.625

1.000

.190

.187

.250

.625

.200

.250

1⁄4-20

FCRG-32

.5000

.625

1.000

.200

.187

.250

.625

.625

.290

.250

1⁄4-20

FCRG-40

.6250

.750

1.000

.290

.187

.312

16

16

4.8

6

M6-1

FCRG-6

12

16

25

4.8

5

6

25

16

16

5.0

6

M6-1

FCRG-8

12

16

25

5.0

5

6

25

16

16

7.3

6

M6-1

FCRG-10

16

20

25

7.3

5

8

g

replacement heel plates

Inch/Metric Standard m 4140 Pre-Hard h Black Oxided catalog number

k

p

s

(Included)

FCHP-8

.61

.188

#8-32 x 3/8

FCHP-10

.61

.188

#10-24 x 1/2

FCHP-4

16

4

M4-0.7 x 12

FCHP-5

16

4

M5-0.8 x 14

K S

P

Inch/Metric Standard m CA954 Solid Bronze catalog number

a

b

h

f

g

r

s

t

FCDBG-24

1.750

.625

.750

.190

.136

.218

.636

1/4-20

FCDBG-48

1.875

.625

.750

.290

.176

.218

.676

1/4-20

FCDBG-6

45

16

20

4.8

3.5

5

15.5

M6-1

FCDBG-12

48

16

20

7.3

4.5

5

16.5

M6-1

F

R G

G A

S B

T

H

replacement heel plates: double actuation

Inch/Metric Standard m 4140 Pre-Hard h Black Oxided

c

k

FCDHP-8

.272

.750

.188

#8-32 x 3/8

FCDHP-10

.352

.875

.188

#10-24 x 1/2

FCDHP-4

7

20

6

M4-0.7 x 12

FCDHP-5

9

22

6

M5-0.8 x 14

catalog number

x

p

K

s

(Included)

C

P

S Screws included.

H-21


lifters, undercut release

lifter blades

&

cores

undercut release system

Lifter BladesTM for details 1.8mm-4.2mm wide.

Lifter CoresTM for details 6mm-12mm wide.

Lifter Blades and Cores offer unique advantages for undercut release: • The “up, then over” motion assists part ejection, for addressing small parts prone to sticking to lifters. • With the lifter traveling radially away from the undercut, the top of the blade can be flush with the core, requiring no standing pad on molded part that may interfere with snap function. • Compact, no angled machining, with blades beginning as thin as .070” / 1.8mm.

PT

PT

PT

Preliminary Travel

Preliminary Travel

Preliminary Travel

Ejection Retracted

Initial Ejection

Release Point

Lifter seated within bushing to prevent molding pressure movement.

Ejector plates move forward 7mm with part remaining on lifter.

The Lifter is mechanically forced away from the undercut

EJT

EJT

EJT

Maximum Travel

Maximum Travel

Maximum Travel

Installation Options: Parting Line Bushing: Guide Bushing: Reduces machining Best for applications in the core half. when space is limited.

Preload Pin Use:

Guide Plate: Used when design does not require a support plate.

Use the provided preload pin to prevent the lifter from falling back on the part.

Preload Pin

H-22

US Patent No 8,657,599 US Patent No 8,241,031 ES Patent Nos. 2320504 and 2345697 Other patents pending.


Top of Core

TP

.15 R

EJT C

PT

lifter blades

AF

&

cores

Top of Core

MT

Maximum Travel AP Preliminary Travel With the preload pin For mechanical TP installed, the lifter arcs activation, removal of away EJT from the undercut. the pin will achieve the AF travel shown below, PT using any Bushing or MT Guide Plate installation. Top of Core

T

W .15 R

C

T

W

Y* X K+2 A Y*

AP

Xg

TP

.15 R

L

EJT C

K

X L1

PT

K+2

Top of Core

A Machining guidelines shown above for all Lifter Xg Assemblies when using the K Parting Line Bushing or machining the detail in the core insert. Refer to the Undercut Limits in the chart below. *Note: On all Lifter Blades (LBA), the undercut must go through the Lifter; “Y” is not applicable.

L

Y*

L1

X

catalog number

t

- .004 - .009

K +w 2

- .004 - .009

c

±.005

oal Ref

tp

pt

ap

Horiz. Prelim Travel

Prelim Ejection Length

Prelim Travel Angle

mt ejt af Max. Full Travel

Ejection Length

Y* b l a d e s c o r e s

s

thd OAL Thread Size

x

50

M4

3.0

Full Maximum Ejection Stroke Angle Lifter for Removal

LBA08X018

8

1.8

20

K162

3

17

4.0˚

6

38

X LBA08X024

8

2.4

20

162

3

17

4.0˚

6

38

LBA08X032

8

3.2

20

162

3

17

4.0˚

6

38

8˚ D

LBA08X042

8

K + 2 20 4.2

8˚ OAL 50

LCA09X06

9

LCA10X08

10

LCA12X10

12

LCA12X12

12

12

Preload Pin 50 M4 Receiver/Post Combo

50

162

3

17

4.0˚

6

38

26

246

6

26

6.0˚

9

Lifter 56

65

8

26

246

6

26

6.0˚

9

56

65

10

30

256 K

8

32

6.5˚

10Preload 66 Pin

75

30

256

8

32

6.5˚

10

6

Lifter

Receiver/Post Combo 66 8˚

75

N/A

15

N/A

15

M4

3.0

N/A

15

M4

3.5 OAL 4.0

4

21

Lifter Core Assemblies:

M5

5.0

25

Pos

CAD insertion point *Moldmaker to cut the L

Core Post to suit the ap and then drill and tap 1

OAL

OAL THD*

Lifter

10

Receiver

D

Widths 6mm to 12mm

Widths 1.8mm to 4.2mm

6 THD*21 25

*Thread is provided 15mm deep M5 5.0 8 on the Receiver/Post Combo.

Preload Pin

Lifter Blade Assemblies:

N/A is provided 15 15mm de *Thread on the Receiver/Post Combo.

3.0

M4

3.0

k

y THD*

M4

THD*

L

Undercut Limits

THD*

Lifter

L *Thread is provided 15mm deep on the Receiver/Post Combo.

Preload Pin Receiver/Post Combo

Assembly Part 7mm Information: part name

Lifter

Preload Pin

Receiver

Post

*Moldmaker to cut the Lifter Core Post to suit the application and then drill and tap 15mm deep.

Removability from Parting Line:

OAL

material/treatment THD*

ID

OAL

Lifter H-13, 50-52 HRC NitrideTHD* .25 Deep Lifter Receiver H-13, 50-52 HRC, Titanium Nitride *Thread is provided 15mm deep onOxided the Receiver/Post Combo. Post Preload Pin P-20 Pre-Hard, Black Receiver/Post Combo Pin Receiver Post PreloadPreload Pin M-2, 62-64 HRC *Moldmaker to cut the Lifter

Q

S

Maximum

Note: On the Lifter Blade Assemblies (LBA), theCore Post stroke/ejection Postand to suit the application for removal and then drill and tap 15mm deep. Receiver are a single piece, made from pre-hardened P-20 from parting line and TiN coated. ID OAL With ejector stops removed,Qthe ejector plates can be moved forward to ReplacementLifter items are available. Contact Customer THD* expose the Lifter Blade Assembly, and then the Lifter and the Preload Pin Service for pricing and delivery. can slide sideways out of the Receiver/Post Combo. On the Lifter Cores, the Receiver can be unscrewed from the Post and then removed from parting line. Preload Pin

Receiver

Post

*Moldmaker to cut the Lifter Core Post to suit the application and then drill and tap 15mm deep.

H-23


2

lifters, undercut release

lifter blades

&

cores

parting line bushing installation A +.008 -.000 T P +.00 -.01 View from bottom of ÒBÓ plate

K

C+.02 -.00

AF MT AP

D -.0

+.2

B

+.3 +.4

EJT

E -.00 +.01

J

Top of Core

A

G

Xg

L

F

L1

G

assembly ref

Diam.

a

Diam.

b

c

Diam.

d

Diam.

e

Diam.

f

Diam.

g

j

k

t

p 56

Dowel Size

LBA08X018

12

16

5

9.6

6

4.5

8

4.5

5

7

LBA08X024

12

16

5

9.6

6

4.5

8

4.5

5

7

56

LBA08X032

12

16

5

9.6

6

4.5

8

4.5

5

7

56

LBA08X042

12

16

5

9.6

6

4.5

8

4.5

5

7

56

LCA09X06

14

20

5

11

6

4.5

8

4.5

5

8.5

66

LCA10X08

16

22

5

13

6

4.5

8

4.5

5

9.5

66

LCA12X10

20

26

6

15

8

5.5

10

5.5

6

11

76

LCA12X12

20

26

6

15

8

5.5

10

5.5

6

11

76

parting line bushings K Features: • Use of the Parting Line Bushing simplifies machining in the mold base. • Each bushing assembly incorporates a wedge that creates a stop for the Lifter to avoid push back due to molding pressure. • The Guide Bushing should be utilized with the Parting Line Bushings to locate and guide the Lifter Blade/Core Assembly in the support plate. The bushings, along with Guide Plates, are sold separately on page H-15.

THD* H-24

m A-2 s 58-60 HRC catalog number

D

L

d

l

For Lifter Widths

-.003 -.008

± .010

LBB018

1.8

12

56

LBB024

2.4

12

56 56

LBB032

3.2

12

LBB042

4.2

12

56

LCB06

6

14

66 66

LCB08

8

16

LCB10

10

20

76

LCB12

12

20

76


EJT PT A

lifter blades

Top of Core

A

Xg

guide bushing

L

Z

W +.008 -.000

1/2 T M

L

T +.008 -.000

(Central)

C -.000 Y +.00 -.01 +.006

TSC

.15 Rad. Max

P +.00 -.01

3 ±.01

S D

A

Y*

guide plate installation Xg

L1

L1

X

&

M5

E +.02 -.00

+.01 -.00

+.02

9 -.00

B

Details for Lifter Blades

+.025 -.000

+.02 -.00

D

+.015 +.025

1/2 T M TSC

K

.15 Rad. Max

D

H +.01 -.00

A

D

J

F

For installation of the Guide Plate, all dimensions and tolerances are similar to the L Bushing installation at Guide left, except as shown above.

G

Details for Lifter Cores

L

G

t

assembly ref

OAL

Q

N

+.02 -.00

K

K+2 X

cores

&

w

x

c

y

m

z

a

d

Diam.

b

Diam.

e

f

Diam.

g

Diam.

h

j

k

n

R (2) Bottom view of Guide Plate

q

s

r

p

LBA08X018

8

1.8

7.3

20

28

3.1

13.5˚

9.6

12.8

3

4.5

8

6

4.5

12

18

24

12

6

56

LBA08X024

8

2.4

7.3

20

28

3.1

13.5˚

9.6

12.8

3

4.5

8

6

4.5

12

18

24

12

6

56

THD* LBA08X032

8

3.2

7.3

20

28

3.1

13.5˚

9.6

12.8

3

4.5

8

6

4.5

12

18

24

12

6

56

LBA08X042

8

4.2

7.3

20

28

3.1

13.5˚

9.6

12.8

3

4.5

8

6

4.5

12

18

24

12

6

56

LCA09X06 9 6 7.7 26 *Thread is10provided LCA10X08 8 15mm 8.5deep26 on the Receiver/Post Combo. LCA12X10 12 10 10.1 30

46

3.3

11

14

3

4.5

8

6

4.5

14

18.5

26

12

7

66

46

3.6

13

16

4

4.5

8

6

4.5

16

19.5

28

12

8

66

55

4.2

15

20

4

5.5

10

8

5.5

18

20.5

30

13

9

76

LCA12X12

55

4.2

15

20

4

5.5

10

8

5.5

18

20.5

30

13

9

76

ost Combo

12

12

10.1

30

guide bushings

guide plates

ID THD*

Q

OAL

Q

alternative heel plates ID

K Receiver

m

Post

*Moldmaker to cut the Lifter Core Post to suit the application h 170 CA954 Bronze Brinell and then drill and tap 15mm deep.

m CA954 Bronze h 170 Brinell

id

catalog number

For Lifter Widths

q

1.8-4.2

6

LBGP1212

1.8-4.2

24

LCGB0611

6

6

LCGP1426

6

26

LCGB0613

8

6

LCGP1628

8

28

8

LCGP1830

10 & 12

30

catalog number

For Lifter Widths

LBGB0696

LCGB0817

10 & 12

S

P m 4140 Pre-Hard s Black Oxide catalog number

k

p

s

FCHP-4

16

4

M4 -0.7

FCHP-5

16

4

M5 -0.8

H-25


lifters, undercut release

online resources

When considering design options, numerous animations can be viewed at procomps.com/animations.

CAD geometry is available online as individual downloads or as part of the CADalog system. The seven formats include: IGES (.igs), ACIS (.sat), STEP (.step), Parasolid (.x_t), Solidworks (.sldasm), NX (.prt) (Re-Use and MoldWizard) and Visi (.wkf).

Industry-leading web store expedites the purchasing process. Go to shop.procomps.com for information and additional resources.

H-26


collapsible cores expandable cavities section i

I

DT Core Grinding Fixtures

DT Core Sub-10mm Series

Prefix: DT

Prefix: DTG

Prefix: S10

Page: I-1

Page: I-6

Page: I-7

C-Cores: RT Series

RT Core Grinding Rings

Expandable Cavities

Prefix: CC, CCM

Prefix: RTGR

Prefix: EXCAV

Page: I-9

Page: I-11

Page: I-12

COLLAPSIBLE CORES EXPANDABLE CAVITIES

C-Cores: DT Series



collapsible cores dt series

Through an alliance with Roehr Tool Solutions, Dove Tail Collapsible Cores offer a more compact design and simplified mold approach over other tool designs. Available in four standard sizes and also as customs, DT Series Collapsible Cores eliminate the need for complex unscrewing mechanisms as well as providing solutions for unmoldable internal undercut features such as o-ring grooves, slots, and snap fit details. DT Cores allow for: • Simplified, smaller molds • Faster cycle times • Improved part quality • Reduced mold maintenance • Existing unscrewing molds can see performance improvements by converting the movable half to instead include DT Cores.

DT Core Mold

Unscrewing Mold

The DT Collapsible Core is a positive, mechanically actuated collapsible core that eliminates complex gear and rack approaches, resulting in a simpler mold and a faster cycle time. The maintenance advantage is dramatic due to a patented quick-lock feature that allows removal and servicing of the core unit while the mold is still in the press. The DT Core’s compact design allows for shorter stack height, tighter cavity spacing, and also creates opportunities for use in slides or on the stationary side of the mold. Part Ejects Undercut Release Initial Opening

EJECT

COLLAPSE

DT Cores use a simple single stage collapse/eject sequence typically run by the machine KO.

I-1 US Patent No. 9,011,138


collapsible cores, Expandable cavities

collapsible cores dt series

120° TYP

L

BD

T (3)

U D

catalog number

DT1111 DT1212 DT1313 DT1414 DT1515 DT1616 DT1717 DT1819 DT2021 DT2224 DT2527 DT2830 DT3133 DT3436 DT3739 DT4042 DT4345 DT4648 DT4951 DT5254 DT5557 DT5860

ST

CT

BH

25°

DT1010

SL

H

CD

BC

d

u

l

st

Maximum Outer Diameter

Max Undercut

Maximum Molding Length

Maximum Collapse Stroke

10.00-10.99mm .394-.433in 11.00-11.99mm .433-.472in 12.00-12.99mm .472-.511in 13.00-13.99mm .512-.551in 14.00-14.99mm .551-.590in 15.00-15.99mm .591-.630in 16.00-16.99mm .630-.669in 17.00-17.99mm .669-.708in 18.00-19.99mm .709-.787in 20.00-21.99mm .787-.866in 22.00-24.99mm .866-.984in 25.00-27.99mm .984-1.102in 28.00-30.99mm 1.102-1.220in 31.00-33.99mm 1.220-1.338in 34.00-36.99mm 1.339-1.456in 37.00-39.99mm 1.457-1.574in 40.00-42.99mm 1.575-1.693in 43.00-45.99mm 1.693-1.811in 46.00-48.99mm 1.811-1.929in 49.00-51.99mm 1.929-2.047in 52.00-54.99mm 2.047-2.165in 55.00-57.99mm 2.165-2.283in 58.00-60.99mm 2.283-2.401in

.36mm .014in .41mm .016in .46mm .018in .51mm .020in .56mm .022in .61mm .024in .66mm .026in .71mm .028in .82mm .032in .92mm .036in 1.04mm .041in 1.20mm .047in 1.36mm .053in 1.50mm .059in 1.73mm .068in 1.88mm .074in 2.06mm .081in 2.24mm .088in 2.42mm .095in 2.57mm .101in 2.77mm .109in 2.95mm .116in 3.10mm .122in

7.5mm .295in 8mm .315in 8.5mm .335in 9mm .354in 9.5mm .374in 10mm .394in 10.5mm .413in 11mm .433in 12mm .472in 12.5mm .492in 13mm .512in 15mm .591in 18mm .709in 21mm .827in 22mm .866in 24mm .945in 25mm .984in 27mm 1.063in 28mm 1.102in 31mm 1.220in 32mm 1.260in 34mm 1.339in 36mm 1.417in

43.5mm 1.713in 44.5mm 1.752in 45.5mm 1.791in 46.5mm 1.831in 47mm 1.850in 47.5mm 1.870in 48mm 1.890in 48.5mm 1.909in 50mm 1.969in 55mm 2.165in 59mm 2.323in 66.5mm 2.618in 71mm 2.795in 78mm 3.071in 79mm 3.110in 85mm 3.346in 86mm 3.386in 93mm 3.661in 94mm 3.701in 99mm 3.898in 100mm 3.937in 106mm 4.173in 111mm 4.370in

h

SD

sd

bd

bh

sl

cd

ct

bc

t

Core Length

Shaft Diameter

Cooling Hole Diameter

Distance to Cooling Hole

Shaft Length

Carrier Diameter

Carrier Assembly Thickness

Mounting Screw Bolt Circle

Mounting Screws (SHCS)

87mm 3.425in

10.5mm .413in

3mm .1in

5mm .2in

58mm 2.283in

50mm 1.969in

21mm .827in

37mm 1.457in

M5 x 25

87mm 3.425in

12mm .472in

4mm .2in

5mm .2in

59mm 2.323in

52mm 2.047in

21mm .827in

38mm 1.496in

M6 x 35

87mm 3.425in

14mm .551in

5mm .2in

5mm .2in

60mm 2.362in

54mm 2.126in

21mm .827in

41mm 1.614in

M5x25

87mm 3.425in

15.5mm .610in

6mm .2in

5mm .2in

62mm 2.441in

56mm 2.205in

21mm .827in

43mm 1.693in

M5x25

99mm 3.898in

18mm .709in

8mm .3in

6mm .2in

61mm 2.402in

63mm 2.480in

24mm .945in

49mm 1.929in

M6x30

109mm 4.291in

22mm .866in

10mm .4in

6mm .2in

64mm 2.520in

69mm 2.717in

24mm .945in

55mm 2.165in

M6x30

129mm 5.079in

28mm 1.102in

12mm .5in

6mm .2in

60mm 2.362in

77mm 3.031in

26mm 1.024in

63mm 2.480in

M6x30

139mm 5.472in

34mm 1.339in

14mm .6in

6mm .2in

64mm 2.520in

93mm 3.661in

27mm 1.063in

75mm 2.953in

M8x30

151mm 5.945in

39mm 1.535in

17mm .7in

6mm .2in

65mm 2.559in

101mm 3.976in

32mm 1.260in

83mm 3.268in

M8x35

161mm 6.339in

42mm 1.654in

20mm .8in

6mm .2in

69mm 2.717in

110mm 4.331in

32mm 1.260in

90mm 3.543in

M8x35

183mm 7.205in

50mm 1.969in

22mm .9in

6mm .2in

85mm 3.346in

130mm 5.118in

39mm 1.535in

107mm 4.213in

M10x45

For sizes larger than 60mm, contact Roehr directly.

I-2 US Patent No. 9,011,138


collapsible cores

dt series quick lock plate Utilizing the optional Quick Lock mounting configuration, the DT Core can be removed and serviced while the mold remains in the press. This feature allows for a higher cavitation percentage and lower maintenance costs than other tool design approaches.

Shaft Diameter (SD)

6

H

+.01 +.03

QS2 Location of plate groove determined by mold design

m A-2

QL QS1

Shaft Length (SL)

QW

GD

Groove Diameter Âą.05

4R

Shaft Diameter (SD) Flats are tangent to GD

h 54-57 HRC

catalog number DTQLP1011 DTQLP1213 DTQLP1415 DTQLP1617 DTQLP1821 DTQLP2227 DTQLP2833 DTQLP3439 DTQLP4045 DTQLP4651 DTQLP5260 DTQLP18 DTQLP28 DTQLP38 DTQLP48

gd 7.43mm .93in 9.02mm .355in 9.81mm .386in 10.60mm .417in 12.99mm .511in 16.16mm .636in 21.72mm .855in 25.69mm 1.011in 30.45mm 1.199in 34.42mm 1.355in 39.18mm 1.543in 12mm .472in 15mm .591in 19mm .748in 23mm .906in

ql

+0.00 - 0.05

qw +0.00 - 0.05

qs1

26.01mm 18.01mm 17.50mm 1.024in .709in .689in 27.99mm 18.01mm 19.51mm 1.102in .709in .768in 30mm 19.99mm 21.49mm 1.181in .787in .846in 32mm 22mm 23.50mm 1.260in .866in .925in 35mm 24.99mm 24.99mm 1.378in .984in .984in 38mm 27.99mm 27.99mm 1.496in 1.102in 1.102in 43.99mm 32mm 34.01mm 1.732in 1.260in 1.339in 51.99mm 40.01mm 40.01mm 2.047in 1.575in 1.575in 56.01mm 43.99mm 43.99mm 2.205in 1.732in 1.732in 57.99mm 46mm 46mm 2.283in 1.811in 1.811in 65.99mm 54mm 53.01mm 2.598in 2.126in 2.087in 35mm 22mm 25mm 1.378in .866in .984in 38mm 25mm 28mm .1.496in .984in 1.102in 41mm 31mm 30mm 1.614in 1.220in 1.181in 44mm 35mm 34mm 1.732in 1.378in 1.339in

Bottom view of Center Pin and Quick Lock Plate in locked position.

qs2

h

9.50mm .374in 9.50mm .374in 11.51mm .453in 13.49mm .531in 15.01mm .591in 18.01mm .709in 22mm .866in 27.99mm 1.102in 32mm 1.260in 34.01mm 1.339in 41mm 1.614in 12mm .472in 15mm .591in 20mm .787in 25mm .984in

4mm .1575in 4mm .1575in 5mm .1969in 5mm .1969in 6mm .2362in 6mm .2362in 6mm .2362in 8mm .3150in 8mm .3150in 8mm .3150in 10mm ..3937in 6mm .236in 6mm .236in 6mm .236in 6mm .236in

b

Mounting Screws

M3 LHCS M3 LHCS M3 SHCS M3 SHCS M4 SHCS M4 SHCS M4 SHCS M5 SHCS

View the ability to remove a core from parting line at www.procomps.com/demo.

M5 SHCS M5 SHCS M6 SHCS M4 SHCS M4 SHCS M4 SHCS M4 SHCS

Align and push end of Center Pin through Quick Lock Plate.

Rotate Center Pin clockwise 90° to lock into place.

I-3 US Patent No. 9,011,138


collapsible cores, Expandable cavities

collapsible cores dt series split ring A

B

C Utilizing the optional split ring allows for an alternative attachment method.

m A-2

h 54-57 HRC

catalog number DTSR1011 DTSR1213 DTSR1415 DTSR1617 DTSR1821 DTSR2227 DTSR2833 DTSR3439 DTSR4045 DTSR4651

Assemble Core into Mold. Then collapse core to install split ring

Push Center pin forward to molding position and install back plate

DTSR5260 DTSR18 DTSR28 DTSR38 DTSR48

a

b

c

Outer Diameter

Inner Diameter

Thickness

16mm .63in 17.53mm .69in 20.32mm .80in 21.08mm .83in 25.40mm 1.00in 28.70mm 1.13in 34.29mm 1.35in 42.16mm 1.66in 46.99mm 1.85in 50.80mm 2.00in 59.69mm 2.35in 24.89mm .98in 27.94mm 1.10in 34.80mm 1.37in 37.59mm 1.48in

7.95mm .313in 9.53mm .375in 10.31mm .406in 11.13mm .438in 13.49mm .531in 16.66mm .656in 22.23mm .875in 26.19mm 1.031in 30.96mm 1.219in 34.93mm 1.375in 39.70mm 1.563in 12.70mm .500in 15.88mm .625in 20.62mm .812in 25.40mm 1.000in

3.99mm .157in 3.99mm .157in 5mm .197in 5mm .197in 5.99mm .236in 5.99mm .236in 5.99mm .236in 8mm .315in 8mm .315in 8mm .315in 9.98mm .393in 6.35mm .250in 6.35mm .250in 6.35mm .250in 6.35mm .250in

collapsible cores

dt series retention sleeve Retention Sleeves for DoveTail Collapsible Cores assure the position of the molded part during core collapse and part ejection.

m D-2

h 60-62 HRC

Molded Part

Collapsible Core

Retention Sleeve Carrier Top Ring

I-4 US Patent No. 9,011,138


collapsible cores

dt series

120˚ (Typ.)

CD

L

10˚

Flats for in-press servicing

b

Stroke

D B

BD

BC

d

S

BH

C

catalog number

SL

ml

T (3)

c

cd

SD

ML

CT

60˚ grinding center provided on both ends. (Grind to suit.)

ct

l

sl

CAD insertion point

sd

bd

bh

bc

t

s

Maximum Outer Diameter

Minimum Inner Diameter +3°/Side

Maximum Molding Length

Maximum Collapse

Carrier Diameter +0.00 - 0.05

Carrier Assembly Thickness ± 0.05

Core Length +0.1 - 0.0

Shaft Length

Shaft Diameter +0.00 - 0.02

Cooling Hole Diameter

Distance to Cooling Hole

Mounting Screw Bolt Circle

DT18

21mm .827in

17mm .669in

22mm .866in

1.1mm .043in

53mm 2.087in

21mm .827in

60mm 2.362in

60mm 2.362in

16mm .630in

6mm .236in

6mm .236in

40mm 1.575in

M5 x 25

34mm 1.339in

DT28

33mm 1.299in

25mm .984in

28mm 1.102in

1.6mm .063in

60mm 2.362in

22mm .866in

67mm 2.638in

60mm 2.362in

20mm .787in

8mm .315in

8mm .315in

47mm 1.850in

M5 x 25

38mm 1.496in

DT38

42mm 1.654in

33mm 1.299in

43mm 1.693in

2.1mm .083in

76mm 2.992in

28mm 85mm 60mm Shaft Length (SL) 1.102in 3.346in 2.362in

25mm .984in

10mm .394in

10mm QL .394in

60mm M6 x 35 2.362in M4 x 10

54mm 2.126in

DT48

54mm 2.126in

42mm 1.654in

50mm 1.969in

2.4mm .094in

98mm 3.858in

37mm (SD)104mm 1.457in 4.094in

30mm 1.181in

12mm .472in

12mm .472in

78mm 3.071in

Shaft Diameter

6

70mm +.01 +.03 2.756in

QS1

SHCS

QS2

Each Dove Tail Collapsible Core includes: • DT Series Core/Pin/Carrier Assembly • Split Ring • All mounting screws

Moldbase GD Location of plate groove Clearance Groove

determined by mold design

Diameter ±.05

Mounting Screws

M8 x 40

6

62mm 2.441in

QW

CD +1.5 D +1.5 Shaft Diameter (SD) Flats are tangent to GD

4R

Stripper Ring

Application Guidelines • All standard DT Cores offer 360˚ molding of threads or other undercuts. • Molded parts do not need to be closed at one end. They may be partially or completely open. • In the chart above, the actual collapse is dependent upon the final major diameter ground onto DT core. Please email information@ roehrtool.com for an application review prior to ordering the DT Cores. • Stripper ring can be provided by moldmaker with either a tapered or straight fit, as shown in the machining guidelines at right. • Parts with size requirements that fall outside of the standard sizes are available on a custom order basis. • Roehr Tool can provide DT Cores with your thread and undercut details already machined. In addition, coatings and treatments may also be provided. Email your part drawing or application to information@roehrtool.com for a review.

Maximum Collapse Stroke

CT +0.5

CD +.1

D

+1.5

SD

Determines Assembly Location

4

Min.

SD

6 +.05 -.00

+0.5

I-5 US Patent No. 9,011,138


collapsible cores, Expandable cavities

collapsible cores dt series overview

Dove Tail Center Pin Collapsing Segments Typical thread or undercut details to be released by core

Collapsing Segments m A-2

h 54-57 HRC

• Designed to mechanically collapse when the center pin is withdrawn. • The fit between the segments is controlled to permit flash-free molding.

Carrier Assembly

Center Pin m D-2

h 60-62 HRC

• Serves to expand the segments of the core to their molding position • The pin may be flush to the core face.

Carrier Assembly m D-2

h 60-62 HRC

• Mounts DT Core assembly to the mold carrier plate. • Provides guided and anti-rotational segment movement.

Quick Lock Plate or Split Ring

grinding fixtures m A-2 h 54-57 HRC s Black Oxide catalog number

core size

catalog number

core size

DTGF1011

DT1011

DTGF18

DT18

DTGF1213

DT1213

DTGF28

DT28

DTGF1415

DT1415

DTGF38

DT38

DTGF1617

DT1617

DTGF48

DT48

DTGF1821

DT1821

DTGF2227

DT2227

DTGF2833

DT2833

DTGF3439

DT3439

DTGF4045

DT4045

DTGF4651

DT4651

DTGF5260

DT5260

I-6 US Patent No. 9,011,138


collapsible cores dt core sub-10mm series

The Sub-10mm DT Cores make it possible to release very small threads and undercuts in molded caps, connectors and small medical applications. • Allows molding of parts with 7-10mm ID. • Quick Lock plates enable core removal from parting line. • Simpler alternative to unscrewing molds. • Reduces cycle time and maintenance requirements.

L

CD

SL

ML

MD

S

ID

CB

BC T(3) catalog number S10-Custom

md

id

BD

SD

BH

CT

ml

uc

cd

Maximum Molding Diameter

Minimum Molding Diameter

Maximum Molding Length

Maximum Undercut

Carrier Assembly Diameter

10

7

10

.38

44

cb

ct

19

24

Carrier Carrier Assembly Assembly Body Thickness

l

sl

sd

s

bd

bh

bc

t

Length

Shaft Length

Shaft Diameter

Maximum Collapse Stroke

Cooling Hole Diameter

Cooling Hole Height

Mounting Bolt Circle

Mounting Bolt (3)

82

36

8

50

3

3

32

M5x25

NOTE: Submit part geometry to information@roehrtool.com for quotes and application review.

Application Guidelines: • Maximum undercut depth is determined by final molding diameter from application review. • Collapse stroke is determined by undercut depth from application review.

Eject

• Cores are supplied complete with machined molding details.

Collapse Stroke

I-7


collapsible cores, Expandable cavities

collapsible cores dt series applications Side Action

Cavity Side

Boss Detail

Seal Ring

I-8 US Patent No. 9,011,138


collapsible cores The RT Series Collapsible Cores are available in sizes to fit most inside detail applications. Whether molding threads or complex details, these cores can simplify design and production. Collapsible Cores allow for smaller molds to run faster cycles with less moving parts.

&

minicores

ÂŽ

rt series

Made from premium tool steels and heat treated using proprietary heat treating methods.

Standard sized Collapsible Cores (RT) and MiniCores (RT) are engineered and manufactured for Progressive Components through an alliance with Roehr Tool Solutions. Standard diameters range from 13mm to 105mm.

1

3

Mold Closed

2

Mold Open Ejector plate and stripper plate move forward, and the Collapsible Core is collapsed.

Part Ejected Cylinders push the stripper plate forward, ejecting the molded part.

US Patent No. 4,919,608 Canadian Patent No. 1,330,479

I-9


collapsible cores, Expandable cavities

collapsible cores rt series

L C

ML

A

B CAD insertion point

a

catalog number

b

Maximum Outer Diameter

Center Pin Diameter (At top of Collapsible Core)

Minimum Inner Diameter

mm

Inch

mm

Inch

mm

Inch

mm

20.32

.027

.69

.032

.81

5.605

142.37

14.73

1.000

25.40

.037

.94

.042

1.07

6.615

168.02

.640

16.25

1.000

25.40

.043

1.09

.048

1.21

6.615

168.02

.785

19.93

1.150

29.21

.043

1.09

.048

1.21

7.315

185.80

mm

Inch

mm

Inch

CC-125-PC

.720

18.29

.620

15.75

.485

CC-150-PC

C.850

21.59

.700

ML .580 17.78

.760

19.30

.910

23.11

CC-175-PC

.970

CC-200-PC

1.270

32.25

Length of Collapsible Core

Collapse per Side at Top of Core** (Range Shown)

150.8mm Inch (5.940”) 12.32 .800

Inch

A 24.64

l

c

ml

Max. Molded Length (Including Mold Shut-Off)

mm

CC-250-PC

1.270

32.25

.910

23.11

.785

19.93

1.150

29.21

.043

1.09

.048

1.21

5.440

138.17

CC-202-PC

1.390

B 35.30

1.010

25.65

.885

22.47

1.150

29.21

.055

1.39

.064

1.62

7.315

185.80

CC-252-PC

1.390

35.30

1.010

25.65

.885

22.47

1.150

29.21

.055

1.39

.064

1.62

5.440

138.17

CC-302-PC

1.740

44.19

1.270

32.25

1.105

28.06

1.400

35.56

.068

1.72

.083

2.10

7.315

185.80

CC-352-PC

1.740

44.19

1.270

32.25

1.105

28.06

1.400

35.56

.068

1.72

.083

2.10

6.065

154.05

CC-402-PC

2.182

55.42

1.593

40.46

1.388

35.25

1.700

43.18 L

.090

2.28

.103

2.61

7.815

198.50

44.45 ML

244.47

CC-502-PC

2.800

71.12

2.060

52.32

1.750

CC-602-PC

3.535

89.78

A 2.610

66.29

CC-652-PC

3.800

96.52

2.890

73.41

2.175 A 55.24

2.450

62.23

CC-702-PC

4.225

107.31

3.350

85.09

2.790

70.86

C

C

minicores

1.900

48.26

.115

2.92

.125

3.17

9.625

2.400 L

60.96

.140

3.55

.148

3.75

11.250

285.75

2.400

60.96

.150

3.81

.160

4.06

11.250

285.75

2.400

60.96

.165

4.19

.170

4.32

11.250

285.75

B B

®

rt series

150.8mm (5.940”)

ML

C

A

B

a

b

ml

c

catalog number

For Closure Diameter Range mm

Inch

mm

Inch

mm

Inch

mm

Inch

mm

Inch

mm

Inch

mm

CCM-0001

13-16

.645

16.38

.425

10.80

.300

7.62

.170

4.32

.850

21.59

.052

1.32

CCM-0002

17-20

.805

20.45

.560

14.22

.420

CCM-0003

21-24

.965

24.51

.710

18.03

.560

I-10

Maximum Outer Diameter

C

B

Minimum Inner Diameter

A

Center Pin Dia. (At top of Collapsible Core)

L

Width of (3) Non-Collapsing Center Pin Blades (At Top of Core)

Max. Molded Length (Including Mold Shut-Off)

Collapse per Side at Top of Core

10.67

.190

4.83

.850

21.59

.057

1.45

14.22

.200

5.08

1.000

25.40

.059

1.50

US Patent No. 4,919,608 Canadian Patent No. 1,330,479


collapsible cores

&

minicores

®

rt series

Description of Components and Basic Operation Both styles of the Collapsible Cores (Standard and MiniCores®) are three-part assemblies, designed for simplicity of installation, reliability in operation, and long life. The three parts include a Collapsible Core, a Positive Collapse Sleeve, and a Center Pin. Center Pin

Collapsible Core m A-2

Collapsible Core

h 54-57 HRC

• Designed to collapse independently when the center pin is withdrawn. • The fit between segments is controlled to permit flash-free molding.

Positive Collapse Sleeve m 52100 h 54-57 HRC

Positive Collapse Sleeve

• Designed to function when the Collapsible Core fails to collapse independently. In normal operation, the PC Sleeve is not functioning. It is essential to have such a unit for maximum safety and reliability in automatic and semi-automatic operation.

Center Pin m D-2

h 60-62 HRC

• Serves to expand the segments of the Collapsible Core to their molding position. • The pin must protrude beyond the face of the collapsing core segments, and it must have a radius around its top edge to operate properly.

Application Guidelines • Standard Collapsible Cores have a Max. OD (“A”) of thread or configuration ranging from .720”(18.29mm) - 4.225” (107.31mm) and offer complete 360˚ thread or undercut geometry. • MiniCores have a Max. OD of thread or configuration ranging from .645”(16.38mm) - .965”(24.51mm) and offer up to 70% full thread or undercut geometry. (Internal geometry is interrupted in three places to allow core segments to collapse.) • Molded parts do not need to be closed at one end. They can be partially or completely open. Also, undercuts do not need to be continuous. • Cores are capable of operating without benefit of lubrication, however, treating the Collapsible Core with an additional treatment for wear reduction or corrosion resistance is beneficial. • Custom cores with size requirements that fall outside of the standard Collapsible Core and MiniCore ranges are available. In addition, finished cores with machined, EDM’d, or ground details can be supplied. Contact information@roehrtool.com for an application review and quotation.

rt core grinding rings Grinding Rings for Collapsible Cores securely hold the core segments in place against the center pin when grinding or EDM’ing details.

m Aluminum h Black Anodize catalog number

US Patent No. 4,919,608 Canadian Patent No. 1,330,479

core size (prefix cc)

RTGR125

125

RTGR150

150/175

RTGR200

175/200/202/250/252

RTGR300

302/352

RTGR400

402

RTGR500

502

RTGR600

602

RTGR650

652

RTGR700

702

I-11


collapsible cores, Expandable cavities

expandable cavities ex-cav ® system

Expandable Cavities mold undercuts such as threads, dimples, and protrusions. The patented Ex-Cav design eliminates the engineering, maintenance, and machining required for side action mechanisms which results in smaller molds or higher mold cavitation. Standard sized Expandable Cavities (Ex-Cavs) are engineered and manufactured for Progressive Components through an alliance with Roehr Tool Solutions.

X

Minimum Ejector Stroke

X

Minimum Ejector Stroke

Mold Closed

Mold Open

Technical Information: • Four sizes offered to satisfy a wide range of parts. • The Ex-Cav expands along a conical shape, 10˚ per side. • Manufactured from A-2, 54-57 HRC material for repeatable expansion. For optimal performance, the Ex-Cavs should ride against a hardened insert. • Maximum temperature: 260˚C / 500˚ F • Expandable Cavities are capable of operating without lubrication. • However, treating the Ex-Cav with an additional coating for wear reduction or corrosion resistance is beneficial. • Ex-Cavs can be ordered with molding detail for a ‘mold ready’ component. • Fixturing bushings for machining details in house are also available. • Custom Ex-Cavs are available. Also, when an entire part is formed within the cavity, an A-Series Ex-Cav can be provided, shown at left.

I-12

US Patent Nos. 5,387,389, 5,540,582, 5,630,977, 8,038,433 and others pending


10˚ onical)

expandable cavities 250

ex-cav ® system

± 1.0

Length can be modified to suit application.

250

125

± 1.0

Length T can be modified to suit application.

250

C

± 1.0

125 Length can be modified to suit application. C

T

125

T

D ±.01 Sg7

L ± 1.0

D ±.01 S g7

L ± 1.0

10˚ (Conical)

10˚m A-2 (Conical)

E

catalog number

Expansion per side

C C B B

A

S g7

L ± 1.0

h 54-57 HRC

d

a

b

E14

13

2.5

Expansion 18 E 20 per side Expansion27 30 per side

3.5 4.0 5.5

Maximum Maximum Ex-Cav Diameter Part Diameter Molding -10˚ per side Length

EXCAV20

2O

EXCAV26

26

EXCAV38

38

EXCAV50

50

40

39

c

Minimum Part Inner Diameter

CAD insertion point

e

f

l

1.6

3

59

2.5

4

76

3.0

4

89

3.5

5

101

Expansion Min. Wall Per Side Thickness

s

t

x

Thread

Minimum Ejection Stroke (Prev. page)

14

M8

15

16

M10

15

27

M18

20

34

M24

20

Body Diameter

Mounting kits sold separately below. Ex-Cav sizes outside of this chart are available as customs.

A

mounting kits & machining specs Hollow Bolt Mounting Kit Includes:

Pin Bolt Mounting Kit Includes:

• • • •

• Key (7 Thk. x 8 x 40) • Threaded Bolt/Pin (H-13, 40-44 HRC, 280mm Long) • Spacer

Key (7 Thk. x 8 x 40) Hollowed Bolt Standard DIN H-13 Ejector Pin (400mm Long) Spacer

F

D

B

Modified to suit

.05 Min Clearance

D Modified to suit

D2

Key

+.025 +.050

Spacer

Spacer

T

D2

Key

+.025 +.050

T

Core Pin Retainer (Sold separately)

d

t

ex-cav number

Nominal Pin Diameter

Bolt Size

EXCAV20

3.5

M8-1.25 x 40

8x22x4

EXCAV26

4

M10-1.5 x 40

10x23x4

EXCAV38

10

M18-2.5 x 50

19x33x6

EXCAV50

14

M24-3 x 55

25x42x6

Spacer Size (IDxODxThk)

d2

d

t

d2

hollow bolt kit number

ex-cav number

Pin Diam. ± .05

Bolt Thread

14

EXC20BH

EXCAV20

6.0

M8-1.25

8x22x4

14

EXC20BP

16

EXC26BH

EXCAV26

7.7

M10-1.5

10x23x4

16

EXC26BP

27

EXC38BH

EXCAV38

14.5

M18-2.5

19x33x6

27

EXC38BP

34

EXC50BH

EXCAV50

19.8

M24-3

25x42x6

34

EXC50BP

Spacer Size (IDxODxThk)

pin bolt kit number

Replacement DIN Ejector Pins are sold on page A-4. Core Pin Retainers are sold on pg A-19.

US Patent Nos. 5,387,389, 5,540,582, 5,630,977, 8,038,433 and others pending

I-13


collapsible cores, Expandable cavities

online resources

When considering design options, numerous animations can be viewed at procomps.com/animations.

I-14


plate sequence control section j

Plate Locks

Internal Plate Locks

Friction Puller

Prefix: PLC, PLCM, PLN

Prefix: PLN

Prefix: FP

Page: J-1

Page: J-5

Page: J-7

J

StacKit System

Prefix: RPL

Prefix: SK

Page: J-8

Page: J-9

PLATE SEQUENCE CONTROL

Roller Puller



plate locks

external cam-driven system The Cam-Driven External Plate Locks allow for parting line sequencing via a versatile design with minimal machining for different applications, including: • 3-Plate Sequencing • Dual Ejection • Stripper Plate Sequencing

1

2

PL2 PL2 PL2

PL2 PL2 PL2

PL1 PP L12 L PL1

PL1 PL1 PL3

PL1 PL2

PL3

PL1

PL3 PL3 PL1 PL3

PL3

PL3

PL3

Mold Closed: Lock Engaged

First Parting Line Opens

In this 3-plate application, three parting lines are utilized for ejecting the part and runner.

The Puller Pin pulls the runner and breaks the gate, while parting line #3 is held closed by the Plate Lock.

3

4 PL2 PL2 PL2

PL2 PL2 PL2

PL1 PP LL12 PL1

PL1 PP LL12 PL1

PL3 PL3

PL3 PL1

P1 PL3 PLL3 PL3

PL3 PL3

Stroke Continues

Main Parting Line Opens

After stripper bolts crossing parting line #2 and #3 bottom out, the Wedge Block is fully disengaged from Latch Bar.

With both parting line stripper bolts bottomed out and the Latch Bar released, parting line #3 is free to open.

• The 7”/180mm assemblies are suggested for pulling 2,000 lbs (900kg) each and the 12”/300mm assemblies are suggested for pulling 3,000 lbs (1360 kg) each. Weight ratings may vary based on gate size, friction conditions, and velocity. • On molds that are 12” wide or more, Progressive recommends four assemblies, two sets per side on the opposite ends of the mold. • Using four assemblies of the –S version (to push plates) is recommended for plates 12” or greater in width.

US Patent No. 7,963,758 European Patent No. 2442955

J-1


plate sequence control

plate locks

3-plate application Design & Installation:

7”/180mm Latch/Cam Bar Length Installation

1. Determine Latch travel. G 2. Determine Stripper Bolt F travel, .06 minimum clearance past Latch release. Provided Machine for Length = M (2) SHCS 3. Determine the Cam Bar and (2) Dowels 7” as shown (180mm) length by utilizing the gauge pin and timing diagram on the opposite page. 4. Machine the Latch Bar so that with the mold closed there is .001” clearance E Provided Length = between the Wedge Block 7” and Latch Bar as shown on (180mm) in the timing diagram. Machine for 5. Machine (2) counterbores (2) SHCS and (2) Dowels and (2) dowels for Latch and as shown Cam Bar as shown. Two (2) L dowels are recommended for proper alignment. 6. For all assemblies, the Wedge Block Assembly is installed according to the pocket dimensions below. 7. For the 12”/300mm assemblies, the Guide Block must be installed over the Latch and Cam Bars. The Guide Block will help to avoid deflection, causing latch timing issues, during production and can be purchased for optional use on the 7”/180mm assemblies. Screw size and locations are shown below, and it is suggested that location is on the center of the Wedge Block Assembly pocket, opposite the spring pressure.

J

Machine Cam Bars to clear Wedge for length of plate.

PL2

Total combined Stripper Bolt travel must equal Latch Bar travel +.06" (1.5mm) minimum for clearance.

PL1 D

PL3 (Main)

CAD insertion point 12”/300mm Latch/Cam Bar Length Installation G F

J

Provided Length = 12” (300mm)

M

PL2

Guide Block

Wedge Block Assembly Installation

Guide Block Installation

PL1

R D

E

Provided Length = 12” (300mm)

C A

D

PL3 (Main)

X

B

THD Y

E

E

THD L

Inch Standard catalog number PLC75-7 PLC75-12

Metric Standard catalog number PLCM20-180 PLCM20-300

J-2

+.001 - .000

a

± .005

± .005

+.001 - .000

+.001 - .000

± .005

Ref

g

j

l

m

3.001

2.44

.45

.900

1.000

1.31

1.80

.750

.750

.500

a

b

b

c

c

d

d

e

e

f

+.03 - .00

± .1

± .1

+.03 - .00

+.03 - .00

± .1

f

Ref

g

j

l

m

80.02

64

12

24

27

35

49

20

20

14

Pocket

r

± .005

± .005

y

thd

.250

3.625

.500

1/4-20 x .50 Deep

r

x

Pocket

± .1

x

± .1

y

thd

7

92

13.5

M6-1.0 x 10mm Deep


Ø.5000 gauge pin tangent to Cam Bar

Cam Bar

Latch Bar

plate locks

timing

For Cam Bar Release Point 1

2

Parting Line Closed Parting Line Closed

3

Initial Release Initial Release

Full Release

Wedge Block Wedge Block

.001” gap between the Wedge Block and .001” Latch gap between the Bar when Wedge theBlock moldand is closed Latch Bar when the mold is closed .740

.260

Cam Bar

Cam Bar

Cam Bar

.740

Latch Bar Ø.5000 gauge pin Initial tangent to Cam Bar Bar Ø.5000 gauge pin Latch Bar Cam tangent to Cam Bar Bar gap between the .001” Latch Bar

Cam Parting Line Closed Wedge Block

Release

Full Release

Wedge Block and Latch Bar when the mold is closed

.740

Latch Bar

Latch Bar

.260

The Latch Bar is set up for Cam 1.0” of travel to full release.

Once engaged, the Latch Bar starts to fall off the lead-in to the Wedge Cam Stripper Bar Block, allowing separation Gauge Pin: .500” or T 14mmline Dia. #3 to begin. of parting

Bar

Latch Bar Ø.5000 gauge pin tangent to Cam Bar

Latch Bar

Latch Bar .001 (.03mm) Gap between Driver Cap & Wedge Block Required

Latch Bar is disengaged from Wedge Block.

Release Point “T”= Stripper Plate Travel + .212 (6.66mm)

plate locks

applications

Full Release Full Release .260

Provided Length= 7.5” (193mm)

Provided Length = 7.5”

.260 Cam Bar

Full Release

Cam Bar Latch Bar

.260

Cam Bar

Latch Bar

Dual Ejection

Stripper Plate

Plate Locks keep both ejector sets together until the release point. The Wedge Block Assembly would be installed in the bottom Latch Bar ejector plate, following the installation of all components.

The Drivers push the stripper plate forward until the parts are stripped from the core. The lock then releases, allowing the ejector pins to push the parts from the stripper plate.

Stripper Plate Design & Installation Guidelines: • Stripper plate applications can be utilized as shown above with the optional Stripper Plate Kit as sold on page J-4. The Latch Bar will be discarded and replaced with the Driver, Cap, and Spacer offered in the kit. • All pocket and component machining is similar to the 3-plate application shown on page J-2 except for calculation of the “T” dimension for timing the release point according to the graphic at right. • Use the Spacer as a template for machining the bolts/dowels on the Driver/Cap assembly. • Attach the Spacer to the Driver, which will provide .03”/.75mm gap between the Driver and the mold to avoid interference.

.01” (.25mm) Clearance between Wedge Block and Cam Bar

.001 (.03mm) gap between Driver Cap & Wedge Block required

Stripper

T = Full Release: .270” (6.86mm) T from bottom of Wedge Block to tangent of pin.

Gauge Pin: .5000” Diam

J-3


plate sequence control

plate locks

external cam-driven system assembly catalog number

latch/cam bar lengths

PLC75-7

7.0

PLC75-12

12.0

PLCM20-180

180mm

PLCM20-300

300mm

Latch Bar

Cam Bars (2) Guide Block

Guide

Assemblies include: • All machined components listed below. • Items within the Wedge Block Assembly: - Compression Springs (2) - 1/4-20 LHCS or M6-1.0 LHCS (2 per assembly) - 1/8 or 3mm Diameter Dowel Pin (1 per assembly) • Screws within the Guide Block (12”/300mm assemblies) - 1/4-20 LHCS or M6-1.0 LHCS (2 per assembly) part name

material/treatment

Latch Bar

4340, 35-40 HRC, Nitride/Black Oxide

Cam Bars (2)

Guide Plate

4340, 35-40 HRC, Nitride/Black Oxide Wedge Block: A-2, 58-60 HRC Titanium Nitride

Wedge Block Assembly

Guide & Guide Plate: H-13, 52-54 HRC Nitride/Black Oxide

Guide Block

H-13, 52-54 HRC, Nitride/Black Oxide

• The Guide Block may also be utilized on the 7”/180mm assemblies. To order, specify PLC75-GBA for inch standard and PLCM20-GBA for metric.

Cam Bars and Wedge Block Assembly are shown for reference only, sold separately within the assembly above.

stripper plate kit For stripper plate applications, purchase the appropriate metric or inch assembly from the top of the page and the matching kit below. The mold maker will discard the Latch Bar, replacing it with the Cap/Driver/Spacer shown at right. catalog number

Cap

standard

PLC75-S

Inch

PLCM20-S

Metric

Assembly includes: • All machined components listed below. • (1) #10-32 x .75 or M5-.8 x 30mm SHCS part name

material/treatment

Cap

4340, 35-40 HRC, Nitride

J-4

Driver

4140, 28-35 HRC, Black Oxide

Spacer

303 Stainless Steel, 35-40 HRC

Driver Spacer


plate locks

internal ejection system Internal Plate Locks provide a positive, mechanical method for locking and actuating plates in molds requiring multiple ejection actions. Optionally, using the press knock-out locations, the internal ejection system can be used to actuate the ejectors after the stripper plates.

2

1

Mold Closed

Mold Open: Plate Strips Part From Core Lock begins to disengage and stripper and ejector plates move forward.

3

Release Pin Post Wear Plates (2) Locking Plate Spring Housing

Features:

Mold Open: Part Ejected From Plate With the stripper plate stopped, the ejector system continues and pushes the part from the plate.

• Engineered materials and treatments provide wear resistance during production. • Easy installation with only a small amount of machining on plates already requiring modification. • Simple height adjustment and timing. • Designed to re-engage when fully retracted. • For activating large mold plates, multiple Internal Plate Locks can be installed.

J-5


plate sequence control

plate locks

Post Pocket

Release Pin Pocket

.19 R

.19 R

(Typ.)

internal ejection system

(Typ.)

.397

1.001

1.001

+.001 -.000

+.001 -.000

.901

+.001 -.000

.791

+.001 -.000

+.001 -.000

.901 See detail above

Drill & C’Bore for 3/8-16 SHCS (2) Stripper Plate

B Plate

.188 ±.001

Cut Post to maintain dimension “P” and drill & tap for 3/8-16.

.397

See detail above

1.06ø Clearance Support Plate

.188 ±.001

P +.000 -.001 Provided Length = 8.5”

Ejection Stroke

Stripper Bolt Travel = Stripper Plate Travel + .08 (Minimum)

Cut Release Pin after verifying dimension “T” and drill & tap for 3/8-16.

.2500ø Gauge Pin

1.06ø

.250 +.000 -.001

T = Initial Ejector Plate release - .209

Pocket

Provided Length = 10”

T

Pin Plate Ej Plate

.860

+.001 -.000 Pocket

.2490

Drill & C’Bore for #10-32 SHCS Clamp Plate

Optional sub-assembly screw location. (Remove after installing components.) Located .62 off of post center (x,y).

1.13 ±.005

1.500

1.650

Pockets

1.750 1.150 ±.005 +.001 -.000 Pocket

.691 +.001 -.000 .448

Cut end of pin to suit, allowing .01” clearance to bottom of mold.

1.004 +.002 -.000

Screws

Wear Plate thickness

CAD insertion point

1.31

Bottom View

.19 R (Typ.)

.688

Screws ±.005

3.125 Pockets in Pin & Ej Plates

Drill & Tap for #10-32 SHCS x .44 deep (2) in both the Pin & Ej Plates

1.00

catalog number

description

part name

PLN100

Internal Plate Lock Assembly

Locking Plate

A-2, 58-60 HRC

Wear Plate (2)

H-13 50-54 HRC, Nitrided, Black Oxide

Assembly includes: • All five machined components listed at right. • Compression Springs (2) • #10-32 LHCS (4)

material/treatment

Spring Housing

4140, 28-32 HRC

Release Pin

4340, 30-35 HRC, Nitrided

Post

4340, 30-35 HRC, Nitrided

Design Guidelines:

Installation Guidelines:

• It is recommended that ejector rods or PKO extensions are tied into the pin plates and guided ejection is utilized. • For small molds (12 x 20 max), one or two assemblies may be used. For molds larger than 12 x 20, four assemblies should be installed. • On all designs, consider fastener and assembly access points and install the Plate Locks equal distances from center to ensure proper balance of the mold. • Determine the Post length by verifying the distance in dimension “P” according to the information above. Cut, drill, and tap the Post to suit. • By using a .250 diameter gauge pin tangent to the flat and the angle on the Release Pin, determine the release point “T” as shown above. • Calculate the overall length of the Release Pin and then cut, drill, and tap.

• M achine all pockets per the drawing above. • B olt the Release Pin and Post to the B-side plates. • E jector plates are then assembled with the Wear Plate, Locking Plate, and Spring Housing. • L ocking plate is retracted to allow for the temporary keeper screw installed. This allows the Locking Plate to pass over the Post and also have clearance to Release Pin. • E jector plates are to be installed onto guided ejector pins and placed in the proper location, lining up Locking Plate with relief in the Post. • Finally, remove the temporary keeper screw, allowing the Locking Plate to snap into the relief within the Post.

J-6


friction pullers

parting line sequence control

Progressive’s Friction Pullers can be used to uniformly draw floating plates and inserts. Designed to replace shoulder bolts, the Friction Pullers initiate movement and utilize friction at a particular setting to release the plate when travel limits are reached.

m Custom PPA Resin with 8620 Fastener

L

catalog number

H D T

d

l

CAD insertion point

t

h

hd

Hex

Hole Depth

3

20

Maximum Force (Each) L

L

FP-10

10

17

M5-.8

FP-13

13

20

M6-1

4

23

FP-16

16

25

M8-1.25

5

D 30

D 150.0 kg (330 lbs)

FP-20

20

28

M10-1.5

6

32

212.5 kg (470 lbs)

H

H

32.5 kg (70 lbs) 62.5 kg (135 lbs)

T

D

T

D

Receiving Receiving Hole Hole Hole finish Hole finish Diameter Diameter = µ Ra .4-1.6 = µ Ra .4-1.6

D Receiving Hole Diameter

D

D

D

D

+.10mm +.10mm +.15mm +.15mm Interference Interference Adjusted Adjusted on Friction on Friction Puller Puller

Floating Plate or Insert

2mm R

ce d n

3mm

PL

HD

2mm R

HD

3mm

PL

10mm Minimum

PL

10mm Minimum

HD

2mm R

D

mm

PL

D

Floating Floating Plate D or InsertPlate or Insert

D Mold Closed

D

D

Recommended interference fit is .1 to .15mm larger than the receiving hole. To adjust the Friction Puller, rotate the screw clockwise and measure bulge to achieve the proper fit. Further adjustments can be performed with 1/4 turn increments, lining up the reference arrows on the fastener to the resin.

Mold Open

Fastener

Technical Information: • For mold maintenance, before removing the mold from the press, rotate the screw counter-clockwise 3/4 turn. This will allow easy separation of plates. • Maximum operating temperature is 300° F (150° C). • Fastener includes Nylok® patch for secure installation. • The hemisphere is plated for additional lubricity during adjustments. • Friction Pullers are self-venting. Additional venting not required when using blind holes. • Replacement items are available. Contact Customer Service for availability.

U.S. Patent Nos. 8,038,425 and 8,038,426 European Patent No. 2,282,883 Chinese Patent No. ZL200980121427.4

D

Hemisphere

Resin

J-7

PL


plate sequence control

roller pullers™

parting line sequence control W2 S2

SHCS (4)

B

8mm

G

W2 S2

SHCS PR (4)

Pull Rod

T2

Dowel (4)

Dowel (4)

S3

S4

D2

T2

A

B

8mm

G

D1 S1 W1

S3

S4

T1

D2

A T1

D1 S1 W1

Screw and dowel orientation for RPL-140 and RPL-140-40

Housing: m 4140 h 27-32, HRC

m M-2 Roller: Pull Rod: m M-2

s Black Oxide h 62-64 HRC, Nitrided h 62-64 HRC, Nitrided

S1 D1

CAD insertion point

catalog number

w1

t1 w2 t2

a

b

g

s1 s2 s3 s4

RPL-135

135

25

38

25

28

19

1

60.0

25.0

7.0

RPL-135- 40

135

25

38

25

28

19

40

60.0

25.0

7.0

RPL-140

140

32

64

25

32

22

2

70.0

35.0

RPL-140-40

140

32

64

25

32

22

38

70.0

35.0

d1

d2

pr

Dowel Diam.

shcs

15.6dowel30.0 22.1 orientation

5

M6-1.0 x 25

54.6and RPL-140-40 30.0 61.1

5

M6-1.0 x 25

65

10.0

23.1

100.0

28.1

6

M10-1.5 x 35

30

10.0

59.3

100.0

64.3

6

M10-1.5 D1 x 35

66

Screw and

for RPL-140

S1

See Below

26

Roller Pullers are available with special length rods to suit applications where a different distance between the housings is required. For pricing and delivery, contact Customer Service with the catalog number above along with the required gap or “G” dimension.

Mold Closed

Mold Open Housing

Pull Rod Compression Screw Lock Screw

PR

Spring Roller Housing Roller

Pull Force Tighten lock screws equally to achieve forces below. catalog number

Technical Information:

RPL-135

45 Kg (100 lbs)

75 Kg (160 lbs)

100 Kg (220 lbs)

RPL-135-40

45 Kg (100 lbs)

75 Kg (160 lbs)

100 Kg (220 lbs)

RPL-140

45 Kg (100 lbs)

100 Kg (220 lbs)

150 Kg (330 lbs)

RPL-140-40

45 Kg (100 lbs)

100 Kg (220 lbs)

150 Kg (330 lbs)

J-8

• • • •

Mounting pattern matches industry standards. Compression screw provides adjustable pull force. Roller design allows for smooth action. Mounting screws and dowels included.


stackit

®

stack mold system

Tie Bar Pads Standard Tie Bar Pads are available with or without a machined radius or lubrication passages.

Center Positioning Gear Housing Assembly maintains the position of the center section and protects gears and bearings from the molding elements.

Ejection Actuation Standard cylinders for actuating ejector plates, with standard couplings to eliminate any threading into plates.

Rack Spacers Used for securing the gear racks to the movable halves.

140mm (5.512")

128mm

125.00mm* 100mm (3.937")

(5.04")

Cover Plates (4) Cam Shaft (2) Gear Housing Top Cam Followers (4)

275mm

M12-1.75 mounting screws (4)

Steel Spur Gear, 5 Diametral Pitch, 20 teeth, 20˚ Pressure Angle

(10.827")

Spur Gear Shaft

84mm (3.307")

Precision Heavy Duty Ball Bearings (2) Steel Bushings

150.00mm*

Thrust Washers Wear Plates (4) to ride against racks secured by M8-1.25 FHCS

13mm x 95˚

Gear Housing Bottom

M10-1.5mm SHCS (8) Corner Block

*Mounting Pocket Dimensions +.05 / -.00

Design Installation Guidelines: • Max center section effective weight per StacKit pair is 10,000 lbs. • Ensure mold is within maximum projected weight of molding machine. • When mounting racks to a mold ensure both sides are timed equally. • Install two gear housings in center, as shown above. For large molds, four housings should be installed—two per side.

Locating Pad 6mm (.236")

catalog number

description

SK-GHA-250

Gear Housing Assembly

SK-SPRGRKIT

Spur Gear Replacement Kit

• The Spur Gear Replacement Kit contains (1) Spur Gear, (1) Cam Shaft, (2) Ball Bearings, (2) Thrust Washers, and (2) Steel Bushings. • Refer to the price list for additional replacement parts. • Contact Customer Service for availability at CustomerService@procomps.com.

J-9


plate sequence control

stackit rack spacer ®

1124mm (44.25") Max distance from Gear Housing Centerline

18 ±2 HRC

50mm

57mm

(1.969")

(2.244")

65.15mm (2.565") to center of Gear Housing

100mm (3.937")

35mm (1.378")

M12-1.75mm x 120mm SHCS (2)

38mm (1.496")

100mm (3.937")

m A-36 h Pre-Hard

stackit rack

M10 x 120mm (.394" x 4.7") Dowel Pin keeps rack securely in position

13mm (.511")

For locating in moldbase

s Black Oxide

catalog number

description

SK-RSA-250

Rack Spacer Assembly

Screws and locating dowel included. CAD insertion point

®

59 ±1 HRC

1240mm ± 5mm (49")

63.5mm (2.50")

M10 (.394") Dowel Pin Hole

19mm (.748") Centerline of Dowel Pin

38.1mm (1.50")

CL Gear Housing 70mm (2.756")

Rack Spacer

1124mm (44.25") Distance between centers. Actual dowel location to be determined by toolmaker.

90 B

CL 50mm (1.968")

m CRS

J-10

catalog number

description

SK-RC-250

Rack (Sold Individually)


stackit tie bar pads ®

100mm (3.937") (1.26")

SK-TBP-35 Tie Bar Pad Blanks

35mm

M16-2 x 18mm Deep Mounting screw locations

32mm

(1.378")

19mm 75mm

(.748")

(2.953")

SK-TBP-R 38mm

Tie Bar Pad with finished radius. Please specify “-R” when ordering.

(1.496")

R

Tie Bar Radius

25mm (.984")

Tangent Point

SK-TBP-RG Tie Bar Pad with finished radius, grease grooves, and zerk fitting. Please specify “-RG” when ordering.

Grease Grooves 1.5mm x 1 mm deep

38mm

(1.496")

R

Tie Bar Radius

6mm Zerk fitting installed

Grease Groove 1mm Deep [.039"]

25mm (.984")

Tangent Point

m CA954 Solid Bronze

CAD insertion point

catalog number

description

SK-TBP-35

Tie Bar Pad Blanks (No Radius)

SK-TBP-R

Tie Bar Pads with machined radius

SK-TBP-RG

Tie Bar Pads with machined radius, grease grooves and zerk fitting

Sold individually.

J-11


plate sequence control

stackit ejection actuation ®

15mm

Full Radius

Key 56mm Min.

40mm (1.575")

15mm (.590")

+.25 - .00

(.590") Locating Slot for Key (included)

Pin Plate

Ejector Plate

(2.205")

5mm

+.25 - .00

(.197") Locating Slot for Key (included)

+.25 - .00

Pin Plate Coupling

M12-1.75 x 100mm Mounting SHCS (4 included)

50mm Stroke

cylinders 125mm

75mm

(4.921")

(2.952")

80mm

8mm

Male 1/4 NPT couplings (2 incl.)

(3.149")

(.314")

9mm

Specifications:

(.354")

M20-1.5mm Thread

100mm

76mm

(2.992")

(3.937")

28mm (1.102")

• 50mm (2”) Stroke • Rated up to 3200 psi • Temperature: 220˚ F (100˚ C) max • Includes (2) NPT couplings and Locating Key

35mm

20mm (.787")

(1.377")

CAD insertion point catalog number

description

SK-CYL-50

50 mm Block Cylinder

pin plate couplings 38mm

(1.496")

12.5mm (.492")

+.00 -.13

6.5mm (.256")

40mm

(1.575")

+.00 -.25

28mm

(1.102")

+.00 -.13

M20-1.5mm Thread

24mm

±.25

(.945")

m AISI 4140 s Black Oxide

J-12

+.00 -.05

CAD insertion point

catalog number

description

SK-PPC-20

M20-1.55 mm Pin Plate Coupling


ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

section k

K

electrical components

KO Switches

CamAction Switches

Plate Position Switch

Side Action Switch

Prefix: SWKO

Prefix: SWCA

Prefix: SWPPS

Prefix: SWSA

Page: K-1

Page: K-3

Page: K-4

Page: K-4

External Mount Switches

Thermocouples

Hot Sprue Bushings

Pressure Transducers

Prefix: SWXM

Prefix: TC

Prefix: BX

Prefix: CPT

Page: K-5

Page: K-7

Page: K-8

Page: K-10

Patch Cables

Jumper Plugs

Recessed Connectors

Wire Channel Inserts

Prefix: ECCA

Prefix: ECJP

Prefix: ECRC

Prefix: WC

Page: K-12

Page: K-12

Page: K-13

Page: K-13



switches

ko™ switch

#10-32 x 3/8" LHCS (Included)

.875 .250 R

.875

.500

.182

1.750

.500

CAD insertion point

general specifications for switches VOLTAGE 28 VDC

115 VAC 60 HZ

Resistive Load

300mA min / 5A max

300mA min / 5A max

Inductive Load

300mA min / 3A max

300mA min / 5A max

Mechanical Life

10 million cycles

10 million cycles

Max Temperature

221º F

221º F

Features:

catalog number

Color

Function

SWKO-187

Green

Ejection

Color-coded, keyed for specific function. Gold-plated contacts for switching logic level signals. Switches are wired normally open. Sealed and splash resistant. UL/CSA rating: 5A, 250 vac

ko™ switch cables catalog number

Color

Function

Ends

Length (ft)

ECCA-6-10

Green

Ejector Switch

Male/Male

10

ECCA-6-20

Green

Ejector Switch

Male/Male

20

ECCA-6-20S

Green

Ejector Switch

Single Male

20

Single-ended cables also available in 20’ lengths.

US Patent No. 5,984,716, 6,256,881, 4,314,189 and Design No. 420,333

K-1


electrical components

switches

ko™ switch: single ejector 1.562

.500 .875ø

.182 .500

1.125

±.002

CAD insertion point catalog number

Ej. Plate Thickness

Color

Function

SWKOS-100

1.000

Green

Ejection

SWKOS-112

1.125

Green

Ejection

SWKOS-118

1.187

Green

Ejection

ko™ switch: dual ejector 1.562

.500

.875ø

.500

1.125

.182

±.002

CAD insertion point

K-2

catalog number

Ej. Plate Thickness

Retainer Plate Thickness

Color

Function

SWKOD-100

1.000

.500

Green

Ejection

SWKOD-112

1.125

.500

Green

Ejection

SWKOD-118

1.187

.500

Green

Ejection

US Patent No. 5,984,716, 6,256,881, and Design No. 420,333


switches

cam action® switch Progressive CamAction Switches verify that the slide carrier is fully retracted before the next controller sequence. Available with or without receptacle, depending on the position of the CamAction within the mold. Refer to page G-1 for CamAction data.

Recessed Connector ECRC-3 included on SWCA-100

.250 1.500

1.000

.250 R (2)

.750 .375

1.500

#10-24 SHCS

1.000 .500

.875

.125 (Ref)

.750

±.002

2.250 (Max)

2.00 (Min) Recessed Connector

.437

CamAction (CA-100)

CamAction (CA-100)

.625 .375

#SWCA-100 with recessed connector

12" total wire between connector & switch

#SWCAR-100 with integrated connector

CAD insertion point catalog number

Description

Color

Function

SWCA-100

Recessed Connector

Gray

Enable

SWCAR-100

Integrated Connector

Gray

Enable

K-3


electrical components

switches

plate position switch .375 .375 R (2)

.750

1.250

1/4-20 X 1" SHCS (2) (Included)

1.000

1.000

CAD insertion point catalog number

Color

Function

SWPPS-100

Gray

Enable

side action switch .010 Max

.45

Back of slide to side action block while in open or “slide back” position.

.625

1.000

.375 R (2)

1/4-20 x 1" SHCS (2) (Included)

.500 1.000

1.250

.06 Min. Between actuator arm and bottom of slide.

CAD insertion point

K-4

catalog number

Color

Function

SWSA-100

Gray

Enable


switches

external mount switches

1.500 1.125 1/4-20 x 1" SHCS (2) (Included)

.563

1.000 External Mount Switch

1.000 .500

External Actuator Block #SWXB-150 shown

.500

CAD insertion point catalog number

Color

Function

SWXM-3

Gray

Enable

SWXM-4

Black

Core In

SWXM-5

White

Core Out

external actuator block

1.500

.500

.500

.250 1/4-20 x 1/2" SHCS (2) (Included)

.563 1.125

CAD insertion point catalog number

description

SWXB-150

Extension Actuator Block

K-5


electrical components

switches

extension block assembly

.625 .170 1/4-20 x 1" SHCS (2) (Included)

.219

.688

.500

1.000

1.250

1.688 Extension Block Assembly

Extension Pin

Extension Actuator

.531

Retaining Ring

Extension Block

Compression Spring

Side Action Switch

extension block assembly

extension pin

.313

1.000

2.00

.688

.330

.375ø .25

.180

.312

.531

#6-32 SHCS (2) (Included)

Cut to Suit

#10-32 THD

CAD insertion point

K-6

catalog number

description

SWXB-100

Extension Block Assembly

SWEP-100

Extension Pin

#10-32 THD


thermocouples

Adjust to suit

1.500

Bayonet Lock Adapter (Included) .312 R

.750

.281 .625

.313 .813 Adapter

.500 Recessed Connector (Included)

.250

.625 1/8-27 N.P.T. Tap for 1/4-20 x 1/2" LHCS (Included) 6.0 Min.

CAD insertion point catalog number

Color

Function

TC-7

Orange

Stationary Side T/C

TC-8

Blue

Movable Side T/C

Specifications: • • • • •

Type “J”-Grounded 3/16” Diameter Ball Tip Maximum 750º F over probe 30” of wire included Maximum temperature of wire and connector: 220º F (104º C)

Each Thermocouple assembly includes: Thermocouple, Bayonet Lock Adapter, Recessed connector, & Screws. Replacement Thermocouples (TC-100) and Bayonet Lock Adapters (TCA-100) are also available. Replacement Recessed Connectors sold on page K-13.

K-7


electrical components

hot sprue bushings inch series

2.000ø .315ø Tip (Flow Channel)

R

1/2” or 3/4" H-13 Body .750

.625

Thermocouple positioned outside heater for easy replacement

Progressive’s BX Inch Series Hot Sprue Bushings are designed as an advancement from previous Hot Sprue technology. This bushing’s heater design and thermocouple placement provide excellent temperature distribution and thermal stability, resulting in superior performance both at start-up and during production, increased reliability, and easier maintenance. Existing tools will benefit by replacing cold sprues, inefficient hot sprues, or applications used to feed cold runner systems.

L

Heater design provides even temperature profile

.118ø Dowel for keying

Optimal thermocouple location for excellent thermal stability

Hardened H-13 nuts

Replaceable tip

Engineered and manufactured for Progressive by MastipTM Technology Ltd.

.04ø Gate 1.000ø

To Order: Specify all options within catalog number as shown:

Radius Options: • 1/2” Specify -50 • 3/4” Specify -75

Nut Options: • Standard Length (.080) • Extra Stock (+.250) • Sprue Picker (+1.250)

Specify -SL Specify -XS Specify -SP

Tip Options: • Nickel-Plated Be/Cu Tip:  Used for unfilled commodity thermoplastics. Specify -A for Nickel-Plated Be/Cu • Carbide-Tipped Be/Cu Tip:  Used for fast cycling, thin-wall, high injection pressure olefins or multi-cavity molds with a single tip gating into a cold runner. Specify -C for Carbide-Tipped Be/Cu Note: Engineering grade materials such as PC, PA, PBT and any heavy glass-filled materials should not be used with the BX series sprues. Contact Engineering for metric alternatives.

K-8

Prefix/ Length

l

Watts

BX25137

1.375

295 350

BX25187

1.875

BX25237

2.375

455

BX25287

2.875

490

BX25337

3.375

505

BX25187 - Prefix/Length

-

50

-

Radius -

SL

Nut

- -

C

Tip Material

Example: BX25237-75-SP-A or BX25337-50-XS-C

Each Hot Sprue Bushing Assembly includes: • Body, Tip, Nut, Thermocouple and wiring, Recessed Connector (ECRC-1), and Wire Channel Insert (WC-100). • Replacement parts are available. Refer to the price list for catalog numbers.


hot sprue bushings

installation

Typical installation instructions: 3.990ø

Standard LR523 3.990ø Locating Ring (Shown on page D-33) 3.990ø

2.000ø

2.000ø 2.000ø .91 .91

.91

.218 .218

1.375 Min.

.625 +.002 .625 -.000 +.002 -.000

.118ø

1.000

1.06

(Lead Clearance)

(Connector Clearance)

L+TE L+TE +.0012

Clearance

1.75 Minimum

+.0012 +.0004 +.0004

1.000ø

Break corner Recessed Connector Break corner ECRC-1 (Included) (Sold on page G-13)

3.50 3.50 Minimum Minimum (Lead Clearance)

PL

.100

(Lead Clearance)

1.31ø 1.31ø Clearance

Clearance

+.0006 +.0002

Standard Standard Nut Nut (-SL) (-SL)

.53

.53

Break corner

1.31ø

1.000 wide 1.000x wide .688 deep x .688channel deep slot channel slot

Wire Channel Insert Wire WC-100 Channel (Included) Insert WC-100 (Sold(Included) on page G-13) (Sold (Soldon on page page G-13) K-13) .53

1.375 1.000 1.375Min.1.000 Min.

3.50 .118ø Minimum .118ø

andard Nut (-SL)

Wire Channel Insert WC-100 (Included) (Sold on page G-13)

Standard LR523 Locating Ringwide Standard LR523 1.000 LocatingonRing (Shown xpage .688 D-33) deep (Shown onpage page D-33) slot channel (Sold on B-2)

1.06

1.06

.38 R

2.000

1.75 1.75 Recessed Connector Recessed Connector Minimum ECRC-1 (Included) Minimum (Connector Clearance) ECRC-1 (Included) (Connector Clearance) (Sold on page G-13) (Sold G-13) (Sold on on page page K-13)

.38 R

.38 R

2.000 2.000

PL PL

.100 .100

1.000ø 1.000ø +.0006 +.0006 +.0002 +.0002

CAD insertion point

Longer nut installation instructions: .625

.218 .218

+.002 -.000

.625.625

.625 .625 +.002 +.002 -.000 -.000

+.002 +.002 -.000 -.000

L+TE +.0012 +.0004

.250 (-XS Nut)

L+TE L+TE +.0012

L+TE L+TE +.0012

+.0012 +.0004 +.0004

.250 .250 (-XS Nut) (-XS Nut)

+.0004+.0012 1.250 +.0004 (-SP Nut)

1.250 1.250 (-SP Nut) (-SP Nut)

.04” Minimum

To ensure optimal performance, design for a minimum .04” gap between the face of the bushing nut and “B” side of the mold after thermal expansion when gating into a cold runner.

General Specifications: • Expansion formula (TE): 000007 x (Processing Temp ºF-Mold Temp ºF) x L • 230 volt–15 amps • “J” type thermocouple

.04” Minimum .04” Minimum

K-9


electrical components

cavity pressure transducers button style

.875

.250 Tap for 1/4-20 x 1/2" Long LHCS (Included)

.510 +.005 -.000

.750 .875

1.000

.250

2.000

.375 R 3.625

Minimum distance when using a standard length sensor inline with plug receptacle

Pin head diameter +1/16"

3.000 Min.

.010

.010 .050

.377

+.002 -.000

.437

.377

+.002 -.000

counterbore specs for ep312 and larger

18" wire included (Do not alter)

CAD insertion point

K-10

catalog number

Ejector Pin Size

CPT-412C

1/16ø to 3/16ø

Press Measure Range

0-2000 PSI

CPT-413C

3/16ø to 1/2ø

Force Range

CPT-412C CPT-413C

Maximum Load

150% Full Scale

Temperature Range

0º - 450º F

Temperature Comp.

2% Full Scale

Input

12 Volt Max

Output

2.0mV/V Full Scale

Accuracy

3/4% Full Scale

Repeatability

0.1% Full Range Output

Full Range Deflection

Less than .0008

Circuit

4-ARM 350 OHM Bridge

Specifications

500LB (225Kg) 2000LB (900Kg)


cavity pressure transducers flat style

.250

Tap for 1/4-20 x 1/2" Long LHCS (Included)

.875

.750 .510

+.005 -.000

.875

1.000 2.000

.375 R

5.875

Minimum distance when using a standard length sensor inline with plug receptacle

Pin head diameter +1/16"

3.000 Min.

.010

.010

.050 .377 +.002 -.000

.437

18" wire included (Do alter) (Donotnot er) alt

.375

.377

+.002 -.000

counterbore specs for ep312 and larger

CAD insertion point Specifications Press Measure Range

0-2000 PSI

Force Range

CPT-405C CPT-406C

Maximum Load

150% Full Scale

Temperature Range

0º - 450º F

Temperature Comp.

2% Full Scale

Input

12 Volt Max

Output

2.0mV/V Full Scale

Accuracy

3/4% Full Scale

Repeatability

0.1% Full Range Output

Full Range Deflection

Less than .0008

Circuit

4-ARM 350 OHM Bridge

500LB (225Kg) 2000LB (900Kg)

catalog number

Ejector Pin Size

CPT-405C

1/16ø to 3/16ø

CPT-406C

3/16ø to 1/2ø

K-11


electrical components

patch cables

catalog number

Color

Function

Ends

Length (ft)

ECCA-1-10

Red

Hot Sprue

Male/Female

10

ECCA-1-20

Red

Hot Sprue

Male/Female

20

ECCA-1-20SF

Red

Hot Sprue

Single Female

20

ECCA-1-10CC

Red

Hot Sprue

5 Pin M/5 Pin F

10

ECCA-1-10LC

Red

Hot Sprue

5 Pin M/Female

10

ECCA-2-10

Yellow

Cav. Press

Male/Male

10

ECCA-2-20

Yellow

Cav. Press

Male/Male

20

ECCA-2-20S

Yellow

Cav. Press

Single Male

20

ECCA-3-10

Gray

Enable Switch

Male/Male

10

ECCA-3-20

Gray

Enable Switch

Male/Male

20

ECCA-3-20S

Gray

Enable Switch

Single Male

20

ECCA-4-10

Black

Core In

Male/Male

10

ECCA-4-20

Black

Core In

Male/Male

20 20

ECCA-4-20S

Black

Core In

Single Male

ECCA-5-10

White

Core Out

Male/Male

10

ECCA-5-20

White

Core Out

Male/Male

20 20

ECCA-5-20S

White

Core Out

Single Male

ECCA-6-10

Green

Ejector Switch

Male/Male

10

ECCA-6-20

Green

Ejector Switch

Male/Male

20 20

ECCA-6-20S

Green

Ejector Switch

Single Male

ECCA-7-10

Orange/Blue

Stationary/Movable

Male/Male

10

ECCA-7-20

Orange/Blue

Stationary/Movable

Male/Male

20

ECCA-7-20S

Orange/Blue

Stationary/Movable

Single Male

20

jumper plugs catalog number

K-12

Color

Function Enable Switches

ECJP-3

Gray

ECJP-4

Black

Core In

ECJP-5

White

Core Out

ECJP-6

Green

Ejector Switches

ECCA-1-10CC has a 5-pin hooded connector compatible with most standard single zone controllers.

ECCA-1-10LC connects the Hot Sprue Recessed Connector and most standard single zone controllers.

Single-ended cables also available in 20’ lengths.


recessed connectors

E

B .250

R

1/4-20 x 1/2" LHCS (2) (Included)

A

G

C

F CAD insertion point catalog number

Color

Function

Pin Outs

a

b

c

r

e

f

g

Diameter

Diameter

1.00

ECRC-1

Red

Hot Sprue

5

2.000

1.00

1.500

375

1.312

.500

ECRC-2

Yellow

Cav. Press

5

2.000

.875

1.500

.375

1.187

.375

.875

ECRC-3

Gray

Enable Switch

3

1.500

.625

1.000

.312

.937

.375

.625 .625

ECRC-4

Black

Core In

3

1.500

.625

1.000

.312

.937

.375

ECRC-5

White

Core Out

3

1.500

.625

1.000

.312

.937

.375

.625

ECRC-6

Green

Ejector Switch

4

1.500

.625

1.000

.312

.937

.375

.625

ECRC-7

Orange

Stationary T/C

2

1.500

.625

1.000

.312

.937

.375

.625

ECRC-8

Blue

Movable T/C

2

1.500

.625

1.000

.312

.937

.375

.625

Note: As a safety precaution, the ECRC-1 for the Hot Sprues include a male plug, which is compatible with the ECCA-1-20SF female ended patch cable. Hot Sprue Bushings are sold on page K-8.

W

wire channel inserts

12"

P

Crimp-style bullet snap connectors included.

W

12"

H

m Nylon catalog number

P

CAD insertion point

p

h

w

Pocket Width

Pocket Depth

Wire Channel Width

WC-50

.550 H

.500

.564 ±.01

WC-100

1.000

.688

1.021 ±.02

Maximum mold temperature: 450º F (230º C)

K-13


electrical components

online resources

When considering design options, numerous animations can be viewed at procomps.com/animations.

CAD geometry is available online as individual downloads or as part of the CADalog system. The seven formats include: IGES (.igs), ACIS (.sat), STEP (.step), Parasolid (.x_t), Solidworks (.sldasm), NX (.prt) (Re-Use and MoldWizard) and Visi (.wkf).

Industry-leading web store expedites the purchasing process. Go to shop.procomps.com for information and additional resources.

K-14


rapid tooling inserts section l

L RAPID TOOLING INSERTS

Rapid Tooling Inserts

RTI: Complete

RTI Cavity & Core Inserts

RTI Frames

Prefix: RTS, RTL, RTT

Prefix: RTLP

Prefix: RCI, RCIA

Prefix: RTF

Page: L-1

Page: L-14

Page: L-15

Page: L-16

RTI Pins & Bushings

Frame Sprue Bushing

Support Pillars

Straps

Prefix: RLP, RSB. RGEB

Prefix: RFS

Prefix: RSP

Prefix: MS

Page: L-20

Page: L-21

Page: L-21

Page: L-22

Frame Clamps

T-Handles

Prefix: RFC

Prefix: T

Page: L-22

Page: L-22



rapid tooling inserts

ÂŽ

Mold Strap provided to prevent unintentional opening Thicker Pin Plates

Default locations for assembly screws

Zero corners are engraved on all plates.

Non-galling Bushings are standard Improved alignment

Lead-in provided to ease installation

with larger Leader Pins

Special design configurations and accessories available: Guide Pins and Bushings:

Sleeve Ejector Plate Systems:

Rapid Tooling Inserts can include Guide Pins and Bushings and Return Pins at standard Progressive locations or modified to suit your application. See individual pages for more details.

Available as an option on all Rapid Tooling Inserts, Sleeve Ejector Plates allow mold makers to install standard or Thin-Wall Sleeves. See individual pages for more details.

L-1


rapid tooling inserts

rti

®

08/09

series

9.00 8.00

.750

The following inserts are used with frame 08/09: • 5 x 8 Solid

7.85

• 5 x 8 Laminated

5.000

• 7.85 x 9 T-Style

2.728 2.498

.000

3.375

8.000

3.500 (3)

4.000

3.500 (3)

.000

3.375

4.000

5 x 8 solid 0

0

2.000 (4)

2.000 (4)

.000

.000

4.996 5.456

1.750 (4)

3.563 (2)

3.500 (2)

2.498 2.728 .50 x 45

.37 x 15

.500ø .760ø

1/4-20 x 3/8"

Spirolox RTISPLX-75

.230 .246

.40 .350

A +.002 –.000

.25 (4) .751ø Spirolox RTISPLX-86 .288

.246

B +.002 –.000

.40 1/4-20 x 5/8"

.863ø .500 .500 3.87 7.87

4.00

m All plates are P-20 Pre-Hard To order the 5 x 8 Solid RTI as shown above, specify the catalog number at right. Call for other materials, sizes, or component omissions and replacement plates.

Options Available: With Sleeve Ejector Plates and all components, extra plate. Specify the catalog number at right with -SEP as the suffix. Ex. RTS0809-1313-SEP. With Guide Pins and Bushings (2) and Return Pins (4) machined and included. Specify the catalog number at right with -RPGPB as the suffix. Refer to page L-13 for the default pin locations. Ex. RTS0809-1313-RPGPB.

L-2

catalog number

a

b

RTS0809-1313

1.376

1.376 1.876

RTS0809-1318

1.376

RTS0809-1818

1.876

1.876

RTS0809-1823

1.876

2.376

RTS0809-2323

2.376

2.376

CAD insertion point Includes Leader Pins, Bushings, all screws, and mold strap/thumb screws.


rti

2.728 2.498 2.000 (8)

08/09

series

5 x 8 laminated

3.375

8.000 .000

2.125 (4)

3.500 (3)

4.000

3.500 (3)

.000

3.375

4.000

®

0

0 2.000 (4)

4.996 .000

.000

5.456

1.750 (4) 2.498 2.728

1/4-20 x 3/8"

.37 x 15

Tubular Dowels (2)

3.563 (2)

3.500 (2)

.50 x 45

.500ø

.230

#10-32 SHCS

.760ø

.246ø

.750

Vents (4)

.40

.252 .25 (4)

A2

.751ø

B2

.188

.40

A +.002 –.000

B +.002 –.000

Vents (4) .863ø

.750

.500 .500 1/4-20 x 5/8"

3.87 7.87

4.00

m All plates are P-20 Pre-Hard To order the 5 x 8 Laminated RTI as shown above, specify the catalog number at right. Call for other materials, sizes, or component omissions and replacement plates.

catalog number

a

a2

b

b2

RTL0809-1818

1.876

1.126

1.876

1.126

Options Available:

RTL0809-1823

1.876

1.126

2.376

1.626

With Sleeve Ejector Plates and all components, extra plate. Specify the catalog number at right with -SEP as the suffix. Ex. RTL0809-1318-SEP.

RTL0809-2323

2.376

1.626

2.376

1.626

With Guide Pins and Bushings (2) and Return Pins (4) machined and included. Specify the catalog number at right with -RPGPB as the suffix. Refer to page L-13 for the default locations. Ex. RTL0809-1318-RPGPB.

CAD insertion point Includes Leader Pins, Bushings, all screws, and mold strap/thumb screws.

L-3


rapid tooling inserts

rti

®

08/09

series

7.85 x 9 t-style

3.925 3.375 (4) 2.728 2.498 2.000 (4)

4.000 4.375

3.500 (2)

5.000

3.500 (4)

.000

3.563 (2) 4.000

9.000

3.500 (2)

4.375

5.000

Note: Offset zero location.

0

0 3.375(4)

2.000 (4)

5.456 .000

.000

7.850

4.996 1.750 (4) 2.498 2.728

4.500

Tubular Dowels (2)

.50 x 45º

3.500 (2)

4.500

Tubular Dowels (2)

.000

3.925

#10-32 SHCS** 3/8-16 x 5/8"

.230

.500ø

Spirolox RTISPLX-75

.246

.760ø

.750

.37

.25 (4)

A +.002 –.000 A2

.350 .751ø

Spirolox RTISPLX-86 .288

B2 B +.002 –.000

.37 .863ø

.246

.750

.500 .500 1/4-20 x 5/8"

3.87 7.87

4.00 **RTT0809-2222 & -2626 have 1/4-20 SHCS

m All plates are P-20 Pre-Hard To order the 7.85 x 9 T-Style RTI as shown above, specify the catalog number at right. Call for other materials, sizes, or component omissions and replacement plates.

catalog number

a

a2

b

b2 1.001

RTT0809-1717

1.751

1.001

1.751

Options Available:

RTT0809-2222

2.251

1.501

2.251

1.501

With Sleeve Ejector Plates and all components, extra plate. Specify the catalog number at right with -SEP as the suffix. Ex. RTT0809-1717-SEP.

RTT0809-2626

2.626

1.876

2.626

1.876

With Guide Pins and Bushings (2) and Return Pins (4) machined and included. Specify the catalog number at right with -RPGPB as the suffix. Refer to page L-13 for the default locations. Ex. RTT0809-1717-RPGPB.

L-4

CAD insertion point Includes Leader Pins, Bushings, all Screws, and MS65 Mold Strap and Screws.


rti

®

10.00 9.00

.750

08/10

series

The following inserts are used with frame 08/10: 7.85

• 5 x 9 Solid

5.000

• 5 x 9 Laminated • 7.85 x 9 T-Style

2.728 2.498

.000

3.875

9.000

4.000 (3)

4.500

4.000 (3)

.000

3.875

4.500

5 x 9 solid

0

0

2.000 (4)

2.000 (4)

.000

.000

4.996 5.456

1.750 (4)

.50 x 45

4.063 (2)

4.000 (2)

2.498 2.728

.500ø .760ø

1/4-20 x 3/8"

.37 x 15

Spirolox RTISPLX-75

.230

.246

.350

.40

A +.002 –.000

.25 (4) .751ø Spirolox RTISPLX-86 .288

.246

B +.002 –.000

.40 .863ø .500 .500 4.37 8.87

1/4-20 x 5/8"

4.00

m All plates are P-20 Pre-Hard To order the 5 x 9 Solid RTI as shown above, specify the catalog number at right. Call for other materials, sizes, or component omissions and replacement plates.

Options Available: With Sleeve Ejector Plates and all components, extra plate. Specify the catalog number at right with -SEP as the suffix. Ex. RTS0810-1318-SEP. With Guide Pins and Bushings (2) and Return Pins (4) machined and included. Specify the catalog number at right with -RPGPB as the suffix. Refer to page L-13 for the default locations. Ex. RTS0810-1318-RPGPB.

catalog number

a

b

RTS0810-1818

1.876

1.876

RTS0810-2323

2.376

2.376

CAD insertion point Includes Leader Pins, Bushings, all screws, and mold strap/thumb screws.

L-5


rapid tooling inserts

rti

®

08/10

series

.3875

9.000 .000

2.625 (4)

4.000 (3)

4.500

4.000 (3)

.000

2.625 (4)

3.875

4.500

5 x 9 laminated

0

2.728 0 2.498 2.000 (8)

2.000 (8)

4.996 .000

.000

5.456

1.750 (4) 2.498 2.728 Tubular Dowels (2)

4.063 (2)

4.000 (2)

Tubular Dowels (2)

.37 x 15

.50 x 45

.230

.500ø 3/8-16 x 5/8"

.760ø Vents (4)

.37

.246

#10-32 SHCS

.750

A +.002 –.000

.252

A2

.25 (4) .751ø

B2 .188

B +.002 –.000

.37 Vents (4) .863ø

.750

.500 .500 4.37

1/4-20 x5/8" 8.87

4.00

m All plates are P-20 Pre-Hard To order the 5 x 9 Laminated RTI as shown above, specify the catalog number at right. Call for other materials, sizes, or component omissions and replacement plates.

Options Available: With Sleeve Ejector Plates and all components, extra plate. Specify the catalog number at right with -SEP as the suffix. Ex. RTL0810-1818-SEP. With Guide Pins and Bushings (2) and Return Pins (4) machined and included. Specify the catalog number at right with -RPGPB as the suffix. Refer to page L-13 for the default locations. Ex. RTL0810-1818-RPGPB.

L-6

catalog number

a

a2

b

b2

RTL0810-1818

1.876

1.126

1.876

1.126

RTL0810-2323

2.376

1.626

2.376

1.626

CAD insertion point Includes Leader Pins, Bushings, all screws, and mold strap/thumb screws.


rti

3.925

08/10

series

7.85 x 9 t-style

9.000

4.000 (4) LP & SHCS

4.500 3.875

4.063 (2) 4.500

.000

3.875

4.500

®

0

0 3.375 (4)

3.375 2.728 2.498 2.000 (4)

2.000 (4) 4.996 7.850

.000

.000 5.456 1.750 (4) 2.498 2.728

.500ø 3/8-16 x 5/8" .37

Spirolox RTISPLX-75

.25 (4)

.000

Tubular Dowels (2)

.50 x 45

4.000 (2)

4.000 (2)

Tubular Dowels (2)

4.000 (3) LP & SHCS

3.925

#1/4-20 SHCS

.230

.760ø

.246

.350

.750

A2

A +.002 –.000

.751ø

Spirolox RTISPLX-86

B2

.37 .288 .863ø

.246

B +.002 –.000

.750

.500 .500 1/4-20 x 5/8"

4.37 8.87

4.00

m All plates are P-20 Pre-Hard To order the 7.85 x 9 T-Style RTI as shown above, specify the catalog number at right. Call for other materials, sizes, or component omissions and replacement plates.

Options Available: With Sleeve Ejector Plates and all components, extra plate. Specify the catalog number at right with -SEP as the suffix. Ex. RTT0810-2626-SEP. With Guide Pins and Bushings (2) and Return Pins (4) machined and included. Specify the catalog number at right with -RPGPB as the suffix. Refer to page L-13 for the default locations. Ex. RTT0810-2626-RPGPB.

catalog number

a

a2

b

b2

RTT0810-2626

2.626

1.876

2.626

1.876

CAD insertion point Includes Leader Pins, Bushings, all Screws, and MS65 Mold Strap and Screws.

L-7


rapid tooling inserts

rti

®

84/90

series

9.000 8.000

.750

The following inserts are used with frame 84/90: • 6.5 x 8 Solid 8.40

• 6.5 x 8 Laminated

6.500

• 8.4 x 9 T-Style

3.478 3.248

.000

3.250

8.000

3.375 (3)

4.000

.000

3.250

4.000

6.5 x 8 solid

0

0

2.625 (4)

2.625 (4)

.000

.000

6.496 6.956

2.375 (4)

.50 x 45

3.375 (3) 3.625 (2)

3.500 (2)

3.248 3.478

.625ø .875ø

1/4-20 x 3/8"

.37 x 15 Spirolox RTISPLX-87

.230 .246

.350

.40

A +.002 –.000

.875ø

.25 (4)

Spirolox RTISPLX-112

B +.002 –.000

.288

.246

.40 1.109ø .500 .500 1/4-20 x 5/8"

3.87 7.87

5.50

m All plates are P-20 Pre-Hard To order the 6 x 5 Solid RTI as shown above, specify the catalog number at right. Call for other materials, sizes, or component omissions and replacement plates.

Options Available: With Sleeve Ejector Plates and all components, extra plate. Specify the catalog number at right with -SEP as the suffix. Ex. RTS8490-1818-SEP. With Guide Pins and Bushings (2) and Return Pins (4) machined and included. Specify the catalog number at right with -RPGPB as the suffix. Refer to page L-13 for the default locations. Ex. RTS8490-1818-RPGPB.

L-8

catalog number

a

b

RTS8490-1818

1.876

1.876

RTS8490-2323

2.376

2.376

CAD insertion point Includes Leader Pins, Bushings, all screws, and mold strap/thumb screws.


rti

3.478 3.248

series

84/90

6.5 x 8 laminated 3.250

8.000 .000

1.875 (4)

3.375 (3)

3.625 (2) 4.000

.000

4.000

1.875 (4)

®

0

0

2.625 (8)

2.625 (8)

.000

.000

6.496

6.956

2.375 (4)

Tubular Dowels (2)

1/4-20 x 3/8"

.50 x 45 3.375 (3)

3.500 (2)

3.248 3.478

.625ø .875ø

Tubular Dowels (2)

.37 x 15

1/4-20 SHCS

.230 .246

.40 1.000

Vents (4)

A +.002 –.000

.250

A2

.25 (4) .875ø

B2

.188

Vents (4)

B +.002 –.000

1.000

.40 1.109ø .500 .500 3.87

1/4-20 x 5/8" 7.87

5.50

m All plates are P-20 Pre-Hard To order the 6 x 5 Laminated RTI as shown above, specify the catalog number at right. Call for other materials, sizes, or component omissions and replacement plates.

Options Available: With Sleeve Ejector Plates and all components, extra plate. Specify the catalog number at right with -SEP as the suffix. Ex. RTL8490-1818-SEP. With Guide Pins and Bushings (2) and Return Pins (4) machined and included. Specify the catalog number at right with -RPGPB as the suffix. Refer to page L-13 for the default locations. Ex. RTL8490-1818-RPGPB.

catalog number

a

a2

b

b2

RTL8490-1818

1.876

.876

1.876

.876

RTL8490-2323

2.376

1.376

2.376

1.376

CAD insertion point Includes Leader Pins, Bushings, all screws, and mold strap/thumb screws.

L-9


rapid tooling inserts

rti

®

84/90

series

8.4 x 9 t-style

4.200 3.575 (4)

3.500 (2) 4.000 4.250

5.000

3.500 (2) 3.375 (2)

4.000

.000

3.500 (2)

9.000

3.500 (4)

4.250

5.000

Note: Offset zero location.

0

0 3.575 (4)

3.478 3.248 2.375 (4)

2.625 (4)

8.400 6.956

.000

.000

6.496

2.625 (4) 3.248 3.478

Spirolox RTISPLX-87

3/8-16 x 5/8"

Tubular Dowels (2) .625ø .875ø

4.375

.50 x 45°

.000

3.625 (2)

4.375

Tubular Dowels (2)

3.375 (2)

4.200

.230

1/4-20 SHCS

.246

.750

.37

A +.002 –.000

.350 .25 (4) .875

A2

1.109ø .37

B2

.288 Spirolox RTISPLX-112

B+.002 –.000

.750

.500 .500 3.87 7.87

1/4-20 5/8"

5.500

m All plates are P-20 Pre-Hard To order the 8.4 x 9 T-Style RTI as shown above, specify the catalog number at right. Call for other materials, sizes, or component omissions and replacement plates.

Options Available: With Sleeve Ejector Plates and all components, extra plate. Specify the catalog number at right with -SEP as the suffix. Ex. RTT8490-2020-SEP. With Guide Pins and Bushings (2) and Return Pins (4) machined and included. Specify the catalog number at right with -RPGPB as the suffix. Refer to page L-13 for the default locations. Ex. RTT8490-2020-RPGPB.

L-10

catalog number

a

a2

b

b2

RTT8490-2020

2.001

1.251

2.001

1.251

RTT8490-2222

2.251

1.501

2.251

1.501

RTT8490-2626

2.626

1.876

2.626

1.876

CAD insertion point Includes Leader Pins, Bushings, Screws, and MS65 Mold Strap and Screws.


rti

®

14.00 12.874

10/14

series

1.000

The following inserts are used with frame 10/14:

• 7 x 12.9 Solid • 7 x 12.9 Laminated

.56 R 9.87

7.000

7 x 12.9 solid

3.858 3.498

.000

5.687

12.874

5.812 (3)

6.437

.000

5.812 (3)

3.50

5.687

6.437

3.00

0

0

2.875 (4)

2.875 (4)

.000

.000

6.996 7.716

2.625 (4)

3/8-16 x 5/8"

.50 x 45

6.062 (2)

5.938 (2)

3.498 3.858 .625ø .875ø

.37 x 15 Spirolox RTISPLX-87

.360

.350

.37 .25 (4)

.494

A +.002 –.000 .875ø

Spirolox RTISPLX-112 .37

B +.002 –.000 .494

.288 1.109ø

.500 .500 6.31 12.75

6.00

1/4-20 x 5/8"

m All plates are P-20 Pre-Hard To order the 7 x 12.9 Solid RTI as shown above, specify the catalog number at right. Call for other materials, sizes, or component omissions and replacement plates.

Options Available: With Sleeve Ejector Plates and all components, extra plate. Specify the catalog number at right with -SEP as the suffix. Ex. RTS1014-2323-SEP. With Guide Pins and Bushings (2) and Return Pins (4) machined and included. Specify the catalog number at right with -RPGPB as the suffix. Refer to page L-13 for the default locations. Ex. RTS1014-2323-RPGPB.

catalog number

a

b

RTS1014-2323

2.376

2.376

RTS1014-2828

2.876

2.876

CAD insertion point

Includes Leader Pins, Bushings, all screws, and MS65 Mold Strap and Screws.

L-11


rapid tooling inserts

rti

®

series

10/14

3.858 3.498 2.875 (4)

.000

5.687

12.874

4.312 (4)

5.812 (3)

6.437

5.812 (3)

.000

4.312 (4)

5.687

6.437

7 x 12.9 laminated

0

0 2.875 (8)

6.996

.000

.000

7.716

2.625 (4) 3.498 3.858

3/8-16 x 5/8"

.50 x 45

6.062 (2)

5.938 (2)

Tubular Dowels (2)

Tubular Dowels (2) .37 x 15

.625ø

.37

.360 1/4-20 SHCS

.875ø

1.000

Vents (4)

.494

A +.002 –.000

.250

A2

.25 (4) .875ø

B2

.37

B+.002 –.000

.288

Vents (4) 1.109ø

1.000

.500 .500 6.31 12.75

m

6.00

1/4-20 x 5/8"

m All plates are P-20 Pre-Hard To order the 7 x 12.9 Laminated RTI as shown above, specify the catalog number at right. Call for other materials, sizes, or component omissions and replacement plates.

Options Available: With Sleeve Ejector Plates and all components, extra plate. Specify the catalog number at right with -SEP as the suffix. Ex. RTL1014-2323-SEP. With Guide Pins and Bushings (2) and Return Pins (4) machined and included. Specify the catalog number at right with -RPGPB as the suffix. Refer to page L-13 for the default locations. Ex. RTL1014-2323-RPGPB.

L-12

catalog number

a

a2

b

b2

RTL1014-2323

2.376

1.376

2.376

1.376

RTL1014-2828

2.876

1.876

2.876

1.876

CAD insertion point Includes Leader Pins, Bushings, all screws, and MS65 Mold Strap and Screws.


rapid tooling inserts

®

additional component options

RTIs are available with optional component configurations in the standard locations shown here. To order, specify the catalog number from the previous pages and add the appropriate suffix as shown: • RPGPB = Return Pins (4), Guide Pins and Bushings (2) machined and included.

Return Pins, Guide Pins/Bushings are in the same 3.875 locations Guide Pin Inserts. 4.063 (2) for all sizes of Solid (shown), Laminated, and T-Style Return Pins may be relocated and other items4.500 Components machined. Contact tech@procomps.com for a quotation.

4.500

3.875 Guide Pin

6.437

4.063 (2) Return Pins .81ø

6.000 (2) Return Pins

3.625 (2) Return Pins

3.500 (2) Return Pins

3.858

.251

.000

5.938 (2) .375ø x 6 Return Pins

.000

3.478

The Sleeve Ejector Plate (-SEP) option includes the following: • Extra plate • Guide Pins & Bushings (2) • Return Pins (4)

3/8-16 x 5/8

.203

.50ø x 2.5 .751ø

.375ø x 6

.93ø

.251

.338

.203

3.750 Guide Pin

.64ø

0 2.000 (4)

.000

5.750 Guide Pin

5.500 2.625 Pin .218Guide

0

.93ø

3.858

4.500 1.750 (4) 4.000 (2) Return Pins

.000 .338 .251

.375ø x 6 4.000 (2) Return Pins

10/14 Size 3/8-16 x 5/8

4.000

3.563 (2) Return Pins 3.375 Guide Pin

.000 2.728

1.219 (4)

0 .000

2.728

3.478

4.000

84/90 Size

3.250 Guide Pin

3.500 (2) Return Pins

2.728

.50ø x 2.5 6.437 .751ø

2.728

.000

.000

.81ø

.000

.64ø

1.219 (4) .203

1.219 (4)

0

3.750 2.625 .218Guide Pin

2.728

.93ø

08/10 Size

.50ø x 2.5 4.500 .751ø

4.000

3.375 Guide Pin

0

3/8-16 x 5/8

2.728

.000

08/09 Size

3.000 Guide Pin

4.000

• SEP = Sleeve Ejector Plate option

.187 .500 .812

.338 .64ø

.218 2.625

.81ø

L-13


rapid tooling inserts

rti complete ®

Rapid Tooling Inserts are now available with pre-machined pockets for core and cavity inserts. Also, the pin plate area is pocketed for complete quick tooling changes. Size: 08/09 Series, 5x8 Laminated unit. Full specs are shown on page L-3. Cavity, core, and pin plate inserts are available on page L-15.

5.0000 +.0000 - .0005

4.00 Clearance pocket in ear plate

Insert Pocket

.250 R (TYP)

0

0

3.0000

2.00

+.0000 - .0005

2.500 (4)

Clearance pocket

Insert Pocket

C'bore for 1/4-20 SHCS (4 in Ear Plate 4 in Ejector Plate)

4.500 (4)

1.125 (TYP) .750

.625 (4) +.002 AA2 –.000

B2

.500 (4)

.500 (4)

.750

.875 (4)

5.000

2.625

3.000

RSP75L2.6 (2)

+.010 - .000

B+.002 –.000

+.010 - .000

Support Pillars (Included)

Pin Plate Insert Pocket

Pin Plate Insert Pocket

m A & B Plates: P-20 Pre-Hard, Ear Plates: AISI 4130, Pin Plates: AISI 1018 catalog number

a

a2

b

b2

RTLP-0809-2323-P

2.376

1.626

2.376

1.626

CAD insertion point Call for other materials, sizes, or component omissions. For ejector plates, pin plates, or full ejector assembly sets, refer to the price list for specific catalog numbers and pricing.

L-14


rti complete ®

core and cavity inserts Material Options: DH2F, Modified H-13 40-42 HRC This through-hardened material requires no additional heat treatment and is ready for machining of cavity and core details. catalog number

t

RCI-0809-16

1.630

RCI-0809-35

3.500

4.9985 +.0000 - .0005

2.250 (4)

1/4-20 x 7/8” long screws included. 1.250 (4)

QC-10, Aluminum Alloy

2.9985

155-170 Brinell

+.0000 - .0005

This aluminum material has excellent machinability, allowing faster cutting speeds for prototype tools which are not subjected to abrasive plastics. catalog number

t

RCIA-0809-16

1.630

RCIA-0809-35

3.500

.26 R (4) (To fit 1/4" corner radius) T +.005 - .000

1/4-20 x 7/8” long screws included.

.015 Chamfer

1/4-20 Threads (4)

pin plate inserts 4.998 1/4" Chamfer

+.000 - .004

.26 R (4) (To fit in 1/4" corner radius)

2.250 (4)

1.250 (4) 2.998

+.000 - .004

.87ø (2) Support Pillar Clearance

.490 ±.005

1/4-20 Threads Thru (4)

m AISI 1018

CAD insertion point

catalog number

description

RPI-0809-5

Pin Plate Insert

1/4-20 x 5/8” long screws included.

L-15


rapid tooling inserts

rti

®

08/09

frame Standard RTI ejection, knockout holes, mounting holes, and clamp slots used. Accepts: • 5 x 8 Solid Units, RTS-0809 on Page L-2 • 5 x 8 Laminated Units, RTL-0809 on Page L-3 • 7.85 x 9 T-Style Units, RTT-0809 on Page L-4

9.000 8.000 0

4.000

Optional Frame Sprue Bushing 7.850

5.500

5.000

9.000 8.000

2.625

4.000

0

1.126ø 4.120

5.000

5.500

7.850

3.975

m Pre-Hardened Stainless Steel, 32-36 HRC Includes: • Frame • Quick Change Clamps (4)

To Order Frames and Halves: • To order complete frames specify catalog number: RTF-0809 • To order an A or B half, contact Customer Service.

Frame Sprue Bushings are sold separately on page L-21, Sprue Bushings on page B-3, and Locating Rings on B-2.

L-16


rti

®

08/10

frame

Standard RTI ejection, knockout holes, mounting holes, and clamp slots used. Accepts: • 5 x 9 Solid Units, RTS-0810 on Page L-5 • 5 x 9 Laminated Units, RTL-0810 on Page L-6 • 7.85 x 9 T-Style Units, RTT-0810 on Page L-7

0

Optional Frame Sprue Bushing 7.850

5.500

5.000

4.500 9.000 10.000

10.000 9.000

2.625

4.500

0

1.126ø 5.000

4.120

5.500

7.850

3.975

m Pre-Hardened Stainless Steel, 32-36 HRC Includes: • Frame • Quick Change Clamps (4)

To Order Frames and Halves: • To order complete frames specify catalog number: RTF-0810 • To order an A or B half, contact Customer Service.

Frame Sprue Bushings are sold separately on page L-21, Sprue Bushings on page B-3, and Locating Rings on B-2.

L-17


rapid tooling inserts

rti

®

84/90

frame Standard RTI ejection, knockout holes, mounting holes, and clamp slots used. Accepts: • 6.5 x 8 Solid Units, RTS-8490 on Page L-8 • 6.5 x 8 Laminated Units, RTL-8490 on Page L-9 • 8.4 x 9 T-Style Units, RTT-8490 on Page L-10

0

Optional Frame Sprue Bushing 8.400

7.000

6.500

4.000 8.000 9.000

9.000 8.000 0

4.000

2.625

1.126ø 6.250

6.500

5.750

7.000

8.400

3.975

m Pre-Hardened Stainless Steel, 32-36 HRC Includes: • Frame • Quick Change Clamps (4)

To Order Frames and Halves: • To order complete frames specify catalog number: RTF-8490 • To order an A or B half, contact Customer Service.

Frame Sprue Bushings are sold separately on page L-21, Sprue Bushings on page B-3, and Locating Rings on B-2.

L-18


rti

®

frame

10/14

Standard RTI ejection, knockout holes, mounting holes, and clamp slots used. Accepts: • 7 x 12.9 Solid Units, RTS-1014 on Page L-11 • 7 x 12.9 Laminated Units, RTL-1014 on Page L-12 0

Optional Locating Ring

9.870

7.750 7.000

Optional Sprue Bushing

6.437 12.874 13.870 13.870 12.874

3.500

6.437

0

1.126ø 7.000

7.750

5.400

9.870

3.25

3.25

m Pre-Hardened Stainless Steel, 32-36 HRC Includes: • Frame • Quick Change Clamps (4)

To Order Frames and Halves: • To order complete frames specify catalog number: RTF-1014 • To order an A or B half, contact Customer Service.

Frame Sprue Bushings are sold separately on page L-21, Sprue Bushings on page B-3, and Locating Rings on B-2.

L-19


rapid tooling inserts

rti accessories ®

leader pins

L A T

m AISI 1117

45 ± 3 HRC

B nominal diameter

d

a

b

m

t

+.0000 - .0005

+.00 - .03

+.0005 - .0000

+.00 - .01

+.000 - .002

1/2

.499

.75

.500

.750

.250

5/8

.624

.87

.625

.865

.250

Note: The RLP50L1.25 has an “A” dimension of .62”.

CAD insertion point

l

d=1/2”

1.250

RLP50L1.25

1.750

RLP50L1.75

RLP62L1.75

2.000

RLP50L2.00

2.250

RLP50L2.25

RLP62L2.25

2.500

RLP50L2.50

RLP62L2.50

3.000

RLP50L3.00

RLP62L3.00

3.500

RLP50L3.50

RLP62L3.50

4.000

RLP62L4.00

D

M

d=5/8”

shoulder bushings H D

m CA954 Solid Bronze

T

L

C nominal diameter

d

h

c

t

+.0008 - .0000

+.0005 - .0000

+.000 - .005

+.000 - .005

1/2

.5000

.7505

.863

.188

5/8

.6250

.8755

1.100

.188

guide pin bushings

CAD insertion point

Nominal Plate Thickness

l

d=1/2”

d=5/8”

.625

.625

RSB50L.62

— RSB62L.87

.875

.875

1.000

.900

RSB50L1.00

1.125

1.125

RSB50L1.12

1.250

1.150

RSB62L1.25

1.375-S

1.275

RSB50L1.27

RSB62L1.27

1.375

1.375

RSB62L1.37

1.500

1.400

RSB50L1.50

RSB62L1.50

1.625

1.625

RSB50L1.62

1.875-S

1.775

RSB50L1.87

RSB62L1.77

1.875

1.875

RSB62L1.87

2.375

2.275

RSB50L2.37

RSB62L2.37

2.875

2.775

RSB62L2.87

Note: The “-S” signifies use with solid inserts.

.7505 +.0005 -.0000

.5000 +.0008 -.0000

m CA954 Solid Bronze +.000

.490 -.005

.920 +.00 -.01

L-20

.218 +.000 -.005

CAD insertion point

catalog number

description

RGEB50

1/2” ID Guided Ejector Bushing


rti accessories ®

frame sprue bushings

3.990 3.312 B.C.

Frame Sprue Bushing

2.000

.314

O

R

1/4-20 FHCS

m H-13

.187

s Melonite (SBN)

catalog number

50 ± 2 HRC

.005 grind stock provided for final fitting

2.500

Standard RTI Frame (all sizes except RTF-1014)

o

r

RFS-512

5/32

1/2

RFS-534

5/32

3/4

RFS-712

7/32

1/2

RFS-734

7/32

3/4

RFS-912

9/32

1/2

RFS-934

9/32

3/4

Screws included.

support pillars

Counterbored m AISI 1117 L L

D D C'Bore for 1/4-20 SHCS C'Bore for 1/4-20 SHCS

D D

catalog number RSP75L2.1

2.125

2.25

3/4

RSP75L2.6

2.625

2.75

RSP75L3.5

3.500

3.75

RSP100L2.1

2.125

2.25

RSP100L2.6

2.625

2.75

RSP100L3.5

3.500

3.75

RSP125L2.1

2.125

2.25

RSP125L2.6

2.625

2.75

RSP125L3.5

3.500

3.75

1

+.002 +.000

Screw Length (1/4-20 SHCS)

Screws included.

Clearance Hole m AISI 1117

d Thru Hole for 1/4-20 SHCS Thru Hole for 1/4-20 SHCS

l

d

1-1/4

L L

CAD insertion point

3/4

catalog number

l

+.001 +.000

RSP75L1.8

1.813

RSP75L2.7

2.688

Screw Length (1/4-20 SHCS) 2.75 3.75

Screws included.

L-21


rapid tooling inserts

rti accessories ®

straps

MS35

3.50 .275

.275

6.50

.75 1.875

.50 (Typ)

.375

.375

5.50

1.0 .275

.275

.50 (Typ) .75

MS55

.50 (Typ)

MS65 m MS35 & MS55: Polycarbonate, MS65: AISI 1018 catalog number

description

thickness

MS35

3.5” Long RTI Strap

.200

MS55

5.5” Long RTI Strap

.200

MS65

6.5” Long Heavy Duty Strap

.500

MS35 & MS55 includes 1/4-20 thumb screw. MS65 includes (2) 3/8-16 x 1” long SHCS.

frame clamps

t-handles Handle allows tightening by hand Notched Stripper Bolt to accept ball detent and maintain orientation

catalog number

description

catalog number

description

RFC-100

RTI Frame/Insert Clamp (Sold Individually)

T100

RTI T-Handle

Designed for inserts less than 75 pounds.

L-22


toolroom innovations section m

M TOOLROOM INNOVATIONS

Rhino Foot™

Rhino Toes™

Nozzles

Nozzle Caddie/Wrench

Prefix: RHF

Prefix: RHT

Prefix: NZFT

Prefix: NZLCAD, NZLWR

Page: M-1

Page: M-1

Page: M-2

Page: M-3

Toolroom Bench

Status Tags

Mold Finish Guides

Mold Light Bar

Prefix: TRB

Prefix: ST

Prefix: LIT

Prefix: MLB, MLBTF

Page: M-4

Page: M-6

Page: M-7

Page: M-8

Synthetic Grease Prefix: SYN Page: M-8



rhino foot™

4.125ø 2.125ø

Through an alliance with Rhino Visions, Progressive offers the Rhino foot product line to eliminate the hazards associated with placing molds and plates on wood blocks and pallets. • Safer, cleaner, and improves 5S standards within the shop. • Safe working load of 7,000 lbs (3,175 kg). • Height is marked for easy identification. • Yellow color, sold in packages of four. Magnet

H

H

Ø4.125

catalog number RHF2

2.125ø

h

average compressive strength (lbs/kg)

2”

27,392 / 12,425

RHF3

3”

26,815 / 12,163

RHF4

4”

27,604 / 12,521

4.125ø

rhino toes™

Rhino toes are utilized to support a plate or hot runner system for bench work. • Orange color, sold in packages of four. Magnet

1/2-13 Thread

H

H Magnet

Application Guidelines: • Using a 1/2-13 threaded rod as shown at left, utilize two toes for additional mold plate separation. • As shown above, a bolt can Ø4.125 be used to attach the toe to the mold or for additional heights.

Ø2.125

catalog number

h

safe working load with shcs (lbs/kg)

average compressive strength with shcs (lbs/kg)

safe working load with magnet (lbs/kg)

average compressive strength with magnet (lbs/kg) 9,380 / 4,255

RHT1

1”

630 / 286

3,840 / 1,742

2,530 / 1,148

RHT2

2”

800 / 363

3,340 / 1,515

2,670 / 1,211

11,180 / 5,107

RHT3

3”

830 / 377

3,390 / 1,538

3.000 / 1,361

11,330 / 5,139

1/2-13 threaded rod and bolt not included.

M-1


F

toolroom innovations

1/2” R

7/8-14 Thread

7/8” Hex

nozzles

Progressive Components provides the best solution to prevent mold-damaging strings. A patented new machine nozzle tip dramatically reduces the solidification time, the root cause of string formation. • No need to increase cycle times, use smaller orifice sizes, or nozzle tips with restrictive internal bores in order to stop nozzle stringing. • Proven successful with commodity and engineering grade materials, both filled and non-filled.

Reduced Face Diameter & Mass

Engraved Orifice Size

Heat Sinking Fins Maximum Orifice Diameter

Sand Blasted Surface Finish

Large Transition Radius

Conical Tapered Bore

Technical Information: • • • • • • •

Heat-conducting thermal fins extend 75% into the melt stream, for rapid solidification. Reduced tip mass provides faster thermal equilibrium and shorter cycle times. Flow area equivalent to Full Flow style tips, for minimal increase in shear and pressure. Hardened 420 stainless steel for corrosion resistance and long life. Large internal transition radius virtually eliminates “dead spots”, where material can stagnate. Reduced face diameter increases machine’s nozzle touch force, reduces blowback, and eliminates the need for nozzle insulators. The ½” nozzle radius is actually 0.496”. Together with the sand blasted surface finish, it ensures a proper seal with the sprue bushing, which prevents material leaks and air infiltration. • Land lengths vary with the orifice size. The larger the orifice, the longer the land length, for increased thermal conductivity. • Engraved orifice size helps reduce mold set-up time.

L O

F 1/2” R

7/8-14 Thread

7/8” Hex

m 420 Stainless Steel h 48-50 HRC

M-2

catalog number

nominal

o

decimal

o

qty fins

f

l

NZFT156 NZFT187 NZFT219

5/32 3/16 7/32

.1563 .1875 .2188

3 3 4

1.794 1.817 1.839

NZFT250

1/4

.2500

4

1.886

NZFT281 NZFT312 NZFT344 NZFT375

9/32 5/16 11/32 3/8

.2813 .3125 .3438 Reduced .3750

4 4 4 4

1.881 1.903 1.923 1.943 Engraved

Face Diameter & Mass

Heat Sinking Fins

Orifice Size Patents pending.


nozzle caddie Through an alliance with Rhino Visions, Progressive offers a caddie to keep the Fin Tip and other machine Nozzles on the press, close to the tools.

Ø.90 Magnet 1.0

Ø2.1

catalog number

description

NZLCAD1

Machine Nozzle Caddie (Blue)

wrench Progressive’s offset slugging Wrench is designed for the installation and removal of machine and Fin Tip Nozzles when access is limited.

m Steel s Zinc Phosphate catalog number

description

NZLWR1

7/8” Hex Offset Wrench

M-3


toolroom innovations

toolroom bench

Ground Steel Surface 143"

36"

34½"

Bench Optimized for Mold Assembly/Disassembly: • • • •

More efficient mold assembly and disassembly Convenient working height Shelf for storage 3/4” thick Blanchard Ground steel work surface for smooth and easy positioning of mold plates • Radiused corners on legs to reduce knee injuries • Bench is all-welded construction • Max static load rating is 30,000 lbs

Standardized Design: • Adopt best practices across your facility • Consistent so all work areas are equal

Tool Storage Option: • Easy access to tools needed on the bench • Prevent clutter • Pre-drilled holes and repositionable aluminum pegs for organized and flexible tool storage • Tool Storage unit fits under one section of the bench • 1/4˝ steel, black powder coated • Recessed 2” from shelf edge and angled back to SEE NOTES keep tools inTREATMENT: place • Each tool storage unit includes one board on each side of bench OTHER:

M-4

SEE NOTES

PART NAME:

EJECTOR PIN

PART NUMBER:

SEE TABLE FILE NAME:

EP-MIN.DRW

UNLESS SPECIFIED INCH TOLERANCES: .XX ±.005 .XXX ±.001 .XXXX ±.0005 ANGULAR: ±.25°

W

PROJECTION:

SCALE:

1:1


toolroom bench Water Manifold and Flow Meter Option: • Manifold and valves allow quick connection for mold water testing • Flow meter can be used to ensure flow is even and there are no restrictions • Ability to bench test for leaks saves valuable time versus testing in the press • Red and blue manifold similar to what is at the press • Convenient drain feature provides cleaner, more efficient drainage after testing

Air Manifold Option: • C onvenient connection of air tools • One on each side of the bench • Hooks to hold air hose

Electrical Option: • 2 outlets on either side of the bench • Electrical hookups are routed under the bench to minimize obstructions • Positioned centrally on bench for easy access

Ordering and Configuration Information: TRB34

-

F

T

A

E

Options: F = Manifold and Flow Meter T = Tool Storage A = Air E = Electrical Note: Standard Toolroom Bench dimensions are 3´ wide, by 12´long and 34˝ high.

Examples: TRB34-FTAE = Toolroom Bench with all options installed TRB34-AE = Toolroom Bench with Air and Electrical options installed

M-5


toolroom innovations

status tags

Status Tags magnetically attach to molds and are color-coded for easy identification of mold status at a glance. • 3.75” Diameter • Magnetic back • Laminated vinyl surface • Sold in packages of 12 tags

M-6

catalog number

color

description

ST-GRE

Green

Ready to Run

ST-YEL

Yellow

Qualify Mold / Sample

ST-RED

Red

Do Not Run Mold / Repair

ST-ORN

Orange

Maintenance Required

ST-WHT

White

Operator Required

ST-BLK

Black

Obsolete Mold


mold finish guides

steel insert

Front

Back

Manufactured by Bales Mold Service, this SPI Mold Finish Guide shows several finishes, including several diamond comparisons, for measurement of tooling surfaces. The gauge is easy to read and includes data on the back to cross-reference the Roughness Average (RA) and SPI scales. The 72 HRC surface hardness prevents damage or wear to the finishes after continual usage. In addition, the 3.5” x 6” guide is stored in a plastic sleeve for safe handling.

catalog number LIT-BMG

molded plastic Molded, ABS plastic plaque, 8-1/2 x 11, showing typical finishes to aid in communication with customers. Includes A-1, A-2, A-3, B-1, B-2, B-3, C-1, C-2, C-3, D-1, and D-3 finishes. Provided by the Society of Plastics Industry

catalog number LIT-MFC

M-7


toolroom innovations

mold light bar Mold Light Bars provide illumination at the molding press to reduce eye strain and increase visibility for operators and repair technicians.

Light Bar Technical Information: • Wire direct to 24V machine power or optional transformer • Mounts to press platen magnetically to direct light on mold • 12w 450mA

Light Bar Product Information: • Six LED floodlights per unit. Rated for 50,000 hours • Aluminum casting with tempered glass is water and shock resistant • 45° and 90° swivel mounting brackets included • IP67 Rated

Transformer Information: • Plugs directly into 110v outlet • Two screw wire connection

catalog number

description

voltage

l

w

MLB2X16

Light Bar

24V

16˝

MLBTF

Transformer

110V 24V

synthetic mold grease Premium synthetic mold grease provides superior lubrication to sliding or moving components within molds and tooling. • Engineered for food and medical molding environments • Low migration • Should only be applied in a thin layer, by hand

Technical Information: • NSF H1 Registered • Thermally stable to 300 °C

M-8

catalog number

description

SYN-100

100g Tube


mold-readyâ„¢ components section x

Core/TI Pins: Straight

Core Pins: Single Step

Page: X-2

Page: X-3

Page: X-4

Core Pins: Two Step

Ejector Pins: Straight

Ejector Pins: Single Step

Ejector Pins: Water Cooled

Page: X-5

Page: X-6

Page: X-7

Page: X-8

Ejector Sleeves: Straight

Ejector Sleeves: Thin Wall

Ejector Sleeves: Stepped

Blade Ejectors

Page: X-9

Page: X-10

Page: X-11

Page: X-12

Side Locks

X-Style Side Locks

Top Locks

Guide Locks

Page: X-13

Page: X-14

Page: X-15

Page: X-16

Bar Locks

Leader Pins: Straight

Leader Pins: Shoulder

Bushings: Shoulder

Page: X-17

Page: X-18

Page: X-19

Page: X-20

Puller Pins

UniLifter Core Blades

UniLifter Core Blades: L-Shaped

UniLifter Core Blades: T-Shaped

Page: X-21

Page: X-22

Page: X-23

Page: X-24

UniLifter Core Blades: Round

Special Tubes

Extension Plugs: Finished Length

Asset Tracking Tags

Page: X-25

Page: X-26

Page: X-27

Page: X-28

Asset Tracking Plates

Angle Pins

Support Pillars

Press Knock Out: Hex Series

Page: X-29

Page: X-30

Page: X-31

Page: X-32

MOLD-READY COMPONENTS

Finished Core Pins

Page: X-1

X

Keyed Pins, Sleeves & Blade Ejectors



L -.00 +.000

T -.002 R .03

mold-ready pins ™

keyed pins, sleeves, & blade ejectors

49 ±1 HRC

32 ±2 HRC

To order Pins, Sleeves, or Blades with the flat machined on the head tangent to the diameter, designate -K on the end of the catalog number. Ex: EP437L10-K or ES562L5-K. To order Pins, Sleeves, or Blades with the flat machined on the head at a specific distance from the center of the pin, specify the catalog number and the specific distance after the “K” designation for the flat as shown below.

K Tangent

Examples: • EP437L10-K.250 for a 7/16” diameter Ejector Pin with a flat 1/4˝ from center. • EPD10L200-K6 for a 10mm diameter DIN pin with a flat 6mm from center. • EPJ055L250-K4 for a 5.5mm diameter JIS pin with a flat 4mm from center. • CPH125L6-K.094 for a 1/8” diameter Core Pin with a flat ground 3/32” from center. • ES562L5-K.375 for a 9/16” ID Sleeve with a flat ground 3/8” from center. • ESTW375L8-K.375 for a 3/8” ID Thin Wall Sleeve with a flat ground .375” from center. • BE125-046L6.5-K.094 for an Ejector Blade (.046” thickness) with the flat 3/32” from center.

cut-to-length pins

&

sleeves

To order Pins, Sleeves, or Blades cut to your specified length, +.001/-.000 (+.025/-.000mm), with or without keyed heads, specify the length required Flat Distance after the standard catalog numbers. +.002 -.000

+.05mm -.00mm

Examples: • EP437L6.25-K.250 for a 7/16˝ diameter pin x 6.25˝ long with a flat 1/4˝ from center • EPD10L225.5 for a 10mm diameter x 225.5mm long DIN pin • ES562L5.75 is a 9/16” ID Sleeve cut to 5.75” long • CPH125L5.25 for a 1/8” Core Pin cut to 5.25” long • BE125-046L4.250-K is an Ejector Blade (.046” thickness) cut to 4.250” with a key tangent to the 1/8” diameter.

EP

+.000 -.002

+.00mm -.05mm

Flat Distance +.000 -.002

-

Pin Type

125

-

Pin Diameter

L6.752 Length

-

+.00mm -.05mm

K.080 Key

L +.001 -.000

+. 025mm -.000mm

Additional Services Provided: • Laser engraving of detail or model numbers can be performed on the heads. • Ejector Pins and Sleeves can be ordered with Black Nitriding treatment for better performance. To order, specify -BN at the end of the catalog number, including any special modifications to lengths or keys as noted previously.

Progressive can provide mold-ready components based on your application with specific part numbers as shown above. In addition, items can be quoted using the templates in this section or by providing prints or 3D models. For a quote, submit your request to tech@procomps.com. X-1

4R


mold-ready components

finished core pins

Material: H-13 Core Pins are Hard (H=50-55 HRC) or Soft+.0005 (S=30-35 HRC). L1 -.0000 +.0005below. +.0005 Specify “H” or “S” as “X” in the catalogL1 number L1 -.0000 -.0000

All unspecified inside corners = R.010 Angles ± .25° Radii ± .004

+.002

-.000 Note: Pin Diameter (D1), head diameter and head L2 thickness are per standard Core Pins as shown on page A-12. +.002 +.002 -.000 +.0005 L2L2 -.000 PIN D1 L1 -.0000 PIN D1 PIN D1 +.002 L2 -.000 L1 +.0005 -.0000 PIN D1L2 +.002 -.000

Tapered

+.001 ØD2 +.001 -.000 ØD2-.000+.001 -.000 ØD2

ØD2 +.001 -.000

PIN D1

ØD2 +.001 -.000

L1 +.0005

-.0000 +.0005 +.0005 To order: CPTX-D1-D2-L1-L2 Ex: CPTH-.1875-.090-2.250-1.875 L1L1 -.0000 -.0000

+.002 L2 +.002 -.000 +.002 L2-.000 +.0005 L2L1 -.000 -.0000 PIN D1 PIN PIN D1D1 +.002 L2 L1 +.0005 -.000 -.0000 PIN D1L2 +.002 -.000

Step Taper

+.001

ØD2 +.001 -.000 +.001 ØD2-.000-.000 ØD2 ØD2

PIN D1

ØD2

A° A°A°

+.001 -.000 +.001 -.000

A° To order: CPSTX-D1-D2-L1-L2-A Ex: CPSTH-.1875-.090-2.250-1.875 -3°

Taper Chamfer

+.0005 L1 +.0005 -.0000 +.0005 L1L1 -.0000 -.0000 +.002 L2 +.002 -.000 +.002 -.000 L2L2-.000 +.0005 L1 -.0000 PIN D1 +.002 PIN L2 PIN D1D1 -.000 L1 +.0005 -.0000

PIN D1L2

+.001 ØD2 +.001 -.000 +.001 ØD2 -.000 ØD2 -.000

+.002 -.000

ØD2 +.001 -.000

PIN D1

ØD2 +.001 -.000 A° A° A° +.003 C +.003 -.000 +.003 -.000 CC -.000 A° To order: CPTCX-D1-D2-L1-L2-A-C Ex: CPTCH-.1875-.090-2.250-1.875-3°-.03 C +.003 -.000 A°

Step Chamfer

+.0005 C +.003 -.000 L1 +.0005 -.0000 +.0005 -.0000 L1L1 -.0000 +.002 L2 +.002 -.000 +.002 -.000 L2L2-.000 +.0005 PIN D1 L1 -.0000 PIN D1 PIN D1 +.002 L2 -.000 AC° L1 +.0005 -.0000 AC° AC° PIN D1 L2 +.002 -.000 AC° PIN D1

+.001 ØD2 +.001 -.000 +.001 ØD2-.000 ØD2 -.000

ØD2 +.001 -.000

AC° A° A°A°

+.003 C +.003 -.000 +.003 -.000 CC -.000

ØD2 +.001 -.000

To order: CPSCX-D1-D2-L1-L2-A-C-AC Ex: CPSCH-.1875-.090-2.250-1.875-3°-.03-45°

Step with Radius

+.0005 L1+.0005 -.0000 +.0005 L1L1 -.0000 -.0000 +.002 L2 +.002 +.002 L2-.000 -.000 +.0005 PIN D1 L2L1-.000 -.0000 PIN PIN D1D1 +.002 L2 L1 +.0005 -.000 -.0000 PIN D1 L2 +.002 -.000 PIN D1

C +.003 -.000

C +.003 -.000

+.001 ØD2+.001 -.000 +.001 ØD2 -.000 ØD2 -.000

ØD2 +.001 -.000

A° A°A°

R RR

ØD2 +.001 -.000

To order: CPSRX-D1-D2-L1-L2-A-R Ex. CPSRX-.1875-.090-2.250-1.875-3°-.03

X-2

R

R


core /ti pins

straight

D

R .03 H T

K

STANDARD TOLERANCES

L Material:  Core Pin Material = H-13  Hard = 50-55 HRC  Soft = 30-=35 HRC

Other: Material

D

TI Pin Material = M-2 Core = 60-64 HRC

D T H

Core Hardness

Surface Hardness

L

Treatment

K

CORE PINS +0.0010 +0.02 +0.0005 +0.01 TI PINS +0.0003 +0.008 -0.0000 -0.000 +0.000 +0.00 -0.002 -0.05 +0.000 +0.0 -0.010 -0.2 +0.060 +1.5 -0.000 -0.0 +0.000 +0.00 -0.002 -0.05 INCH

PIN #1 Dimension

PIN #2 Tolerance

Dimension

+

 Standard Core Pin  Standard TI Pin

D

-

Tolerance

 Standard Core Pin  Standard TI Pin

D

+

 Standard

H

-

T

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

-

 Standard

H

T

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

+

 Standard

R

 .03 (.75mm)  .06 (1.5mm)

-

Quantity:

-

+ +

K

 Standard

R

 .03 (.75mm)  .06 (1.5mm)

+ -

-

+

+ -

+

+

+

K

METRIC

+ -

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-3


mold-ready components

core pins

L

single step

T

K S

±0.03

±1.0

INCH

METRIC

D B L H T

R

B

R .03 max.

CORE PINS +0.02 +0.00 +0.01 +0.02 +1.5 -0.0 +0.00 -0.2 +0.00 -0.05 +0.00 -0.05

D

H

STANDARD TOLERANCES +0.0005 +0.0000 +0.0005 +0.0010 +0.06 -0.00 +0.000 -0.010 +0.000 -0.002 +0.000 -0.002

S

Other: Material

Core Hardness

Surface Hardness

PIN #1 Dimension

Treatment

PIN #2 Tolerance

D

 Standard Ejector Pin  Standard Core Pin

B

 Standard Ejector Pin  Standard Core Pin

Dimension

+ -

D

 Standard Ejector Pin  Standard Core Pin

B

 Standard Ejector Pin  Standard Core Pin

+ -

Tolerance

+

L

 Standard

S

 Standard

H

 Standard

T

 Standard

-

-

L

 Standard

S

 Standard

H

 Standard

T

 Standard

-

 To Suit

-

Quantity:

 Standard

K

-

-

-

+

 To Suit

R Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-4

-

+

+

R

-

+

+

 Standard

+

+

+ -

-

+

+ -

+

+

+

K

K

Material:  Core Pin Material = H-13  Hard = 50-55 HRC  Soft = 30-35 HRC

-


core pins

two step

L S M

R1

T

Material:  Core Pin Material = H-13  Hard = 50-55 HRC  Soft = 30-35 HRC

STANDARD TOLERANCES

R2 D B A

H

R .03 (.75mm) Max

B

A

D

L

K

H T

Other: Material

Core Hardness

Surface Hardness

PIN #1 Dimension

Treatment

CORE PINS +0.0005 +0.02 -0.000 -0.00 +0.000 +0.00 -0.001 -0.02 +0.060 +1.5 -0.000 -0.0 +0.000 +0.00 -0.010 -0.2 +0.000 +0.00 -0.002 -0.05

S

±0.03

M

±0.03

±1.0

K

+0.000 -0.002

+0.00 -0.05

INCH

METRIC

±1.0

PIN #2 Tolerance

Dimension

+

D

 Standard

B

 Standard

A

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

S

 Standard

H

 Standard

T

 Standard

M

 Standard

K

 Standard

R1 R2

 To Suit  To Suit

+ + -

D

 Standard

B

 Standard

A

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

S

 Standard

H

 Standard

T

 Standard

M

 Standard

K

 Standard

R1 R2

 To Suit  To Suit

+ + + + + + -

Quantity:

Tolerance

+ + + + + + + + + -

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-5


mold-ready components

ejector pins straight

D

R .03 H T

K L

Material: Ejector Pin Material = H-13 Core = 48-50 HRC Surface = 65-70 HRC

Other: Material

STANDARD TOLERANCES

Treatment: Chrome Black Nitride

 

D T H

Core Hardness

Surface Hardness

L

Treatment

K

EJECTOR PIN -0.0004 -0.01 -0.0007 -0.02 TI PINS +0.000 +0.00 -0.002 -0.05 +0.000 +0.0 -0.010 -0.2 +0.060 +1.5 -0.000 -0.0 +0.000 +0.00 -0.002 -0.05 INCH

PIN #1 Dimension

PIN #2 Tolerance

Dimension

+

 Standard Ejector Pin

D

-

Tolerance

 Standard Ejector Pin

D

+

 Standard

H

-

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

-

 Standard

H

T

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

+

K

 Standard

R

 .03 (.75mm)  .06 (1.5mm)

-

Quantity:

K

 Standard

R

 .03 (.75mm)  .06 (1.5mm) Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-6

+ +

+ -

+

+ -

+

+

T

+

+ -

METRIC


ejector pins

single step

L S T

D

H

Material:  Ejector Pin Material = H-13 Core = 48-50 HRC Surface = 65-70 HRC

STANDARD TOLERANCES

R

B

Treatment:  Chrome  Black Nitride

K

R .03 (.75mm) Max

-0.01 -0.02

B

+0.000 -0.001

+0.00 -0.02

L

K

+0.06 -0.00 +0.000 -0.010 +0.000 -0.002 +0.000 -0.002

+1.5 -0.0 +0.00 -0.2 +0.00 -0.05 +0.00 -0.05

S

±0.03

±1.0

INCH

METRIC

T

Core Hardness

Surface Hardness

PIN #1 Dimension

Treatment

PIN #2 Tolerance

Dimension

Tolerance

+

 Standard

-

+

 Standard

D

+

B

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

-

B

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

S

 Standard

H

 Standard

T

 Standard

+ -

S

 Standard

H

 Standard

T

 Standard

K

 Standard

-

-

Quantity:

-

-

+

 Standard

K

+

 To Suit

-

+

+ -

+

+

+ -

-

+

+ -

+

+

R

-0.0004 -0.0007

H

Other: Material

D

D

+

 To Suit

R

-

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-7


mold-ready components

ejector pins

L

water cooled

X

Y

M

STANDARD TOLERANCES

D

Z D

H

Material:  Ejector Pin Material = H-13 Core = 48-50 HRC Surface = 65-70 HRC

Other: Material

Treatment:  Chrome  Black Nitride

R .03 (.75mm) Max

T

L

B

T

Z

B M X

Core Hardness

Surface Hardness

Dimension

Dimension

Tolerance

+

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length

H

 Standard

-

+

D

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length

H

 Standard

+ + -

 Standard

B

 Standard

M

 Standard

-

T

 Standard

B

 Standard

M

 Standard

 Standard

Y

 Standard

Z

 Standard

-

X

 Standard

Y

 Standard

Quantity:

-

-

Z

 Standard

+

+ -

-

+

+ -

-

+

+

X

-

+

+ -

+

+

+ -

-

+

+

T

Z

PIN #2 Tolerance

D

Y

Treatment

PIN #1

+

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-8

H

Y

-

-.0004 -.0007 +0.030 -0.000 +0.000 -0.010 +0.000 -0.002 +0.015 -0.000 +0.000 -0.060 +0.002 -0.002 +0.002 -0.002 +0.002 -0.002

-0.01 -0.02 +0.8 -0.0 +0.0 -0.2 +0.0 -0.05 +0.4 -0.0 +0.0 -1.5 +0.05 -0.05 +0.05 -0.05 +0.05 -0.05

INCH

METRIC


ejector sleeves R .03 (.75mm) Max

straight

L

G

N D B

H T

Material:  H-13 Core = 40-45 HRC Surface = Nitrided ID/OD*

Other: Material

STANDARD TOLERANCES

Tapered Lead-in

M-2 Core = 58-62 HRC (Thru Hard)

Core Hardness

D

Treatment (ID/OD):  Chrome  Black Nitride  Nicklon Surface Hardness

B

±0.015

±0.3

L

+0.030 -0.000 +0.20 -0.00 +0.000 -0.010 +0.000 -0.002

+1.0 -0.0 +5.0 -0.0 +0.0 -0.2 +0.00 -0.05

INCH

METRIC

N

Treatment

H T

SLEEVE #1

SLEEVE #2

Tolerance

Dimension

Tolerance

+

 Standard

D

-

+

 Standard

D

+

 Standard

B

-

G

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

-

 Standard

B

G

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

+

 Standard

-

 Standard

-

 Standard

N

 Standard

-

Quantity:

+ -

+

 Standard

H

+

T

-

+

+

H

+

+ -

+

+

N

+0.007 -0.000 -0.01 -0.02

G

Note: *Nitriding IDOD may not be applicable on all sizes. Progressive will verify when quoting.

Dimension

+0.0003 -0.0000 -0.0004 -0.0007

+

 Standard

T

-

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-9


mold-ready components

ejector sleeves thin wall

L R .03 (.75mm) Max

S STANDARD TOLERANCES

D B L N S G H T

+0.0003 -0.0000 -0.0004 -0.0007 +0.030 -0.000 +0.20 -0.00 +0.0 -0.1 +0.000 -0.001 +0.000 -0.010 +0.000 -0.002

+0.007 -0.000 -0.01 -0.02 +1.0 -0.0 +5.0 -0.0 +0.0 -3.0 +0.00 -0.02 +0.0 -0.2 +0.0 -0.05

INCH

METRIC

N

E

B D

H

T

Material:  M-2 Core = 58-62 HRC (Thru Hard)

Tapered Lead-In from end of sleeve

.25 R

Other: Material

Treatment (ID/OD):  Chrome  Black Nitride  Nicklon

H-13 Core = 40-45 HRC Surface = Nitrided ID/OD*

Core Hardness

Surface Hardness

Treatment

Note: *Nitriding IDOD may not be applicable on all sizes. Progressive will verify when quoting.

SLEEVE #1 Dimension

SLEEVE #2

Tolerance

Dimension

Tolerance

+

D

 Standard

B

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

N

 Standard

-

+

D

 Standard

B

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

N

 Standard

+ -

+

+ + -

 Standard

-

 Standard

-

 Standard

S

 Standard

-

 Standard

E

 Standard

-

Quantity:

 Standard

H

-

-

+

 Standard

T Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-10

-

+

+

T

-

+

+

H

+

+

+

E

-

+

+

S

-

-


ejector sleeves

L Tapered Lead-In

R .03 (.75mm) Max

STANDARD TOLERANCES

E

+0.0003 -0.0000 -0.0004 -0.0007 +0.000 -0.001

+0.007 -0.000 -0.01 -0.02 +0.00 -0.02

G

±0.015

±0.4

L

+0.030 -0.000 +0.20 -0.00 +0.0 -0.1 +0.000 -0.010 +0.000 -0.002

+1.0 -0.0 +5.0 -0.0 +0.0 -3.0 +0.00 -0.20 +0.00 -0.05

INCH

METRIC

D B

N S H T

N

stepped

D B

H G

T

E

R

S

Material:  H-13 Core = 40-45 HRC Surface = Nitrided ID/OD*

Other: Material

M-2 Core = 58-62 HRC (Thru Hard)

Core Hardness

Treatment (ID/OD):  Chrome  Black Nitride  Nicklon Surface Hardness

Treatment

Note: *Nitriding IDOD may not be applicable on all sizes. Progressive will verify when quoting.

SLEEVE #1 Dimension

SLEEVE #2

Tolerance

Dimension

+

D

 Standard

B

 Standard

E

 Standard

G

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

N

 Standard

S

 Standard

H

 Standard

T

 Standard

R

 To Suit

-

D

 Standard

B

 Standard

E

 Standard

G

 Standard

L

 Standard

N

 Standard

S

 Standard

H

 Standard

T

 Standard

R

 To Suit

+ + + + + + + + -

Quantity:

Tolerance

+ + + + + + + + + -

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-11


mold-ready components

blade ejectors L D

STANDARD TOLERANCES

X Y D L M H T

+0.0000 -0.0005 +0.0000 -0.0005 +0.000 -0.001 +0.04 -0.00 +0.04 +0.08 +0.000 -0.010 +0.000 -0.002

+0.000 -0.015 +0.000 -0.015 +0.00 -0.02 +1.0 -0.0 +1.0 +2.0 +0.0 -0.2 +0.00 -0.05

INCH

METRIC

M

H

Y

Material: O-1 58-62 HRC Thru Hard

Treatment: Chrome

BLADE #2

BLADE #1 Dimension

X

Radius to suit

R .03 (.75mm) Max

T

Dimension

Tolerance

Tolerance

+

+

 Standard

X

-

 Standard

X

+

+

 Standard

Y

-

 Standard

Y

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

-

D

 Standard

L

 Standard  Finished Length (+.001/-.000)

+ -

 Standard

-

 Standard

M

 Standard

-

 Standard

H

 Standard

-

 Standard

T Quantity:

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-12

-

-

+

+

T

+

+

+

H

-

+

+

M

+

+

D

-

-


side locks

W S2

z-series™

S

S1 B

E

C-.03

T

D C A

STANDARD TOLERANCES

Male Insert Material = H-13 Core = 42-48 HRC Surface = 70 HRC Treatment = Salt Bath Nitride

B

Female Insert Material = D-2 Core = 58-62 HRC Surface = 80 HRC Treatment = Titanium Nitride Coated

S3

+0.000 -0.002 +0.000 -0.002

A

+0.00 -0.05 +0.00 -0.05

C

±0.01

±0.2

T

+0.000 -0.002 +0.0000 -0.0004

+0.00 -0.05 +0.00 -0.01

W S1-4

±0.01

±0.25

INCH

METRIC

R

S4

SIDE LOCK Dimension

Tolerance

R

 To Suit

Pocket Radius (Lock machined to suit)

E

 To Suit

Engagement Radius

+

A

 Standard

+

B

 Standard

SHCS SIZE

S

+

C

 Standard

D

 Standard

S1

.0001-.0003 (.002-.008mm) Clearance per side

S2

+

T

 Standard

S3

+

W

 Standard

Quantity (Sets of 1M/1F):

S4

-

Special Configs:

Qty Male:

Qty Female:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-13


mold-ready components

x-style side locks z-series™

A

X

R

A

C

-.03

S STANDARD TOLERANCES +0.000 -0.002 +0.000 -0.002

A X

+0.00 -0.05 +0.00 -0.05

C

±0.01

±0.2

T

+0.000 -0.002 +0.0000 -0.0004

+0.00 -0.05 +0.00 -0.01

S1-6

±0.01

±0.2

P

+0.001 -0.000

+0.03 -0.00

INCH

METRIC

W

Male Insert Material = H-13 Core = 42-48 HRC Surface = 70 HRC Treatment = Salt Bath Nitride

W

D (2) E S4

S5 S3

S6

C

Female Insert Material = D-2 Core = 58-62 HRC Surface = 80 HRC Treatment = Titanium Nitride Coated

Dimension

Tolerance

.0001-.0003 (.002-.008mm) Clearance per side

S1

 To Suit

Pocket Radius (Lock machined to suit)

S2

 To Suit

Engagement Radius

S3

S

SHCS SIZE

S4

P

Dowel Diameter

S5

D

 Standard

R E

+

 Standard

+

X

S1

T

X-STYLE LOCK

A

S2

P

 Standard

+

C

 Standard

+

T

 Standard

+

W

 Standard

S6

Special Configs:

Quantity (Sets of 1M/2F):

Qty Male:

Qty Female:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-14


top locks R

z-series™

W S1

T

STANDARD TOLERANCES

A

S2

S

B

R (4) A

Dual Radii Option Top Locks are also available with dual radii for mounting internally.

C

E

D

B

TOP LOCK Dimension

Tolerance

+

A

 Standard

DUAL RADII

-

C

±0.01

±0.2

T

+0.000 -0.002 +0.0000 -0.0004

+0.00 -0.05 +0.00 -0.01

W S1-2

±0.01

±0.2

INCH

METRIC

Pocket Radius (Lock machined to suit)

 To Suit

R

+0.00 -0.05 +0.00 -0.05

Female Insert Material = D-2 Core = 58-62 HRC Surface = 80 HRC Treatment = Titanium Nitride Coated

Male Insert Material = H-13 Core = 42-48 HRC Surface = 70 HRC Treatment = Salt Bath Nitride

C -.03

+0.000 -0.002 +0.000 -0.002

 Yes

 No

+

B

 Standard

 To Suit

E

-

Engagement Radius

+

C

 Standard

D

 Standard

T

 Standard

W

 Standard

SHCS SIZE

S

.0001-.0003 (.002-.008mm) Clearance per side

S1

+

S2

+

Quantity (Sets of 1M/1F):

Special Configs:

Qty Male:

Qty Female:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-15


mold-ready components

guide locks

L

L

z-series™

S3 S1

S4

F

S2 E

T S

C

R

1

/2 C

H Z STANDARD TOLERANCES

L H T C F S1-4

+0.000 - 0.010 +0.00 - 0.01 +0.0000 - 0.0003 +0.0000 - 0.0003 +0.000 - 0.005

Male Insert Material = H-13 Core = 42-48 HRC Surface = 70 HRC Treatment = Salt Bath Nitride

+0.00 -0.25 +0.0 - 0.2 +0.00 - 0.01 +0.00 -0.01 +0.00 -0.12

±0.01

±0.2

INCH

METRIC

R (4)

Female Insert Material = D-2 Core = 58-62 HRC Surface = 80 HRC Treatment = Titanium Nitride Coated

Dual Radii Option Guide Locks are also available with dual radii for mounting internally.

GUIDE LOCK Dimension

Tolerance

R

 To Suit

+

L

 Standard

Z

-

R (2) Each

 Standard

Pocket Radius (Lock machined to suit)

DUAL RADII

+ -

+

H

 Standard

S

+

T

 Standard

S1

-

SHCS

Quantity (Sets of 1M/2F):

+

C

 Standard

S2

-

Special Configs:

+

F

 Standard

E

 To Suit

Engagement Radius

S3

Qty Male:

S4

Qty Female:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-16

 Yes

 No


bar locks

z-series™

L Bars Material = H-13 Core = 42-48 HRC Surface = 70 HRC Treatment = Salt Bath Nitride

L3

L2

L1

S3

S2

S1

T R1

W2

S4

Guides Material = D-2 Core = 58-62 HRC Surface = 80 HRC Treatment = Titanium Nitride Coated

W

S6

R2

GUIDE

GUIDE

(PLATE 3) (PLATE 2)

S5

GUIDE (PLATE 1)

P

BAR L

T

W

S5

S6

P

STANDARD TOLERANCES

R1

(Optional)

W-W2

+0.000 -0.005 +0.000 -0.005 +0.0000 -0.0003

S1-S6

±0.005

±0.1

INCH

METRIC

L-L3 T

Quantity:

GUIDE 1 L1 T

W2

S1

S4

R2

(Optional)

+0.00 -0.15 +0.00 -0.15 +0.000 -0.007

Note: When ordering full sets of bars/guides, the "T" dimension should be equal on all items. Progressive will determine the lead-in radius, SHCS size, and center spacing.

Quantity:

GUIDE 2 L2 T

Bars sold individually. Guides sold in pairs.

W2

S2

S4

W2

S3

S4

R2 (Optional)

To order standard bars cut to length or bars/guides with pocket radii, please refer to page C-7.

Quantity:

GUIDE 3 L3 T

R2

(Optional)

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-17


mold-ready components

leader pins straight

L

T M

R D

B

STANDARD TOLERANCES

D B A L M T

+0.0000 -0.0005 +0.0005 -0.0000 +0.000 -0.030 +0.000 -0.030 +0.000 -0.010 +0.000 -0.002

+0.00 -0.01 +0.01 -0.00 +0.0 -1.0 +0.0 -1.0 +0.0 -0.2 +0.00 -0.05

INCH

METRIC

15° Tapered Lead-In

A

Material: AISI 1117 Surface = 58-62 HRC Core = 20-22 HRC

Treatment:  Black Nitride

PIN #1 Dimension

PIN #2 Tolerance

Dimension

Tolerance

+

 Standard

D

-

+

 Standard

D

+

 Standard

B

-

+

 Standard

B

+

 Standard

A

-

 Standard

-

 Standard

A

 Standard

-

 Standard

L

 Standard

-

 1/16 for D = 1 1/4 max.

R

 3/16 for D over 1 1/4 Quantity:

 Standard

M

+

 Standard

T

 1/16 for D = 1 1/4 max.

R

 3/16 for D over 1 1/4 Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-18

+

+

T

+

+

M

+

+

L

-

-


leader pins

shoulder

L C

A

R

(REF)

STANDARD TOLERANCES

B

M

D

B

15° Tapered Lead-In

T Material: AISI 1117 Surface = 58-62 HRC Core = 42-48 HRC

PIN #1 Dimension

D

L A

Treatment:  Black Nitride

M T

Tolerance

 Standard

Dimension

-

 Standard

-

 Standard

 Standard

D

+

 Standard

B

-

-

+

 Standard

A

-

+

 Standard

L

REF

C

+

 Standard

L

REF

C +

 Standard

M

-

+

 Standard

M

+

 Standard

T

-

 1/16 for D = 1 1/4 max.

R

METRIC

+

+

A

INCH

Tolerance

+

B

+0.00 -0.01 +0.01 -0.00 +0.0 -1.0 +0.0 -1.0 +0.0 -0.2 +0.00 -0.05

PIN #2 +

D

+0.0000 -0.0005 +0.0005 -0.0000 +0.000 -0.030 +0.000 -0.030 +0.000 -0.010 +0.000 -0.002

 3/16 for D over 1 1/4 Quantity:

+

 Standard

T

-

 1/16 for D = 1 1/4 max.

R

 3/16 for D over 1 1/4 Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-19


mold-ready components

bushings: shoulder L

D

M

STANDARD TOLERANCES

D B L H T

+.0005 -.0000 +.0005 -.0000 -.015 -.030 +.00 -.01 +.00 -.01

+.012 -.000 +.012 -.000 -.4 -.7 +.0 -.3 +.0 -.5

INCH

METRIC

T

Material:  Steel (STL) Material = AISI 1117 Surface = 58-62 HRC

Optional internal grease grooves

Y

Bronze Plated Steel (SHB) Material = AISI 1026 Surface = 22-28 HRC Bronze Plated: .004 Deep

Treatment:  Black Nitride (STL only)

BUSHING #1 Dimension

B

BUSHING #2

Tolerance

Dimension

Tolerance

+

 Standard

D

-

+

 Standard

D

+

 Standard

B

-

+

 Standard

B

+

 Standard

L

-

 Standard

-

 Standard

L

 Standard

-

 Standard

M

 N/A

Grease Grooves

 Yes

-

 No

Quantity:

 Standard

T

+

Y

 N/A

Grease Grooves

 Yes

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-20

+

+

Y

+

+

T

+

+

M

-

-

 No


puller pins PL R2

L Material:  H-13 Core = 40-45 HRC Surface = 60-70 HRC

Other: Material

PD (TSC)

H T

PL

Core Hardness

Surface Hardness

R1

Treatment

PULLER PIN #1 Dimension

STANDARD TOLERANCES

A

D

Dimension

L

 Standard

PL

 Standard

PD

 Standard

-

 Standard

L

 Standard

-

PL

 Standard

-

PD

 Standard

PD

±0.003

±0.07

PL

±0.003

±0.07

INCH

METRIC

-

-

+

+

+

 Standard

H

+

 Standard

±0.07

+

+

T

±0.003

+

+

 Standard

L

+

D

+

H

-0.01 -0.02

Tolerance

+

 Standard

-0.0004 -0.0007

PULLER PIN #2

Tolerance

D

D

+

 Standard

T

-

A

A

R1

R1

R2

R2 Quantity:

-

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-21


mold-ready components

unilifter™ core blades STANDARD TOLERANCES

T

+0.000 -0.001

+0.0 -0.025

W

+0.000 -0.001

+0.0 -0.025

L

+0.06 -0.00

+2.0 -0.0

INCH

METRIC

 

R

MT*

MW

.250

.31

.24

UniLifter

.406

.49

.49

XL Series

.875

1.00

1.00

Metric

10mm

15mm

10mm

Metric Mini

12mm 6mm or T

6mm

*Note: MT may increase for strength. Note: Altering the MT & MW dimensions (Minimum Thickness and Width of heel area) is not recommended.

Series:

Series MiniLifter

MiniLifter U-Coupling = UCM50 Metric MiniLifter U-Coupling = UCMM16 Metric U-Coupling = UCMM22

 

UniLifter U-Coupling = UCU87 XL Series U-Coupling = UCX175

L+R (Ref) T

R MT*

L

MW

W

Material:  H-13 Hardness = 38-42 HRC  H-13 Hardness = 48-50 HRC  Aluminum Bronze Hardness = 30 HRC

CORE BLADE #1 Dimension

 

S-7 Hardness = 54-56 HRC DC53 Hardness = 58-60 HRC

CORE BLADE #2

Tolerance

Dimension

Tolerance

+

 Standard

T

-

+

 Standard

T

-

+

W

 Standard

L

 Standard

-

+

W

 Standard

L

 Standard

-

+ -

+

Quantity:

Quantity:

CORE BLADE #3 Dimension

CORE BLADE #4

Tolerance

Dimension

Tolerance

+

 Standard

T

-

+

 Standard

T

+

 Standard

W

-

 Standard

-

Quantity:

 Standard

W

+

 Standard

L Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-22

+

+

L

-

-


unilifter core blades: l-shaped L+R

R

T2 T1

MT*

A L

Series

R

MT*

MW

MiniLifter

.250

.31

.24

UniLifter

.406

.49

.49

XL Series

.875

1.00

1.00

Metric

10mm

15mm

10mm

W

6mm

A

Metric Mini 12mm 6mm or T W

MW

Series:

  

MiniLifter U-Coupling = UCM50 Metric MiniLifter U-Coupling = UCMM16 Metric U-Coupling = UCMM22

 

UniLifter U-Coupling = UCU87 XL Series U-Coupling = UCX175

CORE BLADE #1 Dimension

 

Dimension

 Standard  Standard

 Standard

T1

-

 Standard

 Standard

T2

-

 Standard

+

 Standard

W

-

+

 Standard

A

+

L

+

+

A

METRIC

+

+

W

INCH

Tolerance

+

T2

+0.0 -0.025 +0.5 -0.0 +0.0 -0.025 +0.5 -0.0 +0.5 -0.0

CORE BLADE #2

Tolerance

 Standard

T2

+0.000 -0.001 +0.020 -0.000 +0.000 -0.001 +0.020 -0.000 +0.020 -0.000

S-7 Hardness = 54-56 HRC DC53 Hardness = 58-60 HRC

+

T1

T1

L

*Note: MT may increase for strength. Note: Altering the MT & MW dimensions (Minimum Thickness and Width of heel area) is not recommended.

Material:  H-13 Hardness = 38-42 HRC  H-13 Hardness = 48-50 HRC  Aluminum Bronze Hardness = 30 HRC

STANDARD TOLERANCES

+

 Standard

L

-

Quantity:

-

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-23


mold-ready components

unilifter core blades: t-shaped A

STANDARD TOLERANCES

T1 W1 A L

+0.000 -0.001 +0.000 -0.001 +0.020 -0.000 +0.020 -0.000

+0.0 -0.025 +0.0 -0.025 +0.5 -0.0 +0.5 -0.0

INCH

METRIC

W1

MW

W2 Ref. C2

Series

R

MT*

MW

MiniLifter

.250

.31

.24

UniLifter

.406

.49

.49

XL Series

.875

1.00

1.00

Metric

10mm

15mm

10mm

Metric Mini

C1

12mm 6mm or T

T1

D1

T2 Ref.

MT* R

D2

L

6mm

*Note: MT may increase for strength. Note: Altering the MT & MW dimensions (Minimum Thickness and Width of heel area) is not recommended.

Series:

  

MiniLifter U-Coupling = UCM50 Metric MiniLifter U-Coupling = UCMM16 Metric U-Coupling = UCMM22

 

Material:  H-13 Hardness = 38-42 HRC H-13  Hardness = 48-50 HRC Aluminum Bronze  Hardness = 30 HRC

UniLifter U-Coupling = UCU87 XL Series U-Coupling = UCX175

 

S-7 Hardness = 54-56 HRC DC53 Hardness = 58-60 HRC

CORE BLADES Dimension

Tolerance

+

T1

 Standard

T2

REF

REF

W2

-

+

C1

-

+

D1

-

+

C2

-

+

D2

-

+

 Standard

A

+

W1

 Standard

-

+

 Standard

L Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-24

-

-


unilifter core blade: round L+R (Ref) D

R MT*

L

MW

D

Series:

  

MiniLifter U-Coupling = UCM50 Metric MiniLifter U-Coupling = UCMM16 Metric U-Coupling = UCMM22

 

UniLifter U-Coupling = UCU87 XL Series U-Coupling = UCX175

Series

R

MT*

MW

MiniLifter

.250

.31

.24

UniLifter

.406

.49

.49

XL Series

.875

1.00

1.00

Metric

10mm

15mm

10mm

Material:  H-13 Hardness = 38-42 HRC H-13  Hardness = 48-50 HRC Aluminum Bronze  Hardness = 30 HRC

 

Dimension

Tolerance

+

 Standard

D

+

 Standard

L

 Standard

L

-

-

Quantity:

CORE BLADE #3 Dimension

CORE BLADE #4

Tolerance

Dimension

Tolerance

+

 Standard

+

 Standard

D

+

 Standard

L

+

Quantity:

D

INCH METRIC

CORE BLADE #2

Tolerance

 Standard

L

+0.000 +0.000 -0.001 -0.025 +0.06 +2.0 -0.00 -0.0

S-7 Hardness = 54-56 HRC DC53 Hardness = 58-60 HRC

+

D

D

*Note: MT may increase for strength. Note: Altering the MT & MW dimensions (Minimum Thickness and Width of heel area) is not recommended.

CORE BLADE #1 Dimension

STANDARD TOLERANCES

+

 Standard

L

-

Quantity:

-

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-25


mold-ready components

special tubes Z˚

Tube 2

Tube 3

Tube 1

Connection Style

Thread

L1 L2 L3

Special High Flow (Stainless Steel) Specification Template Quantity Required:

Z=

Tube 1

Tube Gage Size=

L1=

Tube 2

Tube Gage Size=

L2=

Tube 3

Tube Gage Size=

L3=

Connection Style: For the specific style of connection, document the thread size needed or select the box with a straight tube.

 None

High Flow Tube Style

Hex Series Tube Style

Pipe Plug Style

Set Screw

Thread Size=___________

Thread Size=___________

Thread Size=___________

Thread Size=___________

Progressive Components' standard tube sizes shown in red. All others are standard gage sizes. Gage Size

Theoretic Gage Channel Size Diam.

OD

ID

HF437T .427

.397

.583

HF375T .365

.340

.499

7X

HF312T .312

.288

.425

8RW

7TW

Theoretic Gage Channel Size Diam.

OD

ID

OD

ID

.180

.160

.241

13RW

.095

.071

.180

.166

.245

13TW

.095

.165

.135

.213

13X

.095

HF093T .090

Theoretic Gage Channel Size Diam.

OD

ID

Theoretic Gage Channel Size Diam.

OD

ID

Theoretic Channel Diam.

.119

18XT

.050

.042

0.065

24XX

.022

.016

0.027

.077

.122

19RW

.042

.027

0.050

25RW

.020

.010

0.022

.085

.127

19TW

.042

.032

0.053

25TW

.020

.012

0.023

.076

.118

19XT

.042

.035

0.055

25XX

.020

.016

0.026

3RW

.259

.219

.339

8TW

.165

.145

.220

3TW

.259

.229

.346

8XX

.165

.150

.223

14RW

.083

.063

.104

20RW .0355 .0235

0.043

26RW

.018

.010

0.021

3XT

.259

.239

.352

9RW

.148

.118

.189

14TW

.083

.067

.107

20TW .0355 .0255

0.044

26TW

.018

.012

0.022

HF250T .250

.230

.340

9TW

.148

.128

.196

14XT

.083

.072

.110

20XT

.0355 .0275

0.045

26XV

.018 .0135

0.023

.198

.310

9XX

.148

.135

.200

15RW

.072

.054

.090

21RW

.032

0.038

27RW

.016

.008

0.018

4RW

.238

.020

4TW

.238

.208

.316

10RW

.134

.106

.171

HF078T .072

.060

.094

21TW

.032

.023

0.039

27TW

.016

.010

0.019

4XT

.238

.218

.323

10TW

.134

.114

.176

15XTS .072

.063

.096

21XT

.032

.025

0.041

27XV

.016 .0115

0.020

5RW

.219

.189

.289

10XT

.134

.118

.179

16RW

.065

.047

.080

22RW

.028

.016

0.032

28RW

.014

.007

0.016

5TW

.219

.199

.296

HF125T .125

.109

.166

16TW

.065

.053

.084

22TW

.028

.020

0.034

28TW

.014

.009

0.017

5XT

.219

.205

.300

11RW

.120

.094

.152

16TXT

.065

.055

.085

22XTS .028

.021

0.035

28XV

.014 .0105

0.018

6RW

.203

.173

.267

11TW

.120

.100

.156

17RW

.058

.042

.072

23RW

.013

0.028

29RW

.013

.007

0.015

.025

6TW

.203

.183

.273

11X

.120

.106

.160

17TW

.058

.048

.075

23TW

.025

.017

0.030

30RW

.012

.006

0.013

6X

.203

.189

.277

12RW

.109

.085

.138

17XT

.058

.050

.077

23XX

.025

.020

0.032

31RW

.010

.005

0.011

HF187T .187

.167

.251

12TW

.109

.091

.142

18RW

.050

.033

.060

24RW

.022

.012

0.025

32RW

.009

.004

0.010

.150

.234

12XT

.109

.095

.145

18TW

.050

.038

.063

24TW

.022

.014

0.026

33RW

.008

.004

0.009

7RW

.180

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-26


extension plugs: finished length L

M

S

EXT. PLUG #1 Variable

Series (S)

Thread (M)

EXT. PLUG #2

Dimensions

Variable

 200 (1/4” Flow)  300 (3/8” Flow)  500 (1/2” Flow)  Keyed Connect  1/16-27 NPT (50)  1/8-27 NPT (51)  1/4-18 NPT (52)  3/8-18 NPT (53)  1/2-14 NPT (54)  BSPT

Series (S)

Thread (M)

Thd: ________________

Length (L) Material

±.015

 Brass  Stainless

Thread (M)

Variable

 200 (1/4” Flow)  300 (3/8” Flow)  500 (1/2” Flow)  Keyed Connect  1/16-27 NPT (50)  1/8-27 NPT (51)  1/4-18 NPT (52)  3/8-18 NPT (53)  1/2-14 NPT (54)  BSPT

±.015

 Brass  Stainless

Variable

 200 (1/4” Flow)  300 (3/8” Flow)  500 (1/2” Flow)  Keyed Connect  1/16-27 NPT (50)  1/8-27 NPT (51)  1/4-18 NPT (52)  3/8-18 NPT (53)  1/2-14 NPT (54)  BSPT

±.015

 Brass  Stainless

Quantity:

Thread (M)

Series (S)

Thread (M)

±.015

 Brass  Stainless

Quantity:

EXT. PLUG #6

Dimensions

Variable

 200 (1/4” Flow)  300 (3/8” Flow)  500 (1/2” Flow)  Keyed Connect  1/16-27 NPT (50)  1/8-27 NPT (51)  1/4-18 NPT (52)  3/8-18 NPT (53)  1/2-14 NPT (54)  BSPT

Length (L)

Quantity:

 200 (1/4” Flow)  300 (3/8” Flow)  500 (1/2” Flow)  Keyed Connect  1/16-27 NPT (50)  1/8-27 NPT (51)  1/4-18 NPT (52)  3/8-18 NPT (53)  1/2-14 NPT (54)  BSPT

Length (L)

Series (S)

Thread (M)

Thd: ________________

Material

Dimensions

Thd: ________________

EXT. PLUG #5

Dimensions

Length (L)

Series (S)

Material

Quantity:

Thd: ________________

Material

Dimensions

Length (L)

EXT. PLUG #4

Series (S)

EXT. PLUG #3

Thd: ________________

Material

Quantity:

Variable

Standard 3/4" per foot taper with ND-ST3 thread sealant applied

±.015

 Brass  Stainless

Dimensions

 200 (1/4” Flow)  300 (3/8” Flow)  500 (1/2” Flow)  Keyed Connect  1/16-27 NPT (50)  1/8-27 NPT (51)  1/4-18 NPT (52)  3/8-18 NPT (53)  1/2-14 NPT (54)  BSPT

Thd: ________________

Length (L) Material

±.015

 Brass  Stainless

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-27


mold-ready components

profile

ÂŽ

asset management systems To order your custom Asset Supply Tracking Tags, for use with either ProFile or CVe Live systems, please complete this form, providing all the details requested, and then submit to tech@procomps.com along with your company logo in one of the formats specified.

Custom Text 1

Progressive will review the logo and provide either a quote or order confirmation with your purchase order received, and a proof will be submitted for your approval within one week. Progressive assigns the AST serial number for each tag, which is included within the quote/order for reference. Once your custom tags ship, Progressive will set up the ProFile database on ProFile-System.com with the required information, establish any accounts, and notify the contact of all log-in and password details, along with instructions on how to get started.

Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

AST123456789

Please select your color scheme from the options below. (The text in the block will be that color. No additional color options are available.)

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

BLACK

BROWN

DK. BLUE

GREEN

PURPLE

LT. BLUE

RED

FLAME RED

ORANGE

YELLOW

Please provide the ‘custom text’ required for each entry below. (20 character limit per line. If no text is supplied, that area will be left blank.) For small tags, only the logo will be used in the color as specified above.

Custom Text 1: Custom Text 2: Custom Text 3: Custom Text 4:

custom tag specifications

small custom tag specifications

Custom Tag Quantity:

Small Custom Tag Quantity: Note: Minimum order quantity is 50 tags.

• Overall Tag Size: 4� x 2� • Maximum Logo Size: 2� x .5� • Custom text font is Helvetica, sized as shown.

Note: Minimum order quantity is 100 tags.

• Overall Tag Size: 1.25� x .5� • Maximum Logo Size: .62� x .34�

Logo formats accepted: .jpg, .gif, .bmp, .png, .tif, .pcx, .tiff

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-28

000001


profile

ÂŽ

asset management systems To order your custom Asset Supply Tracking Plates, for use with either ProFile or CVe Live systems, please complete this form, providing all the details requested, and then submit to tech@procomps.com along with your company logo in one of the formats specified.

Custom Text 1

Progressive will review the logo and provide either a quote or order confirmation with your purchase order received, and a proof will be submitted for your approval within one week. Progressive assigns the AST serial number for each plate, which is included within the quote/order for reference.

Custom Text 2 Custom Text 3 Custom Text 4

Once your custom plates ship, Progressive will set up the ProFile database on ProFile-System.com with the required information, establish any accounts, and notify the contact of all log-in and password details, along with instructions on how to get started.

AST123456789

Please select your color scheme from the options below. (The text in the block will be that color. No additional color options are available.)

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

TEXT

BLACK

BROWN

DK. BLUE

GREEN

PURPLE

LT. BLUE

RED

FLAME RED

ORANGE

YELLOW

Please provide the ‘custom text’ required for each entry below. (20 character limit per line. If no text is supplied, that area will be left blank.) Each plate can have different information to signify specific tool or asset identification. Please submit an Excel spreadsheet with the lines of text needed for each plate.

Custom Text 1: Custom Text 2: Custom Text 3: Custom Text 4:

custom plate specifications

Custom Plate Quantity: Note: Minimum order quantity is 50 plates.

• Overall Plate Size: 4� x 2� • Maximum Logo Size: 2� x .5� • Custom text font is Helvetica, sized as shown.

Logo formats accepted: .jpg, .gif, .bmp, .png, .tif, .pcx, .tiff

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-29


mold-ready components

angle pins L

STANDARD TOLERANCES

D B H P L RAD L

(With RAD)

P

Radius=D

+0.0000 -0.0005 +0.0005 -0.0000 +0.000 -0.010 +0.00 -0.06 +0.125 -0.000 +0.000 -0.015

+0.00 -0.01 +0.01 -0.00 +0.0 -0.2 +0.0 -1.5 +3.0 -0.0 +0.0 -0.4

+0.005 -0.005

+0.13 -0.13

INCH

METRIC

B

H

D

.25 Material AISI 8620 Surface = 50-55 HRC

L

Treatment:  Chrome

RAD

ANGLE PIN #1 Dimension

ANGLE PIN #2

Tolerance

Dimension

Tolerance

+

 Standard

D

-

+

 Standard

D

+

 Standard

B

-

+

 Standard

B

+

 Standard

H

-

 Standard

-

 Standard

H

 +.125/-.000  With RAD: ±.005.

-

 Standard

P

RAD

 None

 Standard

-

Quantity:

 +.125/-.000  With RAD: ±.005.

L

+

RAD

 Full  None

 Standard

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-30

+

+

 Full

+

+

L

+

+

P

-

-


D

support pillars L

L

D

S

T D

D

Counterbored Pillar

Threaded Pillar STANDARD TOLERANCES D

L

D

Thread

+0.005 -0.015 +0.001 +0.002

+0.12 -0.25 +0.01 +0.02

INCH

METRIC

L

D

Thread

Up to 2”

3/8-16

3+ up

5/8-11

Material:  AISI 1018 Hardness = approx. 20 HRC

S

Other:

Material

THREADED PILLAR #1 Dimension

410 SS Hardness = 30-34 HRC

Core Hardness

COUNTERBORED PILLAR #1

Tolerance

Dimension

Tolerance

+

 Standard

D

+

 Standard

D

+

L

 Standard

T

Thread

+

 Standard

L

-

 Tap both ends

Clearance for SHCS (Not included.)

S

Quantity:

Quantity:

THREADED PILLAR #2 Dimension

COUNTERBORED PILLAR #2

Tolerance

Dimension

Tolerance

+

 Standard

D

-

+

 Standard

D

+

L

 Standard

T

Thread

+

 Standard

L

-

 Tap both ends

Quantity:

Clearance for SHCS (Not included.)

S Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-31


mold-ready components

press knock out: hex series 7/8" HEX

TL

E

L

1"

F

S

(REF)

Material:  AISI 4140 PH Treatment = Black Oxide

STANDARD TOLERANCES

Other: Material

Core Hardness

Surface Hardness

Treatment

TL

±0.015

+0.25

L

+0.000 -0.002

+0.00 -0.05

INCH

METRIC

Note: Hex sizes other than 7/8” are also available.

PKO #1 Dimension

PKO #2 Tolerance

Dimension

Tolerance

+

 Standard

TL

+

 Standard

TL

+

 Standard

L

+

 Standard

L

-

-

S

REF

S

REF

E

Ext. Thread

E

Ext. Thread

F

Int. Thread

F

Int. Thread

Quantity:

Quantity:

E-MAIL TECH@PROCOMPS.COM CONTACT:

COMPANY NAME:

PHONE #:

REFERENCE #:

ACCOUNT #:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

X-32


Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.